0x42028000: Analog to digital converter
13/161 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | CFGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | SMPR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | SMPR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | TR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | SQR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | SQR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | SQR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | SQR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | JSQR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | OFR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | OFR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 | OFR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x6c | OFR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x80 | JDR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x84 | JDR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x88 | JDR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8c | JDR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa0 | AWD2CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa4 | AWD3CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xb0 | DIFSEL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xb4 | CALFACT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc8 | OR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x308 | CCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3f0 | HWCFGR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3f4 | VERR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3f8 | IPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3fc | SIDR |
ADC interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/11 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
JQOVF
rw |
AWD3
rw |
AWD2
rw |
AWD1
rw |
JEOS
rw |
JEOC
rw |
OVR
rw |
EOS
rw |
EOC
rw |
EOSMP
rw |
ADRDY
rw |
Bit 0: ADC ready This bit is set by hardware after the ADC has been enabled (ADEN = 1) and when the ADC reaches a state where it is ready to accept conversion requests. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..
Bit 1: End of sampling flag This bit is set by hardware during the conversion of any channel (only for regular channels), at the end of the sampling phase..
Bit 2: End of conversion flag This bit is set by hardware at the end of each regular conversion of a channel when a new data is available in the ADC_DR register. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it or by reading the ADC_DR register.
Bit 3: End of regular sequence flag This bit is set by hardware at the end of the conversions of a regular sequence of channels. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..
Bit 4: ADC overrun This bit is set by hardware when an overrun occurs on a regular channel, meaning that a new conversion has completed while the EOC flag was already set. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..
Bit 5: Injected channel end of conversion flag This bit is set by hardware at the end of each injected conversion of a channel when a new data is available in the corresponding ADC_JDRy register. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it or by reading the corresponding ADC_JDRy register.
Bit 6: Injected channel end of sequence flag This bit is set by hardware at the end of the conversions of all injected channels in the group. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..
Bit 7: Analog watchdog 1 flag This bit is set by hardware when the converted voltage crosses the values programmed in the fields LT1[11:0] and HT1[11:0] of ADC_TR1 register. It is cleared by software. writing 1 to it..
Bit 8: Analog watchdog 2 flag This bit is set by hardware when the converted voltage crosses the values programmed in the fields LT2[7:0] and HT2[7:0] of ADC_TR2 register. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..
Bit 9: Analog watchdog 3 flag This bit is set by hardware when the converted voltage crosses the values programmed in the fields LT3[7:0] and HT3[7:0] of ADC_TR3 register. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..
Bit 10: Injected context queue overflow This bit is set by hardware when an Overflow of the Injected Queue of Context occurs. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it. Refer to for more information..
ADC interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/11 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
JQOVFIE
rw |
AWD3IE
rw |
AWD2IE
rw |
AWD1IE
rw |
JEOSIE
rw |
JEOCIE
rw |
OVRIE
rw |
EOSIE
rw |
EOCIE
rw |
EOSMPIE
rw |
ADRDYIE
rw |
Bit 0: ADC ready interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the ADC Ready interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 1: End of sampling flag interrupt enable for regular conversions This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of the sampling phase interrupt for regular conversions. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 2: End of regular conversion interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of a regular conversion interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 3: End of regular sequence of conversions interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of regular sequence of conversions interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 4: Overrun interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the Overrun interrupt of a regular conversion. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 5: End of injected conversion interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of an injected conversion interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 6: End of injected sequence of conversions interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of injected sequence of conversions interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 7: Analog watchdog 1 interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the analog watchdog 1 interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 8: Analog watchdog 2 interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the analog watchdog 2 interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 9: Analog watchdog 3 interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the analog watchdog 2 interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 10: Injected context queue overflow interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the Injected Context Queue Overflow interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing)..
ADC control register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x20000000, access: Unspecified
0/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADCAL
rw |
ADCALDIF
rw |
DEEPPWD
rw |
ADVREGEN
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
JADSTP
rw |
ADSTP
rw |
JADSTART
rw |
ADSTART
rw |
ADDIS
rw |
ADEN
rw |
Bit 0: ADC enable control This bit is set by software to enable the ADC. The ADC is effectively ready to operate once the flag ADRDY has been set. It is cleared by hardware when the ADC is disabled, after the execution of the ADDIS command. Note: The software is allowed to set ADEN only when all bits of ADC_CR registers are 0 (ADCAL = 0, JADSTART = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0) except for bit ADVREGEN which must be 1 (and the software must have wait for the startup time of the voltage regulator).
Bit 1: ADC disable command This bit is set by software to disable the ADC (ADDIS command) and put it into power-down state (OFF state). It is cleared by hardware once the ADC is effectively disabled (ADEN is also cleared by hardware at this time). Note: The software is allowed to set ADDIS only when ADEN = 1 and both ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing).
Bit 2: ADC start of regular conversion This bit is set by software to start ADC conversion of regular channels. Depending on the configuration bits EXTEN, a conversion immediately starts (software trigger configuration) or once a regular hardware trigger event occurs (hardware trigger configuration). It is cleared by hardware: in Single conversion mode when software trigger is selected (EXTSEL = 0x0): at the assertion of the End of Regular Conversion Sequence (EOS) flag. in all cases: after the execution of the ADSTP command, at the same time that ADSTP is cleared by hardware. Note: The software is allowed to set ADSTART only when ADEN = 1 and ADDIS = 0 (ADC is enabled and there is no pending request to disable the ADC) In auto-injection mode (JAUTO = 1), regular and auto-injected conversions are started by setting bit ADSTART (JADSTART must be kept cleared).
Bit 3: ADC start of injected conversion This bit is set by software to start ADC conversion of injected channels. Depending on the configuration bits JEXTEN, a conversion immediately starts (software trigger configuration) or once an injected hardware trigger event occurs (hardware trigger configuration). It is cleared by hardware: in Single conversion mode when software trigger is selected (JEXTSEL = 0x0): at the assertion of the End of Injected Conversion Sequence (JEOS) flag. in all cases: after the execution of the JADSTP command, at the same time that JADSTP is cleared by hardware. Note: The software is allowed to set JADSTART only when ADEN = 1 and ADDIS = 0 (ADC is enabled and there is no pending request to disable the ADC). In auto-injection mode (JAUTO = 1), regular and auto-injected conversions are started by setting bit ADSTART (JADSTART must be kept cleared).
Bit 4: ADC stop of regular conversion command This bit is set by software to stop and discard an ongoing regular conversion (ADSTP Command). It is cleared by hardware when the conversion is effectively discarded and the ADC regular sequence and triggers can be re-configured. The ADC is then ready to accept a new start of regular conversions (ADSTART command). Note: The software is allowed to set ADSTP only when ADSTART = 1 and ADDIS = 0 (ADC is enabled and eventually converting a regular conversion and there is no pending request to disable the ADC). In auto-injection mode (JAUTO = 1), setting ADSTP bit aborts both regular and injected conversions (do not use JADSTP)..
Bit 5: ADC stop of injected conversion command This bit is set by software to stop and discard an ongoing injected conversion (JADSTP Command). It is cleared by hardware when the conversion is effectively discarded and the ADC injected sequence and triggers can be re-configured. The ADC is then ready to accept a new start of injected conversions (JADSTART command). Note: The software is allowed to set JADSTP only when JADSTART = 1 and ADDIS = 0 (ADC is enabled and eventually converting an injected conversion and there is no pending request to disable the ADC) In Auto-injection mode (JAUTO = 1), setting ADSTP bit aborts both regular and injected conversions (do not use JADSTP).
Bit 28: ADC voltage regulator enable This bits is set by software to enable the ADC voltage regulator. Before performing any operation such as launching a calibration or enabling the ADC, the ADC voltage regulator must first be enabled and the software must wait for the regulator start-up time. For more details about the ADC voltage regulator enable and disable sequences, refer to (ADVREGEN). The software can program this bit field only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, JADSTART = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0)..
Bit 29: Deep-power-down enable This bit is set and cleared by software to put the ADC in Deep-power-down mode. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, JADSTART = 0, JADSTP = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0)..
Bit 30: Differential mode for calibration This bit is set and cleared by software to configure the Single-ended or Differential inputs mode for the calibration. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when the ADC is disabled and is not calibrating (ADCAL = 0, JADSTART = 0, JADSTP = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0)..
Bit 31: ADC calibration This bit is set by software to start the calibration of the ADC. Program first the bit ADCALDIF to determine if this calibration applies for Single-ended or Differential inputs mode. It is cleared by hardware after calibration is complete. Note: The software is allowed to launch a calibration by setting ADCAL only when ADEN = 0. The software is allowed to update the calibration factor by writing ADC_CALFACT only when ADEN = 1 and ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (ADC enabled and no conversion is ongoing).
ADC configuration register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x80000000, access: Unspecified
0/23 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
JQDIS
rw |
AWD1CH
rw |
JAUTO
rw |
JAWD1EN
rw |
AWD1EN
rw |
AWD1SGL
rw |
JQM
rw |
JDISCEN
rw |
DISCNUM
rw |
DISCEN
rw |
||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ALIGN
rw |
AUTDLY
rw |
CONT
rw |
OVRMOD
rw |
EXTEN
rw |
EXTSEL4
rw |
EXTSEL3
rw |
EXTSEL2
rw |
EXTSEL1
rw |
EXTSEL0
rw |
RES
rw |
DMACFG
rw |
DMAEN
rw |
Bit 0: Direct memory access enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the generation of DMA requests. This allows to use the DMA to manage automatically the converted data. For more details, refer to conversions using the DMA. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 1: Direct memory access configuration This bit is set and cleared by software to select between two DMA modes of operation and is effective only when DMAEN = 1. For more details, refer to Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 3-4: Data resolution These bits are written by software to select the resolution of the conversion. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 5: External trigger selection for regular group These bits select the external event used to trigger the start of conversion of a regular group: ... Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 6: External trigger selection for regular group These bits select the external event used to trigger the start of conversion of a regular group: ... Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 7: External trigger selection for regular group These bits select the external event used to trigger the start of conversion of a regular group: ... Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 8: External trigger selection for regular group These bits select the external event used to trigger the start of conversion of a regular group: ... Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 9: External trigger selection for regular group These bits select the external event used to trigger the start of conversion of a regular group: ... Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 10-11: External trigger enable and polarity selection for regular channels These bits are set and cleared by software to select the external trigger polarity and enable the trigger of a regular group. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 12: Overrun mode This bit is set and cleared by software and configure the way data overrun is managed. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 13: Single / Continuous conversion mode for regular conversions This bit is set and cleared by software. If it is set, regular conversion takes place continuously until it is cleared. Note: It is not possible to have both Discontinuous mode and Continuous mode enabled: it is forbidden to set both DISCEN = 1 and CONT = 1. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 14: Delayed conversion mode This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the Auto Delayed Conversion mode.. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 15: Data alignment This bit is set and cleared by software to select right or left alignment. Refer to register, data alignment and offset (ADC_DR, OFFSET, OFFSET_CH, ALIGN). Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 16: Discontinuous mode for regular channels This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable Discontinuous mode for regular channels. Note: It is not possible to have both Discontinuous mode and Continuous mode enabled: it is forbidden to set both DISCEN = 1 and CONT = 1. It is not possible to use both auto-injected mode and Discontinuous mode simultaneously: the bits DISCEN and JDISCEN must be kept cleared by software when JAUTO is set. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 17-19: Discontinuous mode channel count These bits are written by software to define the number of regular channels to be converted in Discontinuous mode, after receiving an external trigger. ... Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 20: Discontinuous mode on injected channels This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable Discontinuous mode on the injected channels of a group. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing). It is not possible to use both auto-injected mode and Discontinuous mode simultaneously: the bits DISCEN and JDISCEN must be kept cleared by software when JAUTO is set..
Bit 21: JSQR queue mode This bit is set and cleared by software. It defines how an empty Queue is managed. Refer to for more information. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 22: Enable the watchdog 1 on a single channel or on all channels This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the analog watchdog on the channel identified by the AWD1CH[4:0] bits or on all the channels Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 23: Analog watchdog 1 enable on regular channels This bit is set and cleared by software Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 24: Analog watchdog 1 enable on injected channels This bit is set and cleared by software Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 25: Automatic injected group conversion This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable automatic injected group conversion after regular group conversion. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular nor injected conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 26-30: Analog watchdog 1 channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They select the input channel to be guarded by the analog watchdog. ..... others: reserved, must not be used Note: Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding AWD1CH[4:0] setting to the reset value. The channel selected by AWD1CH must be also selected into the SQRi or JSQRi registers. The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 31: Injected Queue disable These bits are set and cleared by software to disable the Injected Queue mechanism : Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular nor injected conversion is ongoing). A set or reset of JQDIS bit causes the injected queue to be flushed and the JSQR register is cleared..
ADC configuration register 2
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SMPTRIG
rw |
BULB
rw |
SWTRIG
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ROVSM
rw |
TROVS
rw |
OVSS
rw |
OVSR
rw |
JOVSE
rw |
ROVSE
rw |
Bit 0: Regular Oversampling Enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable regular oversampling. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing).
Bit 1: Injected Oversampling Enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable injected oversampling. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing).
Bits 2-4: Oversampling ratio This bitfield is set and cleared by software to define the oversampling ratio. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 5-8: Oversampling shift This bitfield is set and cleared by software to define the right shifting applied to the raw oversampling result. Other codes reserved Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 9: Triggered Regular Oversampling This bit is set and cleared by software to enable triggered oversampling Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 10: Regular Oversampling mode This bit is set and cleared by software to select the regular oversampling mode. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 25: Software trigger bit for sampling time control trigger mode This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the bulb sampling mode. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 26: Bulb sampling mode This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the bulb sampling mode. SAMPTRIG bit must not be set when the BULB bit is set. The very first ADC conversion is performed with the sampling time specified in SMPx bits. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 27: Sampling time control trigger mode This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the sampling time control trigger mode. The sampling time starts on the trigger rising edge, and the conversion on the trigger falling edge. EXTEN bit should be set to 01. BULB bit must not be set when the SMPTRIG bit is set. When EXTEN bit is set to 00, set SWTRIG to start the sampling and clear SWTRIG bit to start the conversion. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC sample time register 1
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/11 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SMPPLUS
rw |
SMP9
rw |
SMP8
rw |
SMP7
rw |
SMP6
rw |
SMP5
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SMP5
rw |
SMP4
rw |
SMP3
rw |
SMP2
rw |
SMP1
rw |
SMP0
rw |
Bits 0-2: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sample cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 3-5: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sample cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 6-8: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sample cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 9-11: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sample cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 12-14: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sample cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 15-17: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sample cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 18-20: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sample cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 21-23: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sample cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 24-26: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sample cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 27-29: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sample cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bit 31: Addition of one clock cycle to the sampling time. To make sure no conversion is ongoing, the software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0..
ADC sample time register 2
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SMP19
rw |
SMP18
rw |
SMP17
rw |
SMP16
rw |
SMP15
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SMP15
rw |
SMP14
rw |
SMP13
rw |
SMP12
rw |
SMP11
rw |
SMP10
rw |
Bits 0-2: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sampling cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 3-5: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sampling cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 6-8: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sampling cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 9-11: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sampling cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 12-14: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sampling cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 15-17: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sampling cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 18-20: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sampling cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 21-23: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sampling cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 24-26: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sampling cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
Bits 27-29: Channel x sampling time selection These bits are written by software to select the sampling time individually for each channel. During sampling cycles, the channel selection bits must remain unchanged. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically. Keep the corresponding SMPx[2:0] setting to the reset value..
ADC watchdog threshold register 1
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x0FFF0000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HT1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AWDFILT
rw |
LT1
rw |
Bits 0-11: Analog watchdog 1 lower threshold These bits are written by software to define the lower threshold for the analog watchdog 1. Refer to AWD2CH, AWD3CH, AWD_HTx, AWD_LTx, AWDx) Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 12-14: Analog watchdog filtering parameter This bit is set and cleared by software. ... Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 16-27: Analog watchdog 1 higher threshold These bits are written by software to define the higher threshold for the analog watchdog 1. Refer to AWD2CH, AWD3CH, AWD_HTx, AWD_LTx, AWDx) Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC watchdog threshold register 2
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00FF0000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Analog watchdog 2 lower threshold These bits are written by software to define the lower threshold for the analog watchdog 2. Refer to AWD2CH, AWD3CH, AWD_HTx, AWD_LTx, AWDx) Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 16-23: Analog watchdog 2 higher threshold These bits are written by software to define the higher threshold for the analog watchdog 2. Refer to AWD2CH, AWD3CH, AWD_HTx, AWD_LTx, AWDx) Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC watchdog threshold register 3
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00FF0000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Analog watchdog 3 lower threshold These bits are written by software to define the lower threshold for the analog watchdog 3. This watchdog compares the 8-bit of LT3 with the 8 MSB of the converted data. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 16-23: Analog watchdog 3 higher threshold These bits are written by software to define the higher threshold for the analog watchdog 3. Refer to AWD2CH, AWD3CH, AWD_HTx, AWD_LTx, AWDx) Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC regular sequence register 1
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SQ4
rw |
SQ3
rw |
SQ2
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SQ2
rw |
SQ1
rw |
L
rw |
Bits 0-3: Regular channel sequence length These bits are written by software to define the total number of conversions in the regular channel conversion sequence. ... Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 6-10: 1st conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 1st in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 12-16: 2nd conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 2nd in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 18-22: 3rd conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 3rd in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 24-28: 4th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 4th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
ADC regular sequence register 2
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SQ9
rw |
SQ8
rw |
SQ7
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SQ7
rw |
SQ6
rw |
SQ5
rw |
Bits 0-4: 5th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 5th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 6-10: 6th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 6th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 12-16: 7th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 7th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 18-22: 8th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 8th in the regular conversion sequence Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 24-28: 9th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 9th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
ADC regular sequence register 3
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SQ14
rw |
SQ13
rw |
SQ12
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SQ12
rw |
SQ11
rw |
SQ10
rw |
Bits 0-4: 10th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 10th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 6-10: 11th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 11th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 12-16: 12th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 12th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 18-22: 13th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 13th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 24-28: 14th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 14th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
ADC regular sequence register 4
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-4: 15th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 15th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 6-10: 16th conversion in regular sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 16th in the regular conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no regular conversion is ongoing)..
ADC regular data register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RDATA
r |
ADC injected sequence register
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
JSQ4
rw |
JSQ3
rw |
JSQ2
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
JSQ2
rw |
JSQ1
rw |
JEXTEN
rw |
JEXTSEL
rw |
JL
rw |
Bits 0-1: Injected channel sequence length These bits are written by software to define the total number of conversions in the injected channel conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 2-6: External Trigger Selection for injected group These bits select the external event used to trigger the start of conversion of an injected group: ... Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 7-8: External trigger enable and polarity selection for injected channels These bits are set and cleared by software to select the external trigger polarity and enable the trigger of an injected group. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing). If JQM = 1 and if the Queue of Context becomes empty, the software and hardware triggers of the injected sequence are both internally disabled (refer to Queue of context for injected conversions).
Bits 9-13: 1st conversion in the injected sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 1st in the injected conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 15-19: 2nd conversion in the injected sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 2nd in the injected conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 21-25: 3rd conversion in the injected sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 3rd in the injected conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 27-31: 4th conversion in the injected sequence These bits are written by software with the channel number (0 to 19) assigned as the 4th in the injected conversion sequence. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no injected conversion is ongoing)..
ADC offset 1 register
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OFFSET_EN
rw |
OFFSET_CH
rw |
SATEN
rw |
OFFSETPOS
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OFFSET
rw |
Bits 0-11: Data offset y for the channel programmed into bits OFFSET_CH[4:0] These bits are written by software to define the offset to be subtracted from the raw converted data when converting a channel (can be regular or injected). The channel to which applies the data offset must be programmed in the bits OFFSET_CH[4:0]. The conversion result can be read from in the ADC_DR (regular conversion) or from in the ADC_JDRyi registers (injected conversion). Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If several offset (OFFSET) point to the same channel, only the offset with the lowest x value is considered for the subtraction. Ex: if OFFSET1_CH[4:0] = 4 and OFFSET2_CH[4:0] = 4, this is OFFSET1[11:0] which is subtracted when converting channel 4..
Bit 24: Positive offset This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the positive offset. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 25: Saturation enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the saturation at 0x000 and 0xFFF for the offset function. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 26-30: Channel selection for the data offset y These bits are written by software to define the channel to which the offset programmed into bits OFFSET[11:0] applies. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically and must not be selected for the data offset y. If OFFSET_EN is set, it is not allowed to select the same channel for different ADC_OFRy registers..
Bit 31: Offset y enable This bit is written by software to enable or disable the offset programmed into bits OFFSET[11:0]. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC offset 2 register
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OFFSET_EN
rw |
OFFSET_CH
rw |
SATEN
rw |
OFFSETPOS
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OFFSET
rw |
Bits 0-11: Data offset y for the channel programmed into bits OFFSET_CH[4:0] These bits are written by software to define the offset to be subtracted from the raw converted data when converting a channel (can be regular or injected). The channel to which applies the data offset must be programmed in the bits OFFSET_CH[4:0]. The conversion result can be read from in the ADC_DR (regular conversion) or from in the ADC_JDRyi registers (injected conversion). Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If several offset (OFFSET) point to the same channel, only the offset with the lowest x value is considered for the subtraction. Ex: if OFFSET1_CH[4:0] = 4 and OFFSET2_CH[4:0] = 4, this is OFFSET1[11:0] which is subtracted when converting channel 4..
Bit 24: Positive offset This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the positive offset. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 25: Saturation enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the saturation at 0x000 and 0xFFF for the offset function. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 26-30: Channel selection for the data offset y These bits are written by software to define the channel to which the offset programmed into bits OFFSET[11:0] applies. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically and must not be selected for the data offset y. If OFFSET_EN is set, it is not allowed to select the same channel for different ADC_OFRy registers..
Bit 31: Offset y enable This bit is written by software to enable or disable the offset programmed into bits OFFSET[11:0]. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC offset 3 register
Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OFFSET_EN
rw |
OFFSET_CH
rw |
SATEN
rw |
OFFSETPOS
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OFFSET
rw |
Bits 0-11: Data offset y for the channel programmed into bits OFFSET_CH[4:0] These bits are written by software to define the offset to be subtracted from the raw converted data when converting a channel (can be regular or injected). The channel to which applies the data offset must be programmed in the bits OFFSET_CH[4:0]. The conversion result can be read from in the ADC_DR (regular conversion) or from in the ADC_JDRyi registers (injected conversion). Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If several offset (OFFSET) point to the same channel, only the offset with the lowest x value is considered for the subtraction. Ex: if OFFSET1_CH[4:0] = 4 and OFFSET2_CH[4:0] = 4, this is OFFSET1[11:0] which is subtracted when converting channel 4..
Bit 24: Positive offset This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the positive offset. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 25: Saturation enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the saturation at 0x000 and 0xFFF for the offset function. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 26-30: Channel selection for the data offset y These bits are written by software to define the channel to which the offset programmed into bits OFFSET[11:0] applies. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically and must not be selected for the data offset y. If OFFSET_EN is set, it is not allowed to select the same channel for different ADC_OFRy registers..
Bit 31: Offset y enable This bit is written by software to enable or disable the offset programmed into bits OFFSET[11:0]. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC offset 4 register
Offset: 0x6c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OFFSET_EN
rw |
OFFSET_CH
rw |
SATEN
rw |
OFFSETPOS
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OFFSET
rw |
Bits 0-11: Data offset y for the channel programmed into bits OFFSET_CH[4:0] These bits are written by software to define the offset to be subtracted from the raw converted data when converting a channel (can be regular or injected). The channel to which applies the data offset must be programmed in the bits OFFSET_CH[4:0]. The conversion result can be read from in the ADC_DR (regular conversion) or from in the ADC_JDRyi registers (injected conversion). Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). If several offset (OFFSET) point to the same channel, only the offset with the lowest x value is considered for the subtraction. Ex: if OFFSET1_CH[4:0] = 4 and OFFSET2_CH[4:0] = 4, this is OFFSET1[11:0] which is subtracted when converting channel 4..
Bit 24: Positive offset This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the positive offset. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bit 25: Saturation enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the saturation at 0x000 and 0xFFF for the offset function. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 26-30: Channel selection for the data offset y These bits are written by software to define the channel to which the offset programmed into bits OFFSET[11:0] applies. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically and must not be selected for the data offset y. If OFFSET_EN is set, it is not allowed to select the same channel for different ADC_OFRy registers..
Bit 31: Offset y enable This bit is written by software to enable or disable the offset programmed into bits OFFSET[11:0]. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC injected channel 1 data register
Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
JDATA
r |
ADC injected channel 2 data register
Offset: 0x84, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
JDATA
r |
ADC injected channel 3 data register
Offset: 0x88, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
JDATA
r |
ADC injected channel 4 data register
Offset: 0x8c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
JDATA
r |
ADC Analog Watchdog 2 Configuration Register
Offset: 0xa0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AWD2CH
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AWD2CH
rw |
Bits 0-19: Analog watchdog 2 channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by the analog watchdog 2. AWD2CH[i] = 0: ADC analog input channel i is not monitored by AWD2 AWD2CH[i] = 1: ADC analog input channel i is monitored by AWD2 When AWD2CH[19:0] = 000..0, the analog Watchdog 2 is disabled Note: The channels selected by AWD2CH must be also selected into the SQRi or JSQRi registers. The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically and must not be selected for the analog watchdog..
ADC Analog Watchdog 3 Configuration Register
Offset: 0xa4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AWD3CH
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AWD3CH
rw |
Bits 0-19: Analog watchdog 3 channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by the analog watchdog 3. AWD3CH[i] = 0: ADC analog input channel i is not monitored by AWD3 AWD3CH[i] = 1: ADC analog input channel i is monitored by AWD3 When AWD3CH[19:0] = 000..0, the analog Watchdog 3 is disabled Note: The channels selected by AWD3CH must be also selected into the SQRi or JSQRi registers. The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Some channels are not connected physically and must not be selected for the analog watchdog..
ADC Differential mode Selection Register
Offset: 0xb0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIFSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DIFSEL
rw |
Bits 0-19: Differential mode for channels 19 to 0. These bits are set and cleared by software. They allow to select if a channel is configured as Single-ended or Differential mode. DIFSEL[i] = 0: ADC analog input channel is configured in Single-ended mode DIFSEL[i] = 1: ADC analog input channel i is configured in Differential mode Note: The DIFSEL bits corresponding to channels that are either connected to a single-ended I/O port or to an internal channel must be kept their reset value (Single-ended input mode). The software is allowed to write these bits only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, JADSTART = 0, JADSTP = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0)..
ADC Calibration Factors
Offset: 0xb4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CALFACT_D
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CALFACT_S
rw |
Bits 0-6: Calibration Factors In Single-ended mode These bits are written by hardware or by software. Once a single-ended inputs calibration is complete, they are updated by hardware with the calibration factors. Software can write these bits with a new calibration factor. If the new calibration factor is different from the current one stored into the analog ADC, it is then applied once a new single-ended calibration is launched. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADEN = 1, ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (ADC is enabled and no calibration is ongoing and no conversion is ongoing)..
Bits 16-22: Calibration Factors in differential mode These bits are written by hardware or by software. Once a differential inputs calibration is complete, they are updated by hardware with the calibration factors. Software can write these bits with a new calibration factor. If the new calibration factor is different from the current one stored into the analog ADC, it is then applied once a new differential calibration is launched. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when ADEN = 1, ADSTART = 0 and JADSTART = 0 (ADC is enabled and no calibration is ongoing and no conversion is ongoing)..
ADC option register
Offset: 0xc8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
ADC common control register
Offset: 0x308, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
VBATEN
rw |
TSEN
rw |
VREFEN
rw |
PRESC
rw |
CKMODE
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Bits 16-17: ADC clock mode These bits are set and cleared by software to define the ADC clock scheme (which is common to both master and slave ADCs): In all synchronous clock modes, there is no jitter in the delay from a timer trigger to the start of a conversion. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when the ADCs are disabled (ADCAL = 0, JADSTART = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0)..
Bits 18-21: ADC prescaler These bits are set and cleared by software to select the frequency of the clock to the ADC. The clock is common for all the ADCs. other: reserved Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, JADSTART = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0). The ADC prescaler value is applied only when CKMODE[1:0] = 0b00..
Bit 22: VREFINT enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the VREFINT channel..
Bit 23: VSENSE enable This bit is set and cleared by software to control VSENSE..
Bit 24: VBAT enable This bit is set and cleared by software to control..
ADC hardware configuration register
Offset: 0x3f0, size: 32, reset: 0x00001211, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
ADC version register
Offset: 0x3f4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000012, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
ADC identification register
Offset: 0x3f8, size: 32, reset: 0x00110006, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
0x40004000: Comparator
2/17 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | COMP_SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | COMP_ICFR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | COMP_CFGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | COMP_CFGR2 |
Comparator status register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
C1IF
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
C1VAL
r |
Bit 0: COMP Channel1 output status bit This bit is read-only. It reflects the current COMP Channel1 output taking into account POLARITY and BLANKING bits effect..
Bit 16: COMP Channel1 interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the COMP Channel1 output is set This bit is cleared by software writing 1 the CC1IF bit in the COMP_ICFR register..
Comparator interrupt clear flag register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC1IF
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Comparator configuration register 1
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LOCK
rw |
BLANKING
rw |
INPSEL2
rw |
INPSEL1
rw |
INMSEL
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PWRMODE
rw |
HYST
rw |
ITEN
rw |
POLARITY
rw |
SCALEN
rw |
BRGEN
rw |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: COMP Channel1 enable This bit is set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). It enables the COMP�Channel1..
Bit 1: Scaler bridge enable This bit is set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). This bit enables the bridge of the scaler. If SCALEN is set and BRGEN is reset, all four scaler outputs provide the same level V<sub>REF_COMP</sub> (similar to V<sub>REFINT</sub>). If SCALEN and BRGEN are set, the four scaler outputs provide V<sub>REF_COMP</sub>, 3/4�V<sub>REF_COMP</sub>, 1/2�V<sub>REF_COMP</sub> and 1/4�V<sub>REF_COMP</sub> levels, respectively..
Bit 2: Voltage scaler enable This bit is set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). This bit enables the V<sub>REFINT</sub> scaler for the COMP channels..
Bit 3: COMP channel1 polarity selection This bit is set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). It inverts COMP channel1 polarity..
Bit 6: COMP channel1 interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). This bit enable the interrupt generation of the COMP channel1..
Bits 8-9: COMP channel1 hysteresis selection These bits are set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). They select the hysteresis voltage of the COMP channel1..
Bits 12-13: Power mode of the COMP channel1 These bits are set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). They control the power/speed of the COMP channel1..
Bits 16-19: COMP channel1 inverting input selection These bits are set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). They select which input is connected to the input minus of the COMP channel. Note: See Table�146: COMP1 inverting input assignment for more details..
Bit 20: COMP noninverting input selection This bit is set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). They select which input is connected to the positive input of COMP channel. Note: See Table�145: COMP1 noninverting input assignment for more details..
Bit 22: COMP noninverting input selection This bit is set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). They select which input is connected to the positive input of the COMP channel. See Table�145: COMP1 noninverting input assignment for more details..
Bits 24-27: COMP Channel1 blanking source selection Bits of this field are set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). The field selects the input source for COMP Channel1 output blanking: All other values: reserved.
Bit 31: Lock This bit is set by software and cleared by a hardware system reset. It locks the whole content of the COMP Channel1 configuration register COMP_CFGR1[31:0].
Comparator configuration register 2
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LOCK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
INPSEL0
rw |
Bit 4: COMP non-inverting input selection This bit is set and cleared by software (only if LOCK not set). They select which input is connected to the positive input of COMP channel. See Table�145: COMP1 noninverting input assignment for more details..
Bit 31: Lock This bit is set by software and cleared by a hardware system reset. It locks the whole content of the COMP Channel1 configuration register COMP_CFGR2[31:0].
0x40023000: Cyclic redundancy check calculation unit
0/8 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | INIT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | POL |
CRC data register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
CRC independent data register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
CRC control register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: RESET bit This bit is set by software to reset the CRC calculation unit and set the data register to the value stored in the CRC_INIT register. This bit can only be set, it is automatically cleared by hardware.
Bits 3-4: Polynomial size These bits control the size of the polynomial..
Bits 5-6: Reverse input data These bits control the reversal of the bit order of the input data.
Bit 7: Reverse output data This bit controls the reversal of the bit order of the output data..
CRC initial value
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
0x40006000: Clock recovery system
26/26 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | ICR |
CRS control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00002000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TRIM
rw |
SWSYNC
rw |
AUTOTRIMEN
rw |
CEN
rw |
ESYNCIE
rw |
ERRIE
rw |
SYNCWARNIE
rw |
SYNCOKIE
rw |
Bit 0: SYNC event OK interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 1: SYNC warning interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Synchronization or trimming error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Expected SYNC interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 5: Frequency error counter enable This bit enables the oscillator clock for the frequency error counter. When this bit is set, the CRS_CFGR register is write-protected and cannot be modified..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Frequency error counter disabled
1: Enabled: Frequency error counter enabled
Bit 6: Automatic trimming enable This bit enables the automatic hardware adjustment of TRIM bits according to the measured frequency error between two SYNC events. If this bit is set, the TRIM bits are read-only. The TRIM value can be adjusted by hardware by one or two steps at a time, depending on the measured frequency error value. Refer to Section 10.5.3 for more details..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Automatic trimming disabled
1: Enabled: Automatic trimming enabled
Bit 7: Generate software SYNC event This bit is set by software in order to generate a software SYNC event. It is automatically cleared by hardware..
Allowed values:
1: Sync: A software sync is generated
Bits 8-13: HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming These bits provide a user-programmable trimming value to the HSI48 oscillator. They can be programmed to adjust to variations in voltage and temperature that influence the frequency of the HSI48 oscillator. The default value is 32, which corresponds to the middle of the trimming interval. The trimming step is specified in the product datasheet. A higher TRIM value corresponds to a higher output frequency. When the AUTOTRIMEN bit is set, this field is controlled by hardware and is read-only..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
CRS configuration register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x2022BB7F, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SYNCPOL
rw |
SYNCSRC
rw |
SYNCDIV
rw |
FELIM
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RELOAD
rw |
Bits 0-15: Counter reload value RELOAD is the value to be loaded in the frequency error counter with each SYNC event. Refer to Section 10.5.2 for more details about counter behavior..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bits 16-23: Frequency error limit FELIM contains the value to be used to evaluate the captured frequency error value latched in the FECAP[15:0] bits of the CRS_ISR register. Refer to Section 10.5.3 for more details about FECAP evaluation..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bits 24-26: SYNC divider These bits are set and cleared by software to control the division factor of the SYNC signal..
Allowed values:
0: NotDivided: SYNC not divided
1: DivideBy2: SYNC divided by 2
2: DivideBy4: SYNC divided by 4
3: DivideBy8: SYNC divided by 8
4: DivideBy16: SYNC divided by 16
5: DivideBy32: SYNC divided by 32
6: DivideBy64: SYNC divided by 64
7: DivideBy128: SYNC divided by 128
Bits 28-29: SYNC signal source selection These bits are set and cleared by software to select the SYNC signal source (see Table 68: CRS internal input/output signals for STM32U575/585): Note: When using USB LPM (Link Power Management) and the device is in Sleep mode, the periodic USB SOF is not generated by the host. No SYNC signal is therefore provided to the CRS to calibrate the HSI48 oscillator on the run. To guarantee the required clock precision after waking up from Sleep mode, the LSE or reference clock on the GPIOs must be used as SYNC signal..
Allowed values:
0: GPIO_AF: GPIO AF (crs_sync_in_1) selected as SYNC signal source
1: LSE: LSE (crs_sync_in_2) selected as SYNC signal source
2: USB_SOF: USB SOF (crs_sync_in_3) selected as SYNC signal source
Bit 31: SYNC polarity selection This bit is set and cleared by software to select the input polarity for the SYNC signal source..
Allowed values:
0: RisingEdge: SYNC active on rising edge
1: FallingEdge: SYNC active on falling edge
CRS interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FECAP
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
FEDIR
r |
TRIMOVF
r |
SYNCMISS
r |
SYNCERR
r |
ESYNCF
r |
ERRF
r |
SYNCWARNF
r |
SYNCOKF
r |
Bit 0: SYNC event OK flag This flag is set by hardware when the measured frequency error is smaller than FELIM * 3. This means that either no adjustment of the TRIM value is needed or that an adjustment by one trimming step is enough to compensate the frequency error. An interrupt is generated if the SYNCOKIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the SYNCOKC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Allowed values:
0: NotSignaled: Signal not set
1: Signaled: Signal set
Bit 1: SYNC warning flag This flag is set by hardware when the measured frequency error is greater than or equal to FELIM * 3, but smaller than FELIM * 128. This means that to compensate the frequency error, the TRIM value must be adjusted by two steps or more. An interrupt is generated if the SYNCWARNIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the SYNCWARNC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Allowed values:
0: NotSignaled: Signal not set
1: Signaled: Signal set
Bit 2: Error flag This flag is set by hardware in case of any synchronization or trimming error. It is the logical OR of the TRIMOVF, SYNCMISS and SYNCERR bits. An interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software in reaction to setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register, which clears the TRIMOVF, SYNCMISS and SYNCERR bits..
Allowed values:
0: NotSignaled: Signal not set
1: Signaled: Signal set
Bit 3: Expected SYNC flag This flag is set by hardware when the frequency error counter reached a zero value. An interrupt is generated if the ESYNCIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ESYNCC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Allowed values:
0: NotSignaled: Signal not set
1: Signaled: Signal set
Bit 8: SYNC error This flag is set by hardware when the SYNC pulse arrives before the ESYNC event and the measured frequency error is greater than or equal to FELIM * 128. This means that the frequency error is too big (internal frequency too low) to be compensated by adjusting the TRIM value, and that some other action has to be taken. An interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Allowed values:
0: NotSignaled: Signal not set
1: Signaled: Signal set
Bit 9: SYNC missed This flag is set by hardware when the frequency error counter reached value FELIM * 128 and no SYNC was detected, meaning either that a SYNC pulse was missed or that the frequency error is too big (internal frequency too high) to be compensated by adjusting the TRIM value, and that some other action has to be taken. At this point, the frequency error counter is stopped (waiting for a next SYNC) and an interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Allowed values:
0: NotSignaled: Signal not set
1: Signaled: Signal set
Bit 10: Trimming overflow or underflow This flag is set by hardware when the automatic trimming tries to over- or under-flow the TRIM value. An interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register..
Allowed values:
0: NotSignaled: Signal not set
1: Signaled: Signal set
Bit 15: Frequency error direction FEDIR is the counting direction of the frequency error counter latched in the time of the last SYNC event. It shows whether the actual frequency is below or above the target..
Allowed values:
0: UpCounting: Error in up-counting direction
1: DownCounting: Error in down-counting direction
Bits 16-31: Frequency error capture FECAP is the frequency error counter value latched in the time of the last SYNC event. Refer to Section 10.5.3 for more details about FECAP usage..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
CRS interrupt flag clear register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: SYNC event OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the SYNCOKF flag in the CRS_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 1: SYNC warning clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the SYNCWARNF flag in the CRS_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 2: Error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears TRIMOVF, SYNCMISS and SYNCERR bits and consequently also the ERRF flag in the CRS_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 3: Expected SYNC clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ESYNCF flag in the CRS_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
0x42028400: Digital to analog converter
12/66 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | SWTRGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | DHR12R1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | DHR12L1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | DHR8R1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | DHR12R2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | DHR12L2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | DHR8R2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | DHR12RD | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | DHR12LD | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | DHR8RD | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | DOR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | DOR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | CCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | MCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | SHSR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | SHSR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | SHHR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | SHRR |
DAC control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CEN2
rw |
DMAUDRIE2
rw |
DMAEN2
rw |
MAMP2
rw |
WAVE2
rw |
TSEL2
rw |
TEN2
rw |
EN2
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CEN1
rw |
DMAUDRIE1
rw |
DMAEN1
rw |
MAMP1
rw |
WAVE1
rw |
TSEL1
rw |
TEN1
rw |
EN1
rw |
Bit 0: DAC channel1 enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable DAC channel1..
Bit 1: DAC channel1 trigger enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable DAC channel1 trigger. Note: When software trigger is selected, the transfer from the DAC_DHR1 register to the DAC_DOR1 register takes only one dac_hclk clock cycle..
Bits 2-5: DAC channel1 trigger selection These bits select the external event used to trigger DAC channel1 ... Refer to the trigger selection tables in for details on trigger configuration and mapping. Note: Only used if bit TEN1 = 1 (DAC channel1 trigger enabled)..
Bits 6-7: DAC channel1 noise/triangle wave generation enable These bits are set and cleared by software. 1x: Triangle wave generation enabled Only used if bit TEN1 = 1 (DAC channel1 trigger enabled)..
Bits 8-11: DAC channel1 mask/amplitude selector These bits are written by software to select mask in wave generation mode or amplitude in triangle generation mode. ≥ 1011: Unmask bits[11:0] of LFSR/ triangle amplitude equal to 4095.
Bit 12: DAC channel1 DMA enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 13: DAC channel1 DMA Underrun Interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: DAC channel1 calibration enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable DAC channel1 calibration, it can be written only if bit EN1 = 0 into DAC_CR (the calibration mode can be entered/exit only when the DAC channel is disabled) Otherwise, the write operation is ignored..
Bit 16: DAC channel2 enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable DAC channel2. Note: These bits are available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bit 17: DAC channel2 trigger enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable DAC channel2 trigger Note: When software trigger is selected, the transfer from the DAC_DHR2 register to the DAC_DOR2 register takes only one dac_hclk clock cycle. These bits are available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bits 18-21: DAC channel2 trigger selection These bits select the external event used to trigger DAC channel2 ... Refer to the trigger selection tables in for details on trigger configuration and mapping. Note: Only used if bit TEN2 = 1 (DAC channel2 trigger enabled). These bits are available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bits 22-23: DAC channel2 noise/triangle wave generation enable These bits are set/reset by software. 1x: Triangle wave generation enabled Note: Only used if bit TEN2 = 1 (DAC channel2 trigger enabled) These bits are available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bits 24-27: DAC channel2 mask/amplitude selector These bits are written by software to select mask in wave generation mode or amplitude in triangle generation mode. ≥ 1011: Unmask bits[11:0] of LFSR/ triangle amplitude equal to 4095 Note: These bits are available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bit 28: DAC channel2 DMA enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: This bit is available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bit 29: DAC channel2 DMA underrun interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: This bit is available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bit 30: DAC channel2 calibration enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable DAC channel2 calibration, it can be written only if EN2 bit is set to 0 into DAC_CR (the calibration mode can be entered/exit only when the DAC channel is disabled) Otherwise, the write operation is ignored. Note: This bit is available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
DAC software trigger register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 0: DAC channel1 software trigger This bit is set by software to trigger the DAC in software trigger mode. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware (one dac_hclk clock cycle later) once the DAC_DHR1 register value has been loaded into the DAC_DOR1 register..
Bit 1: DAC channel2 software trigger This bit is set by software to trigger the DAC in software trigger mode. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware (one dac_hclk clock cycle later) once the DAC_DHR2 register value has been loaded into the DAC_DOR2 register. This bit is available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
DAC channel1 12-bit right-aligned data holding register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DACC1DHRB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DACC1DHR
rw |
Bits 0-11: DAC channel1 12-bit right-aligned data These bits are written by software. They specify 12-bit data for DAC channel1..
Bits 16-27: DAC channel1 12-bit right-aligned data B These bits are written by software. They specify 12-bit data for DAC channel1 when the DAC operates in Double data mode..
DAC channel1 12-bit left aligned data holding register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DACC1DHRB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DACC1DHR
rw |
Bits 4-15: DAC channel1 12-bit left-aligned data These bits are written by software. They specify 12-bit data for DAC channel1..
Bits 20-31: DAC channel1 12-bit left-aligned data B These bits are written by software. They specify 12-bit data for DAC channel1 when the DAC operates in Double data mode..
DAC channel1 8-bit right aligned data holding register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: DAC channel1 8-bit right-aligned data These bits are written by software. They specify 8-bit data for DAC channel1..
Bits 8-15: DAC channel1 8-bit right-aligned data These bits are written by software. They specify 8-bit data for DAC channel1 when the DAC operates in Double data mode..
DAC channel2 12-bit right aligned data holding register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DACC2DHRB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DACC2DHR
rw |
Bits 0-11: DAC channel2 12-bit right-aligned data These bits are written by software. They specify 12-bit data for DAC channel2..
Bits 16-27: DAC channel2 12-bit right-aligned data These bits are written by software. They specify 12-bit data for DAC channel2 when the DAC operates in DMA Double data mode..
DAC channel2 12-bit left aligned data holding register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DACC2DHRB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DACC2DHR
rw |
Bits 4-15: DAC channel2 12-bit left-aligned data These bits are written by software which specify 12-bit data for DAC channel2..
Bits 20-31: DAC channel2 12-bit left-aligned data B These bits are written by software. They specify 12-bit data for DAC channel2 when the DAC operates in Double data mode..
DAC channel2 8-bit right-aligned data holding register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: DAC channel2 8-bit right-aligned data These bits are written by software which specifies 8-bit data for DAC channel2..
Bits 8-15: DAC channel2 8-bit right-aligned data These bits are written by software. They specify 8-bit data for DAC channel2 when the DAC operates in Double data mode..
Dual DAC 12-bit right-aligned data holding register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Dual DAC 12-bit left aligned data holding register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Dual DAC 8-bit right aligned data holding register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
DAC channel1 data output register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
DAC channel2 data output register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
DAC status register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BWST2
r |
CAL_FLAG2
r |
DMAUDR2
rw |
DORSTAT2
r |
DAC2RDY
r |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BWST1
r |
CAL_FLAG1
r |
DMAUDR1
rw |
DORSTAT1
r |
DAC1RDY
r |
Bit 11: DAC channel1 ready status bit This bit is set and cleared by hardware..
Bit 12: DAC channel1 output register status bit This bit is set and cleared by hardware. It is applicable only when the DAC operates in Double data mode..
Bit 13: DAC channel1 DMA underrun flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared by software (by writing it to 1)..
Bit 14: DAC channel1 calibration offset status This bit is set and cleared by hardware.
Bit 15: DAC channel1 busy writing sample time flag This bit is systematically set just after Sample and hold mode enable and is set each time the software writes the register DAC_SHSR1, It is cleared by hardware when the write operation of DAC_SHSR1 is complete. (It takes about 3 LSI/LSE periods of synchronization)..
Bit 27: DAC channel2 ready status bit This bit is set and cleared by hardware. Note: This bit is available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bit 28: DAC channel2 output register status bit This bit is set and cleared by hardware. It is applicable only when the DAC operates in Double data mode. Note: This bit is available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bit 29: DAC channel2 DMA underrun flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared by software (by writing it to 1). Note: This bit is available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bit 30: DAC channel2 calibration offset status This bit is set and cleared by hardware Note: This bit is available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bit 31: DAC channel2 busy writing sample time flag This bit is systematically set just after Sample and hold mode enable. It is set each time the software writes the register DAC_SHSR2, It is cleared by hardware when the write operation of DAC_SHSR2 is complete. (It takes about 3 LSI/LSE periods of synchronization). Note: This bit is available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
DAC calibration control register
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
DAC mode control register
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SINFORMAT2
rw |
DMADOUBLE2
rw |
MODE2
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
HFSEL1
rw |
HFSEL0
rw |
SINFORMAT1
rw |
DMADOUBLE1
rw |
MODE1
rw |
Bits 0-2: DAC channel1 mode These bits can be written only when the DAC is disabled and not in the calibration mode (when bit EN1 = 0 and bit CEN1 = 0 in the DAC_CR register). If EN1 = 1 or CEN1 = 1 the write operation is ignored. They can be set and cleared by software to select the DAC channel1 mode: DAC channel1 in Normal mode DAC channel1 in sample & hold mode Note: This register can be modified only when EN1 = 0..
Bit 8: DAC channel1 DMA double data mode This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 9: Enable signed format for DAC channel1 This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: High frequency interface mode selection.
Bit 15: High frequency interface mode selection.
Bits 16-18: DAC channel2 mode These bits can be written only when the DAC is disabled and not in the calibration mode (when bit EN2 = 0 and bit CEN2 = 0 in the DAC_CR register). If EN2 = 1 or CEN2 = 1 the write operation is ignored. They can be set and cleared by software to select the DAC channel2 mode: DAC channel2 in Normal mode DAC channel2 in Sample and hold mode Note: This register can be modified only when EN2 = 0. Refer to for the availability of DAC channel2..
Bit 24: DAC channel2 DMA double data mode This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: This bit is available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
Bit 25: Enable signed format for DAC channel2 This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: This bit is available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
DAC channel1 sample and hold sample time register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TSAMPLE1
rw |
Bits 0-9: DAC channel1 sample time (only valid in Sample and hold mode) These bits can be written when the DAC channel1 is disabled or also during normal operation. in the latter case, the write can be done only when BWST1 of DAC_SR register is low, If BWST1 = 1, the write operation is ignored..
DAC channel2 sample and hold sample time register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TSAMPLE2
rw |
Bits 0-9: DAC channel2 sample time (only valid in Sample and hold mode) These bits can be written when the DAC channel2 is disabled or also during normal operation. in the latter case, the write can be done only when BWST2 of DAC_SR register is low, if BWST2 = 1, the write operation is ignored..
DAC sample and hold time register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00010001, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THOLD2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
THOLD1
rw |
Bits 0-9: DAC channel1 hold time (only valid in Sample and hold mode) Hold time = (THOLD[9:0]) x LSI/LSE clock period Note: This register can be modified only when EN1 = 0..
Bits 16-25: DAC channel2 hold time (only valid in Sample and hold mode). Hold time = (THOLD[9:0]) x LSI/LSE clock period Note: This register can be modified only when EN2 = 0. These bits are available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
DAC sample and hold refresh time register
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00010001, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TREFRESH2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TREFRESH1
rw |
Bits 0-7: DAC channel1 refresh time (only valid in Sample and hold mode) Refresh time = (TREFRESH[7:0]) x LSI/LSE clock period Note: This register can be modified only when EN1 = 0..
Bits 16-23: DAC channel2 refresh time (only valid in Sample and hold mode) Refresh time = (TREFRESH[7:0]) x LSI/LSE clock period Note: This register can be modified only when EN2 = 0. These bits are available only on dual-channel DACs. Refer to implementation..
0x44024000: Microcontroller debug unit
18/59 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | IDCODE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | APB1LFZR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | APB1HFZR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | APB2FZR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | APB3FZR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AHB1FZR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xfc | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x100 | DBG_AUTH_HOST | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x104 | DBG_AUTH_DEVICE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x108 | DBG_AUTH_ACK | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xfd0 | PIDR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xfe0 | PIDR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xfe4 | PIDR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xfe8 | PIDR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xfec | PIDR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xff0 | CIDR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xff4 | CIDR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xff8 | CIDR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xffc | CIDR3 |
DBGMCU identity code register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00006000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
DBGMCU configuration register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DCRT
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRACE_MODE
rw |
TRACE_EN
rw |
TRACE_IOEN
rw |
DBG_STANDBY
rw |
DBG_STOP
rw |
Bit 1: Allows debug in Stop mode All clocks are disabled automatically in Stop mode. All active clocks and oscillators continue to run during Stop mode, allowing full debug capability. On exit from Stop mode, the clock settings are set to the Stop mode exit state..
Bit 2: Allows debug in Standby mode All clocks are disabled and the core powered down automatically in Standby mode. All active clocks and oscillators continue to run during Standby mode, and the core supply is maintained, allowing full debug capability. On exit from Standby mode, a system reset is performed..
Bit 4: trace pin enable.
Bit 5: trace port and clock enable. This bit enables the trace port clock, TRACECK..
Bits 6-7: trace pin assignment.
Bit 16: Debug credentials reset type This bit selects which type of reset is used to revoke the debug authentication credentials.
DBGMCU APB1L peripheral freeze register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBG_I3C1_STOP
rw |
DBG_I2C2_STOP
rw |
DBG_I2C1_STOP
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DBG_IWDG_STOP
rw |
DBG_WWDG_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM7_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM6_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM3_STOP
rw |
DBG_TIM2_STOP
rw |
Bit 0: TIM2 stop in debug.
Bit 1: TIM3 stop in debug.
Bit 4: TIM6 stop in debug.
Bit 5: TIM7 stop in debug.
Bit 11: WWDG stop in debug.
Bit 12: IWDG stop in debug.
Bit 21: I2C1 SMBUS timeout stop in debug.
Bit 22: I2C2 SMBUS timeout stop in debug.
Bit 23: I3C1 SCL stall counter stop in debug.
DBGMCU APB1H peripheral freeze register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBG_LPTIM2_STOP
rw |
DBGMCU APB2 peripheral freeze register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBG_TIM1_STOP
rw |
DBGMCU APB3 peripheral freeze register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBG_RTC_STOP
rw |
DBG_LPTIM1_STOP
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DBG_I3C2_STOP
rw |
DBGMCU AHB1 peripheral freeze register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBG_GPDMA2_7_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA2_6_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA2_5_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA2_4_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA2_3_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA2_2_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA2_1_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA2_0_STOP
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DBG_GPDMA1_7_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA1_6_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA1_5_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA1_4_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA1_3_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA1_2_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA1_1_STOP
rw |
DBG_GPDMA1_0_STOP
rw |
Bit 0: GPDMA1 channel 0 stop in debug.
Bit 1: GPDMA1 channel 1 stop in debug.
Bit 2: GPDMA1 channel 2 stop in debug.
Bit 3: GPDMA1 channel 3 stop in debug.
Bit 4: GPDMA1 channel 4 stop in debug.
Bit 5: GPDMA1 channel 5 stop in debug.
Bit 6: GPDMA1 channel 6 stop in debug.
Bit 7: GPDMA1 channel 7 stop in debug.
Bit 16: GPDMA2 channel 0 stop in debug.
Bit 17: GPDMA2 channel 1 stop in debug.
Bit 18: GPDMA2 channel 2 stop in debug.
Bit 19: GPDMA2 channel 3 stop in debug.
Bit 20: GPDMA2 channel 4 stop in debug.
Bit 21: GPDMA2 channel 5 stop in debug.
Bit 22: GPDMA2 channel 6 stop in debug.
Bit 23: GPDMA2 channel 7 stop in debug.
DBGMCU status register
Offset: 0xfc, size: 32, reset: 0x00010003, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AP_ENABLED
w |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AP_PRESENT
w |
Bits 0-15: Bit n identifies whether access port AP n is present in device Bit n = 0: APn absent Bit n = 1: APn present.
Bits 16-31: Bit n identifies whether access port AP n is open (can be accessed via the debug port) or locked (debug access to the AP is blocked) Bit n = 0: APn locked Bit n = 1: APn enabled.
DBGMCU debug authentication mailbox host register
Offset: 0x100, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
DBGMCU debug authentication mailbox device register
Offset: 0x104, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
DBGMCU debug authentication mailbox acknowledge register
Offset: 0x108, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 0: Host to device acknowledge. The device sets this bit to indicate that it has placed a message in the DBGMCU_DBG_AUTH_DEVICE register. It should be reset by the host after reading the message.
Bit 1: Device to device acknowledge. The host sets this bit to indicate that it has placed a message in the DBGMCU_DBG_AUTH_HOST register. It is reset by the device after reading the message.
DBGMCU CoreSight peripheral identity register 4
Offset: 0xfd0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
DBGMCU CoreSight peripheral identity register 0
Offset: 0xfe0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PARTNUM
r |
DBGMCU CoreSight peripheral identity register 1
Offset: 0xfe4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
DBGMCU CoreSight peripheral identity register 2
Offset: 0xfe8, size: 32, reset: 0x0000000A, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
DBGMCU CoreSight peripheral identity register 3
Offset: 0xfec, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
DBGMCU CoreSight component identity register 0
Offset: 0xff0, size: 32, reset: 0x0000000D, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PREAMBLE
r |
DBGMCU CoreSight component identity register 1
Offset: 0xff4, size: 32, reset: 0x000000F0, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
DBGMCU CoreSight component identity register 2
Offset: 0xff8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000005, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PREAMBLE
r |
DBGMCU CoreSight component identity register 3
Offset: 0xffc, size: 32, reset: 0x000000B1, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PREAMBLE
r |
0x40008c00: Digital temperature sensor
10/64 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CFGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | T0VALR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | RAMPVALR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ITR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | ITENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | ICIFR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | OR |
Temperature sensor configuration register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSREF_CLK_DIV
rw |
Q_MEAS_OPT
rw |
REFCLK_SEL
rw |
TS1_SMP_TIME
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TS1_INTRIG_SEL
rw |
TS1_START
rw |
TS1_EN
rw |
Bit 0: Temperature sensor 1 enable bit This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: Once enabled, the temperature sensor is active after a specific delay time. The TS1_RDY flag will be set when the sensor is ready..
Bit 4: Start frequency measurement on temperature sensor 1 This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bits 8-11: Input trigger selection bit for temperature sensor 1 These bits are set and cleared by software. They select which input triggers a temperature measurement. Refer to Section 19.3.10: Trigger input..
Bits 16-19: Sampling time for temperature sensor 1 These bits allow increasing the sampling time to improve measurement precision. When the PCLK clock is selected as reference clock (REFCLK_SEL = 0), the measurement will be performed at TS1_SMP_TIME period of CLK_PTAT. When the LSE is selected as reference clock (REFCLK_SEL =1), the measurement will be performed at TS1_SMP_TIME period of LSE..
Bit 20: Reference clock selection bit This bit is set and cleared by software. It indicates whether the reference clock is the high speed clock (PCLK) or the low speed clock (LSE)..
Bit 21: Quick measurement option bit This bit is set and cleared by software. It is used to increase the measurement speed by suppressing the calibration step. It is effective only when the LSE clock is used as reference clock (REFCLK_SEL=1)..
Bits 24-30: High speed clock division ratio These bits are set and cleared by software. They can be used to define the division ratio for the main clock in order to obtain the internal frequency lower than 1 MHz required for the calibration. They are applicable only for calibration when PCLK is selected as reference clock (REFCLK_SEL=0). ....
Temperature sensor T0 value register 1
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Temperature sensor ramp value register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TS1_RAMP_COEFF
r |
Temperature sensor interrupt threshold register 1
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TS1_HITTHD
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TS1_LITTHD
rw |
Bits 0-15: Low interrupt threshold for temperature sensor 1 These bits are set and cleared by software. They indicate the lowest value than can be reached before raising an interrupt signal..
Bits 16-31: High interrupt threshold for temperature sensor 1 These bits are set and cleared by software. They indicate the highest value than can be reached before raising an interrupt signal..
Temperature sensor data register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TS1_MFREQ
rw |
Temperature sensor status register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TS1_RDY
r |
TS1_AITHF
r |
TS1_AITLF
r |
TS1_AITEF
r |
TS1_ITHF
r |
TS1_ITLF
r |
TS1_ITEF
r |
Bit 0: Interrupt flag for end of measurement on temperature sensor 1, synchronized on PCLK. This bit is set by hardware when a temperature measure is done. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the TS2_CITEF bit in the DTS_ICIFR register. Note: This bit is active only when the TS1_ITEFEN bit is set.
Bit 1: Interrupt flag for low threshold on temperature sensor 1, synchronized on PCLK. This bit is set by hardware when the low threshold is set and reached. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the TS1_CITLF bit in the DTS_ICIFR register. Note: This bit is active only when the TS1_ITLFEN bit is set.
Bit 2: Interrupt flag for high threshold on temperature sensor 1, synchronized on PCLK This bit is set by hardware when the high threshold is set and reached. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the TS1_CITHF bit in the DTS_ICIFR register. Note: This bit is active only when the TS1_ITHFEN bit is set.
Bit 4: Asynchronous interrupt flag for end of measure on temperature sensor 1 This bit is set by hardware when a temperature measure is done. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the TS1_CAITEF bit in the DTS_ICIFR register. Note: This bit is active only when the TS1_AITEFEN bit is set.
Bit 5: Asynchronous interrupt flag for low threshold on temperature sensor 1 This bit is set by hardware when the low threshold is reached. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the TS1_CAITLF bit in the DTS_ICIFR register. Note: This bit is active only when the TS1_AITLFEN bit is set.
Bit 6: Asynchronous interrupt flag for high threshold on temperature sensor 1 This bit is set by hardware when the high threshold is reached. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the TS1_CAITHF bit in the DTS_ICIFR register. Note: This bit is active only when the TS1_AITHFEN bit is set.
Bit 15: Temperature sensor 1 ready flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It indicates that a measurement is ongoing..
Temperature sensor interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/6 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TS1_AITHEN
rw |
TS1_AITLEN
rw |
TS1_AITEEN
rw |
TS1_ITHEN
rw |
TS1_ITLEN
rw |
TS1_ITEEN
rw |
Bit 0: Interrupt enable flag for end of measurement on temperature sensor 1, synchronized on PCLK. This bit are set and cleared by software. It enables the synchronous interrupt for end of measurement..
Bit 1: Interrupt enable flag for low threshold on temperature sensor 1, synchronized on PCLK. This bit are set and cleared by software. It enables the synchronous interrupt when the measure reaches or is below the low threshold..
Bit 2: Interrupt enable flag for high threshold on temperature sensor 1, synchronized on PCLK. This bit are set and cleared by software. It enables the interrupt when the measure reaches or is above the high threshold..
Bit 4: Asynchronous interrupt enable flag for end of measurement on temperature sensor 1 This bit are set and cleared by software. It enables the asynchronous interrupt for end of measurement (only when REFCLK_SEL = 1)..
Bit 5: Asynchronous interrupt enable flag for low threshold on temperature sensor 1. This bit are set and cleared by software. It enables the asynchronous interrupt when the temperature is below the low threshold (only when REFCLK_SEL= 1).
Bit 6: Asynchronous interrupt enable flag on high threshold for temperature sensor 1. This bit are set and cleared by software. It enables the asynchronous interrupt when the temperature is above the high threshold (only when REFCLK_SEL= 1’’).
Temperature sensor clear interrupt flag register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/6 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TS1_CAITHF
rw |
TS1_CAITLF
rw |
TS1_CAITEF
rw |
TS1_CITHF
rw |
TS1_CITLF
rw |
TS1_CITEF
rw |
Bit 0: Interrupt clear flag for end of measurement on temperature sensor 1 Writing 1 to this bit clears the TS1_ITEF flag in the DTS_SR register..
Bit 1: Interrupt clear flag for low threshold on temperature sensor 1 Writing 1 to this bit clears the TS1_ITLF flag in the DTS_SR register..
Bit 2: Interrupt clear flag for high threshold on temperature sensor 1 Writing this bit to 1 clears the TS1_ITHF flag in the DTS_SR register..
Bit 4: Write once bit. Clear the asynchronous IT flag for End Of Measure for thermal sensor 1. Writing 1 clears the TS1_AITEF flag of the DTS_SR register..
Bit 5: Asynchronous interrupt clear flag for low threshold on temperature sensor 1 Writing 1 to this bit clears the TS1_AITLF flag in the DTS_SR register..
Bit 6: Asynchronous interrupt clear flag for high threshold on temperature sensor 1 Writing 1 to this bit clears the TS1_AITHF flag in the DTS_SR register..
Temperature sensor option register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TS_OP31
rw |
TS_OP30
rw |
TS_OP29
rw |
TS_OP28
rw |
TS_OP27
rw |
TS_OP26
rw |
TS_OP25
rw |
TS_OP24
rw |
TS_OP23
rw |
TS_OP22
rw |
TS_OP21
rw |
TS_OP20
rw |
TS_OP19
rw |
TS_OP18
rw |
TS_OP17
rw |
TS_OP16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TS_OP15
rw |
TS_OP14
rw |
TS_OP13
rw |
TS_OP12
rw |
TS_OP11
rw |
TS_OP10
rw |
TS_OP9
rw |
TS_OP8
rw |
TS_OP7
rw |
TS_OP6
rw |
TS_OP5
rw |
TS_OP4
rw |
TS_OP3
rw |
TS_OP2
rw |
TS_OP1
rw |
TS_OP0
rw |
Bit 0: general purpose option bits.
Bit 1: general purpose option bits.
Bit 2: general purpose option bits.
Bit 3: general purpose option bits.
Bit 4: general purpose option bits.
Bit 5: general purpose option bits.
Bit 6: general purpose option bits.
Bit 7: general purpose option bits.
Bit 8: general purpose option bits.
Bit 9: general purpose option bits.
Bit 10: general purpose option bits.
Bit 11: general purpose option bits.
Bit 12: general purpose option bits.
Bit 13: general purpose option bits.
Bit 14: general purpose option bits.
Bit 15: general purpose option bits.
Bit 16: general purpose option bits.
Bit 17: general purpose option bits.
Bit 18: general purpose option bits.
Bit 19: general purpose option bits.
Bit 20: general purpose option bits.
Bit 21: general purpose option bits.
Bit 22: general purpose option bits.
Bit 23: general purpose option bits.
Bit 24: general purpose option bits.
Bit 25: general purpose option bits.
Bit 26: general purpose option bits.
Bit 27: general purpose option bits.
Bit 28: general purpose option bits.
Bit 29: general purpose option bits.
Bit 30: general purpose option bits.
Bit 31: general purpose option bits.
0x44022000: Extended interrupt/event controller
206/222 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | RTSR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | FTSR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SWIER1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | RPR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | FPR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | PRIVCFGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | RTSR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | FTSR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | SWIER2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | RPR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | FPR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | PRIVCFGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | EXTICR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | EXTICR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 | EXTICR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x6c | EXTICR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x80 | IMR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x84 | EMR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x90 | IMR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x94 | EMR2 |
EXTI rising trigger selection register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RT16
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RT15
rw |
RT14
rw |
RT13
rw |
RT12
rw |
RT11
rw |
RT10
rw |
RT9
rw |
RT8
rw |
RT7
rw |
RT6
rw |
RT5
rw |
RT4
rw |
RT3
rw |
RT2
rw |
RT1
rw |
RT0
rw |
Bit 0: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 1: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 2: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 3: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 4: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 5: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 6: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 7: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 8: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 9: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 10: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 11: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 12: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 13: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 14: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 15: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 16: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
EXTI falling trigger selection register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FT16
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
FT15
rw |
FT14
rw |
FT13
rw |
FT12
rw |
FT11
rw |
FT10
rw |
FT9
rw |
FT8
rw |
FT7
rw |
FT6
rw |
FT5
rw |
FT4
rw |
FT3
rw |
FT2
rw |
FT1
rw |
FT0
rw |
Bit 0: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 1: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 2: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 3: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 4: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 5: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 6: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 7: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 8: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 9: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 10: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 11: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 12: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 13: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 14: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 15: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 16: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
EXTI software interrupt event register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SWI16
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SWI15
rw |
SWI14
rw |
SWI13
rw |
SWI12
rw |
SWI11
rw |
SWI10
rw |
SWI9
rw |
SWI8
rw |
SWI7
rw |
SWI6
rw |
SWI5
rw |
SWI4
rw |
SWI3
rw |
SWI2
rw |
SWI1
rw |
SWI0
rw |
Bit 0: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 1: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 2: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 3: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 4: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 5: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 6: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 7: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 8: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 9: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 10: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 11: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 12: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 13: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 14: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 15: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 16: Software interrupt on event x (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
EXTI rising edge pending register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RPIF16
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RPIF15
rw |
RPIF14
rw |
RPIF13
rw |
RPIF12
rw |
RPIF11
rw |
RPIF10
rw |
RPIF9
rw |
RPIF8
rw |
RPIF7
rw |
RPIF6
rw |
RPIF5
rw |
RPIF4
rw |
RPIF3
rw |
RPIF2
rw |
RPIF1
rw |
RPIF0
rw |
Bit 0: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 1: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 2: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 3: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 4: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 5: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 6: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 7: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 8: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 9: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 10: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 11: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 12: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 13: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 14: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 15: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 16: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
EXTI falling edge pending register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FPIF16
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
FPIF15
rw |
FPIF14
rw |
FPIF13
rw |
FPIF12
rw |
FPIF11
rw |
FPIF10
rw |
FPIF9
rw |
FPIF8
rw |
FPIF7
rw |
FPIF6
rw |
FPIF5
rw |
FPIF4
rw |
FPIF3
rw |
FPIF2
rw |
FPIF1
rw |
FPIF0
rw |
Bit 0: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 1: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 2: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 3: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 4: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 5: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 6: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 7: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 8: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 9: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 10: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 11: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 12: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 13: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 14: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 15: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 16: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit (x = 16 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
EXTI privilege configuration register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
27/27 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
|||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 1: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 2: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 3: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 4: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 5: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 6: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 7: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 8: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 9: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 10: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 11: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 12: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 13: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 14: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 15: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 16: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 17: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 17 to 0).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 19: Privilege enable on event input 19.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 21: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 22 to 21).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 22: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 22 to 21).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 24: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 29 to 24).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 25: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 29 to 24).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 26: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 29 to 24).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 27: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 29 to 24).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 28: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 29 to 24).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 29: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 29 to 24).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
EXTI rising trigger selection register 2
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RT53
rw |
RT50
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Bit 18: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
Bit 21: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit x is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rising edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Rising edge trigger is enabled
EXTI falling trigger selection register 2
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FT53
rw |
FT50
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Bit 18: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
Bit 21: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable event input x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FTx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FTx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FTx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Falling edge trigger is disabled
1: Enabled: Falling edge trigger is enabled
EXTI software interrupt event register 2
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SWI53
rw |
SWI50
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Bit 18: Software interrupt on event x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
Bit 21: Software interrupt on event x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, SWIx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, SWIx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this SWIx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. A software interrupt is generated independent from the setting in EXTI_RTSR and EXTI_FTSR. It always returns 0 when read..
Allowed values:
1: Pend: Generates an interrupt request
EXTI rising edge pending register 2
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RPIF53
rw |
RPIF50
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Bit 18: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 21: configurable event inputs x rising edge pending bit When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, RPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, RPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this RPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the rising edge event or an EXTI_SWIER software trigger arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
EXTI falling edge pending register 2
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FPIF53
rw |
FPIF50
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Bit 18: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
Bit 21: configurable event inputs x falling edge pending bit When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, FPIFx can be accessed with unprivileged and privileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, FPIFx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this FPIFx is discarded, unprivileged read returns 0. This bit is set when the falling edge event arrives on the configurable event line. This bit is cleared by writing 1 to it..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No trigger request occurred
1: Pending: Selected trigger request occurred
EXTI privilege configuration register 2
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV53
rw |
PRIV50
rw |
PRIV49
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV47
rw |
PRIV42
rw |
PRIV41
rw |
PRIV40
rw |
PRIV39
rw |
PRIV38
rw |
PRIV37
rw |
Bit 5: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 42 to 37).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 6: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 42 to 37).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 7: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 42 to 37).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 8: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 42 to 37).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 9: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 42 to 37).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 10: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 42 to 37).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 15: Privilege enable on event input x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 17: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 50 to 49).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 18: Privilege enable on event input x (x = 50 to 49).
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
Bit 21: Privilege enable on event input x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Event privilege disabled
1: Privileged: Event privilege enabled
EXTI external interrupt selection register
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EXTI3
rw |
EXTI2
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EXTI1
rw |
EXTI0
rw |
Bits 0-7: EXTI0 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI0 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV0 is disabled, EXTI0 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV0 is enabled, EXTI0 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 8-15: EXTI1 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI1 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV1 is disabled, EXTI1 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV1 is enabled, EXTI1 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 16-23: EXTI2 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI2 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV2 is disabled, EXTI2 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV2 is enabled, EXTI2 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 24-31: EXTI3 GPIO port selectio These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI3 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV3 is disabled, EXTI3 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV3 is enabled, EXTI3 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
EXTI external interrupt selection register
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EXTI7
rw |
EXTI6
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EXTI5
rw |
EXTI4
rw |
Bits 0-7: EXTI4 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI4 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV4 is disabled, EXTI4 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV4 is enabled, EXTI4 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 8-15: EXTI5 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI5 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV5 is disabled, EXTI5 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV5 is enabled, EXTI5 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 16-23: EXTI6 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI6 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV6 is disabled, EXTI6 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV6 is enabled, EXTI6 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 24-31: EXTI7 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI7 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV7 is disabled, EXTI7 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV7 is enabled, EXTI7 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
EXTI external interrupt selection register
Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EXTI11
rw |
EXTI10
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EXTI9
rw |
EXTI8
rw |
Bits 0-7: EXTI8 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTIm external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV8 is disabled, EXTI8 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV8 is enabled, EXTI8 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 8-15: EXTI9 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI9 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV9 is disabled, EXTI9 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV9 is enabled, EXTI9 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 16-23: EXTI10 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI10 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV10 is disabled, EXTI10 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV10 is enabled, EXTI10 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 24-31: EXTI11 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI11 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV11 is disabled, EXTI11 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV11 is enabled, EXTI11 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
EXTI external interrupt selection register
Offset: 0x6c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EXTI15
rw |
EXTI14
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EXTI13
rw |
EXTI12
rw |
Bits 0-7: EXTI12 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI12 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV12 is disabled, EXTI12 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV12 is enabled, EXTI12 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 8-15: EXTI13 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI13 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV13 is disabled, EXTI13 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV13 is enabled, EXTI13 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 16-23: EXTI14 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI14 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV14 is disabled, EXTI14 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV14 is enabled, EXTI14 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
Bits 24-31: EXTI15 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI15 external interrupt. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV15 is disabled, EXTI15 can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIV15 is enabled, EXTI15 can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded. Others: reserved.
EXTI CPU wakeup with interrupt mask register
Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFE0000, access: Unspecified
27/27 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IM29
rw |
IM28
rw |
IM27
rw |
IM26
rw |
IM25
rw |
IM24
rw |
IM22
rw |
IM21
rw |
IM19
rw |
IM17
rw |
IM16
rw |
|||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IM15
rw |
IM14
rw |
IM13
rw |
IM12
rw |
IM11
rw |
IM10
rw |
IM9
rw |
IM8
rw |
IM7
rw |
IM6
rw |
IM5
rw |
IM4
rw |
IM3
rw |
IM2
rw |
IM1
rw |
IM0
rw |
Bit 0: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 1: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 2: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 3: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 4: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 5: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 6: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 7: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 8: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 9: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 10: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 11: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 12: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 13: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 14: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 15: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 16: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 17: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 19: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 21: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 22 to 21) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 22: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 22 to 21) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 24: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 25: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 26: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 27: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 28: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 29: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
EXTI CPU wakeup with event mask register
Offset: 0x84, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFE0000, access: Unspecified
27/27 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EM29
rw |
EM28
rw |
EM27
rw |
EM26
rw |
EM25
rw |
EM24
rw |
EM22
rw |
EM21
rw |
EM19
rw |
EM17
rw |
EM16
rw |
|||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EM15
rw |
EM14
rw |
EM13
rw |
EM12
rw |
EM11
rw |
EM10
rw |
EM9
rw |
EM8
rw |
EM7
rw |
EM6
rw |
EM5
rw |
EM4
rw |
EM3
rw |
EM2
rw |
EM1
rw |
EM0
rw |
Bit 0: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 1: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 2: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 3: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 4: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 5: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 6: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 7: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 8: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 9: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 10: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 11: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 12: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 13: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 14: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 15: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 16: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 17: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 17 to 0) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 19: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 21: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 22 to 21) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 22: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 22 to 21) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 24: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 25: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 26: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 27: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 28: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 29: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 29 to 24) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
EXTI CPU wakeup with interrupt mask register 2
Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00DBBFFF, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IM53
rw |
IM50
rw |
IM49
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IM47
rw |
IM42
rw |
IM41
rw |
IM40
rw |
IM39
rw |
IM38
rw |
IM37
rw |
Bit 5: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 6: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 7: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 8: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 9: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 10: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 15: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 17: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 50 to 49) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 18: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x (x = 50 to 49) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 21: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on event input x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, IMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, IMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
EXTI CPU wakeup with event mask register 2
Offset: 0x94, size: 32, reset: 0x00DBBFFF, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EM53
rw |
EM50
rw |
EM49
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EM47
rw |
EM42
rw |
EM41
rw |
EM40
rw |
EM39
rw |
EM38
rw |
EM37
rw |
Bit 5: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 6: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 7: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 8: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 9: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 10: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 42 to 37) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 15: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 17: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 50 to 49) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 18: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x (x = 50 to 49) When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
Bit 21: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on event input x When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is disabled, EMx can be accessed with privileged and unprivileged access. When EXTI_PRIVCFGR.PRIVx is enabled, EMx can only be accessed with privileged access. Unprivileged write to this bit is discarded..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Interrupt request line is masked
1: Unmasked: Interrupt request line is unmasked
0x4000a400: Controller area network
44/160 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | FDCAN_CREL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | FDCAN_ENDN | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | FDCAN_DBTP | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | FDCAN_TEST | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | FDCAN_RWD | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | FDCAN_CCCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | FDCAN_NBTP | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | FDCAN_TSCC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | FDCAN_TSCV | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | FDCAN_TOCC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | FDCAN_TOCV | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | FDCAN_ECR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | FDCAN_PSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | FDCAN_TDCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | FDCAN_IR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | FDCAN_IE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | FDCAN_ILS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x5c | FDCAN_ILE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x80 | FDCAN_RXGFC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x84 | FDCAN_XIDAM | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x88 | FDCAN_HPMS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x90 | FDCAN_RXF0S | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x94 | FDCAN_RXF0A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x98 | FDCAN_RXF1S | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x9c | FDCAN_RXF1A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc0 | FDCAN_TXBC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc4 | FDCAN_TXFQS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc8 | FDCAN_TXBRP | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xcc | FDCAN_TXBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd0 | FDCAN_TXBCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd4 | FDCAN_TXBTO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd8 | FDCAN_TXBCF | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xdc | FDCAN_TXBTIE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe0 | FDCAN_TXBCIE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe4 | FDCAN_TXEFS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe8 | FDCAN_TXEFA | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x100 | FDCAN_CKDIV |
FDCAN core release register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x32141218, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
FDCAN endian register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x87654321, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
FDCAN data bit timing and prescaler register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000A33, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDC
rw |
DBRP
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DTSEG1
rw |
DTSEG2
rw |
DSJW
rw |
Bits 0-3: Synchronization jump width Must always be smaller than DTSEG2, valid values are 0 to 15. The value used by the hardware is the one programmed, incremented by 1: tSJW = (DSJW + 1) x tq..
Bits 4-7: Data time segment after sample point Valid values are 0 to 15. The value used by the hardware is the one programmed, incremented by 1, i.e. tBS2 = (DTSEG2 + 1) x tq..
Bits 8-12: Data time segment before sample point Valid values are 0 to 31. The value used by the hardware is the one programmed, incremented by 1, i.e. tBS1 = (DTSEG1 + 1) x tq..
Bits 16-20: Data bit rate prescaler The value by which the oscillator frequency is divided to generate the bit time quanta. The bit time is built up from a multiple of this quanta. Valid values for the Baud Rate Prescaler are 0 to 31. The hardware interpreters this value as the value programmed plus 1..
Bit 23: Transceiver delay compensation.
FDCAN test register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
FDCAN RAM watchdog register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Watchdog configuration Start value of the message RAM watchdog counter. With the reset value of 00, the counter is disabled. These are protected write (P) bits, write access is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of FDCAN_CCCR register are set to 1..
Bits 8-15: Watchdog value Actual message RAM watchdog counter value..
FDCAN CC control register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
1/14 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NISO
rw |
TXP
rw |
EFBI
rw |
PXHD
rw |
BRSE
rw |
FDOE
rw |
TEST
rw |
DAR
rw |
MON
rw |
CSR
rw |
CSA
r |
ASM
rw |
CCE
rw |
INIT
rw |
Bit 0: Initialization.
Bit 1: Configuration change enable.
Bit 2: ASM restricted operation mode The restricted operation mode is intended for applications that adapt themselves to different CAN bit rates. The application tests different bit rates and leaves the Restricted operation Mode after it has received a valid frame. In the optional Restricted operation Mode the node is able to transmit and receive data and remote frames and it gives acknowledge to valid frames, but it does not send active error frames or overload frames. In case of an error condition or overload condition, it does not send dominant bits, instead it waits for the occurrence of bus idle condition to resynchronize itself to the CAN communication. The error counters are not incremented. Bit ASM can only be set by software when both CCE and INIT are set to 1. The bit can be reset by the software at any time..
Bit 3: Clock stop acknowledge.
Bit 4: Clock stop request.
Bit 5: Bus monitoring mode Bit MON can only be set by software when both CCE and INIT are set to 1. The bit can be reset by the Host at any time..
Bit 6: Disable automatic retransmission.
Bit 7: Test mode enable.
Bit 8: FD operation enable.
Bit 9: FDCAN bit rate switching.
Bit 12: Protocol exception handling disable.
Bit 13: Edge filtering during bus integration.
Bit 14: If this bit is set, the FDCAN pauses for two CAN bit times before starting the next transmission after successfully transmitting a frame..
Bit 15: Non ISO operation If this bit is set, the FDCAN uses the CAN FD frame format as specified by the Bosch CAN FD Specification V1.0..
FDCAN nominal bit timing and prescaler register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x06000A03, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NSJW
rw |
NBRP
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
NTSEG1
rw |
NTSEG2
rw |
Bits 0-6: Nominal time segment after sample point Valid values are 0 to 127. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more than the programmed value is used..
Bits 8-15: Nominal time segment before sample point Valid values are 0 to 255. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more than the programmed value is used. These are protected write (P) bits, write access is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bits 16-24: Bit rate prescaler Value by which the oscillator frequency is divided for generating the bit time quanta. The bit time is built up from a multiple of this quanta. Valid values are 0 to 511. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more than the value programmed here is used. These are protected write (P) bits, write access is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bits 25-31: Nominal (re)synchronization jump width Valid values are 0 to 127. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that the used value is the one programmed incremented by one. These are protected write (P) bits, write access is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
FDCAN timestamp counter configuration register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Timestamp select These are protected write (P) bits, write access is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bits 16-19: Timestamp counter prescaler Configures the timestamp and timeout counters time unit in multiples of CAN bit times [1 … 16]. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more than the value programmed here is used. In CAN FD mode the internal timestamp counter TCP does not provide a constant time base due to the different CAN bit times between arbitration phase and data phase. Thus CAN FD requires an external counter for timestamp generation (TSS = 10). These are protected write (P) bits, write access is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
FDCAN timestamp counter value register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TSC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Timestamp counter The internal/external timestamp counter value is captured on start of frame (both Rx and Tx). When TSCC[TSS] = 01, the timestamp counter is incremented in multiples of CAN bit times [1 … 16] depending on the configuration of TSCC[TCP]. A wrap around sets interrupt flag IR[TSW]. Write access resets the counter to 0. When TSCC.TSS = 10, TSC reflects the external timestamp counter value. A write access has no impact..
FDCAN timeout counter configuration register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFF0000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TOP
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOS
rw |
ETOC
rw |
Bit 0: Timeout counter enable This is a protected write (P) bit, write access is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bits 1-2: Timeout select When operating in Continuous mode, a write to TOCV presets the counter to the value configured by TOCC[TOP] and continues down-counting. When the timeout counter is controlled by one of the FIFOs, an empty FIFO presets the counter to the value configured by TOCC[TOP]. Down-counting is started when the first FIFO element is stored. These are protected write (P) bits, write access is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bits 16-31: Timeout period Start value of the timeout counter (down-counter). Configures the timeout period..
FDCAN timeout counter value register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TOC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Timeout counter The timeout counter is decremented in multiples of CAN bit times [1 … 16] depending on the configuration of TSCC.TCP. When decremented to 0, interrupt flag IR.TOO is set and the timeout counter is stopped. Start and reset/restart conditions are configured via TOCC.TOS..
FDCAN error counter register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RP
r |
REC
r |
TEC
r |
Bits 0-7: Transmit error counter Actual state of the transmit error counter, values between 0 and 255. When CCCR.ASM is set, the CAN protocol controller does not increment TEC and REC when a CAN protocol error is detected, but CEL is still incremented..
Bits 8-14: Receive error counter Actual state of the receive error counter, values between 0 and 127..
Bit 15: Receive error passive.
Bits 16-23: CAN error logging The counter is incremented each time when a CAN protocol error causes the transmit error counter or the receive error counter to be incremented. It is reset by read access to CEL. The counter stops at 0xFF; the next increment of TEC or REC sets interrupt flag IR[ELO]. Access type is RX: reset on read..
FDCAN protocol status register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000707, access: Unspecified
5/11 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDCV
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PXE
rw |
REDL
rw |
RBRS
rw |
RESI
rw |
DLEC
rw |
BO
r |
EW
r |
EP
r |
ACT
r |
LEC
rw |
Bits 0-2: Last error code The LEC indicates the type of the last error to occur on the CAN bus. This field is cleared to 0 when a message has been transferred (reception or transmission) without error. Access type is RS: set on read..
Bits 3-4: Activity Monitors the module’s CAN communication state..
Bit 5: Error passive.
Bit 6: Warning Sstatus.
Bit 7: Bus_Off status.
Bits 8-10: Data last error code Type of last error that occurred in the data phase of a FDCAN format frame with its BRS flag set. Coding is the same as for LEC. This field is cleared to 0 when a FDCAN format frame with its BRS flag set has been transferred (reception or transmission) without error. Access type is RS: set on read..
Bit 11: ESI flag of last received FDCAN message This bit is set together with REDL, independent of acceptance filtering. Access type is RX: reset on read..
Bit 12: BRS flag of last received FDCAN message This bit is set together with REDL, independent of acceptance filtering. Access type is RX: reset on read..
Bit 13: Received FDCAN message This bit is set independent of acceptance filtering. Access type is RX: reset on read..
Bit 14: Protocol exception event.
Bits 16-22: Transmitter delay compensation value Position of the secondary sample point, defined by the sum of the measured delay from FDCAN_TX to FDCAN_RX and TDCR.TDCO. The SSP position is, in the data phase, the number of minimum time quanta (mtq) between the start of the transmitted bit and the secondary sample point. Valid values are 0 to 127 mtq..
FDCAN transmitter delay compensation register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-6: Transmitter delay compensation filter window length Defines the minimum value for the SSP position, dominant edges on FDCAN_RX that would result in an earlier SSP position are ignored for transmitter delay measurements. These are protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bits 8-14: Transmitter delay compensation offset Offset value defining the distance between the measured delay from FDCAN_TX to FDCAN_RX and the secondary sample point. Valid values are 0 to 127 mtq. These are protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
FDCAN interrupt register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ARA
rw |
PED
rw |
PEA
rw |
WDI
rw |
BO
rw |
EW
rw |
EP
rw |
ELO
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOO
rw |
MRAF
rw |
TSW
rw |
TEFL
rw |
TEFF
rw |
TEFN
rw |
TFE
rw |
TCF
rw |
TC
rw |
HPM
rw |
RF1L
rw |
RF1F
rw |
RF1N
rw |
RF0L
rw |
RF0F
rw |
RF0N
rw |
Bit 0: Rx FIFO 0 new message.
Bit 1: Rx FIFO 0 full.
Bit 2: Rx FIFO 0 message lost.
Bit 3: Rx FIFO 1 new message.
Bit 4: Rx FIFO 1 full.
Bit 5: Rx FIFO 1 message lost.
Bit 6: High-priority message.
Bit 7: Transmission completed.
Bit 8: Transmission cancellation finished.
Bit 9: Tx FIFO empty.
Bit 10: Tx event FIFO New Entry.
Bit 11: Tx event FIFO full.
Bit 12: Tx event FIFO element lost.
Bit 13: Timestamp wraparound.
Bit 14: Message RAM access failure The flag is set when the Rx handler: has not completed acceptance filtering or storage of an accepted message until the arbitration field of the following message has been received. In this case acceptance filtering or message storage is aborted and the Rx handler starts processing of the following message. was unable to write a message to the message RAM. In this case message storage is aborted. In both cases the FIFO put index is not updated. The partly stored message is overwritten when the next message is stored to this location. The flag is also set when the Tx Handler was not able to read a message from the Message RAM in time. In this case message transmission is aborted. In case of a Tx Handler access failure the FDCAN is switched into Restricted operation Mode (see mode). To leave Restricted operation Mode, the Host CPU has to reset CCCR.ASM..
Bit 15: Timeout occurred.
Bit 16: Error logging overflow.
Bit 17: Error passive.
Bit 18: Warning status.
Bit 19: Bus_Off status.
Bit 20: Watchdog interrupt.
Bit 21: Protocol error in arbitration phase (nominal bit time is used).
Bit 22: Protocol error in data phase (data bit time is used).
Bit 23: Access to reserved address.
FDCAN interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ARAE
rw |
PEDE
rw |
PEAE
rw |
WDIE
rw |
BOE
rw |
EWE
rw |
EPE
rw |
ELOE
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOOE
rw |
MRAFE
rw |
TSWE
rw |
TEFLE
rw |
TEFFE
rw |
TEFNE
rw |
TFEE
rw |
TCFE
rw |
TCE
rw |
HPME
rw |
RF1LE
rw |
RF1FE
rw |
RF1NE
rw |
RF0LE
rw |
RF0FE
rw |
RF0NE
rw |
Bit 0: Rx FIFO 0 new message interrupt enable.
Bit 1: Rx FIFO 0 full interrupt enable.
Bit 2: Rx FIFO 0 message lost interrupt enable.
Bit 3: Rx FIFO 1 new message interrupt enable.
Bit 4: Rx FIFO 1 full interrupt enable.
Bit 5: Rx FIFO 1 message lost interrupt enable.
Bit 6: High-priority message interrupt enable.
Bit 7: Transmission completed interrupt enable.
Bit 8: Transmission cancellation finished interrupt enable.
Bit 9: Tx FIFO empty interrupt enable.
Bit 10: Tx event FIFO new entry interrupt enable.
Bit 11: Tx event FIFO full interrupt enable.
Bit 12: Tx event FIFO element lost interrupt enable.
Bit 13: Timestamp wraparound interrupt enable.
Bit 14: Message RAM access failure interrupt enable.
Bit 15: Timeout occurred interrupt enable.
Bit 16: Error logging overflow interrupt enable.
Bit 17: Error passive interrupt enable.
Bit 18: Warning status interrupt enable.
Bit 19: Bus_Off status.
Bit 20: Watchdog interrupt enable.
Bit 21: Protocol error in arbitration phase enable.
Bit 22: Protocol error in data phase enable.
Bit 23: Access to reserved address enable.
FDCAN interrupt line select register
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PERR
rw |
BERR
rw |
MISC
rw |
TFERR
rw |
SMSG
rw |
RxFIFO1
rw |
RxFIFO0
rw |
Bit 0: RX FIFO bit grouping the following interruption RF0LL: Rx FIFO 0 message lost interrupt line RF0FL: Rx FIFO 0 full interrupt line RF0NL: Rx FIFO 0 new message interrupt line.
Bit 1: RX FIFO bit grouping the following interruption RF1LL: Rx FIFO 1 message lost interrupt line RF1FL: Rx FIFO 1 full Interrupt line RF1NL: Rx FIFO 1 new message interrupt line.
Bit 2: Status message bit grouping the following interruption TCFL: Transmission cancellation finished interrupt line TCL: Transmission completed interrupt line HPML: High-priority message interrupt line.
Bit 3: Tx FIFO ERROR grouping the following interruption TEFLL: Tx event FIFO element lost interrupt line TEFFL: Tx event FIFO full interrupt line TEFNL: Tx event FIFO new entry interrupt line TFEL: Tx FIFO empty interrupt line.
Bit 4: Interrupt regrouping the following interruption TOOL: Timeout occurred interrupt line MRAFL: Message RAM access failure interrupt line TSWL: Timestamp wraparound interrupt line.
Bit 5: Bit and line error grouping the following interruption EPL Error passive interrupt line ELOL: Error logging overflow interrupt line.
Bit 6: Protocol error grouping the following interruption ARAL: Access to reserved address line PEDL: Protocol error in data phase line PEAL: Protocol error in arbitration phase line WDIL: Watchdog interrupt line BOL: Bus_Off status EWL: Warning status interrupt line.
FDCAN interrupt line enable register
Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
FDCAN global filter configuration register
Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LSE
rw |
LSS
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
F0OM
rw |
F1OM
rw |
ANFS
rw |
ANFE
rw |
RRFS
rw |
RRFE
rw |
Bit 0: Reject remote frames extended These are protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bit 1: Reject remote frames standard These are protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bits 2-3: Accept non-matching frames extended Defines how received messages with 29-bit IDs that do not match any element of the filter list are treated. These are protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bits 4-5: Accept Non-matching frames standard Defines how received messages with 11-bit IDs that do not match any element of the filter list are treated. These are protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bit 8: FIFO 1 operation mode (overwrite or blocking) This is a protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bit 9: FIFO 0 operation mode (overwrite or blocking) This is protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bits 16-20: List size standard >28: Values greater than 28 are interpreted as 28. These are protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
Bits 24-27: List size extended >8: Values greater than 8 are interpreted as 8. These are protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
FDCAN extended ID and mask register
Offset: 0x84, size: 32, reset: 0x1FFFFFFF, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EIDM
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EIDM
rw |
Bits 0-28: Extended ID mask For acceptance filtering of extended frames the Extended ID AND Mask is AND-ed with the Message ID of a received frame. Intended for masking of 29-bit IDs in SAE J1939. With the reset value of all bits set to 1 the mask is not active. These are protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
FDCAN high-priority message status register
Offset: 0x88, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
Bits 0-2: Buffer index Index of Rx FIFO element to which the message was stored. Only valid when MSI[1] = 1..
Bits 6-7: Message storage indicator.
Bits 8-12: Filter index Index of matching filter element. Range is 0 to RXGFC[LSS] - 1 or RXGFC[LSE] - 1..
Bit 15: Filter list Indicates the filter list of the matching filter element..
FDCAN Rx FIFO 0 status register
Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RF0L
r |
F0F
r |
F0PI
r |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
F0GI
r |
F0FL
r |
Bits 0-3: Rx FIFO 0 fill level Number of elements stored in Rx FIFO 0, range 0 to 3..
Bits 8-9: Rx FIFO 0 get index Rx FIFO 0 read index pointer, range 0 to 2..
Bits 16-17: Rx FIFO 0 put index Rx FIFO 0 write index pointer, range 0 to 2..
Bit 24: Rx FIFO 0 full.
Bit 25: Rx FIFO 0 message lost This bit is a copy of interrupt flag IR[RF0L]. When IR[RF0L] is reset, this bit is also reset..
CAN Rx FIFO 0 acknowledge register
Offset: 0x94, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
F0AI
rw |
Bits 0-2: Rx FIFO 0 acknowledge index After the Host has read a message or a sequence of messages from Rx FIFO 0 it has to write the buffer index of the last element read from Rx FIFO 0 to F0AI. This sets the Rx FIFO 0 get index RXF0S[F0GI] to F0AI + 1 and update the FIFO 0 fill level RXF0S[F0FL]..
FDCAN Rx FIFO 1 status register
Offset: 0x98, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RF1L
r |
F1F
r |
F1PI
r |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
F1GI
r |
F1FL
r |
Bits 0-3: Rx FIFO 1 fill level Number of elements stored in Rx FIFO 1, range 0 to 3..
Bits 8-9: Rx FIFO 1 get index Rx FIFO 1 read index pointer, range 0 to 2..
Bits 16-17: Rx FIFO 1 put index Rx FIFO 1 write index pointer, range 0 to 2..
Bit 24: Rx FIFO 1 full.
Bit 25: Rx FIFO 1 message lost This bit is a copy of interrupt flag IR[RF1L]. When IR[RF1L] is reset, this bit is also reset..
FDCAN Rx FIFO 1 acknowledge register
Offset: 0x9c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
F1AI
rw |
Bits 0-2: Rx FIFO 1 acknowledge index After the Host has read a message or a sequence of messages from Rx FIFO 1 it has to write the buffer index of the last element read from Rx FIFO 1 to F1AI. This sets the Rx FIFO 1 get index RXF1S[F1GI] to F1AI + 1 and update the FIFO 1 Fill Level RXF1S[F1FL]..
FDCAN Tx buffer configuration register
Offset: 0xc0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TFQM
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
FDCAN Tx FIFO/queue status register
Offset: 0xc4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000003, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TFQF
r |
TFQPI
r |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TFGI
r |
TFFL
r |
Bits 0-2: Tx FIFO free level Number of consecutive free Tx FIFO elements starting from TFGI, range 0 to 3. Read as 0 when Tx queue operation is configured (TXBC[TFQM] = 1)..
Bits 8-9: Tx FIFO get index Tx FIFO read index pointer, range 0 to 3. Read as 0 when Tx queue operation is configured (TXBC.TFQM = 1).
Bits 16-17: Tx FIFO/queue put index Tx FIFO/queue write index pointer, range 0 to 3.
Bit 21: Tx FIFO/queue full.
FDCAN Tx buffer request pending register
Offset: 0xc8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TRP
r |
Bits 0-2: Transmission request pending Each Tx buffer has its own transmission request pending bit. The bits are set via register TXBAR. The bits are reset after a requested transmission has completed or has been canceled via register TXBCR. After a TXBRP bit has been set, a Tx scan is started to check for the pending Tx request with the highest priority (Tx buffer with lowest Message ID). A cancellation request resets the corresponding transmission request pending bit of register TXBRP. In case a transmission has already been started when a cancellation is requested, this is done at the end of the transmission, regardless whether the transmission was successful or not. The cancellation request bits are reset directly after the corresponding TXBRP bit has been reset. After a cancellation has been requested, a finished cancellation is signaled via TXBCF after successful transmission together with the corresponding TXBTO bit when the transmission has not yet been started at the point of cancellation when the transmission has been aborted due to lost arbitration when an error occurred during frame transmission In DAR mode all transmissions are automatically canceled if they are not successful. The corresponding TXBCF bit is set for all unsuccessful transmissions..
FDCAN Tx buffer add request register
Offset: 0xcc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AR
rw |
Bits 0-2: Add request Each Tx buffer has its own add request bit. Writing a 1 sets the corresponding add request bit; writing a 0 has no impact. This enables the Host to set transmission requests for multiple Tx buffers with one write to TXBAR. When no Tx scan is running, the bits are reset immediately, else the bits remain set until the Tx scan process has completed..
FDCAN Tx buffer cancellation request register
Offset: 0xd0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CR
rw |
Bits 0-2: Cancellation request Each Tx buffer has its own cancellation request bit. Writing a 1 sets the corresponding CR bit; writing a 0 has no impact. This enables the Host to set cancellation requests for multiple Tx buffers with one write to TXBCR. The bits remain set until the corresponding TXBRP bit is reset..
FDCAN Tx buffer transmission occurred register
Offset: 0xd4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TO
r |
FDCAN Tx buffer cancellation finished register
Offset: 0xd8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CF
r |
Bits 0-2: Cancellation finished Each Tx buffer has its own CF bit. The bits are set when the corresponding TXBRP bit is cleared after a cancellation was requested via TXBCR. In case the corresponding TXBRP bit was not set at the point of cancellation, CF is set immediately. The bits are reset when a new transmission is requested by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit of register TXBAR..
FDCAN Tx buffer transmission interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xdc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TIE
rw |
FDCAN Tx buffer cancellation finished interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xe0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CFIE
rw |
FDCAN Tx event FIFO status register
Offset: 0xe4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TEFL
r |
EFF
r |
EFPI
r |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
EFGI
r |
EFFL
r |
Bits 0-2: Event FIFO fill level Number of elements stored in Tx event FIFO, range 0 to 3..
Bits 8-9: Event FIFO get index Tx event FIFO read index pointer, range 0 to 3..
Bits 16-17: Event FIFO put index Tx event FIFO write index pointer, range 0 to 3..
Bit 24: Event FIFO full.
Bit 25: Tx event FIFO element lost This bit is a copy of interrupt flag IR[TEFL]. When IR[TEFL] is reset, this bit is also reset. 0 No Tx event FIFO element lost 1 Tx event FIFO element lost, also set after write attempt to Tx event FIFO of size 0..
FDCAN Tx event FIFO acknowledge register
Offset: 0xe8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EFAI
rw |
Bits 0-1: Event FIFO acknowledge index After the Host has read an element or a sequence of elements from the Tx event FIFO, it has to write the index of the last element read from Tx event FIFO to EFAI. This sets the Tx event FIFO get index TXEFS[EFGI] to EFAI + 1 and updates the FIFO 0 fill level TXEFS[EFFL]..
FDCAN CFG clock divider register
Offset: 0x100, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PDIV
rw |
Bits 0-3: input clock divider The APB clock could be divided prior to be used by the CAN sub system. The rate must be computed using the divider output clock. These are protected write (P) bits, which means that write access by the bits is possible only when the bit 1 [CCE] and bit 0 [INIT] of CCCR register are set to 1..
0x40022000: FLASH address block description
61/122 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | ACR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | NSKEYR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | OPTKEYR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | OPSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | OPTCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | NSSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | SECSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | NSCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | NSCCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | PRIVCFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | HDPEXTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | OPTSR_CUR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | OPTSR_PRG | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x70 | OPTSR2_CUR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x74 | OPTSR2_PRG | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x80 | NSBOOTR_CUR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x84 | NSBOOTR_PRG | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x90 | OTPBLR_CUR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x94 | OTPBLR_PRG | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc0 | PRIVBB1R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe8 | WRPSGN1R_CUR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xec | WRPSGN1R_PRG | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xf8 | HDP1R_CUR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xfc | HDP1R_PRG | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x100 | ECCCORR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x104 | ECCDETR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x108 | ECCDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1e8 | WRPSGN2R_CUR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1ec | WRPSGN2R_PRG | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1f8 | HDP2R_CUR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1fc | HDP2R_PRG |
FLASH access control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000013, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
S_PRFTEN
rw |
PRFTEN
rw |
WRHIGHFREQ
rw |
LATENCY
rw |
Bits 0-3: Read latency These bits are used to control the number of wait states used during read operations on both non-volatile memory banks. The application software has to program them to the correct value depending on the embedded Flash memory interface frequency and voltage conditions. ... Note: No check is performed by hardware to verify that the configuration is correct..
Bits 4-5: Flash signal delay These bits are used to control the delay between non-volatile memory signals during programming operations. Application software has to program them to the correct value depending on the embedded Flash memory interface frequency. Please refer to for details. Note: No check is performed to verify that the configuration is correct. Two WRHIGHFREQ values can be selected for some frequencies..
Bit 8: Prefetch enable. When bit value is modified, user must read back ACR register to be sure PRFTEN has been taken into account. Bits used to control the prefetch..
Bit 9: Smart prefetch enable. When bit value is modified, user must read back ACR register to be sure S_PRFTEN has been taken into account. Bits used to control the prefetch functionality..
FLASH key register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
FLASH option key register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
FLASH operation status register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CODE_OP
r |
OTP_OP
r |
SYSF_OP
r |
BK_OP
r |
ADDR_OP
r |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ADDR_OP
r |
Bits 0-19: Interrupted operation address..
Bit 22: Interrupted operation bank It indicates which bank was concerned by operation..
Bit 23: Operation in system Flash memory interrupted Indicates that reset interrupted an ongoing operation in System Flash..
Bit 24: OTP operation interrupted Indicates that reset interrupted an ongoing operation in OTP area..
Bits 29-31: Flash memory operation code.
FLASH option control register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SWAP_BANK
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OPTSTRT
rw |
OPTLOCK
rw |
Bit 0: FLASH_OPTCR lock option configuration bit The OPTLOCK bit locks the FLASH_OPTCR register as well as all _PRG registers. The correct write sequence to FLASH_OPTKEYR register unlocks this bit. If a wrong sequence is executed, or the unlock sequence to FLASH_OPTKEYR is performed twice, this bit remains locked until next system reset. It is possible to set OPTLOCK by programming it to 1. When set to 1, a new unlock sequence is mandatory to unlock it. When OPTLOCK changes from 0 to 1, the others bits of FLASH_OPTCR register do not change..
Bit 1: Option byte start change option configuration bit OPTSTRT triggers an option byte change operation. The user can set OPTSTRT only when the OPTLOCK bit is cleared to 0. It’s set only by Software and cleared when the option byte change is completed or an error occurs (PGSERR or OPTCHANGEERR). It’s reseted at the same time as BSY bit. The user application cannot modify any FLASH_XXX_PRG embedded Flash memory register until the option change operation has been completed. Before setting this bit, the user has to write the required values in the FLASH_XXX_PRG registers. The FLASH_XXX_PRG registers are locked until the option byte change operation has been executed in non-volatile memory..
Bit 31: Bank swapping option configuration bit SWAP_BANK controls whether Bank1 and Bank2 are swapped or not. This bit is loaded with the SWAP_BANK bit of FLASH_OPTSR_CUR register only after reset or POR..
FLASH non-secure status register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OPTCHANGEERR
r |
INCERR
r |
STRBERR
r |
PGSERR
r |
WRPERR
r |
EOP
r |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DBNE
r |
WBNE
r |
BSY
r |
Bit 0: busy flag BSY flag indicates that a Flash memory is busy by an operation (write, erase, option byte change). It is set at the beginning of a Flash memory operation and cleared when the operation finishes or an error occurs..
Bit 1: write buffer not empty flag WBNE flag is set when the embedded Flash memory is waiting for new data to complete the write buffer. In this state, the write buffer is not empty. WBNE is reset by hardware each time the write buffer is complete or the write buffer is emptied following one of the event below: the application software forces the write operation using FW bit in FLASH_NSCR the embedded Flash memory detects an error that involves data loss This bit cannot be reset by software writing 0 directly. To reset it, clear the write buffer by performing any of the above listed actions, or send the missing data..
Bit 3: data buffer not empty flag DBNE flag is set when the embedded Flash memory interface is processing 6-bits ECC data in dedicated buffer. This bit cannot be set to 0 by software. The hardware resets it once the buffer is free..
Bit 16: end of operation flag EOP flag is set when a operation (program/erase) completes. An interrupt is generated if the EOPIE is set to 1. It is not necessary to reset EOP before starting a new operation. EOP bit is cleared by writing 1 to CLR_EOP bit in FLASH_NSCCR register..
Bit 17: write protection error flag WRPERR flag is raised when a protection error occurs during a program operation. An interrupt is also generated if the WRPERRIE is set to 1. Writing 1 to CLR_WRPERR bit in FLASH_NSCCR register clears WRPERR..
Bit 18: programming sequence error flag PGSERR flag is raised when a sequence error occurs. An interrupt is generated if the PGSERRIE bit is set to 1. Writing 1 to CLR_PGSERR bit in FLASH_NSCCR register clears PGSERR..
Bit 19: strobe error flag STRBERR flag is raised when a strobe error occurs (when the master attempts to write several times the same byte in the write buffer). An interrupt is generated if the STRBERRIE bit is set to 1. Writing 1 to CLR_STRBERR bit in FLASH_NSCCR register clears STRBERR..
Bit 20: inconsistency error flag INCERR flag is raised when a inconsistency error occurs. An interrupt is generated if INCERRIE is set to 1. Writing 1 to CLR_INCERR bit in the FLASH_NSCCR register clears INCERR..
Bit 23: Option byte change error flag OPTCHANGEERR flag indicates that an error occurred during an option byte change operation. When OPTCHANGEERR is set to 1, the option byte change operation did not successfully complete. An interrupt is generated when this flag is raised if the OPTCHANGEERRIE bit of FLASH_NSCR register is set to 1. Writing 1 to CLR_OPTCHANGEERR of register FLASH_CCR clears OPTCHANGEERR. Note: The OPTSTRT bit in FLASH_OPTCR cannot be set while OPTCHANGEERR is set..
FLASH secure status register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SECINCERR
r |
SECSTRBERR
r |
SECPGSERR
r |
SECWRPERR
r |
SECEOP
r |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SECDBNE
r |
SECWBNE
r |
SECBSY
r |
Bit 0: busy flag BSY flag indicates that a FLASH memory is busy by an operation (write, erase, option byte change, OBK operations, PUF operation). It is set at the beginning of a Flash memory operation and cleared when the operation finishes or an error occurs..
Bit 1: write buffer not empty flag WBNE flag is set when the embedded Flash memory is waiting for new data to complete the write buffer. In this state, the write buffer is not empty. WBNE is reset by hardware each time the write buffer is complete or the write buffer is emptied following one of the event below: the application software forces the write operation using FW bit in FLASH_SECCR the embedded Flash memory detects an error that involves data loss This bit cannot be reset by writing 0 directly by software. To reset it, clear the write buffer by performing any of the above listed actions, or send the missing data..
Bit 3: data buffer not empty flag DBNE flag is set when the embedded Flash memory interface is processing 6-bits ECC data in dedicated buffer. This bit cannot be set to 0 by software. The hardware resets it once the buffer is free..
Bit 16: end of operation flag EOP flag is set when a operation (program/erase) completes. An interrupt is generated if the EOPIE is set to. It is not necessary to reset EOP before starting a new operation. EOP bit is cleared by writing 1 to CLR_EOP bit in FLASH_SECCCR register..
Bit 17: write protection error flag WRPERR flag is raised when a protection error occurs during a program operation. An interrupt is also generated if the WRPERRIE is set to 1. Writing 1 to CLR_WRPERR bit in FLASH_SECCCR register clears WRPERR..
Bit 18: programming sequence error flag PGSERR flag is raised when a sequence error occurs. An interrupt is generated if the PGSERRIE bit is set to 1. Writing 1 to CLR_PGSERR bit in FLASH_SECCCR register clears PGSERR..
Bit 19: strobe error flag STRBERR flag is raised when a strobe error occurs (when the master attempts to write several times the same byte in the write buffer). An interrupt is generated if the STRBERRIE bit is set to 1. Writing 1 to CLR_STRBERR bit in FLASH_SECCCR register clears STRBERR..
Bit 20: inconsistency error flag INCERR flag is raised when a inconsistency error occurs. An interrupt is generated if INCERRIE is set to 1. Writing 1 to CLR_INCERR bit in the FLASH_SECCCR register clears INCERR..
FLASH Non Secure control register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
0/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BKSEL
rw |
OPTCHANGEERRIE
rw |
INCERRIE
rw |
STRBERRIE
rw |
PGSERRIE
rw |
WRPERRIE
rw |
EOPIE
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MER
rw |
SNB
rw |
STRT
rw |
FW
rw |
BER
rw |
SER
rw |
PG
rw |
LOCK
rw |
Bit 0: configuration lock bit This bit locks the FLASH_NSCR register. The correct write sequence to FLASH_NSKEYR register unlocks this bit. If a wrong sequence is executed, or if the unlock sequence to FLASH_NSKEYR is performed twice, this bit remains locked until the next system reset. LOCK can be set by programming it to 1. When set to 1, a new unlock sequence is mandatory to unlock it. When LOCK changes from 0 to 1, the other bits of FLASH_NSCR register do not change..
Bit 1: programming control bit PG can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0. PG allows programming in Bank1 and Bank2..
Bit 2: sector erase request Setting SER bit to 1 requests a sector erase. SER can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0. If MER and SER are also set, a PGSERR is raised..
Bit 3: erase request Setting BER bit to 1 requests a bank erase operation (user Flash memory only). BER can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0. If MER and SER are also set, a PGSERR is raised. Note: Write protection error is triggered when a bank erase is required and some sectors are protected..
Bit 4: write forcing control bit FW forces a write operation even if the write buffer is not full. In this case all bits not written are set to 1 by hardware. FW can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0. The embedded Flash memory resets FW when the corresponding operation has been acknowledged. Note: Using a force-write operation prevents the application from updating later the missing bits with something else than 1, because it is likely that it leads to permanent ECC error. Write forcing is effective only if the write buffer is not empty (in particular, FW does not start several write operations when the force-write operations are performed consecutively). Since there is just one write buffer, FW can force a write in bank1 or bank2..
Bit 5: erase start control bit STRT bit is used to start a sector erase or a bank erase operation. STRT can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0. STRT is reset at the end of the operation or when an error occurs. It cannot be reseted by software..
Bits 6-8: sector erase selection number These bits are used to select the target sector for an erase operation (they are unused otherwise). SNB can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0. ....
Bit 15: Mass erase request Setting MER bit to 1 requests a mass erase operation (user Flash memory only). MER can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0. If BER or SER are both set, a PGSERR is raised. Error is triggered when a mass erase is required and some sectors are protected..
Bit 16: end of operation interrupt control bit Setting EOPIE bit to 1 enables the generation of an interrupt at the end of a program or erase operation. EOPIE can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0..
Bit 17: write protection error interrupt enable bit When WRPERRIE bit is set to 1, an interrupt is generated when a protection error occurs during a program operation. WRPERRIE can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0..
Bit 18: programming sequence error interrupt enable bit When PGSERRIE bit is set to 1, an interrupt is generated when a sequence error occurs during a program operation. PGSERRIE can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0..
Bit 19: strobe error interrupt enable bit When STRBERRIE bit is set to 1, an interrupt is generated when a strobe error occurs (the master programs several times the same byte in the write buffer) during a write operation. STRBERRIE can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0..
Bit 20: inconsistency error interrupt enable bit When INCERRIE bit is set to 1, an interrupt is generated when an inconsistency error occurs during a write operation. INCERRIE can be programmed only when LOCK is cleared to 0..
Bit 23: Option byte change error interrupt enable bit OPTCHANGEERRIE bit controls if an interrupt has to be generated when an error occurs during an option byte change. This bit can be programmed only when LOCK bit is cleared to 0..
Bit 31: Bank selector bit BKSEL can only be programmed when LOCK is cleared to 0. The bit selects physical bank, SWAP_BANK setting is ignored..
FLASH non-secure clear control register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CLR_OPTCHANGEERR
w |
CLR_INCERR
w |
CLR_STRBERR
w |
CLR_PGSERR
w |
CLR_WRPERR
w |
CLR_EOP
w |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Bit 16: EOP flag clear bit Setting this bit to 1 resets to 0 EOP flag in FLASH_NSSR register..
Bit 17: WRPERR flag clear bit Setting this bit to 1 resets to 0 WRPERR flag in FLASH_NSSR register..
Bit 18: PGSERR flag clear bit Setting this bit to 1 resets to 0 PGSERR flag in FLASH_NSSR register..
Bit 19: STRBERR flag clear bit Setting this bit to 1 resets to 0 STRBERR flag in FLASH_NSSR register..
Bit 20: INCERR flag clear bit Setting this bit to 1 resets to 0 INCERR flag in FLASH_NSSR register..
Bit 23: Clear the flag corresponding flag in FLASH_NSSR by writing this bit..
FLASH privilege configuration register
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NSPRIV
w |
FLASH HDP extension register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
FLASH option status register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SWAP_BANK
r |
IWDG_STDBY
r |
IWDG_STOP
r |
IO_VDDIO2_HSLV
r |
IO_VDD_HSLV
r |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRODUCT_STATE
r |
NRST_STDBY
r |
NRST_STOP
r |
NRST_SHDW
r |
WWDG_SW
r |
IWDG_SW
r |
BORH_EN
r |
BOR_LEV
r |
Bits 0-1: Brownout level option status bit These bits reflects the power level that generates a system reset..
Bit 2: Brownout high enable status bit.
Bit 3: IWDG control mode option status bit.
Bit 4: WWDG control mode option status bit.
Bit 5: Core domain Shutdown entry reset option status bit.
Bit 6: Core domain Stop entry reset option status bit.
Bit 7: Core domain Standby entry reset option status bit.
Bits 8-15: Life state code (based on Hamming 8,4). More information in ..
Bit 16: High-speed IO at low VDD voltage status bit. This bit can be set only with VDD below 2.5 V..
Bit 17: High-speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage status bit. This bit can be set only with VDDIO2 below 2.5 V..
Bit 20: IWDG Stop mode freeze option status bit When set the independent watchdog IWDG is in system Stop mode..
Bit 21: IWDG Standby mode freeze option status bit When set the independent watchdog IWDG is frozen in system Standby mode..
Bit 31: Bank swapping option status bit SWAP_BANK reflects whether Bank1 and Bank2 are swapped or not. SWAP_BANK is loaded to SWAP_BANK of FLASH_OPTCR after a reset..
FLASH option status register
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SWAP_BANK
rw |
IWDG_STDBY
rw |
IWDG_STOP
rw |
IO_VDDIO2_HSLV
rw |
IO_VDD_HSLV
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRODUCT_STATE
rw |
NRST_STDBY
rw |
NRST_STOP
rw |
NRST_SHDW
rw |
WWDG_SW
rw |
IWDG_SW
rw |
BORH_EN
rw |
BOR_LEV
rw |
Bits 0-1: Brownout level option configuration bit These bits reflects the power level that generates a system reset..
Bit 2: Brownout high enable configuration bit.
Bit 3: IWDG control mode option configuration bit.
Bit 4: WWDG control mode option configuration bit.
Bit 5: Core domain Shutdown entry reset option configuration bit.
Bit 6: Core domain Stop entry reset option configuration bit.
Bit 7: Core domain Standby entry reset option configuration bit.
Bits 8-15: Life state code (based on Hamming 8,4). More information in ..
Bit 16: High-speed IO at low VDD voltage configuration bit. This bit can be set only with VDD below 2.5 V..
Bit 17: High-speed IO at low VDDIO2 voltage configuration bit. This bit can be set only with VDDIO2 below 2.5 V..
Bit 20: IWDG Stop mode freeze option configuration bit When set the independent watchdog IWDG is in system Stop mode..
Bit 21: IWDG Standby mode freeze option configuration bit When set the independent watchdog IWDG is frozen in system Standby mode..
Bit 31: Bank swapping option configuration bit SWAP_BANK option bit is used to configure whether the Bank1 and Bank2 are swapped or not. This bit is loaded with the SWAP_BANK bit of FLASH_OPTSR_CUR register after a reset..
FLASH option status register 2
Offset: 0x70, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SRAM1_ECC
r |
SRAM1_RST
r |
SRAM2_ECC
r |
BKPRAM_ECC
r |
SRAM2_RST
r |
FLASH option status register 2
Offset: 0x74, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SRAM1_ECC
rw |
SRAM1_RST
rw |
SRAM2_ECC
rw |
BKPRAM_ECC
rw |
SRAM2_RST
rw |
FLASH non-secure unique boot entry register
Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NSBOOTADD
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
NSBOOTADD
r |
NSBOOT_LOCK
r |
FLASH non-secure unique boot entry address
Offset: 0x84, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NSBOOTADD
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
NSBOOTADD
rw |
NSBOOT_LOCK
rw |
FLASH non-secure OTP block lock
Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LOCKBL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LOCKBL
r |
Bits 0-31: OTP block lock Block n corresponds to OTP 16-bit word 32 x n to 32 x n + 31. LOCKBL[n] = 1 indicates that all OTP 16-bit words in OTP Block n are locked and attempt to program them results in WRPERR. LOCKBL[n] = 0 indicates that all OTP 16-bit words in OTP Block n are not locked. When one block is locked, it’s not possible to remove the write protection. Also if not locked, it is not possible to erase OTP words..
FLASH non-secure OTP block lock
Offset: 0x94, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LOCKBL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LOCKBL
rw |
Bits 0-31: OTP block lock Block n corresponds to OTP 16-bit word 32 x n to 32 x n + 31. LOCKBL[n] = 1 indicates that all OTP 16-bit words in OTP Block n are locked and attempt to program them results in WRPERR. LOCKBL[n] = 0 indicates that all OTP 16-bit words in OTP Block n are not locked. When one block is locked, it is not possible to remove the write protection. LOCKBL bits can be set if the corresponding bit in FLASH_OTPBLR_CUR is cleared..
FLASH privilege register for bank 1
Offset: 0xc0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIVBB1
rw |
FLASH write sector protection for Bank1
Offset: 0xe8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WRPSG1
r |
FLASH write sector protection for Bank1
Offset: 0xec, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WRPSG1
rw |
FLASH HDP Bank1 register
Offset: 0xf8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
FLASH HDP Bank1 register
Offset: 0xfc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
FLASH Flash ECC correction register
Offset: 0x100, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ECCC
rw |
ECCCIE
rw |
OTP_ECC
r |
SYSF_ECC
r |
BK_ECC
r |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ADDR_ECC
r |
Bits 0-15: ECC error address When an ECC error occurs (for single correction) during a read operation, the ADDR_ECC contains the address that generated the error. ADDR_ECC is reset when the flag error is reset. The embedded Flash memory programs the address in this register only when no ECC error flags are set. This means that only the first address that generated an ECC error is saved. The address in ADDR_ECC is relative to the Flash memory area where the error occurred (user Flash memory, system Flash memory, data area, read-only/OTP area)..
Bit 22: ECC bank flag for corrected ECC error It indicates which bank is concerned by ECC error.
Bit 23: ECC flag for corrected ECC error in system FLASH It indicates if system Flash memory is concerned by ECC error..
Bit 24: OTP ECC error bit This bit is set to 1 when one single ECC correction occurred during the last successful read operation from the read-only/ OTP area. The address of the ECC error is available in ADDR_ECC bitfield..
Bit 25: ECC single correction error interrupt enable bit When ECCCIE bit is set to 1, an interrupt is generated when an ECC single correction error occurs during a read operation..
Bit 30: ECC correction set by hardware when single ECC error has been detected and corrected. Cleared by writing 1..
FLASH ECC detection register
Offset: 0x104, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ECCD
rw |
OTP_ECC
r |
SYSF_ECC
r |
BK_ECC
r |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ADDR_ECC
r |
Bits 0-15: ECC error address When an ECC error occurs (double detection) during a read operation, the ADDR_ECC contains the address that generated the error. ADDR_ECC is reset when the flag error is reset. The embedded Flash memory programs the address in this register only when no ECC error flags are set. This means that only the first address that generated an double ECC error is saved. The address in ADDR_ECC is relative to the Flash memory area where the error occurred (user Flash memory, system Flash memory, data area, read-only/OTP area)..
Bit 22: ECC fail bank for double ECC Error It indicates which bank is concerned by ECC error.
Bit 23: ECC fail for double ECC error in system Flash memory It indicates if system Flash memory is concerned by ECC error..
Bit 24: OTP ECC error bit This bit is set to 1 when double ECC detection occurred during the last read operation from the read-only/ OTP area. The address of the ECC error is available in ADDR_ECC bit field..
Bit 31: ECC detection set by hardware when two ECC error has been detected. When this bit is set, a NMI is generated. Cleared by writing 1. Needs to be cleared in order to detect subsequent double ECC errors..
FLASH ECC data
Offset: 0x108, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DATA_ECC
r |
Bits 0-15: ECC error data When an double detection ECC error occurs on special areas with 6-bit ECC on 16-bit of data (data area, read-only/OTP area), the failing data is read to this register. By checking if it is possible to determine whether the failure was on a real data, or due to access to uninitialized memory..
FLASH write sector protection for Bank2
Offset: 0x1e8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WRPSG2
r |
FLASH write sector protection for Bank2
Offset: 0x1ec, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WRPSG2
rw |
FLASH HDP Bank2 register
Offset: 0x1f8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
0x40020000: General purpose direct memory access controller
542/542 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x4 | PRIVCFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | MISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | C0LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x5c | C0FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | C0SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | C0CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x90 | C0TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x94 | C0TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x98 | C0BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x9c | C0SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa0 | C0DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xcc | C0LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd0 | C1LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xdc | C1FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe0 | C1SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe4 | C1CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x110 | C1TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x114 | C1TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x118 | C1BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x11c | C1SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x120 | C1DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14c | C1LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x150 | C2LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x15c | C2FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x160 | C2SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x164 | C2CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x190 | C2TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x194 | C2TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x198 | C2BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x19c | C2SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1a0 | C2DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1cc | C2LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1d0 | C3LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1dc | C3FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1e0 | C3SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1e4 | C3CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x210 | C3TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x214 | C3TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x218 | C3BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x21c | C3SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x220 | C3DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24c | C3LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x250 | C4LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x25c | C4FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x260 | C4SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x264 | C4CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x290 | C4TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x294 | C4TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x298 | C4BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x29c | C4SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2a0 | C4DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2cc | C4LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2d0 | C5LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2dc | C5FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2e0 | C5SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2e4 | C5CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x310 | C5TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x314 | C5TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x318 | C5BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x31c | C5SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x320 | C5DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34c | C5LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x350 | C6LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x35c | C6FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x360 | C6SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x364 | C6CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x390 | C6TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x394 | C6TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x398 | C6BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x39c | C6SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3a0 | C6DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3a4 | C6TR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3a8 | C6BR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3cc | C6LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3d0 | C7LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3dc | C7FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3e0 | C7SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3e4 | C7CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x410 | C7TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x414 | C7TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x418 | C7BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x41c | C7SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x420 | C7DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x424 | C7TR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x428 | C7BR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44c | C7LLR |
GPDMA privileged configuration register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 1: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 2: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 3: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 4: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 5: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 6: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 7: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
GPDMA masked interrupt status register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
Bit 0: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 1: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 2: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 3: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 4: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 5: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 6: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 7: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
GPDMA channel 0 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 0 flag clear register
Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 0 status register
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 0 control register
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 0 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 0 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x94, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 0 block register 1
Offset: 0x98, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 0 source address register
Offset: 0x9c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 0 destination address register
Offset: 0xa0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 0 linked-list address register
Offset: 0xcc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 1 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0xd0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 1 flag clear register
Offset: 0xdc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 1 status register
Offset: 0xe0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 1 control register
Offset: 0xe4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 1 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x110, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 1 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x114, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 1 block register 1
Offset: 0x118, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 1 source address register
Offset: 0x11c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 1 destination address register
Offset: 0x120, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 1 linked-list address register
Offset: 0x14c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 2 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x150, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 2 flag clear register
Offset: 0x15c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 2 status register
Offset: 0x160, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 2 control register
Offset: 0x164, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 2 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x190, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 2 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x194, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 2 block register 1
Offset: 0x198, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 2 source address register
Offset: 0x19c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 2 destination address register
Offset: 0x1a0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 2 linked-list address register
Offset: 0x1cc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 3 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x1d0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 3 flag clear register
Offset: 0x1dc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 3 status register
Offset: 0x1e0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 3 control register
Offset: 0x1e4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 3 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x210, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 3 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x214, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 3 block register 1
Offset: 0x218, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 3 source address register
Offset: 0x21c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 3 destination address register
Offset: 0x220, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 3 linked-list address register
Offset: 0x24c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 4 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x250, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 4 flag clear register
Offset: 0x25c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 4 status register
Offset: 0x260, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 4 control register
Offset: 0x264, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 4 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x290, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 4 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x294, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 4 block register 1
Offset: 0x298, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 4 source address register
Offset: 0x29c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 4 destination address register
Offset: 0x2a0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 4 linked-list address register
Offset: 0x2cc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 5 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x2d0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 5 flag clear register
Offset: 0x2dc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 5 status register
Offset: 0x2e0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 5 control register
Offset: 0x2e4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 5 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x310, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 5 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x314, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 5 block register 1
Offset: 0x318, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 5 source address register
Offset: 0x31c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 5 destination address register
Offset: 0x320, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 5 linked-list address register
Offset: 0x34c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 6 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x350, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 6 flag clear register
Offset: 0x35c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 6 status register
Offset: 0x360, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 6 control register
Offset: 0x364, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 6 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x390, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 6 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x394, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
1: RepeatedBlockLevel: At repeated block level: the first burst read of a 2D/repeated block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
1: RepeatedBlockLevel: At repeated block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the end (respectively half of the end) of the 2D/repeated block.
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 6 alternate block register 1
Offset: 0x398, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRDDEC
rw |
BRSDEC
rw |
DDEC
rw |
SDEC
rw |
BRC
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one not null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] ≠ 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1]=1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bits 16-26: Block repeat counter This field contains the number of repetitions of the current block (0 to 2047). When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only. After decrements, this field indicates the remaining number of blocks, excluding the current one. This counter is hardware decremented for each completed block transfer. Once the last block transfer is completed (BRC[10:0] = BNDT[15:0] = 0): If GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, all GPDMA_CxBR1 fields are updated by the next LLI in the memory. If GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one not null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] ≠ 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI and data transfer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7ff
Bit 28: source address decrement.
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Source address incremented
1: Decrement: Source address decremented
Bit 29: destination address decrement.
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Destination address incremented
1: Decrement: Destination address decremented
Bit 30: Block repeat source address decrement Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRSDEC), GPDMA_CxSAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on SDEC) of the GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO value, as it is done after any programmed burst transfer..
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Block repeat source address incremented
1: Decrement: Block repeat source address decremented
Bit 31: Block repeat destination address decrement Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRDDEC), GPDMA_CxDAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on DDEC) of the GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO value, as it is usually done at the end of each programmed burst transfer..
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Block repeat destination address incremented
1: Decrement: Block repeat destination address decremented
GPDMA channel 6 source address register
Offset: 0x39c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 6 destination address register
Offset: 0x3a0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 6 transfer register 3
Offset: 0x3a4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-12: source address offset increment The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is incremented or decremented (depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC) by this offset SAO[12:0] for each programmed source burst. This offset is not including and is added to the programmed burst size when the completed burst is addressed in incremented mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1). Note: A source address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the destination burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
Bits 16-28: destination address offset increment The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is incremented or decremented (depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC) by this offset DAO[12:0] for each programmed destination burst. This offset is not including and is added to the programmed burst size when the completed burst is addressed in incremented mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1). Note: A destination address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
GPDMA channel 6 block register 2
Offset: 0x3a8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRDAO
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BRSAO
rw |
Bits 0-15: Block repeated source address offset For a channel with 2D addressing capability, this field is used to update (by addition or subtraction depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC) the current source address (GPDMA_CxSAR) at the end of a block transfer. A block repeated source address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (BRSAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: BRSAO[15:0] must be set to 0 in peripheral flow-control mode (if GPDMA_CxTR2.PFREQ = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bits 16-31: Block repeated destination address offset For a channel with 2D addressing capability, this field is used to update (by addition or subtraction depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC) the current destination address (GPDMA_CxDAR) at the end of a block transfer. A block repeated destination address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (BRDAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: BRDAO[15:0] must be set to 0 in peripheral flow-control mode (if GPDMA_CxTR2.PFREQ = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 6 alternate linked-list address register
Offset: 0x3cc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
UT3
rw |
UB2
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 25: Update GPDMA_CxBR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR2 update
1: Update: CxBR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 26: Update GPDMA_CxTR3 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR3 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR3 update
1: Update: CxTR3 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 7 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x3d0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 7 flag clear register
Offset: 0x3dc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 7 status register
Offset: 0x3e0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 7 control register
Offset: 0x3e4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 7 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x410, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 7 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x414, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
1: RepeatedBlockLevel: At repeated block level: the first burst read of a 2D/repeated block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
1: RepeatedBlockLevel: At repeated block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the end (respectively half of the end) of the 2D/repeated block.
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 7 alternate block register 1
Offset: 0x418, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRDDEC
rw |
BRSDEC
rw |
DDEC
rw |
SDEC
rw |
BRC
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one not null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] ≠ 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1]=1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bits 16-26: Block repeat counter This field contains the number of repetitions of the current block (0 to 2047). When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only. After decrements, this field indicates the remaining number of blocks, excluding the current one. This counter is hardware decremented for each completed block transfer. Once the last block transfer is completed (BRC[10:0] = BNDT[15:0] = 0): If GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, all GPDMA_CxBR1 fields are updated by the next LLI in the memory. If GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one not null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] ≠ 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI and data transfer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7ff
Bit 28: source address decrement.
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Source address incremented
1: Decrement: Source address decremented
Bit 29: destination address decrement.
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Destination address incremented
1: Decrement: Destination address decremented
Bit 30: Block repeat source address decrement Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRSDEC), GPDMA_CxSAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on SDEC) of the GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO value, as it is done after any programmed burst transfer..
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Block repeat source address incremented
1: Decrement: Block repeat source address decremented
Bit 31: Block repeat destination address decrement Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRDDEC), GPDMA_CxDAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on DDEC) of the GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO value, as it is usually done at the end of each programmed burst transfer..
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Block repeat destination address incremented
1: Decrement: Block repeat destination address decremented
GPDMA channel 7 source address register
Offset: 0x41c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 7 destination address register
Offset: 0x420, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 7 transfer register 3
Offset: 0x424, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-12: source address offset increment The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is incremented or decremented (depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC) by this offset SAO[12:0] for each programmed source burst. This offset is not including and is added to the programmed burst size when the completed burst is addressed in incremented mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1). Note: A source address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the destination burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
Bits 16-28: destination address offset increment The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is incremented or decremented (depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC) by this offset DAO[12:0] for each programmed destination burst. This offset is not including and is added to the programmed burst size when the completed burst is addressed in incremented mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1). Note: A destination address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
GPDMA channel 7 block register 2
Offset: 0x428, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRDAO
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BRSAO
rw |
Bits 0-15: Block repeated source address offset For a channel with 2D addressing capability, this field is used to update (by addition or subtraction depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC) the current source address (GPDMA_CxSAR) at the end of a block transfer. A block repeated source address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (BRSAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: BRSAO[15:0] must be set to 0 in peripheral flow-control mode (if GPDMA_CxTR2.PFREQ = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bits 16-31: Block repeated destination address offset For a channel with 2D addressing capability, this field is used to update (by addition or subtraction depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC) the current destination address (GPDMA_CxDAR) at the end of a block transfer. A block repeated destination address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (BRDAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: BRDAO[15:0] must be set to 0 in peripheral flow-control mode (if GPDMA_CxTR2.PFREQ = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 7 alternate linked-list address register
Offset: 0x44c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
UT3
rw |
UB2
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 25: Update GPDMA_CxBR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR2 update
1: Update: CxBR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 26: Update GPDMA_CxTR3 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR3 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR3 update
1: Update: CxTR3 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
0x40021000: General purpose direct memory access controller
542/542 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x4 | PRIVCFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | MISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | C0LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x5c | C0FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | C0SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | C0CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x90 | C0TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x94 | C0TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x98 | C0BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x9c | C0SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa0 | C0DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xcc | C0LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd0 | C1LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xdc | C1FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe0 | C1SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe4 | C1CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x110 | C1TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x114 | C1TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x118 | C1BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x11c | C1SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x120 | C1DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14c | C1LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x150 | C2LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x15c | C2FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x160 | C2SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x164 | C2CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x190 | C2TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x194 | C2TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x198 | C2BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x19c | C2SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1a0 | C2DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1cc | C2LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1d0 | C3LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1dc | C3FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1e0 | C3SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1e4 | C3CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x210 | C3TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x214 | C3TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x218 | C3BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x21c | C3SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x220 | C3DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24c | C3LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x250 | C4LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x25c | C4FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x260 | C4SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x264 | C4CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x290 | C4TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x294 | C4TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x298 | C4BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x29c | C4SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2a0 | C4DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2cc | C4LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2d0 | C5LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2dc | C5FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2e0 | C5SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2e4 | C5CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x310 | C5TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x314 | C5TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x318 | C5BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x31c | C5SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x320 | C5DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34c | C5LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x350 | C6LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x35c | C6FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x360 | C6SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x364 | C6CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x390 | C6TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x394 | C6TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x398 | C6BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x39c | C6SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3a0 | C6DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3a4 | C6TR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3a8 | C6BR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3cc | C6LLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3d0 | C7LBAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3dc | C7FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3e0 | C7SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3e4 | C7CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x410 | C7TR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x414 | C7TR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x418 | C7BR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x41c | C7SAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x420 | C7DAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x424 | C7TR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x428 | C7BR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44c | C7LLR |
GPDMA privileged configuration register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 1: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 2: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 3: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 4: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 5: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 6: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
Bit 7: privileged state of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Channel is unprivileged
1: Privileged: Channel is privileged
GPDMA masked interrupt status register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
Bit 0: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 1: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 2: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 3: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 4: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 5: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 6: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
Bit 7: masked interrupt status of channel x.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No interrupt has occurred on channel
1: Trigger: An interrupt has occurred on channel
GPDMA channel 0 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 0 flag clear register
Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 0 status register
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 0 control register
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 0 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 0 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x94, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 0 block register 1
Offset: 0x98, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 0 source address register
Offset: 0x9c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 0 destination address register
Offset: 0xa0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 0 linked-list address register
Offset: 0xcc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 1 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0xd0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 1 flag clear register
Offset: 0xdc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 1 status register
Offset: 0xe0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 1 control register
Offset: 0xe4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 1 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x110, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 1 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x114, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 1 block register 1
Offset: 0x118, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 1 source address register
Offset: 0x11c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 1 destination address register
Offset: 0x120, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 1 linked-list address register
Offset: 0x14c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 2 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x150, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 2 flag clear register
Offset: 0x15c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 2 status register
Offset: 0x160, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 2 control register
Offset: 0x164, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 2 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x190, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 2 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x194, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 2 block register 1
Offset: 0x198, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 2 source address register
Offset: 0x19c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 2 destination address register
Offset: 0x1a0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 2 linked-list address register
Offset: 0x1cc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 3 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x1d0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 3 flag clear register
Offset: 0x1dc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 3 status register
Offset: 0x1e0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 3 control register
Offset: 0x1e4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 3 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x210, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 3 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x214, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 3 block register 1
Offset: 0x218, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 3 source address register
Offset: 0x21c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 3 destination address register
Offset: 0x220, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 3 linked-list address register
Offset: 0x24c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 4 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x250, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 4 flag clear register
Offset: 0x25c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 4 status register
Offset: 0x260, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 4 control register
Offset: 0x264, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 4 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x290, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 4 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x294, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 4 block register 1
Offset: 0x298, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 4 source address register
Offset: 0x29c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 4 destination address register
Offset: 0x2a0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 4 linked-list address register
Offset: 0x2cc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 5 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x2d0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 5 flag clear register
Offset: 0x2dc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 5 status register
Offset: 0x2e0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 5 control register
Offset: 0x2e4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 5 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x310, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 5 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x314, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 5 block register 1
Offset: 0x318, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one non null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] = 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] = 1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 5 source address register
Offset: 0x31c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 5 destination address register
Offset: 0x320, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 5 linked-list address register
Offset: 0x34c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 6 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x350, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 6 flag clear register
Offset: 0x35c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 6 status register
Offset: 0x360, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 6 control register
Offset: 0x364, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 6 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x390, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 6 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x394, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
1: RepeatedBlockLevel: At repeated block level: the first burst read of a 2D/repeated block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
1: RepeatedBlockLevel: At repeated block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the end (respectively half of the end) of the 2D/repeated block.
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 6 alternate block register 1
Offset: 0x398, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRDDEC
rw |
BRSDEC
rw |
DDEC
rw |
SDEC
rw |
BRC
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one not null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] ≠ 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1]=1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bits 16-26: Block repeat counter This field contains the number of repetitions of the current block (0 to 2047). When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only. After decrements, this field indicates the remaining number of blocks, excluding the current one. This counter is hardware decremented for each completed block transfer. Once the last block transfer is completed (BRC[10:0] = BNDT[15:0] = 0): If GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, all GPDMA_CxBR1 fields are updated by the next LLI in the memory. If GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one not null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] ≠ 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI and data transfer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7ff
Bit 28: source address decrement.
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Source address incremented
1: Decrement: Source address decremented
Bit 29: destination address decrement.
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Destination address incremented
1: Decrement: Destination address decremented
Bit 30: Block repeat source address decrement Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRSDEC), GPDMA_CxSAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on SDEC) of the GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO value, as it is done after any programmed burst transfer..
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Block repeat source address incremented
1: Decrement: Block repeat source address decremented
Bit 31: Block repeat destination address decrement Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRDDEC), GPDMA_CxDAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on DDEC) of the GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO value, as it is usually done at the end of each programmed burst transfer..
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Block repeat destination address incremented
1: Decrement: Block repeat destination address decremented
GPDMA channel 6 source address register
Offset: 0x39c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 6 destination address register
Offset: 0x3a0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 6 transfer register 3
Offset: 0x3a4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-12: source address offset increment The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is incremented or decremented (depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC) by this offset SAO[12:0] for each programmed source burst. This offset is not including and is added to the programmed burst size when the completed burst is addressed in incremented mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1). Note: A source address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the destination burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
Bits 16-28: destination address offset increment The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is incremented or decremented (depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC) by this offset DAO[12:0] for each programmed destination burst. This offset is not including and is added to the programmed burst size when the completed burst is addressed in incremented mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1). Note: A destination address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
GPDMA channel 6 block register 2
Offset: 0x3a8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRDAO
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BRSAO
rw |
Bits 0-15: Block repeated source address offset For a channel with 2D addressing capability, this field is used to update (by addition or subtraction depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC) the current source address (GPDMA_CxSAR) at the end of a block transfer. A block repeated source address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (BRSAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: BRSAO[15:0] must be set to 0 in peripheral flow-control mode (if GPDMA_CxTR2.PFREQ = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bits 16-31: Block repeated destination address offset For a channel with 2D addressing capability, this field is used to update (by addition or subtraction depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC) the current destination address (GPDMA_CxDAR) at the end of a block transfer. A block repeated destination address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (BRDAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: BRDAO[15:0] must be set to 0 in peripheral flow-control mode (if GPDMA_CxTR2.PFREQ = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 6 alternate linked-list address register
Offset: 0x3cc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
UT3
rw |
UB2
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 25: Update GPDMA_CxBR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR2 update
1: Update: CxBR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 26: Update GPDMA_CxTR3 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR3 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR3 update
1: Update: CxTR3 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
GPDMA channel 7 linked-list base address register
Offset: 0x3d0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LBA
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
GPDMA channel 7 flag clear register
Offset: 0x3dc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 8: transfer complete flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 9: half transfer flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 10: data transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 12: user setting error flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 13: completed suspension flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag clear.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear flag
GPDMA channel 7 status register
Offset: 0x3e0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOL
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOF
r |
SUSPF
r |
USEF
r |
ULEF
r |
DTEF
r |
HTF
r |
TCF
r |
IDLEF
r |
Bit 0: idle flag This idle flag is deasserted by hardware when the channel is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) with a valid channel configuration (no USEF to be immediately reported). This idle flag is asserted after hard reset or by hardware when the channel is back in idle state (in suspended or disabled state)..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 8: transfer complete flag A transfer complete event is either a block transfer complete, a 2D/repeated block transfer complete, or a LLI transfer complete including the upload of the next LLI if any, or the full linked-list completion, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0])..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 9: half transfer flag A half transfer event is either a half block transfer or a half 2D/repeated block transfer, depending on the transfer complete event mode (GPDMA_CxTR2.TCEM[1:0]). A half block transfer occurs when half of the bytes of the source block size (rounded up integer of GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0]/2) has been transferred to the destination. A half 2D/repeated block transfer occurs when half of the repeated blocks (rounded up integer of (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0]+1)/2)) has been transferred to the destination..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 10: data transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 11: update link transfer error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 12: user setting error flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 13: completed suspension flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bit 14: trigger overrun flag.
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: Event not triggered
1: Trigger: Event triggered
Bits 16-23: monitored FIFO level Number of available write beats in the FIFO, in units of the programmed destination data width (see GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0], in units of bytes, half-words, or words). Note: After having suspended an active transfer, the user may need to read FIFOL[7:0], additionally to GPDMA_CxBR1.BDNT[15:0] and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0], to know how many data have been transferred to the destination. Before reading, the user may wait for the transfer to be suspended (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
GPDMA channel 7 control register
Offset: 0x3e4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIO
rw |
LAP
rw |
LSM
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TOIE
rw |
SUSPIE
rw |
USEIE
rw |
ULEIE
rw |
DTEIE
rw |
HTIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RESET
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 0. Else: this bit is deasserted by hardware when there is a transfer error (master bus error or user setting error) or when there is a channel transfer complete (channel ready to be configured, for example if LSM=1 at the end of a single execution of the LLI). Else, this bit can be asserted by software. Writing 0 into this EN bit is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Channel disabled
1: Enabled: Channel enabled
Bit 1: reset This bit is write only. Writing 0 has no impact. Writing 1 implies the reset of the following: the FIFO, the channel internal state, SUSP and EN bits (whatever is written receptively in bit 2 and bit 0). The reset is effective when the channel is in steady state, meaning one of the following: - active channel in suspended state (GPDMA_CxSR.SUSPF = 1 and GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1) - channel in disabled state (GPDMA_CxSR.IDLEF = 1 and GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 0). After writing a RESET, to continue using this channel, the user must explicitly reconfigure the channel including the hardware-modified configuration registers (GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR and GPDMA_CxDAR) before enabling again the channel (see the programming sequence in Figure 44)..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset channel
Bit 2: suspend Writing 1 into the field RESET (bit 1) causes the hardware to de-assert this bit, whatever is written into this bit 2. Else: Software must write 1 in order to suspend an active channel (channel with an ongoing GPDMA transfer over its master ports). The software must write 0 in order to resume a suspended channel, following the programming sequence detailed in Figure 43..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Channel operation not suspended
1: Suspended: Channel operation suspended
Bit 8: transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 9: half transfer complete interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 10: data transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 11: update link transfer error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 12: user setting error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 13: completed suspension interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 14: trigger overrun interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 16: Link step mode First the (possible 1D/repeated) block transfer is executed as defined by the current internal register file until GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0 and GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] = 0. Secondly the next linked-list data structure is conditionally uploaded from memory as defined by GPDMA_CxLLR. Then channel execution is completed. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: FullLinkedList: Channel executed for full linked list
1: Once: Channel executed once for current linked list
Bit 17: linked-list allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the update of the GPDMA linked-list registers from the memory. Note: This bit must be written when EN=0. This bit is read-only when EN=1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 22-23: priority level of the channel x GPDMA transfer versus others Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: LowPrioLowWeight: Low priority, low weight
1: LowPrioMidWeight: Low priority, mid weight
2: LowPrioHighWeight: Low priority, high weight
3: HighPrio: High priority
GPDMA channel 7 transfer register 1
Offset: 0x410, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DAP
rw |
DHX
rw |
DBX
rw |
DBL_1
rw |
DINC
rw |
DDW_LOG2
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SAP
rw |
SBX
rw |
PAM
rw |
SBL_1
rw |
SINC
rw |
SDW_LOG2
rw |
Bits 0-1: binary logarithm of the source data width of a burst in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and no transfer is issued. A source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: A source burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxSAR[2:0] versus SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise, a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 3: source incrementing burst The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 4-9: source burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If SBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width SDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bits 11-12: padding/alignment mode If DDW_LOG2[1:0] = SDW_LOG2[1:0]: if the data width of a burst destination transfer is equal to the data width of a burst source transfer, these bits are ignored. Else, in the following enumerated values, the condition PAM_1 is when destination data width is higher that source data width, and the condition PAM_2 is when destination data width is higher than source data width. 1x: successive source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian), before a destination transfer 1x: source data is FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, to be transferred in a left (LSB) to right (MSB) order (named little endian) to the destination Note: If the transfer from the source peripheral is configured with peripheral flow-control mode (SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 and DREQ = 0), and if the destination data width > the source data width, packing is not supported..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 11-12: PAM value when destination data width is higher than source data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedZeroPadded: Source data is transferred as right aligned, padded with 0s up to the destination data width
1: RightAlignedSignExtended: Source data is transferred as right aligned, sign extended up to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and packed at the destination data width, in little endian order, before a destination transfer
Bits 11-12: PAM value when source data width is higher than destination data width.
Allowed values:
0: RightAlignedLeftTruncated: Source data is transferred as right aligned, left-truncated down to the destination data width
1: LeftAlignedRightTruncated: Source data is transferred as left-aligned, right-truncated down to the destination data width
2: Fifo: Source data are FIFO queued and unpacked at the destination data width, in little endian order
Bit 13: source byte exchange within the unaligned half-word of each source word If the source data width is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the source data width is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 14: source allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the source transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
Bits 16-17: binary logarithm of the destination data width of a burst, in bytes Setting a 8-byte data width causes a user setting error to be reported and none transfer is issued. Note: A destination burst transfer must have an aligned address with its data width (start address GPDMA_CxDAR[2:0] and address offset GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[2:0], versus DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Otherwise a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values:
0: Byte: Byte
1: HalfWord: Half-word (2 bytes)
2: Word: Word (4 bytes)
3: Error: User setting error
Bit 19: destination incrementing burst The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is kept constant after a burst beat/single transfer, or is incremented by the offset value corresponding to a contiguous data after a burst beat/single transfer..
Allowed values:
0: FixedBurst: Fixed burst
1: Contiguous: Contiguously incremented burst
Bits 20-25: destination burst length minus 1, between 0 and 63 The burst length unit is one data named beat within a burst. If DBL_1[5:0] =0 , the burst can be named as single. Each data/beat has a width defined by the destination data width DDW_LOG2[1:0]. Note: If a burst transfer crossed a 1-Kbyte address boundary on a AHB transfer, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the AHB protocol. Note: If a burst transfer is of length greater than the FIFO size of the channel x, the GPDMA modifies and shortens the programmed burst into singles or bursts of lower length, to be compliant with the FIFO size. Transfer performance is lower, with GPDMA re-arbitration between effective and lower singles/bursts, but the data integrity is guaranteed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 26: destination byte exchange If the destination data size is a byte, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is not a byte:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No byte-based exchanged within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) bytes are exchanged in each destination half-word
Bit 27: destination half-word exchange If the destination data size is shorter than a word, this bit is ignored. If the destination data size is a word:.
Allowed values:
0: NotExchanged: No halfword-based exchange within word
1: Exchanged: The two consecutive (post PAM) half-words are exchanged in each destination word
Bit 30: destination allocated port This bit is used to allocate the master port for the destination transfer Note: This bit must be written when EN = 0. This bit is read-only when EN = 1..
Allowed values:
0: Port0: Port 0 (AHB) allocated
1: Port1: Port 1 (AHB) allocated
GPDMA channel 7 transfer register 2
Offset: 0x414, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TCEM
rw |
TRIGPOL
rw |
TRIGSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGM
rw |
PFREQ
rw |
BREQ
rw |
DREQ
rw |
SWREQ
rw |
REQSEL
rw |
Bits 0-7: GPDMA hardware request selection These bits are ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else, the selected hardware request is internally taken into account as per Section 14.3.4. The user must not assign a same input hardware request (same REQSEL[7:0] value) to different active GPDMA channels (GPDMA_CxCR.EN = 1 and GPDMA_CxTR2.SWREQ = 0 for these channels). GPDMA is not intended to hardware support the case of simultaneous enabled channels incorrectly configured with a same hardware peripheral request signal, and there is no user setting error reporting..
Allowed values:
0: ADC1_DMA: adc1_dma selected
2: DAC1_CH1_DMA: dac1_ch1_dma selected
3: DAC1_CH2_DMA: dac1_ch2_dma selected
4: TIM6_UPD_DMA: tim6_upd_dma selected
5: TIM7_UPD_DMA: tim7_upd_dma selected
6: SPI1_RX_DMA: spi1_rx_dma selected
7: SPI1_TX_DMA: spi1_tx_dma selected
8: SPI2_RX_DMA: spi2_rx_dma selected
9: SPI2_TX_DMA: spi2_tx_dma selected
10: SPI3_RX_DMA: spi3_rx_dma selected
11: SPI3_TX_DMA: spi3_tx_dma selected
12: I2C1_RX_DMA: i2c1_rx_dma selected
13: I2C1_TX_DMA: i2c1_tx_dma selected
15: I2C2_RX_DMA: i2c2_rx_dma selected
16: I2C2_TX_DMA: i2c2_tx_dma selected
18: I2C3_RX_DMA: i2c3_rx_dma selected
19: I2C3_TX_DMA: i2c3_tx_dma selected
21: USART1_RX_DMA: usart1_rx_dma selected
22: USART1_TX_DMA: usart1_tx_dma selected
23: USART2_RX_DMA: usart2_rx_dma selected
24: USART2_TX_DMA: usart2_tx_dma selected
25: USART3_RX_DMA: usart3_rx_dma selected
26: USART3_TX_DMA: usart3_tx_dma selected
27: UART4_RX_DMA: uart4_rx_dma selected
28: UART4_TX_DMA: uart4_tx_dma selected
29: UART5_RX_DMA: uart5_rx_dma selected
30: UART5_TX_DMA: uart5_tx_dma selected
31: USART6_RX_DMA: usart6_rx_dma selected
32: USART6_TX_DMA: usart6_tx_dma selected
33: UART7_RX_DMA: uart7_rx_dma selected
34: UART7_TX_DMA: uart7_tx_dma selected
35: UART8_RX_DMA: uart8_rx_dma selected
36: UART8_TX_DMA: uart8_tx_dma selected
37: UART9_RX_DMA: uart9_rx_dma selected
38: UART9_TX_DMA: uart9_tx_dma selected
39: UART10_RX_DMA: uart10_rx_dma selected
40: UART10_TX_DMA: uart10_tx_dma selected
41: UART11_RX_DMA: uart11_rx_dma selected
42: UART11_TX_DMA: uart11_tx_dma selected
43: UART12_RX_DMA: uart12_rx_dma selected
44: UART12_TX_DMA: uart12_tx_dma selected
45: LPUART1_RX_DMA: lpuart1_rx_dma selected
46: LPUART1_TX_DMA: lpuart1_tx_dma selected
47: SPI4_RX_DMA: spi4_rx_dma selected
48: SPI4_TX_DMA: spi4_tx_dma selected
49: SPI5_RX_DMA: spi5_rx_dma selected
50: SPI5_TX_DMA: spi5_tx_dma selected
51: SPI6_RX_DMA: spi6_rx_dma selected
52: SPI6_TX_DMA: spi6_tx_dma selected
53: SAI1_A_DMA: sai1_a_dma selected
54: SAI1_B_DMA: sai1_b_dma selected
55: SAI2_A_DMA: sai2_a_dma selected
56: SAI2_B_DMA: sai2_b_dma selected
57: OSPI1_DMA: ospi1_dma selected
58: TIM1_CC1_DMA: tim1_cc1_dma selected
59: TIM1_CC2_DMA: tim1_cc2_dma selected
60: TIM1_CC3_DMA: tim1_cc3_dma selected
61: TIM1_CC4_DMA: tim1_cc4_dma selected
62: TIM1_UPD_DMA: tim1_upd_dma selected
63: TIM1_TRG_DMA: tim1_trg_dma selected
64: TIM1_COM_DMA: tim1_com_dma selected
65: TIM8_CC1_DMA: tim8_cc1_dma selected
66: TIM8_CC2_DMA: tim8_cc2_dma selected
67: TIM8_CC3_DMA: tim8_cc3_dma selected
68: TIM8_CC4_DMA: tim8_cc4_dma selected
69: TIM8_UPD_DMA: tim8_upd_dma selected
70: TIM8_TIG_DMA: tim8_tig_dma selected
71: TIM8_COM_DMA: tim8_com_dma selected
72: TIM2_CC1_DMA: tim2_cc1_dma selected
73: TIM2_CC2_DMA: tim2_cc2_dma selected
74: TIM2_CC3_DMA: tim2_cc3_dma selected
75: TIM2_CC4_DMA: tim2_cc4_dma selected
76: TIM2_UPD_DMA: tim2_upd_dma selected
77: TIM3_CC1_DMA: tim3_cc1_dma selected
78: TIM3_CC2_DMA: tim3_cc2_dma selected
79: TIM3_CC3_DMA: tim3_cc3_dma selected
80: TIM3_CC4_DMA: tim3_cc4_dma selected
81: TIM3_UPD_DMA: tim3_upd_dma selected
82: TIM3_TRG_DMA: tim3_trg_dma selected
83: TIM4_CC1_DMA: tim4_cc1_dma selected
84: TIM4_CC2_DMA: tim4_cc2_dma selected
85: TIM4_CC3_DMA: tim4_cc3_dma selected
86: TIM4_CC4_DMA: tim4_cc4_dma selected
87: TIM4_UPD_DMA: tim4_upd_dma selected
88: TIM5_CC1_DMA: tim5_cc1_dma selected
89: TIM5_CC2_DMA: tim5_cc2_dma selected
90: TIM5_CC3_DMA: tim5_cc3_dma selected
91: TIM5_CC4_DMA: tim5_cc4_dma selected
92: TIM5_UPD_DMA: tim5_upd_dma selected
93: TIM5_TRG_DMA: tim5_trg_dma selected
94: TIM15_CC1_DMA: tim15_cc1_dma selected
95: TIM15_UPD_DMA: tim15_upd_dma selected
96: TIM15_TRG_DMA: tim15_trg_dma selected
97: TIM15_COM_DMA: tim15_com_dma selected
98: TIM16_CC1_DMA: tim16_cc1_dma selected
99: TIM16_UPD_DMA: tim16_upd_dma selected
100: TIM17_CC1_DMA: tim17_cc1_dma selected
101: TIM17_UPD_DMA: tim17_upd_dma selected
102: LPTIM1_IC1_DMA: lptim1_ic1_dma selected
103: LPTIM1_IC2_DMA: lptim1_ic2_dma selected
104: LPTIM1_UE_DMA: lptim1_ue_dma selected
105: LPTIM2_IC1_DMA: lptim2_ic1_dma selected
106: LPTIM2_IC2_DMA: lptim2_ic2_dma selected
107: LPTIM2_UE_DMA: lptim2_ue_dma selected
108: DCMI_PSSI_DMA: dcmi_dma or pssi_dma(1) selected
109: AES_OUT_DMA: aes_out_dma selected
110: AES_IN_DMA: aes_in_dma selected
111: HASH_IN_DMA: hash_in_dma selected
112: UCPD1_RX_DMA: ucpd1_rx_dma selected
113: UCPD1_TX_DMA: ucpd1_tx_dma selected
114: CORDIC_READ_DMA: cordic_read_dma selected
115: CORDIC_WRITE_DMA: cordic_write_dma selected
116: FMAC_READ_DMA: fmac_read_dma selected
117: FMAC_WRITE_DMA: fmac_write_dma selected
118: SAES_OUT_DMA: saes_out_dma selected
119: SAES_IN_DMA: saes_in_dma selected
120: I3C1_RX_DMA: i3c1_rx_dma selected
121: I3C1_TX_DMA: i3c1_tx_dma selected
122: I3C1_TC_DMA: i3c1_tc_dma selected
123: I3C1_RS_DMA: i3c1_rs_dma selected
124: I2C4_RX_DMA: i2c4_rx_dma selected
125: I2C4_TX_DMA: i2c4_tx_dma selected
127: LPTIM3_IC1_DMA: lptim3_ic1_dma selected
128: LPTIM3_IC2_DMA: lptim3_ic2_dma selected
129: LPTIM3_UE_DMA: lptim3_ue_dma selected
130: LPTIM5_IC1_DMA: lptim5_ic1_dma selected
131: LPTIM5_IC2_DMA: lptim5_ic2_dma selected
132: LPTIM5_UE_DMA: lptim5_ue_dma selected
133: LPTIM6_IC1_DMA: lptim6_ic1_dma selected
134: LPTIM6_IC2_DMA: lptim6_ic2_dma selected
135: LPTIM6_UE_DMA: lptim6_ue_dma selected
136: I3C2_RX: i3c2_rx selected
137: I3C2_TX: i3c2_tx selected
138: I3C2_TC: i3c2_tc selected
139: I3C2_RS: i3c2_rs selected
Bit 9: software request This bit is internally taken into account when GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted..
Allowed values:
0: Hardware: No software request. The selected hardware request REQSEL[7:0] is taken into account
1: Software: Software request for memory-to-memory transfer
Bit 10: destination hardware request This bit is ignored if channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer). Else: Note: If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN is asserted) with SWREQ = 0 and PFREQ = 1 (peripheral hardware request with peripheral flow-control mode), any software assertion to this DREQ bit is ignored: in peripheral flow-control mode, only a peripheral-to-memory transfer is supported..
Allowed values:
0: Source: Selected hardware request driven by a source peripheral
1: Destination: Selected hardware request driven by a destination peripheral
Bit 11: Block hardware request If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else:.
Allowed values:
0: Burst: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a burst level
1: Block: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol at a block level
Bit 12: Hardware request in peripheral flow control mode Important: If a given channel x is not implemented with this feature, this bit is reserved and PFREQ is not present (see Section 14.3.2 for the list of the implemented channels with this feature. If the channel x is activated (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with SWREQ = 1 (software request for a memory-to-memory transfer), this bit is ignored. Else: Note: In peripheral flow control mode, there are the following restrictions: Note: - no 2D/repeated block support (GPDMA_CxBR1.BRC[10:0] must be set to 0) Note: - the peripheral must be set as the source of the transfer (DREQ = 0). Note: - data packing to a wider destination width is not supported (if destination width > source data width, GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1] must be set to 0). Note: - GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] must be programmed as a multiple of the source (peripheral) burst size..
Allowed values:
0: GpdmaControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in GPDMA control mode
1: PeripheralControlMode: The selected hardware request is driven by a peripheral with a hardware request/acknowledge protocol in peripheral control mode.
Bits 14-15: trigger mode These bits define the transfer granularity for its conditioning by the trigger. If the channel x is enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.EN asserted) with TRIGPOL[1:0] = 00 or 11, these TRIGM[1:0] bits are ignored. Else, a GPDMA transfer is conditioned by at least one trigger hit: – If the peripheral is programmed as a source (DREQ = 0) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst read is conditioned. – If the peripheral is programmed as a destination (DREQ = 1) of the LLI data transfer, each programmed burst write is conditioned. The first memory burst read of a (possibly 2D/repeated) block, also named as the first ready FIFO-based source burst, is gated by the occurrence of both the hardware request and the first trigger hit. The GPDMA monitoring of a trigger for channel x is started when the channel is enabled/loaded with a new active trigger configuration: rising or falling edge on a selected trigger (TRIGPOL[1:0] = 01 or respectively TRIGPOL[1:0] = 10). The monitoring of this trigger is kept active during the triggered and uncompleted (data or link) transfer; and if a new trigger is detected then, this hit is internally memorized to grant the next transfer, as long as the defined rising or falling edge is not modified, and the TRIGSEL[5:0] is not modified, and the channel is enabled. Transferring a next LLI<sub>n+1</sub> that updates the GPDMA_CxTR2 with a new value for any of TRIGSEL[5:0] or TRIGPOL[1:0], resets the monitoring, trashing the memorized hit of the formerly defined LLI<sub>n </sub>trigger. After a first new trigger hit<sub>n+1</sub> is memorized, if another second trigger hit<sub>n+2</sub> is detected and if the hit<sub>n</sub> triggered transfer is still not completed, hit<sub>n+2 </sub>is lost and not memorized.memorized. A trigger overrun flag is reported (GPDMA_CxSR.TOF =1 ), and an interrupt is generated if enabled (GPDMA_CxCR.TOIE = 1). The channel is not automatically disabled by hardware due to a trigger overrun. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and (SWREQ =1 or (SWREQ = 0 and DREQ =0 )), the shortened burst transfer (by singles or/and by bursts of lower length) is conditioned once by the trigger. Note: When the programmed destination burst is internally shortened by singles or/and by bursts of lower length (versus FIFO size, versus block size, 1-Kbyte boundary address crossing): if the trigger is conditioning the programmed destination burst (if TRIGM[1:0] = 11 and SWREQ = 0 and DREQ = 1), this shortened destination burst transfer is conditioned once by the trigger..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the first burst read of each block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
1: RepeatedBlockLevel: At repeated block level: the first burst read of a 2D/repeated block transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
2: LinkLevel: At link level: a LLI link transfer is conditioned by one hit trigger
3: ProgrammedBurstLevel: At programmed burst level: programmed burst read is conditioned by one hit trigger.
Bits 16-21: trigger event input selection These bits select the trigger event input of the GPDMA transfer (as per Section 14.3.7), with an active trigger event if TRIGPOL[1:0] ≠ 00..
Allowed values:
0: EXTI0: exti0 is trigger input
1: EXTI1: exti1 is trigger input
2: EXTI2: exti2 is trigger input
3: EXTI3: exti3 is trigger input
4: EXTI4: exti4 is trigger input
5: EXTI5: exti5 is trigger input
6: EXTI6: exti6 is trigger input
7: EXTI7: exti7 is trigger input
8: TAMP_TRG1: tamp_trg1 is trigger input
9: TAMP_TRG2: tamp_trg2 is trigger input
11: LPTIM1_CH1: lptim1_ch1 is trigger input
12: LPTIM1_CH2: lptim1_ch2 is trigger input
13: LPTIM2_CH1: lptim2_ch1 is trigger input
14: LPTIM2_CH2: lptim2_ch2 is trigger input
15: RTC_ALRA_TRG: rtc_alra_trg is trigger input
16: RTC_ALRB_TRG: rtc_alrb_trg is trigger input
17: RTC_WUT_TRG: rtc_wut_trg is trigger input
18: GPDMA1_CH0_TC: gpdma1_ch0_tc is trigger input
19: GPDMA1_CH1_TC: gpdma1_ch1_tc is trigger input
20: GPDMA1_CH2_TC: gpdma1_ch2_tc is trigger input
21: GPDMA1_CH3_TC: gpdma1_ch3_tc is trigger input
22: GPDMA1_CH4_TC: gpdma1_ch4_tc is trigger input
23: GPDMA1_CH5_TC: gpdma1_ch5_tc is trigger input
24: GPDMA1_CH6_TC: gpdma1_ch6_tc is trigger input
25: GPDMA1_CH7_TC: gpdma1_ch7_tc is trigger input
26: GPDMA2_CH0_TC: gpdma2_ch0_tc is trigger input
27: GPDMA2_CH1_TC: gpdma2_ch1_tc is trigger input
28: GPDMA2_CH2_TC: gpdma2_ch2_tc is trigger input
29: GPDMA2_CH3_TC: gpdma2_ch3_tc is trigger input
30: GPDMA2_CH4_TC: gpdma2_ch4_tc is trigger input
31: GPDMA2_CH5_TC: gpdma2_ch5_tc is trigger input
32: GPDMA2_CH6_TC: gpdma2_ch6_tc is trigger input
33: GPDMA2_CH7_TC: gpdma2_ch7_tc is trigger input
34: TIM2_TRG0: tim2_trgo is trigger input
44: COMP1_OUT: comp1_out is trigger input
Bits 24-25: trigger event polarity These bits define the polarity of the selected trigger event input defined by TRIGSEL[5:0]..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger
1: RisingEdge: Trigger on rising edge
2: FallingEdge: Trigger on falling edge
Bits 30-31: transfer complete event mode These bits define the transfer granularity for the transfer complete and half transfer complete events generation. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] = 0), then neither the complete transfer event nor the half transfer event is generated. Note: If the initial LLI<sub>0 </sub>data transfer is null/void (i.e. directly programmed by the internal register file with GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] =0 ), then the half transfer event is not generated, and the transfer complete event is generated when is completed the loading of the LLI<sub>1</sub>..
Allowed values:
0: BlockLevel: At block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the (respectively half of the) end of a block
1: RepeatedBlockLevel: At repeated block level: the complete (and the half) transfer event is generated at the end (respectively half of the end) of the 2D/repeated block.
2: LliLevel: At LLI level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the LLI data transfer
3: ChannelLevel: At channel level: the complete transfer event is generated at the end of the last LLI transfer. The half transfer event is generated at the half of the data transfer of the last LLI
GPDMA channel 7 alternate block register 1
Offset: 0x418, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRDDEC
rw |
BRSDEC
rw |
DDEC
rw |
SDEC
rw |
BRC
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BNDT
rw |
Bits 0-15: block number of data bytes to transfer from the source Block size transferred from the source. When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only and is decremented, indicating the remaining number of data items in the current source block to be transferred. BNDT[15:0] is programmed in number of bytes, maximum source block size is 64 Kbytes -1. Once the last data transfer is completed (BNDT[15:0] = 0): - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, this field is updated by the LLI in the memory. - if GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one not null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. - if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] ≠ 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). - if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI data transfer. Note: A non-null source block size must be a multiple of the source data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When configured in packing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.PAM[1]=1 and destination data width different from source data width), a non-null source block size must be a multiple of the destination data width (BNDT[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bits 16-26: Block repeat counter This field contains the number of repetitions of the current block (0 to 2047). When the channel is enabled, this field becomes read-only. After decrements, this field indicates the remaining number of blocks, excluding the current one. This counter is hardware decremented for each completed block transfer. Once the last block transfer is completed (BRC[10:0] = BNDT[15:0] = 0): If GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 1, all GPDMA_CxBR1 fields are updated by the next LLI in the memory. If GPDMA_CxLLR.UB1 = 0 and if there is at least one not null Uxx update bit, this field is internally restored to the programmed value. if all GPDMA_CxLLR.Uxx = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR.LA[15:0] ≠ 0, this field is internally restored to the programmed value (infinite/continuous last LLI). if GPDMA_CxLLR = 0, this field is kept as zero following the last LLI and data transfer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7ff
Bit 28: source address decrement.
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Source address incremented
1: Decrement: Source address decremented
Bit 29: destination address decrement.
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Destination address incremented
1: Decrement: Destination address decremented
Bit 30: Block repeat source address decrement Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRSDEC), GPDMA_CxSAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on SDEC) of the GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO value, as it is done after any programmed burst transfer..
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Block repeat source address incremented
1: Decrement: Block repeat source address decremented
Bit 31: Block repeat destination address decrement Note: On top of this increment/decrement (depending on BRDDEC), GPDMA_CxDAR is in the same time also updated by the increment/decrement (depending on DDEC) of the GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO value, as it is usually done at the end of each programmed burst transfer..
Allowed values:
0: Increment: Block repeat destination address incremented
1: Decrement: Block repeat destination address decremented
GPDMA channel 7 source address register
Offset: 0x41c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: source address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is read. During the channel activity, depending on the source addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]) after each burst source data, reflecting the next address from which data is read. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed source burst, consequently to: the programmed source burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.SBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[21:0] the additional source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0]. once/if completed source block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15). additional block repeat source incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRSAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.USA = 1. Note: A source address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the source burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 7 destination address register
Offset: 0x420, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: destination address This field is the pointer to the address from which the next data is written. During the channel activity, depending on the destination addressing mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC), this field is kept fixed or incremented by the data width (GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[21:0]) after each burst destination data, reflecting the next address from which data is written. During the channel activity, this address is updated after each completed destination burst, consequently to: the programmed destination burst; either in fixed addressing mode or in contiguous-data incremented mode. If contiguously incremented (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1), then the additional address offset value is the programmed burst size, as defined by GPDMA_CxTR1.DBL_1[5:0] and GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0] the additional destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC and GPDMA_CxTR3.DAO[12:0]. once/if completed destination block transfer, for a channel x with 2D addressing capability (x = 12 to 15), the additional block repeat destination incremented/decremented offset value as programmed by GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC and GPDMA_CxBR2.BRDAO[15:0] In linked-list mode, after a LLI data transfer is completed, this register is automatically updated by the GPDMA from the memory, provided the LLI is set with GPDMA_CxLLR.UDA = 1. Note: A destination address must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DA[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
GPDMA channel 7 transfer register 3
Offset: 0x424, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-12: source address offset increment The source address, pointed by GPDMA_CxSAR, is incremented or decremented (depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.SDEC) by this offset SAO[12:0] for each programmed source burst. This offset is not including and is added to the programmed burst size when the completed burst is addressed in incremented mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.SINC = 1). Note: A source address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (SAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and none transfer is issued. Note: When the source block size is not a multiple of the destination burst size and is a multiple of the source data width, then the last programmed source burst is not completed and is internally shorten to match the block size. In this case, the additional GPDMA_CxTR3.SAO[12:0] is not applied..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
Bits 16-28: destination address offset increment The destination address, pointed by GPDMA_CxDAR, is incremented or decremented (depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.DDEC) by this offset DAO[12:0] for each programmed destination burst. This offset is not including and is added to the programmed burst size when the completed burst is addressed in incremented mode (GPDMA_CxTR1.DINC = 1). Note: A destination address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (DAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else, a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
GPDMA channel 7 block register 2
Offset: 0x428, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRDAO
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BRSAO
rw |
Bits 0-15: Block repeated source address offset For a channel with 2D addressing capability, this field is used to update (by addition or subtraction depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.BRSDEC) the current source address (GPDMA_CxSAR) at the end of a block transfer. A block repeated source address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a source burst (BRSAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.SDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: BRSAO[15:0] must be set to 0 in peripheral flow-control mode (if GPDMA_CxTR2.PFREQ = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bits 16-31: Block repeated destination address offset For a channel with 2D addressing capability, this field is used to update (by addition or subtraction depending on GPDMA_CxBR1.BRDDEC) the current destination address (GPDMA_CxDAR) at the end of a block transfer. A block repeated destination address offset must be aligned with the programmed data width of a destination burst (BRDAO[2:0] versus GPDMA_CxTR1.DDW_LOG2[1:0]). Else a user setting error is reported and no transfer is issued. Note: BRDAO[15:0] must be set to 0 in peripheral flow-control mode (if GPDMA_CxTR2.PFREQ = 1)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
GPDMA channel 7 alternate linked-list address register
Offset: 0x44c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UT1
rw |
UT2
rw |
UB1
rw |
USA
rw |
UDA
rw |
UT3
rw |
UB2
rw |
ULL
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LA
rw |
Bits 2-15: pointer (16-bit low-significant address) to the next linked-list data structure If UT1 = UT2 = UB1 = USA = UDA = ULL = 0 and if LA[15:20] = 0, the current LLI is the last one. The channel transfer is completed without any update of the linked-list GPDMA register file. Else, this field is the pointer to the memory address offset from which the next linked-list data structure is automatically fetched from, once the data transfer is completed, in order to conditionally update the linked-list GPDMA internal register file (GPDMA_CxCTR1, GPDMA_CxTR2, GPDMA_CxBR1, GPDMA_CxSAR, GPDMA_CxDAR and GPDMA_CxLLR). Note: The user must program the pointer to be 32-bit aligned. The two low-significant bits are write ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3fff
Bit 16: Update GPDMA_CxLLR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxLLR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxLLR update
1: Update: CxLLR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 25: Update GPDMA_CxBR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR2 update
1: Update: CxBR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 26: Update GPDMA_CxTR3 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR3 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR3 update
1: Update: CxTR3 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 27: Update GPDMA_CxDAR register from memory This bit is used to control the update of GPDMA_CxDAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxDAR update
1: Update: CxDAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 28: update GPDMA_CxSAR from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxSAR from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxSAR update
1: Update: CxSAR updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 29: Update GPDMA_CxBR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxBR1 from the memory during the link transfer. If UB1 = 0 and if GPDMA_CxLLR ≠ 0, the linked-list is not completed. GPDMA_CxBR1.BNDT[15:0] is then restored to the programmed value after data transfer is completed and before the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxBR1 update
1: Update: CxBR1 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 30: Update GPDMA_CxTR2 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR2 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR2 update
1: Update: CxTR2 updated from memory during link transfer
Bit 31: Update GPDMA_CxTR1 from memory This bit controls the update of GPDMA_CxTR1 from the memory during the link transfer..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdate: No CxTR1 update
1: Update: CxTR1 updated from memory during link transfer
0x42020000: General-purpose I/Os
193/193 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | HSLVR |
GPIO port mode register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xABFFFFFF, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODE15
rw |
MODE14
rw |
MODE13
rw |
MODE12
rw |
MODE11
rw |
MODE10
rw |
MODE9
rw |
MODE8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MODE7
rw |
MODE6
rw |
MODE5
rw |
MODE4
rw |
MODE3
rw |
MODE2
rw |
MODE1
rw |
MODE0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
GPIO port output type register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OT15
rw |
OT14
rw |
OT13
rw |
OT12
rw |
OT11
rw |
OT10
rw |
OT9
rw |
OT8
rw |
OT7
rw |
OT6
rw |
OT5
rw |
OT4
rw |
OT3
rw |
OT2
rw |
OT1
rw |
OT0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 2: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 4: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 6: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 8: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 10: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 12: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 14: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
GPIO port output speed register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x0C000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OSPEED15
rw |
OSPEED14
rw |
OSPEED13
rw |
OSPEED12
rw |
OSPEED11
rw |
OSPEED10
rw |
OSPEED9
rw |
OSPEED8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OSPEED7
rw |
OSPEED6
rw |
OSPEED5
rw |
OSPEED4
rw |
OSPEED3
rw |
OSPEED2
rw |
OSPEED1
rw |
OSPEED0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x64000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PUPD15
rw |
PUPD14
rw |
PUPD13
rw |
PUPD12
rw |
PUPD11
rw |
PUPD10
rw |
PUPD9
rw |
PUPD8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PUPD7
rw |
PUPD6
rw |
PUPD5
rw |
PUPD4
rw |
PUPD3
rw |
PUPD2
rw |
PUPD1
rw |
PUPD0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
GPIO port input data register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ID15
r |
ID14
r |
ID13
r |
ID12
r |
ID11
r |
ID10
r |
ID9
r |
ID8
r |
ID7
r |
ID6
r |
ID5
r |
ID4
r |
ID3
r |
ID2
r |
ID1
r |
ID0
r |
Bit 0: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 1: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 2: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 3: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 4: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 5: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 6: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 7: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 8: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 9: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 10: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 11: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 12: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 13: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 14: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 15: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
GPIO port output data register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OD15
rw |
OD14
rw |
OD13
rw |
OD12
rw |
OD11
rw |
OD10
rw |
OD9
rw |
OD8
rw |
OD7
rw |
OD6
rw |
OD5
rw |
OD4
rw |
OD3
rw |
OD2
rw |
OD1
rw |
OD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 1: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 2: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 3: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 4: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 5: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 6: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 7: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 8: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 9: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 10: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 11: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 12: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 13: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 14: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 15: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
32/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
Bit 0: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 1: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 2: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 3: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 4: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 5: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 6: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 7: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 8: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 9: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 10: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 11: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 12: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 13: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 14: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 15: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 16: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 17: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 18: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 19: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 20: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 21: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 22: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 23: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 24: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 25: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 26: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 27: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 28: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 29: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 30: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 31: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
GPIO port configuration lock register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LCKK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LCK15
rw |
LCK14
rw |
LCK13
rw |
LCK12
rw |
LCK11
rw |
LCK10
rw |
LCK9
rw |
LCK8
rw |
LCK7
rw |
LCK6
rw |
LCK5
rw |
LCK4
rw |
LCK3
rw |
LCK2
rw |
LCK1
rw |
LCK0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. - LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] - LOCK key read RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Any error in the lock sequence aborts the LOCK. After the first LOCK sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..
Allowed values:
0: NotActive: Port configuration lock key not active
1: Active: Port configuration lock key active
GPIO alternate function low register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL7
rw |
AFSEL6
rw |
AFSEL5
rw |
AFSEL4
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL3
rw |
AFSEL2
rw |
AFSEL1
rw |
AFSEL0
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
GPIO alternate function high register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL15
rw |
AFSEL14
rw |
AFSEL13
rw |
AFSEL12
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL11
rw |
AFSEL10
rw |
AFSEL9
rw |
AFSEL8
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
GPIO port bit reset register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
Bit 0: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 1: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 2: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 3: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 4: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 5: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 6: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 7: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 8: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 9: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 10: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 11: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 12: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 13: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 14: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 15: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
GPIO high-speed low-voltage register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSLV15
rw |
HSLV14
rw |
HSLV13
rw |
HSLV12
rw |
HSLV11
rw |
HSLV10
rw |
HSLV9
rw |
HSLV8
rw |
HSLV7
rw |
HSLV6
rw |
HSLV5
rw |
HSLV4
rw |
HSLV3
rw |
HSLV2
rw |
HSLV1
rw |
HSLV0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 1: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 2: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 3: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 4: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 5: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 6: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 7: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 8: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 9: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 10: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 11: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 12: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 13: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 14: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 15: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
0x42020400: General-purpose I/Os
193/193 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | HSLVR |
GPIO port mode register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xABFFFFFF, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODE15
rw |
MODE14
rw |
MODE13
rw |
MODE12
rw |
MODE11
rw |
MODE10
rw |
MODE9
rw |
MODE8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MODE7
rw |
MODE6
rw |
MODE5
rw |
MODE4
rw |
MODE3
rw |
MODE2
rw |
MODE1
rw |
MODE0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
GPIO port output type register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OT15
rw |
OT14
rw |
OT13
rw |
OT12
rw |
OT11
rw |
OT10
rw |
OT9
rw |
OT8
rw |
OT7
rw |
OT6
rw |
OT5
rw |
OT4
rw |
OT3
rw |
OT2
rw |
OT1
rw |
OT0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 2: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 4: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 6: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 8: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 10: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 12: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 14: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
GPIO port output speed register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x0C000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OSPEED15
rw |
OSPEED14
rw |
OSPEED13
rw |
OSPEED12
rw |
OSPEED11
rw |
OSPEED10
rw |
OSPEED9
rw |
OSPEED8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OSPEED7
rw |
OSPEED6
rw |
OSPEED5
rw |
OSPEED4
rw |
OSPEED3
rw |
OSPEED2
rw |
OSPEED1
rw |
OSPEED0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x64000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PUPD15
rw |
PUPD14
rw |
PUPD13
rw |
PUPD12
rw |
PUPD11
rw |
PUPD10
rw |
PUPD9
rw |
PUPD8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PUPD7
rw |
PUPD6
rw |
PUPD5
rw |
PUPD4
rw |
PUPD3
rw |
PUPD2
rw |
PUPD1
rw |
PUPD0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
GPIO port input data register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ID15
r |
ID14
r |
ID13
r |
ID12
r |
ID11
r |
ID10
r |
ID9
r |
ID8
r |
ID7
r |
ID6
r |
ID5
r |
ID4
r |
ID3
r |
ID2
r |
ID1
r |
ID0
r |
Bit 0: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 1: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 2: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 3: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 4: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 5: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 6: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 7: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 8: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 9: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 10: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 11: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 12: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 13: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 14: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 15: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
GPIO port output data register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OD15
rw |
OD14
rw |
OD13
rw |
OD12
rw |
OD11
rw |
OD10
rw |
OD9
rw |
OD8
rw |
OD7
rw |
OD6
rw |
OD5
rw |
OD4
rw |
OD3
rw |
OD2
rw |
OD1
rw |
OD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 1: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 2: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 3: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 4: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 5: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 6: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 7: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 8: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 9: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 10: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 11: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 12: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 13: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 14: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 15: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
32/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
Bit 0: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 1: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 2: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 3: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 4: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 5: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 6: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 7: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 8: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 9: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 10: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 11: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 12: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 13: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 14: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 15: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 16: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 17: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 18: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 19: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 20: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 21: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 22: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 23: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 24: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 25: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 26: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 27: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 28: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 29: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 30: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 31: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
GPIO port configuration lock register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LCKK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LCK15
rw |
LCK14
rw |
LCK13
rw |
LCK12
rw |
LCK11
rw |
LCK10
rw |
LCK9
rw |
LCK8
rw |
LCK7
rw |
LCK6
rw |
LCK5
rw |
LCK4
rw |
LCK3
rw |
LCK2
rw |
LCK1
rw |
LCK0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. - LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] - LOCK key read RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Any error in the lock sequence aborts the LOCK. After the first LOCK sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..
Allowed values:
0: NotActive: Port configuration lock key not active
1: Active: Port configuration lock key active
GPIO alternate function low register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL7
rw |
AFSEL6
rw |
AFSEL5
rw |
AFSEL4
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL3
rw |
AFSEL2
rw |
AFSEL1
rw |
AFSEL0
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
GPIO alternate function high register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL15
rw |
AFSEL14
rw |
AFSEL13
rw |
AFSEL12
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL11
rw |
AFSEL10
rw |
AFSEL9
rw |
AFSEL8
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
GPIO port bit reset register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
Bit 0: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 1: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 2: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 3: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 4: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 5: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 6: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 7: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 8: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 9: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 10: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 11: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 12: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 13: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 14: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 15: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
GPIO high-speed low-voltage register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSLV15
rw |
HSLV14
rw |
HSLV13
rw |
HSLV12
rw |
HSLV11
rw |
HSLV10
rw |
HSLV9
rw |
HSLV8
rw |
HSLV7
rw |
HSLV6
rw |
HSLV5
rw |
HSLV4
rw |
HSLV3
rw |
HSLV2
rw |
HSLV1
rw |
HSLV0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 1: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 2: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 3: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 4: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 5: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 6: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 7: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 8: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 9: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 10: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 11: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 12: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 13: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 14: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 15: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
0x42020800: General-purpose I/Os
193/193 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | HSLVR |
GPIO port mode register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xABFFFFFF, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODE15
rw |
MODE14
rw |
MODE13
rw |
MODE12
rw |
MODE11
rw |
MODE10
rw |
MODE9
rw |
MODE8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MODE7
rw |
MODE6
rw |
MODE5
rw |
MODE4
rw |
MODE3
rw |
MODE2
rw |
MODE1
rw |
MODE0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
GPIO port output type register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OT15
rw |
OT14
rw |
OT13
rw |
OT12
rw |
OT11
rw |
OT10
rw |
OT9
rw |
OT8
rw |
OT7
rw |
OT6
rw |
OT5
rw |
OT4
rw |
OT3
rw |
OT2
rw |
OT1
rw |
OT0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 2: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 4: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 6: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 8: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 10: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 12: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 14: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
GPIO port output speed register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x0C000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OSPEED15
rw |
OSPEED14
rw |
OSPEED13
rw |
OSPEED12
rw |
OSPEED11
rw |
OSPEED10
rw |
OSPEED9
rw |
OSPEED8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OSPEED7
rw |
OSPEED6
rw |
OSPEED5
rw |
OSPEED4
rw |
OSPEED3
rw |
OSPEED2
rw |
OSPEED1
rw |
OSPEED0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x64000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PUPD15
rw |
PUPD14
rw |
PUPD13
rw |
PUPD12
rw |
PUPD11
rw |
PUPD10
rw |
PUPD9
rw |
PUPD8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PUPD7
rw |
PUPD6
rw |
PUPD5
rw |
PUPD4
rw |
PUPD3
rw |
PUPD2
rw |
PUPD1
rw |
PUPD0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
GPIO port input data register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ID15
r |
ID14
r |
ID13
r |
ID12
r |
ID11
r |
ID10
r |
ID9
r |
ID8
r |
ID7
r |
ID6
r |
ID5
r |
ID4
r |
ID3
r |
ID2
r |
ID1
r |
ID0
r |
Bit 0: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 1: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 2: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 3: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 4: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 5: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 6: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 7: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 8: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 9: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 10: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 11: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 12: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 13: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 14: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 15: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
GPIO port output data register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OD15
rw |
OD14
rw |
OD13
rw |
OD12
rw |
OD11
rw |
OD10
rw |
OD9
rw |
OD8
rw |
OD7
rw |
OD6
rw |
OD5
rw |
OD4
rw |
OD3
rw |
OD2
rw |
OD1
rw |
OD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 1: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 2: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 3: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 4: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 5: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 6: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 7: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 8: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 9: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 10: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 11: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 12: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 13: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 14: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 15: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
32/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
Bit 0: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 1: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 2: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 3: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 4: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 5: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 6: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 7: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 8: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 9: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 10: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 11: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 12: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 13: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 14: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 15: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 16: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 17: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 18: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 19: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 20: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 21: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 22: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 23: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 24: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 25: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 26: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 27: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 28: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 29: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 30: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 31: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
GPIO port configuration lock register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LCKK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LCK15
rw |
LCK14
rw |
LCK13
rw |
LCK12
rw |
LCK11
rw |
LCK10
rw |
LCK9
rw |
LCK8
rw |
LCK7
rw |
LCK6
rw |
LCK5
rw |
LCK4
rw |
LCK3
rw |
LCK2
rw |
LCK1
rw |
LCK0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. - LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] - LOCK key read RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Any error in the lock sequence aborts the LOCK. After the first LOCK sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..
Allowed values:
0: NotActive: Port configuration lock key not active
1: Active: Port configuration lock key active
GPIO alternate function low register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL7
rw |
AFSEL6
rw |
AFSEL5
rw |
AFSEL4
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL3
rw |
AFSEL2
rw |
AFSEL1
rw |
AFSEL0
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
GPIO alternate function high register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL15
rw |
AFSEL14
rw |
AFSEL13
rw |
AFSEL12
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL11
rw |
AFSEL10
rw |
AFSEL9
rw |
AFSEL8
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
GPIO port bit reset register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
Bit 0: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 1: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 2: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 3: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 4: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 5: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 6: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 7: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 8: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 9: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 10: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 11: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 12: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 13: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 14: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 15: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
GPIO high-speed low-voltage register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSLV15
rw |
HSLV14
rw |
HSLV13
rw |
HSLV12
rw |
HSLV11
rw |
HSLV10
rw |
HSLV9
rw |
HSLV8
rw |
HSLV7
rw |
HSLV6
rw |
HSLV5
rw |
HSLV4
rw |
HSLV3
rw |
HSLV2
rw |
HSLV1
rw |
HSLV0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 1: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 2: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 3: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 4: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 5: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 6: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 7: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 8: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 9: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 10: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 11: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 12: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 13: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 14: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 15: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
0x42020c00: General-purpose I/Os
193/193 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | HSLVR |
GPIO port mode register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xABFFFFFF, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODE15
rw |
MODE14
rw |
MODE13
rw |
MODE12
rw |
MODE11
rw |
MODE10
rw |
MODE9
rw |
MODE8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MODE7
rw |
MODE6
rw |
MODE5
rw |
MODE4
rw |
MODE3
rw |
MODE2
rw |
MODE1
rw |
MODE0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
GPIO port output type register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OT15
rw |
OT14
rw |
OT13
rw |
OT12
rw |
OT11
rw |
OT10
rw |
OT9
rw |
OT8
rw |
OT7
rw |
OT6
rw |
OT5
rw |
OT4
rw |
OT3
rw |
OT2
rw |
OT1
rw |
OT0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 2: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 4: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 6: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 8: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 10: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 12: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 14: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
GPIO port output speed register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x0C000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OSPEED15
rw |
OSPEED14
rw |
OSPEED13
rw |
OSPEED12
rw |
OSPEED11
rw |
OSPEED10
rw |
OSPEED9
rw |
OSPEED8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OSPEED7
rw |
OSPEED6
rw |
OSPEED5
rw |
OSPEED4
rw |
OSPEED3
rw |
OSPEED2
rw |
OSPEED1
rw |
OSPEED0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x64000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PUPD15
rw |
PUPD14
rw |
PUPD13
rw |
PUPD12
rw |
PUPD11
rw |
PUPD10
rw |
PUPD9
rw |
PUPD8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PUPD7
rw |
PUPD6
rw |
PUPD5
rw |
PUPD4
rw |
PUPD3
rw |
PUPD2
rw |
PUPD1
rw |
PUPD0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
GPIO port input data register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ID15
r |
ID14
r |
ID13
r |
ID12
r |
ID11
r |
ID10
r |
ID9
r |
ID8
r |
ID7
r |
ID6
r |
ID5
r |
ID4
r |
ID3
r |
ID2
r |
ID1
r |
ID0
r |
Bit 0: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 1: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 2: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 3: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 4: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 5: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 6: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 7: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 8: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 9: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 10: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 11: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 12: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 13: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 14: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 15: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
GPIO port output data register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OD15
rw |
OD14
rw |
OD13
rw |
OD12
rw |
OD11
rw |
OD10
rw |
OD9
rw |
OD8
rw |
OD7
rw |
OD6
rw |
OD5
rw |
OD4
rw |
OD3
rw |
OD2
rw |
OD1
rw |
OD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 1: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 2: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 3: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 4: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 5: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 6: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 7: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 8: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 9: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 10: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 11: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 12: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 13: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 14: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 15: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
32/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
Bit 0: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 1: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 2: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 3: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 4: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 5: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 6: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 7: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 8: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 9: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 10: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 11: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 12: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 13: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 14: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 15: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 16: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 17: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 18: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 19: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 20: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 21: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 22: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 23: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 24: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 25: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 26: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 27: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 28: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 29: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 30: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 31: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
GPIO port configuration lock register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LCKK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LCK15
rw |
LCK14
rw |
LCK13
rw |
LCK12
rw |
LCK11
rw |
LCK10
rw |
LCK9
rw |
LCK8
rw |
LCK7
rw |
LCK6
rw |
LCK5
rw |
LCK4
rw |
LCK3
rw |
LCK2
rw |
LCK1
rw |
LCK0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. - LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] - LOCK key read RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Any error in the lock sequence aborts the LOCK. After the first LOCK sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..
Allowed values:
0: NotActive: Port configuration lock key not active
1: Active: Port configuration lock key active
GPIO alternate function low register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL7
rw |
AFSEL6
rw |
AFSEL5
rw |
AFSEL4
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL3
rw |
AFSEL2
rw |
AFSEL1
rw |
AFSEL0
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
GPIO alternate function high register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL15
rw |
AFSEL14
rw |
AFSEL13
rw |
AFSEL12
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL11
rw |
AFSEL10
rw |
AFSEL9
rw |
AFSEL8
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
GPIO port bit reset register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
Bit 0: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 1: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 2: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 3: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 4: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 5: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 6: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 7: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 8: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 9: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 10: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 11: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 12: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 13: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 14: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 15: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
GPIO high-speed low-voltage register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSLV15
rw |
HSLV14
rw |
HSLV13
rw |
HSLV12
rw |
HSLV11
rw |
HSLV10
rw |
HSLV9
rw |
HSLV8
rw |
HSLV7
rw |
HSLV6
rw |
HSLV5
rw |
HSLV4
rw |
HSLV3
rw |
HSLV2
rw |
HSLV1
rw |
HSLV0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 1: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 2: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 3: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 4: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 5: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 6: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 7: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 8: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 9: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 10: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 11: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 12: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 13: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 14: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 15: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
0x42021c00: General-purpose I/Os
193/193 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | MODER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | OTYPER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OSPEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | PUPDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ODR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | BSRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | LCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | AFRL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | AFRH | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | HSLVR |
GPIO port mode register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xABFFFFFF, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODE15
rw |
MODE14
rw |
MODE13
rw |
MODE12
rw |
MODE11
rw |
MODE10
rw |
MODE9
rw |
MODE8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MODE7
rw |
MODE6
rw |
MODE5
rw |
MODE4
rw |
MODE3
rw |
MODE2
rw |
MODE1
rw |
MODE0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O mode. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Input mode
1: Output: General purpose output mode
2: Alternate: Alternate function mode
3: Analog: Analog mode
GPIO port output type register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OT15
rw |
OT14
rw |
OT13
rw |
OT12
rw |
OT11
rw |
OT10
rw |
OT9
rw |
OT8
rw |
OT7
rw |
OT6
rw |
OT5
rw |
OT4
rw |
OT3
rw |
OT2
rw |
OT1
rw |
OT0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 2: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 4: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 6: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 8: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 10: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 12: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 14: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
Bit 15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: PushPull: Output push-pull (reset state)
1: OpenDrain: Output open-drain
GPIO port output speed register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x0C000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OSPEED15
rw |
OSPEED14
rw |
OSPEED13
rw |
OSPEED12
rw |
OSPEED11
rw |
OSPEED10
rw |
OSPEED9
rw |
OSPEED8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OSPEED7
rw |
OSPEED6
rw |
OSPEED5
rw |
OSPEED4
rw |
OSPEED3
rw |
OSPEED2
rw |
OSPEED1
rw |
OSPEED0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Note: Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed. The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: LowSpeed: Low speed
1: MediumSpeed: Medium speed
2: HighSpeed: High speed
3: VeryHighSpeed: Very high speed
GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x64000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PUPD15
rw |
PUPD14
rw |
PUPD13
rw |
PUPD12
rw |
PUPD11
rw |
PUPD10
rw |
PUPD9
rw |
PUPD8
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PUPD7
rw |
PUPD6
rw |
PUPD5
rw |
PUPD4
rw |
PUPD3
rw |
PUPD2
rw |
PUPD1
rw |
PUPD0
rw |
Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Floating: No pull-up, pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
GPIO port input data register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ID15
r |
ID14
r |
ID13
r |
ID12
r |
ID11
r |
ID10
r |
ID9
r |
ID8
r |
ID7
r |
ID6
r |
ID5
r |
ID4
r |
ID3
r |
ID2
r |
ID1
r |
ID0
r |
Bit 0: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 1: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 2: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 3: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 4: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 5: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 6: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 7: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 8: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 9: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 10: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 11: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 12: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 13: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 14: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
Bit 15: Port x input data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Input is logic low
1: High: Input is logic high
GPIO port output data register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OD15
rw |
OD14
rw |
OD13
rw |
OD12
rw |
OD11
rw |
OD10
rw |
OD9
rw |
OD8
rw |
OD7
rw |
OD6
rw |
OD5
rw |
OD4
rw |
OD3
rw |
OD2
rw |
OD1
rw |
OD0
rw |
Bit 0: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 1: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 2: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 3: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 4: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 5: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 6: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 7: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 8: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 9: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 10: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 11: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 12: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 13: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 14: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
Bit 15: Port output data I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR or GPIOx_BRR registers (x = A to D and H). The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Set output to logic low
1: High: Set output to logic high
GPIO port bit set/reset register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
32/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BS15
w |
BS14
w |
BS13
w |
BS12
w |
BS11
w |
BS10
w |
BS9
w |
BS8
w |
BS7
w |
BS6
w |
BS5
w |
BS4
w |
BS3
w |
BS2
w |
BS1
w |
BS0
w |
Bit 0: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 1: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 2: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 3: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 4: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 5: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 6: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 7: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 8: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 9: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 10: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 11: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 12: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 13: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 14: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 15: Port x set I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Set: Sets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 16: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 17: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 18: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 19: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 20: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 21: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 22: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 23: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 24: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 25: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 26: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 27: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 28: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 29: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 30: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
Bit 31: Port x reset I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: If both BSy and BRy are set, BSy has priority. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Resets the corresponding ODx bit
GPIO port configuration lock register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LCKK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LCK15
rw |
LCK14
rw |
LCK13
rw |
LCK12
rw |
LCK11
rw |
LCK10
rw |
LCK9
rw |
LCK8
rw |
LCK7
rw |
LCK6
rw |
LCK5
rw |
LCK4
rw |
LCK3
rw |
LCK2
rw |
LCK1
rw |
LCK0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0 Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: Port configuration not locked
1: Locked: Port configuration locked
Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. - LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] - LOCK key read RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Any error in the lock sequence aborts the LOCK. After the first LOCK sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..
Allowed values:
0: NotActive: Port configuration lock key not active
1: Active: Port configuration lock key active
GPIO alternate function low register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL7
rw |
AFSEL6
rw |
AFSEL5
rw |
AFSEL4
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL3
rw |
AFSEL2
rw |
AFSEL1
rw |
AFSEL0
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 7 to 0) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
GPIO alternate function high register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFSEL15
rw |
AFSEL14
rw |
AFSEL13
rw |
AFSEL12
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AFSEL11
rw |
AFSEL10
rw |
AFSEL9
rw |
AFSEL8
rw |
Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x I/O pin y (y = 15 to 8) These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os. Note: The bitfield is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: AF0: AF0
1: AF1: AF1
2: AF2: AF2
3: AF3: AF3
4: AF4: AF4
5: AF5: AF5
6: AF6: AF6
7: AF7: AF7
8: AF8: AF8
9: AF9: AF9
10: AF10: AF10
11: AF11: AF11
12: AF12: AF12
13: AF13: AF13
14: AF14: AF14
15: AF15: AF15
GPIO port bit reset register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BR15
w |
BR14
w |
BR13
w |
BR12
w |
BR11
w |
BR10
w |
BR9
w |
BR8
w |
BR7
w |
BR6
w |
BR5
w |
BR4
w |
BR3
w |
BR2
w |
BR1
w |
BR0
w |
Bit 0: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 1: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 2: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 3: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 4: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 5: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 6: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 7: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 8: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 9: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 10: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 11: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 12: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 13: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 14: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
Bit 15: Port x reset IO pin y (y = 15 to 0) These bits are write-only. A read to these bits returns the value 0x0000. Note: The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: NoAction: No action on the corresponding ODx bit
1: Reset: Reset the ODx bit
GPIO high-speed low-voltage register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSLV15
rw |
HSLV14
rw |
HSLV13
rw |
HSLV12
rw |
HSLV11
rw |
HSLV10
rw |
HSLV9
rw |
HSLV8
rw |
HSLV7
rw |
HSLV6
rw |
HSLV5
rw |
HSLV4
rw |
HSLV3
rw |
HSLV2
rw |
HSLV1
rw |
HSLV0
rw |
Bit 0: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 1: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 2: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 3: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 4: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 5: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 6: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 7: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 8: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 9: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 10: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 11: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 12: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 13: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 14: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
Bit 15: Port x high-speed low-voltage configuration (y = 15 to 0) These bits are written by software to optimize the I/O speed when the I/O supply is low. Each bit is active only if the corresponding IO_VDD_HSLV/IO_VDDIO2_HSLV user option bit is set. It must be used only if the I/O supply voltage is below 2.7 V. Setting these bits when the I/O supply (VDD or VDDIO2) is higher than 2.7 V may be destructive. Note: Not all I/Os support the HSLV mode. Refer to the I/O structure in the corresponding datasheet for the list of I/Os supporting this feature. Other I/Os HSLV configuration must be kept at reset value. The bit is reserved and must be kept to reset value when the corresponding I/O is not available on the selected package..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O speed optimization disabled
1: Enabled: I/O speed optimization enabled
0x40032400: Global privilege controller
0/2091 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x20 | GTZC1_TZSC_PRIVCFGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | GTZC1_TZSC_PRIVCFGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | GTZC1_TZSC_PRIVCFGR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x70 | GTZC1_TZSC_MPCWM4ACFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x74 | GTZC1_TZSC_MPCWM4AR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x78 | GTZC1_TZSC_MPCWM4BCFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x7c | GTZC1_TZSC_MPCWM4BR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x200 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x204 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x208 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20c | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x210 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x214 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x218 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x21c | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x220 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x224 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x228 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x22c | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x230 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x234 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x238 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x23c | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x240 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x244 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR17 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x248 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24c | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x250 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x254 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR21 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x258 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x25c | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR23 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x260 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR24 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x264 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR25 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x268 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR26 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x26c | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR27 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x270 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR28 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x274 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR29 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x278 | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR30 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x27c | GTZC1_MPCBB1_PRIVCFGR31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x600 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x604 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x608 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60c | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x610 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x614 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x618 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x61c | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x620 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x624 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x628 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x62c | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x630 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x634 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x638 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x63c | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x640 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x644 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR17 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x648 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64c | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x650 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x654 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR21 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x658 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x65c | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR23 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x660 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR24 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x664 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR25 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x668 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR26 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x66c | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR27 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x670 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR28 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x674 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR29 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x678 | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR30 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x67c | GTZC1_MPCBB2_PRIVCFGR31 |
GTZC1 TZSC privilege configuration register 1
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LPTIM2PRIV
rw |
DTSPRIV
rw |
DAC1PRIV
rw |
CRSPRIV
rw |
I3C1PRIV
rw |
I2C2PRIV
rw |
I2C1PRIV
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
USART3PRIV
rw |
USART2PRIV
rw |
SPI3PRIV
rw |
SPI2PRIV
rw |
IWDGPRIV
rw |
WWDGPRIV
rw |
TIM7PRIV
rw |
TIM6PRIV
rw |
TIM3PRIV
rw |
TIM2PRIV
rw |
Bit 0: privileged access mode for TIM2.
Bit 1: privileged access mode for TIM3.
Bit 4: privileged access mode for TIM6.
Bit 5: privileged access mode for TIM7.
Bit 9: privileged access mode for WWDG.
Bit 10: privileged access mode for IWDG.
Bit 11: privileged access mode for SPI2.
Bit 12: privileged access mode for SPI3.
Bit 13: privileged access mode for USART2.
Bit 14: privileged access mode for USART3.
Bit 17: privileged access mode for I2C1.
Bit 18: privileged access mode for I2C2.
Bit 19: privileged access mode for I3C1.
Bit 20: privileged access mode for CRS.
Bit 25: privileged access mode for DAC1.
Bit 30: privileged access mode for DTS.
Bit 31: privileged access mode for LPTIM2.
GTZC1 TZSC privilege configuration register 2
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LPTIM1PRIV
rw |
LPUART1PRIV
rw |
USBFSPRIV
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
USART1PRIV
rw |
SPI1PRIV
rw |
TIM1PRIV
rw |
COMPPRIV
rw |
OPAMPPRIV
rw |
FDCAN1PRIV
rw |
Bit 0: privileged access mode for FDCAN1.
Bit 3: privileged access mode for OPAMP.
Bit 4: privileged access mode for COMP.
Bit 8: privileged access mode for TIM1.
Bit 9: privileged access mode for SPI1.
Bit 11: privileged access mode for USART1.
Bit 19: privileged access mode for USBSF.
Bit 25: privileged access mode for LPUART.
Bit 28: privileged access mode for LPTIM1.
GTZC1 TZSC privilege configuration register 3
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RAMCFGPRIV
rw |
RNGPRIV
rw |
HASHPRIV
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ADC1PRIV
rw |
ICACHEPRIV
rw |
CRCPRIV
rw |
I3C2PRIV
rw |
Bit 2: privileged access mode for I3C2.
Bit 8: privileged access mode for CRC.
Bit 12: privileged access mode for ICACHE.
Bit 14: privileged access mode for ADC1.
Bit 17: privileged access mode for HASH.
Bit 18: privileged access mode for RNG.
Bit 26: privileged access mode for RAMSCFG.
GTZC1 TZSC BKPSRAM sub-region A watermark configuration register
Offset: 0x70, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
GTZC1 TZSC BKPSRAM sub-region A watermark register
Offset: 0x74, size: 32, reset: 0x08000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SUBA_LENGTH
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SUBA_START
rw |
Bits 0-10: Start of sub-region A This field defines the address offset of the sub-region A, to be multiplied by the granularity defined in Table 16..
Bits 16-27: Length of sub-region A This field defines the length of the sub-region A, to be multiplied by the granularity defined in Table 16. When SUBA_START + SUBA_LENGTH is higher than the maximum size allowed for the memory, a saturation of SUBA_LENGTH is applied automatically. If SUBA_LENGTH = 0, the sub-region A is disabled (SREN bit in GTZC1_TZSC_MPCMWACFGR is cleared)..
GTZC1 TZSC BKPSRAM sub-region B watermark configuration register
Offset: 0x78, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
GTZC1 TZSC BKPSRAM sub-region B watermark register
Offset: 0x7c, size: 32, reset: 0x08000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SUBB_LENGTH
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SUBB_START
rw |
Bits 0-10: Start of sub-region B This field defines the address offset of the sub-region B, to be multiplied by the granularity defined in Table 16..
Bits 16-27: Length of sub-region B This field defines the length of the sub-region B, to be multiplied by the granularity defined in Table 16. When SUBB_START + SUBB_LENGTH is higher than the maximum size allowed for the memory, a saturation of SUBB_LENGTH is applied automatically. If SUBB_LENGTH = 0, the sub-region B is disabled (SREN bit in GTZC1_TZSC_MPCMWBCFGR is cleared)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 0 register
Offset: 0x200, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 1 register
Offset: 0x204, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 2 register
Offset: 0x208, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 3 register
Offset: 0x20c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 4 register
Offset: 0x210, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 5 register
Offset: 0x214, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 6 register
Offset: 0x218, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 7 register
Offset: 0x21c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 8 register
Offset: 0x220, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 9 register
Offset: 0x224, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 10 register
Offset: 0x228, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 11 register
Offset: 0x22c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 12 register
Offset: 0x230, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 13 register
Offset: 0x234, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 14 register
Offset: 0x238, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 15 register
Offset: 0x23c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 16 register
Offset: 0x240, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 17 register
Offset: 0x244, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 18 register
Offset: 0x248, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 19 register
Offset: 0x24c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 20 register
Offset: 0x250, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 21 register
Offset: 0x254, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 22 register
Offset: 0x258, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 23 register
Offset: 0x25c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 24 register
Offset: 0x260, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 25 register
Offset: 0x264, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 26 register
Offset: 0x268, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 27 register
Offset: 0x26c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 28 register
Offset: 0x270, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 29 register
Offset: 0x274, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 30 register
Offset: 0x278, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM1 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 31 register
Offset: 0x27c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 0 register
Offset: 0x600, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 1 register
Offset: 0x604, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 2 register
Offset: 0x608, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 3 register
Offset: 0x60c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 4 register
Offset: 0x610, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 5 register
Offset: 0x614, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 6 register
Offset: 0x618, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 7 register
Offset: 0x61c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 8 register
Offset: 0x620, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 9 register
Offset: 0x624, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 10 register
Offset: 0x628, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 11 register
Offset: 0x62c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 12 register
Offset: 0x630, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 13 register
Offset: 0x634, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 14 register
Offset: 0x638, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 15 register
Offset: 0x63c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 16 register
Offset: 0x640, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 17 register
Offset: 0x644, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 18 register
Offset: 0x648, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 19 register
Offset: 0x64c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 20 register
Offset: 0x650, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 21 register
Offset: 0x654, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 22 register
Offset: 0x658, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 23 register
Offset: 0x65c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 24 register
Offset: 0x660, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 25 register
Offset: 0x664, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 26 register
Offset: 0x668, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 27 register
Offset: 0x66c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 28 register
Offset: 0x670, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 29 register
Offset: 0x674, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 30 register
Offset: 0x678, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
GTZC1 SRAM2 MPCBB privileged configuration for super-block 31 register
Offset: 0x67c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/32 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV31
rw |
PRIV30
rw |
PRIV29
rw |
PRIV28
rw |
PRIV27
rw |
PRIV26
rw |
PRIV25
rw |
PRIV24
rw |
PRIV23
rw |
PRIV22
rw |
PRIV21
rw |
PRIV20
rw |
PRIV19
rw |
PRIV18
rw |
PRIV17
rw |
PRIV16
rw |
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PRIV15
rw |
PRIV14
rw |
PRIV13
rw |
PRIV12
rw |
PRIV11
rw |
PRIV10
rw |
PRIV9
rw |
PRIV8
rw |
PRIV7
rw |
PRIV6
rw |
PRIV5
rw |
PRIV4
rw |
PRIV3
rw |
PRIV2
rw |
PRIV1
rw |
PRIV0
rw |
Bit 0: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 1: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 2: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 3: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 4: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 5: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 6: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 7: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 8: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 9: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 10: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 11: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 12: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 13: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 14: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 15: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 16: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 17: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 18: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 19: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 20: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 21: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 22: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 23: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 24: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 25: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 26: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 27: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 28: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 29: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 30: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
Bit 31: Privileged configuration for block y, belonging to super-block x (y = 31 to 0)..
0x420c0400: Hash processor
20/88 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | DIN | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | STR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | HRA0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | HRA1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | HRA2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | HRA3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | HRA4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | IMR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xf8 | CSR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xfc | CSR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x100 | CSR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x104 | CSR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x108 | CSR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10c | CSR5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x110 | CSR6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x114 | CSR7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x118 | CSR8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x11c | CSR9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x120 | CSR10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x124 | CSR11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x128 | CSR12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x12c | CSR13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x130 | CSR14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x134 | CSR15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x138 | CSR16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x13c | CSR17 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x140 | CSR18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x144 | CSR19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x148 | CSR20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14c | CSR21 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x150 | CSR22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x154 | CSR23 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x158 | CSR24 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x15c | CSR25 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x160 | CSR26 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x164 | CSR27 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x168 | CSR28 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x16c | CSR29 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x170 | CSR30 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x174 | CSR31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x178 | CSR32 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x17c | CSR33 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x180 | CSR34 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x184 | CSR35 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x188 | CSR36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18c | CSR37 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x190 | CSR38 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x194 | CSR39 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x198 | CSR40 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x19c | CSR41 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1a0 | CSR42 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1a4 | CSR43 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1a8 | CSR44 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1ac | CSR45 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1b0 | CSR46 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1b4 | CSR47 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1b8 | CSR48 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1bc | CSR49 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c0 | CSR50 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c4 | CSR51 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c8 | CSR52 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1cc | CSR53 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x310 | HR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x314 | HR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x318 | HR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x31c | HR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x320 | HR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x324 | HR5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x328 | HR6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x32c | HR7 |
HASH control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ALGO
rw |
LKEY
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MDMAT
rw |
DINNE
r |
NBW
r |
MODE
rw |
DATATYPE
rw |
DMAE
rw |
INIT
rw |
Bit 2: Initialize message digest calculation Writing this bit to 1 resets the hash processor core, so that the HASH is ready to compute the message digest of a new message. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Reading this bit always returns 0..
Bit 3: DMA enable After this bit is set, it is cleared by hardware while the last data of the message is written into the hash processor. Setting this bit to 0 while a DMA transfer is ongoing does not abort the current transfer. Instead, the DMA interface of the HASH remains internally enabled until the transfer is completed or INIT is written to 1. Setting INIT bit to 1 does not clear DMAE bit..
Bits 4-5: Data type selection This bitfield defines the format of the data entered into the HASH_DIN register:.
Bit 6: Mode selection This bit selects the normal or the keyed HMAC mode for the selected algorithm: This selection is only taken into account when the INIT bit is set. Changing this bit during a computation has no effect..
Bits 8-11: Number of words already pushed Refer to NBWP[3:0] bitfield of HASH_SR for a description of NBW[3:0] bitfield. This bit is read-only..
Bit 12: DIN not empty Refer to DINNE bit of HASH_SR for a description of DINNE bit. This bit is read-only..
Bit 13: Multiple DMA transfers This bit is set when hashing large files when multiple DMA transfers are needed..
Bit 16: Long key selection The application must set this bit if the HMAC key is greater than the block size (64 bytes) This selection is only taken into account when the INIT and MODE bits are set (HMAC mode selected). Changing this bit during a computation has no effect..
Bits 17-18: Algorithm selection These bits select the hash algorithm: This selection is only taken into account when the INIT bit is set. Changing this bitfield during a computation has no effect. When the ALGO bitfield is updated and INIT bit is set, NBWE in HASH_SR is automatically updated to 0x11..
HASH data input register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH start register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-4: Number of valid bits in the last word When the last word of the message bit string is written to HASH_DIN register, the hash processor takes only the valid bits, specified as below, after internal data swapping: ... The above mechanism is valid only if DCAL = 0. If NBLW bits are written while DCAL is set to 1, the NBLW bitfield remains unchanged. In other words it is not possible to configure NBLW and set DCAL at the same time. Reading NBLW bits returns the last value written to NBLW..
Bit 8: Digest calculation Writing this bit to 1 starts the message padding using the previously written value of NBLW, and starts the calculation of the final message digest with all the data words written to the input FIFO since the INIT bit was last written to 1. Reading this bit returns 0..
HASH aliased digest register 0
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
HASH aliased digest register 1
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
HASH aliased digest register 2
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
HASH aliased digest register 3
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
HASH aliased digest register 4
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
HASH interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
HASH status register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00110001, access: Unspecified
5/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NBWE
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DINNE
r |
NBWP
r |
BUSY
r |
DMAS
r |
DCIS
rw |
DINIS
rw |
Bit 0: Data input interrupt status This bit is set by hardware when the FIFO is ready to get a new block (16 locations are free). It is cleared by writing it to 0 or by writing the HASH_DIN register. When DINIS = 0, HASH_CSRx registers reads as zero..
Bit 1: Digest calculation completion interrupt status This bit is set by hardware when a digest becomes ready (the whole message has been processed). It is cleared by writing it to 0 or by writing the INIT bit to 1 in the HASH_CR register..
Bit 2: DMA Status This bit provides information on the DMA interface activity. It is set with DMAE and cleared when DMAE = 0 and no DMA transfer is ongoing. No interrupt is associated with this bit..
Bit 3: Busy bit.
Bits 9-13: Number of words already pushed This bitfield is the exact number of words in the message that have already been pushed into the FIFO. NBWP is incremented by 1 when a write access is performed to the HASH_DIN register. When a digest calculation starts, NBWP is updated to NBWP- block size (in words), and NBWP goes to zero when the INIT bit is written to 1..
Bit 15: DIN not empty This bit is set when the HASH_DIN register holds valid data (that is after being written at least once). It is cleared when either the INIT bit (initialization) or the DCAL bit (completion of the previous message processing) is written to 1..
Bits 16-20: Number of words expected This bitfield reflects the number of words in the message that must be pushed into the FIFO to trigger a partial computation. NBWE is decremented by 1 when a write access is performed to the HASH_DIN register. NBWE is set to the expected block size +1 in words (0x11) when INIT bit is set in HASH_CR. It is set to the expected block size (0x10) when the partial digest calculation ends..
HASH context swap register 0
Offset: 0xf8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 1
Offset: 0xfc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 2
Offset: 0x100, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 3
Offset: 0x104, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 4
Offset: 0x108, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 5
Offset: 0x10c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 6
Offset: 0x110, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 7
Offset: 0x114, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 8
Offset: 0x118, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 9
Offset: 0x11c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 10
Offset: 0x120, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 11
Offset: 0x124, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 12
Offset: 0x128, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 13
Offset: 0x12c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 14
Offset: 0x130, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 15
Offset: 0x134, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 16
Offset: 0x138, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 17
Offset: 0x13c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 18
Offset: 0x140, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 19
Offset: 0x144, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 20
Offset: 0x148, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 21
Offset: 0x14c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 22
Offset: 0x150, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 23
Offset: 0x154, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 24
Offset: 0x158, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 25
Offset: 0x15c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 26
Offset: 0x160, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 27
Offset: 0x164, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 28
Offset: 0x168, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 29
Offset: 0x16c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 30
Offset: 0x170, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 31
Offset: 0x174, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 32
Offset: 0x178, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 33
Offset: 0x17c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 34
Offset: 0x180, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 35
Offset: 0x184, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 36
Offset: 0x188, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 37
Offset: 0x18c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 38
Offset: 0x190, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 39
Offset: 0x194, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 40
Offset: 0x198, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 41
Offset: 0x19c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 42
Offset: 0x1a0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 43
Offset: 0x1a4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 44
Offset: 0x1a8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 45
Offset: 0x1ac, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 46
Offset: 0x1b0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 47
Offset: 0x1b4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 48
Offset: 0x1b8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 49
Offset: 0x1bc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 50
Offset: 0x1c0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 51
Offset: 0x1c4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 52
Offset: 0x1c8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH context swap register 53
Offset: 0x1cc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
HASH digest register 0
Offset: 0x310, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
HASH digest register 1
Offset: 0x314, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
HASH digest register 2
Offset: 0x318, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
HASH digest register 3
Offset: 0x31c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
HASH digest register 4
Offset: 0x320, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
HASH supplementary digest register 5
Offset: 0x324, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
HASH supplementary digest register 6
Offset: 0x328, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
0x40005400: Inter-integrated circuit
79/79 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OAR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | OAR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | TIMINGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | TIMEOUTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | PECR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | RXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | TXDR |
I2C control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
23/23 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
STOPFACLR
rw |
ADDRACLR
rw |
FMP
rw |
PECEN
rw |
ALERTEN
rw |
SMBDEN
rw |
SMBHEN
rw |
GCEN
rw |
WUPEN
rw |
NOSTRETCH
rw |
SBC
rw |
|||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RXDMAEN
rw |
TXDMAEN
rw |
ANFOFF
rw |
DNF
rw |
ERRIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
STOPIE
rw |
NACKIE
rw |
ADDRIE
rw |
RXIE
rw |
TXIE
rw |
PE
rw |
Bit 0: Peripheral enable Note: When PE=0, the I2C SCL and SDA lines are released. Internal state machines and status bits are put back to their reset value. When cleared, PE must be kept low for at least 3 APB clock cycles..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Peripheral disabled
1: Enabled: Peripheral enabled
Bit 1: TX Interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Transmit (TXIS) interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Transmit (TXIS) interrupt enabled
Bit 2: RX Interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Receive (RXNE) interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Receive (RXNE) interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Address match Interrupt enable (slave only).
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Address match (ADDR) interrupts disabled
1: Enabled: Address match (ADDR) interrupts enabled
Bit 4: Not acknowledge received Interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Not acknowledge (NACKF) received interrupts disabled
1: Enabled: Not acknowledge (NACKF) received interrupts enabled
Bit 5: Stop detection Interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Stop detection (STOPF) interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Stop detection (STOPF) interrupt enabled
Bit 6: Transfer Complete interrupt enable Note: Any of these events generate an interrupt: Transfer Complete (TC) Transfer Complete Reload (TCR).
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Transfer Complete interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Transfer Complete interrupt enabled
Bit 7: Error interrupts enable Note: Any of these errors generate an interrupt: Arbitration Loss (ARLO) Bus Error detection (BERR) Overrun/Underrun (OVR) Timeout detection (TIMEOUT) PEC error detection (PECERR) Alert pin event detection (ALERT).
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Error detection interrupts disabled
1: Enabled: Error detection interrupts enabled
Bits 8-11: Digital noise filter These bits are used to configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter, filters spikes with a length of up to DNF[3:0] * tI2CCLK ... Note: If the analog filter is also enabled, the digital filter is added to the analog filter. This filter can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Allowed values:
0: NoFilter: Digital filter disabled
1: Filter1: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 1 tI2CCLK
2: Filter2: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 2 tI2CCLK
3: Filter3: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 3 tI2CCLK
4: Filter4: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 4 tI2CCLK
5: Filter5: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 5 tI2CCLK
6: Filter6: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 6 tI2CCLK
7: Filter7: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 7 tI2CCLK
8: Filter8: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 8 tI2CCLK
9: Filter9: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 9 tI2CCLK
10: Filter10: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 10 tI2CCLK
11: Filter11: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 11 tI2CCLK
12: Filter12: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 12 tI2CCLK
13: Filter13: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 13 tI2CCLK
14: Filter14: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 14 tI2CCLK
15: Filter15: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 15 tI2CCLK
Bit 12: Analog noise filter OFF Note: This bit can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Analog noise filter enabled
1: Disabled: Analog noise filter disabled
Bit 14: DMA transmission requests enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DMA mode disabled for transmission
1: Enabled: DMA mode enabled for transmission
Bit 15: DMA reception requests enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DMA mode disabled for reception
1: Enabled: DMA mode enabled for reception
Bit 16: Slave byte control This bit is used to enable hardware byte control in slave mode..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Slave byte control disabled
1: Enabled: Slave byte control enabled
Bit 17: Clock stretching disable This bit is used to disable clock stretching in slave mode. It must be kept cleared in master mode. Note: This bit can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Clock stretching enabled
1: Disabled: Clock stretching disabled
Bit 18: Wakeup from Stop mode enable Note: If the Wakeup from Stop mode feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to . Note: WUPEN can be set only when DNF = ‘0000’.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Wakeup from Stop mode disabled
1: Enabled: Wakeup from Stop mode enabled
Bit 19: General call enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: General call disabled. Address 0b00000000 is NACKed
1: Enabled: General call enabled. Address 0b00000000 is ACKed
Bit 20: SMBus host address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Host address disabled. Address 0b0001000x is NACKed
1: Enabled: Host address enabled. Address 0b0001000x is ACKed
Bit 21: SMBus device default address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Device default address disabled. Address 0b1100001x is NACKed
1: Enabled: Device default address enabled. Address 0b1100001x is ACKed
Bit 22: SMBus alert enable Note: When ALERTEN=0, the SMBA pin can be used as a standard GPIO. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: In device mode (SMBHEN=Disabled) Releases SMBA pin high and Alert Response Address Header disabled (0001100x) followed by NACK. In host mode (SMBHEN=Enabled) SMBus Alert pin (SMBA) not supported
1: Enabled: In device mode (SMBHEN=Disabled) Drives SMBA pin low and Alert Response Address Header enabled (0001100x) followed by ACK.In host mode (SMBHEN=Enabled) SMBus Alert pin (SMBA) supported
Bit 23: PEC enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: PEC calculation disabled
1: Enabled: PEC calculation enabled
Bit 24: Fast-mode Plus 20 mA drive enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: 20 mA I/O drive disabled
1: Enabled: 20 mA I/O drive enabled
Bit 30: Address match flag (ADDR) automatic clear.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: ADDR flag is set by hardware, cleared by software
1: Enabled: ADDR flag remains cleared by hardware
Bit 31: STOP detection flag (STOPF) automatic clear.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: STOPF flag is set by hardware, cleared by software
1: Enabled: STOPF flag remains cleared by hardware
I2C control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
11/11 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PECBYTE
rw |
AUTOEND
rw |
RELOAD
rw |
NBYTES
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
NACK
rw |
STOP
rw |
START
rw |
HEAD10R
rw |
ADD10
rw |
RD_WRN
rw |
SADD
rw |
Bits 0-9: Slave address (master mode) In 7-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 0): SADD[7:1] should be written with the 7-bit slave address to be sent. The bits SADD[9], SADD[8] and SADD[0] are don't care. In 10-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 1): SADD[9:0] should be written with the 10-bit slave address to be sent. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3ff
Bit 10: Transfer direction (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Allowed values:
0: Write: Master requests a write transfer
1: Read: Master requests a read transfer
Bit 11: 10-bit addressing mode (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Allowed values:
0: Bit7: The master operates in 7-bit addressing mode
1: Bit10: The master operates in 10-bit addressing mode
Bit 12: 10-bit address header only read direction (master receiver mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Allowed values:
0: Complete: The master sends the complete 10 bit slave address read sequence
1: Partial: The master only sends the 1st 7 bits of the 10 bit address, followed by Read direction
Bit 13: Start generation This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware after the Start followed by the address sequence is sent, by an arbitration loss, by an address matched in slave mode, by a timeout error detection, or when PE = 0. If the I2C is already in master mode with AUTOEND = 0, setting this bit generates a Repeated Start condition when RELOAD=0, after the end of the NBYTES transfer. Otherwise setting this bit generates a START condition once the bus is free. Note: Writing ‘0’ to this bit has no effect. The START bit can be set even if the bus is BUSY or I2C is in slave mode. This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set..
Allowed values:
0: NoStart: No Start generation
1: Start: Restart/Start generation
Bit 14: Stop generation (master mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE = 0. In Master Mode: Note: Writing ‘0’ to this bit has no effect..
Allowed values:
0: NoStop: No Stop generation
1: Stop: Stop generation after current byte transfer
Bit 15: NACK generation (slave mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when the NACK is sent, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, or when PE=0. Note: Writing ‘0’ to this bit has no effect. This bit is used in slave mode only: in master receiver mode, NACK is automatically generated after last byte preceding STOP or RESTART condition, whatever the NACK bit value. When an overrun occurs in slave receiver NOSTRETCH mode, a NACK is automatically generated whatever the NACK bit value. When hardware PEC checking is enabled (PECBYTE=1), the PEC acknowledge value does not depend on the NACK value..
Allowed values:
0: Ack: an ACK is sent after current received byte
1: Nack: a NACK is sent after current received byte
Bits 16-23: Number of bytes The number of bytes to be transmitted/received is programmed there. This field is don’t care in slave mode with SBC=0. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bit 24: NBYTES reload mode This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Completed: The transfer is completed after the NBYTES data transfer (STOP or RESTART will follow)
1: NotCompleted: The transfer is not completed after the NBYTES data transfer (NBYTES will be reloaded)
Bit 25: Automatic end mode (master mode) This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: This bit has no effect in slave mode or when the RELOAD bit is set..
Allowed values:
0: Software: Software end mode: TC flag is set when NBYTES data are transferred, stretching SCL low
1: Automatic: Automatic end mode: a STOP condition is automatically sent when NBYTES data are transferred
Bit 26: Packet error checking byte This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware when the PEC is transferred, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, also when PE=0. Note: Writing ‘0’ to this bit has no effect. This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set. This bit has no effect is slave mode when SBC=0. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: NoPec: No PEC transfer
1: Pec: PEC transmission/reception is requested
I2C own address 1 register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-9: Interface own slave address 7-bit addressing mode: OA1[7:1] contains the 7-bit own slave address. The bits OA1[9], OA1[8] and OA1[0] are don't care. 10-bit addressing mode: OA1[9:0] contains the 10-bit own slave address. Note: These bits can be written only when OA1EN=0..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3ff
Bit 10: Own Address 1 10-bit mode Note: This bit can be written only when OA1EN=0..
Allowed values:
0: Bit7: Own address 1 is a 7-bit address
1: Bit10: Own address 1 is a 10-bit address
Bit 15: Own Address 1 enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Own address 1 disabled. The received slave address OA1 is NACKed
1: Enabled: Own address 1 enabled. The received slave address OA1 is ACKed
I2C own address 2 register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bits 1-7: Interface address 7-bit addressing mode: 7-bit address Note: These bits can be written only when OA2EN=0..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
Bits 8-10: Own Address 2 masks Note: These bits can be written only when OA2EN=0. As soon as OA2MSK is not equal to 0, the reserved I2C addresses (0b0000xxx and 0b1111xxx) are not acknowledged even if the comparison matches..
Allowed values:
0: NoMask: No mask
1: Mask1: OA2[1] is masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:2] are compared
2: Mask2: OA2[2:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:3] are compared
3: Mask3: OA2[3:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:4] are compared
4: Mask4: OA2[4:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:5] are compared
5: Mask5: OA2[5:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:6] are compared
6: Mask6: OA2[6:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7] is compared.
7: Mask7: OA2[7:1] are masked and don’t care. No comparison is done, and all (except reserved) 7-bit received addresses are acknowledged
Bit 15: Own Address 2 enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Own address 2 disabled. The received slave address OA2 is NACKed
1: Enabled: Own address 2 enabled. The received slave address OA2 is ACKed
I2C timing register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRESC
rw |
SCLDEL
rw |
SDADEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SCLH
rw |
SCLL
rw |
Bits 0-7: SCL low period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL low period in master mode. tSCLL = (SCLL+1) x tPRESC Note: SCLL is also used to generate tBUF and tSU:STA timings..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bits 8-15: SCL high period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL high period in master mode. tSCLH = (SCLH+1) x tPRESC Note: SCLH is also used to generate tSU:STO and tHD:STA timing..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bits 16-19: Data hold time This field is used to generate the delay tSDADEL between SCL falling edge and SDA edge. In master mode and in slave mode with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during tSDADEL. tSDADEL= SDADEL x tPRESC Note: SDADEL is used to generate tHD:DAT timing..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 20-23: Data setup time This field is used to generate a delay tSCLDEL between SDA edge and SCL rising edge. In master mode and in slave mode with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during tSCLDEL. tSCLDEL = (SCLDEL+1) x tPRESC Note: tSCLDEL is used to generate tSU:DAT timing..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 28-31: Timing prescaler This field is used to prescale i2c_ker_ck in order to generate the clock period tPRESC used for data setup and hold counters (refer to ) and for SCL high and low level counters (refer to ). tPRESC = (PRESC+1) x tI2CCLK.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
I2C timeout register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TEXTEN
rw |
TIMEOUTB
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TIMOUTEN
rw |
TIDLE
rw |
TIMEOUTA
rw |
Bits 0-11: Bus Timeout A This field is used to configure: The SCL low timeout condition tTIMEOUT when TIDLE=0 tTIMEOUT= (TIMEOUTA+1) x 2048 x tI2CCLK The bus idle condition (both SCL and SDA high) when TIDLE=1 tIDLE= (TIMEOUTA+1) x 4 x tI2CCLK Note: These bits can be written only when TIMOUTEN=0..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
Bit 12: Idle clock timeout detection Note: This bit can be written only when TIMOUTEN=0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: TIMEOUTA is used to detect SCL low timeout
1: Enabled: TIMEOUTA is used to detect both SCL and SDA high timeout (bus idle condition)
Bit 15: Clock timeout enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: SCL timeout detection is disabled
1: Enabled: SCL timeout detection is enabled
Bits 16-27: Bus timeout B This field is used to configure the cumulative clock extension timeout: In master mode, the master cumulative clock low extend time (tLOW:MEXT) is detected In slave mode, the slave cumulative clock low extend time (tLOW:SEXT) is detected tLOW:EXT= (TIMEOUTB+1) x 2048 x tI2CCLK Note: These bits can be written only when TEXTEN=0..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
Bit 31: Extended clock timeout enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Extended clock timeout detection is disabled
1: Enabled: Extended clock timeout detection is enabled
I2C interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADDCODE
r |
DIR
r |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BUSY
r |
ALERT
r |
TIMEOUT
r |
PECERR
r |
OVR
r |
ARLO
r |
BERR
r |
TCR
r |
TC
r |
STOPF
r |
NACKF
r |
ADDR
r |
RXNE
r |
TXIS
rw |
TXE
rw |
Bit 0: Transmit data register empty (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to ‘1’ by software in order to flush the transmit data register I2C_TXDR. Note: This bit is set by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotEmpty: TXDR register not empty
1: Empty: TXDR register empty
Bit 1: Transmit interrupt status (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty and the data to be transmitted must be written in the I2C_TXDR register. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to ‘1’ by software when NOSTRETCH=1 only, in order to generate a TXIS event (interrupt if TXIE=1 or DMA request if TXDMAEN=1). Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotEmpty: The TXDR register is not empty
1: Empty: The TXDR register is empty and the data to be transmitted must be written in the TXDR register
Bit 2: Receive data register not empty (receivers) This bit is set by hardware when the received data is copied into the I2C_RXDR register, and is ready to be read. It is cleared when I2C_RXDR is read. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: Empty: The RXDR register is empty
1: NotEmpty: Received data is copied into the RXDR register, and is ready to be read
Bit 3: Address matched (slave mode) This bit is set by hardware as soon as the received slave address matched with one of the enabled slave addresses. It is cleared by software by setting ADDRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotMatch: Adress mismatched or not received
1: Match: Received slave address matched with one of the enabled slave addresses
Bit 4: Not Acknowledge received flag This flag is set by hardware when a NACK is received after a byte transmission. It is cleared by software by setting the NACKCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NoNack: No NACK has been received
1: Nack: NACK has been received
Bit 5: Stop detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a STOP condition is detected on the bus and the peripheral is involved in this transfer: either as a master, provided that the STOP condition is generated by the peripheral. or as a slave, provided that the peripheral has been addressed previously during this transfer. It is cleared by software by setting the STOPCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NoStop: No Stop condition detected
1: Stop: Stop condition detected
Bit 6: Transfer Complete (master mode) This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD=0, AUTOEND=0 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when START bit or STOP bit is set. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotComplete: Transfer is not complete
1: Complete: NBYTES has been transfered
Bit 7: Transfer Complete Reload This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD=1 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when NBYTES is written to a non-zero value. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0. This flag is only for master mode, or for slave mode when the SBC bit is set..
Allowed values:
0: NotComplete: Transfer is not complete
1: Complete: NBYTES has been transfered
Bit 8: Bus error This flag is set by hardware when a misplaced Start or STOP condition is detected whereas the peripheral is involved in the transfer. The flag is not set during the address phase in slave mode. It is cleared by software by setting BERRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NoError: No bus error
1: Error: Misplaced Start and Stop condition is detected
Bit 9: Arbitration lost This flag is set by hardware in case of arbitration loss. It is cleared by software by setting the ARLOCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotLost: No arbitration lost
1: Lost: Arbitration lost
Bit 10: Overrun/Underrun (slave mode) This flag is set by hardware in slave mode with NOSTRETCH=1, when an overrun/underrun error occurs. It is cleared by software by setting the OVRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NoOverrun: No overrun/underrun error occurs
1: Overrun: slave mode with NOSTRETCH=1, when an overrun/underrun error occurs
Bit 11: PEC Error in reception This flag is set by hardware when the received PEC does not match with the PEC register content. A NACK is automatically sent after the wrong PEC reception. It is cleared by software by setting the PECCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Match: Received PEC does match with PEC register
1: NoMatch: Received PEC does not match with PEC register
Bit 12: Timeout or tLOW detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a timeout or extended clock timeout occurred. It is cleared by software by setting the TIMEOUTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: NoTimeout: No timeout occured
1: Timeout: Timeout occured
Bit 13: SMBus alert This flag is set by hardware when SMBHEN=1 (SMBus host configuration), ALERTEN=1 and a SMBALERT event (falling edge) is detected on SMBA pin. It is cleared by software by setting the ALERTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: NoAlert: SMBA alert is not detected
1: Alert: SMBA alert event is detected on SMBA pin
Bit 15: Bus busy This flag indicates that a communication is in progress on the bus. It is set by hardware when a START condition is detected. It is cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotBusy: No communication is in progress on the bus
1: Busy: A communication is in progress on the bus
Bit 16: Transfer direction (Slave mode) This flag is updated when an address match event occurs (ADDR=1)..
Allowed values:
0: Write: Write transfer, slave enters receiver mode
1: Read: Read transfer, slave enters transmitter mode
Bits 17-23: Address match code (Slave mode) These bits are updated with the received address when an address match event occurs (ADDR = 1). In the case of a 10-bit address, ADDCODE provides the 10-bit header followed by the 2 MSBs of the address..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
I2C interrupt clear register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ALERTCF
w |
TIMOUTCF
w |
PECCF
w |
OVRCF
w |
ARLOCF
w |
BERRCF
w |
STOPCF
w |
NACKCF
w |
ADDRCF
w |
Bit 3: Address matched flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ADDR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Writing 1 to this bit also clears the START bit in the I2C_CR2 register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the ADDR flag in ISR register
Bit 4: Not Acknowledge flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the NACKF flag in I2C_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the NACK flag in ISR register
Bit 5: STOP detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the STOPF flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the STOP flag in ISR register
Bit 8: Bus error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the BERRF flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the BERR flag in ISR register
Bit 9: Arbitration lost flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARLO flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the ARLO flag in ISR register
Bit 10: Overrun/Underrun flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the OVR flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the OVR flag in ISR register
Bit 11: PEC Error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the PECERR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the PEC flag in ISR register
Bit 12: Timeout detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the TIMEOUT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the TIMOUT flag in ISR register
Bit 13: Alert flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ALERT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the ALERT flag in ISR register
I2C PEC register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PEC
r |
I2C receive data register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXDATA
r |
I2C transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXDATA
rw |
0x40005800: Inter-integrated circuit
79/79 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OAR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | OAR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | TIMINGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | TIMEOUTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | PECR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | RXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | TXDR |
I2C control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
23/23 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
STOPFACLR
rw |
ADDRACLR
rw |
FMP
rw |
PECEN
rw |
ALERTEN
rw |
SMBDEN
rw |
SMBHEN
rw |
GCEN
rw |
WUPEN
rw |
NOSTRETCH
rw |
SBC
rw |
|||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RXDMAEN
rw |
TXDMAEN
rw |
ANFOFF
rw |
DNF
rw |
ERRIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
STOPIE
rw |
NACKIE
rw |
ADDRIE
rw |
RXIE
rw |
TXIE
rw |
PE
rw |
Bit 0: Peripheral enable Note: When PE=0, the I2C SCL and SDA lines are released. Internal state machines and status bits are put back to their reset value. When cleared, PE must be kept low for at least 3 APB clock cycles..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Peripheral disabled
1: Enabled: Peripheral enabled
Bit 1: TX Interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Transmit (TXIS) interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Transmit (TXIS) interrupt enabled
Bit 2: RX Interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Receive (RXNE) interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Receive (RXNE) interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Address match Interrupt enable (slave only).
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Address match (ADDR) interrupts disabled
1: Enabled: Address match (ADDR) interrupts enabled
Bit 4: Not acknowledge received Interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Not acknowledge (NACKF) received interrupts disabled
1: Enabled: Not acknowledge (NACKF) received interrupts enabled
Bit 5: Stop detection Interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Stop detection (STOPF) interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Stop detection (STOPF) interrupt enabled
Bit 6: Transfer Complete interrupt enable Note: Any of these events generate an interrupt: Transfer Complete (TC) Transfer Complete Reload (TCR).
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Transfer Complete interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Transfer Complete interrupt enabled
Bit 7: Error interrupts enable Note: Any of these errors generate an interrupt: Arbitration Loss (ARLO) Bus Error detection (BERR) Overrun/Underrun (OVR) Timeout detection (TIMEOUT) PEC error detection (PECERR) Alert pin event detection (ALERT).
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Error detection interrupts disabled
1: Enabled: Error detection interrupts enabled
Bits 8-11: Digital noise filter These bits are used to configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter, filters spikes with a length of up to DNF[3:0] * tI2CCLK ... Note: If the analog filter is also enabled, the digital filter is added to the analog filter. This filter can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Allowed values:
0: NoFilter: Digital filter disabled
1: Filter1: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 1 tI2CCLK
2: Filter2: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 2 tI2CCLK
3: Filter3: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 3 tI2CCLK
4: Filter4: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 4 tI2CCLK
5: Filter5: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 5 tI2CCLK
6: Filter6: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 6 tI2CCLK
7: Filter7: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 7 tI2CCLK
8: Filter8: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 8 tI2CCLK
9: Filter9: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 9 tI2CCLK
10: Filter10: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 10 tI2CCLK
11: Filter11: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 11 tI2CCLK
12: Filter12: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 12 tI2CCLK
13: Filter13: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 13 tI2CCLK
14: Filter14: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 14 tI2CCLK
15: Filter15: Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 15 tI2CCLK
Bit 12: Analog noise filter OFF Note: This bit can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Analog noise filter enabled
1: Disabled: Analog noise filter disabled
Bit 14: DMA transmission requests enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DMA mode disabled for transmission
1: Enabled: DMA mode enabled for transmission
Bit 15: DMA reception requests enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DMA mode disabled for reception
1: Enabled: DMA mode enabled for reception
Bit 16: Slave byte control This bit is used to enable hardware byte control in slave mode..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Slave byte control disabled
1: Enabled: Slave byte control enabled
Bit 17: Clock stretching disable This bit is used to disable clock stretching in slave mode. It must be kept cleared in master mode. Note: This bit can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Clock stretching enabled
1: Disabled: Clock stretching disabled
Bit 18: Wakeup from Stop mode enable Note: If the Wakeup from Stop mode feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to . Note: WUPEN can be set only when DNF = ‘0000’.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Wakeup from Stop mode disabled
1: Enabled: Wakeup from Stop mode enabled
Bit 19: General call enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: General call disabled. Address 0b00000000 is NACKed
1: Enabled: General call enabled. Address 0b00000000 is ACKed
Bit 20: SMBus host address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Host address disabled. Address 0b0001000x is NACKed
1: Enabled: Host address enabled. Address 0b0001000x is ACKed
Bit 21: SMBus device default address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Device default address disabled. Address 0b1100001x is NACKed
1: Enabled: Device default address enabled. Address 0b1100001x is ACKed
Bit 22: SMBus alert enable Note: When ALERTEN=0, the SMBA pin can be used as a standard GPIO. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: In device mode (SMBHEN=Disabled) Releases SMBA pin high and Alert Response Address Header disabled (0001100x) followed by NACK. In host mode (SMBHEN=Enabled) SMBus Alert pin (SMBA) not supported
1: Enabled: In device mode (SMBHEN=Disabled) Drives SMBA pin low and Alert Response Address Header enabled (0001100x) followed by ACK.In host mode (SMBHEN=Enabled) SMBus Alert pin (SMBA) supported
Bit 23: PEC enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: PEC calculation disabled
1: Enabled: PEC calculation enabled
Bit 24: Fast-mode Plus 20 mA drive enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: 20 mA I/O drive disabled
1: Enabled: 20 mA I/O drive enabled
Bit 30: Address match flag (ADDR) automatic clear.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: ADDR flag is set by hardware, cleared by software
1: Enabled: ADDR flag remains cleared by hardware
Bit 31: STOP detection flag (STOPF) automatic clear.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: STOPF flag is set by hardware, cleared by software
1: Enabled: STOPF flag remains cleared by hardware
I2C control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
11/11 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PECBYTE
rw |
AUTOEND
rw |
RELOAD
rw |
NBYTES
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
NACK
rw |
STOP
rw |
START
rw |
HEAD10R
rw |
ADD10
rw |
RD_WRN
rw |
SADD
rw |
Bits 0-9: Slave address (master mode) In 7-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 0): SADD[7:1] should be written with the 7-bit slave address to be sent. The bits SADD[9], SADD[8] and SADD[0] are don't care. In 10-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 1): SADD[9:0] should be written with the 10-bit slave address to be sent. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3ff
Bit 10: Transfer direction (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Allowed values:
0: Write: Master requests a write transfer
1: Read: Master requests a read transfer
Bit 11: 10-bit addressing mode (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Allowed values:
0: Bit7: The master operates in 7-bit addressing mode
1: Bit10: The master operates in 10-bit addressing mode
Bit 12: 10-bit address header only read direction (master receiver mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Allowed values:
0: Complete: The master sends the complete 10 bit slave address read sequence
1: Partial: The master only sends the 1st 7 bits of the 10 bit address, followed by Read direction
Bit 13: Start generation This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware after the Start followed by the address sequence is sent, by an arbitration loss, by an address matched in slave mode, by a timeout error detection, or when PE = 0. If the I2C is already in master mode with AUTOEND = 0, setting this bit generates a Repeated Start condition when RELOAD=0, after the end of the NBYTES transfer. Otherwise setting this bit generates a START condition once the bus is free. Note: Writing ‘0’ to this bit has no effect. The START bit can be set even if the bus is BUSY or I2C is in slave mode. This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set..
Allowed values:
0: NoStart: No Start generation
1: Start: Restart/Start generation
Bit 14: Stop generation (master mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE = 0. In Master Mode: Note: Writing ‘0’ to this bit has no effect..
Allowed values:
0: NoStop: No Stop generation
1: Stop: Stop generation after current byte transfer
Bit 15: NACK generation (slave mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when the NACK is sent, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, or when PE=0. Note: Writing ‘0’ to this bit has no effect. This bit is used in slave mode only: in master receiver mode, NACK is automatically generated after last byte preceding STOP or RESTART condition, whatever the NACK bit value. When an overrun occurs in slave receiver NOSTRETCH mode, a NACK is automatically generated whatever the NACK bit value. When hardware PEC checking is enabled (PECBYTE=1), the PEC acknowledge value does not depend on the NACK value..
Allowed values:
0: Ack: an ACK is sent after current received byte
1: Nack: a NACK is sent after current received byte
Bits 16-23: Number of bytes The number of bytes to be transmitted/received is programmed there. This field is don’t care in slave mode with SBC=0. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bit 24: NBYTES reload mode This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Completed: The transfer is completed after the NBYTES data transfer (STOP or RESTART will follow)
1: NotCompleted: The transfer is not completed after the NBYTES data transfer (NBYTES will be reloaded)
Bit 25: Automatic end mode (master mode) This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: This bit has no effect in slave mode or when the RELOAD bit is set..
Allowed values:
0: Software: Software end mode: TC flag is set when NBYTES data are transferred, stretching SCL low
1: Automatic: Automatic end mode: a STOP condition is automatically sent when NBYTES data are transferred
Bit 26: Packet error checking byte This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware when the PEC is transferred, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, also when PE=0. Note: Writing ‘0’ to this bit has no effect. This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set. This bit has no effect is slave mode when SBC=0. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: NoPec: No PEC transfer
1: Pec: PEC transmission/reception is requested
I2C own address 1 register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-9: Interface own slave address 7-bit addressing mode: OA1[7:1] contains the 7-bit own slave address. The bits OA1[9], OA1[8] and OA1[0] are don't care. 10-bit addressing mode: OA1[9:0] contains the 10-bit own slave address. Note: These bits can be written only when OA1EN=0..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3ff
Bit 10: Own Address 1 10-bit mode Note: This bit can be written only when OA1EN=0..
Allowed values:
0: Bit7: Own address 1 is a 7-bit address
1: Bit10: Own address 1 is a 10-bit address
Bit 15: Own Address 1 enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Own address 1 disabled. The received slave address OA1 is NACKed
1: Enabled: Own address 1 enabled. The received slave address OA1 is ACKed
I2C own address 2 register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bits 1-7: Interface address 7-bit addressing mode: 7-bit address Note: These bits can be written only when OA2EN=0..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
Bits 8-10: Own Address 2 masks Note: These bits can be written only when OA2EN=0. As soon as OA2MSK is not equal to 0, the reserved I2C addresses (0b0000xxx and 0b1111xxx) are not acknowledged even if the comparison matches..
Allowed values:
0: NoMask: No mask
1: Mask1: OA2[1] is masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:2] are compared
2: Mask2: OA2[2:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:3] are compared
3: Mask3: OA2[3:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:4] are compared
4: Mask4: OA2[4:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:5] are compared
5: Mask5: OA2[5:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7:6] are compared
6: Mask6: OA2[6:1] are masked and don’t care. Only OA2[7] is compared.
7: Mask7: OA2[7:1] are masked and don’t care. No comparison is done, and all (except reserved) 7-bit received addresses are acknowledged
Bit 15: Own Address 2 enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Own address 2 disabled. The received slave address OA2 is NACKed
1: Enabled: Own address 2 enabled. The received slave address OA2 is ACKed
I2C timing register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRESC
rw |
SCLDEL
rw |
SDADEL
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SCLH
rw |
SCLL
rw |
Bits 0-7: SCL low period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL low period in master mode. tSCLL = (SCLL+1) x tPRESC Note: SCLL is also used to generate tBUF and tSU:STA timings..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bits 8-15: SCL high period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL high period in master mode. tSCLH = (SCLH+1) x tPRESC Note: SCLH is also used to generate tSU:STO and tHD:STA timing..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bits 16-19: Data hold time This field is used to generate the delay tSDADEL between SCL falling edge and SDA edge. In master mode and in slave mode with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during tSDADEL. tSDADEL= SDADEL x tPRESC Note: SDADEL is used to generate tHD:DAT timing..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 20-23: Data setup time This field is used to generate a delay tSCLDEL between SDA edge and SCL rising edge. In master mode and in slave mode with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during tSCLDEL. tSCLDEL = (SCLDEL+1) x tPRESC Note: tSCLDEL is used to generate tSU:DAT timing..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 28-31: Timing prescaler This field is used to prescale i2c_ker_ck in order to generate the clock period tPRESC used for data setup and hold counters (refer to ) and for SCL high and low level counters (refer to ). tPRESC = (PRESC+1) x tI2CCLK.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
I2C timeout register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TEXTEN
rw |
TIMEOUTB
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TIMOUTEN
rw |
TIDLE
rw |
TIMEOUTA
rw |
Bits 0-11: Bus Timeout A This field is used to configure: The SCL low timeout condition tTIMEOUT when TIDLE=0 tTIMEOUT= (TIMEOUTA+1) x 2048 x tI2CCLK The bus idle condition (both SCL and SDA high) when TIDLE=1 tIDLE= (TIMEOUTA+1) x 4 x tI2CCLK Note: These bits can be written only when TIMOUTEN=0..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
Bit 12: Idle clock timeout detection Note: This bit can be written only when TIMOUTEN=0..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: TIMEOUTA is used to detect SCL low timeout
1: Enabled: TIMEOUTA is used to detect both SCL and SDA high timeout (bus idle condition)
Bit 15: Clock timeout enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: SCL timeout detection is disabled
1: Enabled: SCL timeout detection is enabled
Bits 16-27: Bus timeout B This field is used to configure the cumulative clock extension timeout: In master mode, the master cumulative clock low extend time (tLOW:MEXT) is detected In slave mode, the slave cumulative clock low extend time (tLOW:SEXT) is detected tLOW:EXT= (TIMEOUTB+1) x 2048 x tI2CCLK Note: These bits can be written only when TEXTEN=0..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
Bit 31: Extended clock timeout enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Extended clock timeout detection is disabled
1: Enabled: Extended clock timeout detection is enabled
I2C interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADDCODE
r |
DIR
r |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BUSY
r |
ALERT
r |
TIMEOUT
r |
PECERR
r |
OVR
r |
ARLO
r |
BERR
r |
TCR
r |
TC
r |
STOPF
r |
NACKF
r |
ADDR
r |
RXNE
r |
TXIS
rw |
TXE
rw |
Bit 0: Transmit data register empty (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to ‘1’ by software in order to flush the transmit data register I2C_TXDR. Note: This bit is set by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotEmpty: TXDR register not empty
1: Empty: TXDR register empty
Bit 1: Transmit interrupt status (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty and the data to be transmitted must be written in the I2C_TXDR register. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to ‘1’ by software when NOSTRETCH=1 only, in order to generate a TXIS event (interrupt if TXIE=1 or DMA request if TXDMAEN=1). Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotEmpty: The TXDR register is not empty
1: Empty: The TXDR register is empty and the data to be transmitted must be written in the TXDR register
Bit 2: Receive data register not empty (receivers) This bit is set by hardware when the received data is copied into the I2C_RXDR register, and is ready to be read. It is cleared when I2C_RXDR is read. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: Empty: The RXDR register is empty
1: NotEmpty: Received data is copied into the RXDR register, and is ready to be read
Bit 3: Address matched (slave mode) This bit is set by hardware as soon as the received slave address matched with one of the enabled slave addresses. It is cleared by software by setting ADDRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotMatch: Adress mismatched or not received
1: Match: Received slave address matched with one of the enabled slave addresses
Bit 4: Not Acknowledge received flag This flag is set by hardware when a NACK is received after a byte transmission. It is cleared by software by setting the NACKCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NoNack: No NACK has been received
1: Nack: NACK has been received
Bit 5: Stop detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a STOP condition is detected on the bus and the peripheral is involved in this transfer: either as a master, provided that the STOP condition is generated by the peripheral. or as a slave, provided that the peripheral has been addressed previously during this transfer. It is cleared by software by setting the STOPCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NoStop: No Stop condition detected
1: Stop: Stop condition detected
Bit 6: Transfer Complete (master mode) This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD=0, AUTOEND=0 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when START bit or STOP bit is set. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotComplete: Transfer is not complete
1: Complete: NBYTES has been transfered
Bit 7: Transfer Complete Reload This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD=1 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when NBYTES is written to a non-zero value. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0. This flag is only for master mode, or for slave mode when the SBC bit is set..
Allowed values:
0: NotComplete: Transfer is not complete
1: Complete: NBYTES has been transfered
Bit 8: Bus error This flag is set by hardware when a misplaced Start or STOP condition is detected whereas the peripheral is involved in the transfer. The flag is not set during the address phase in slave mode. It is cleared by software by setting BERRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NoError: No bus error
1: Error: Misplaced Start and Stop condition is detected
Bit 9: Arbitration lost This flag is set by hardware in case of arbitration loss. It is cleared by software by setting the ARLOCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotLost: No arbitration lost
1: Lost: Arbitration lost
Bit 10: Overrun/Underrun (slave mode) This flag is set by hardware in slave mode with NOSTRETCH=1, when an overrun/underrun error occurs. It is cleared by software by setting the OVRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NoOverrun: No overrun/underrun error occurs
1: Overrun: slave mode with NOSTRETCH=1, when an overrun/underrun error occurs
Bit 11: PEC Error in reception This flag is set by hardware when the received PEC does not match with the PEC register content. A NACK is automatically sent after the wrong PEC reception. It is cleared by software by setting the PECCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Match: Received PEC does match with PEC register
1: NoMatch: Received PEC does not match with PEC register
Bit 12: Timeout or tLOW detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a timeout or extended clock timeout occurred. It is cleared by software by setting the TIMEOUTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: NoTimeout: No timeout occured
1: Timeout: Timeout occured
Bit 13: SMBus alert This flag is set by hardware when SMBHEN=1 (SMBus host configuration), ALERTEN=1 and a SMBALERT event (falling edge) is detected on SMBA pin. It is cleared by software by setting the ALERTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE=0. If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: NoAlert: SMBA alert is not detected
1: Alert: SMBA alert event is detected on SMBA pin
Bit 15: Bus busy This flag indicates that a communication is in progress on the bus. It is set by hardware when a START condition is detected. It is cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE=0..
Allowed values:
0: NotBusy: No communication is in progress on the bus
1: Busy: A communication is in progress on the bus
Bit 16: Transfer direction (Slave mode) This flag is updated when an address match event occurs (ADDR=1)..
Allowed values:
0: Write: Write transfer, slave enters receiver mode
1: Read: Read transfer, slave enters transmitter mode
Bits 17-23: Address match code (Slave mode) These bits are updated with the received address when an address match event occurs (ADDR = 1). In the case of a 10-bit address, ADDCODE provides the 10-bit header followed by the 2 MSBs of the address..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
I2C interrupt clear register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ALERTCF
w |
TIMOUTCF
w |
PECCF
w |
OVRCF
w |
ARLOCF
w |
BERRCF
w |
STOPCF
w |
NACKCF
w |
ADDRCF
w |
Bit 3: Address matched flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ADDR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Writing 1 to this bit also clears the START bit in the I2C_CR2 register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the ADDR flag in ISR register
Bit 4: Not Acknowledge flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the NACKF flag in I2C_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the NACK flag in ISR register
Bit 5: STOP detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the STOPF flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the STOP flag in ISR register
Bit 8: Bus error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the BERRF flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the BERR flag in ISR register
Bit 9: Arbitration lost flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARLO flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the ARLO flag in ISR register
Bit 10: Overrun/Underrun flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the OVR flag in the I2C_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the OVR flag in ISR register
Bit 11: PEC Error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the PECERR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the PEC flag in ISR register
Bit 12: Timeout detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the TIMEOUT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the TIMOUT flag in ISR register
Bit 13: Alert flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ALERT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the ALERT flag in ISR register
I2C PEC register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PEC
r |
I2C receive data register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXDATA
r |
I2C transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXDATA
rw |
0x40005c00: Improved inter-integrated circuit
79/191 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | I3C_CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x0 | I3C_CR_ALTERNATE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | I3C_CFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | I3C_RDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | I3C_RDWR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | I3C_TDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | I3C_TDWR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | I3C_IBIDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | I3C_TGTTDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | I3C_SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | I3C_SER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | I3C_RMR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | I3C_EVR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | I3C_IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | I3C_CEVR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | I3C_DEVR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | I3C_DEVR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 | I3C_DEVR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x6c | I3C_DEVR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x70 | I3C_DEVR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x90 | I3C_MAXRLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x94 | I3C_MAXWLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa0 | I3C_TIMINGR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa4 | I3C_TIMINGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa8 | I3C_TIMINGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc0 | I3C_BCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc4 | I3C_DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc8 | I3C_GETCAPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xcc | I3C_CRCAPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd0 | I3C_GETMXDSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd4 | I3C_EPIDR |
I3C message control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MEND
w |
MTYPE
w |
ADD
w |
RNW
w |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DCNT
w |
Bits 0-15: count of data to transfer during a read or write message, in bytes (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) Linear encoding up to 64 Kbytes -1 ....
Bit 16: read / non-write message (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as controller, this field is used if MTYPE[3:0]=0010 (private message) or MTYPE[3:0]=0011 (direct message) or MTYPE[3:0]=0100 (legacy I2C message), in order to emit the RnW bit on the I3C bus..
Bits 17-23: 7-bit I3C dynamic / I2C static target address (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as controller, this field is used if MTYPE[3:0]=0010 (private message) or MTYPE[3:0]=0011 (direct message) or MTYPE[3:0]=0100 (legacy I2C message).
Bits 27-30: message type (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) Bits[26:0] are ignored. After M2 error detection on an I3C SDR message, this is needed for SCL “stuck at” recovery. Bits[26:0] are ignored. If I3C_CFGR.EXITPTRN=1, an HDR exit pattern is emitted on the bus to generate an escalation fault. Bits[23:17] (ADD[6:0]) is the emitted 7-bit dynamic address. Bit[16] (RNW) is the emitted RnW bit. The transferred private message is: {S / S+7’h7E+RnW=0+Sr / Sr+*} + 7-bit DynAddr + RnW + (8-bit Data + T)* + Sr/P. After a S (START), depending on I3C_CFGR.NOARBH, the arbitrable header (7’h7E+RnW=0) is inserted or not. Sr+*: after a Sr (Repeated Start), the hardware automatically inserts (7’h7E+RnW=0) if needed, i.e. if it follows an I3C direct message without ending by a P (Stop). Bits[23:17] (ADD[6:0]) is the emitted 7-bit dynamic address. Bit[16] (RNW) is the emitted RnW bit. The transferred direct message is: Sr + 7-bit DynAddr + RnW + (8-bit Data + T)* + Sr/P Bits[23:17] (ADD[6:0]) is the emitted 7-bit static address. Bit[16] (RNW) is the emitted RnW bit. The transferred legacy I2C message is: {S / S+ 7’h7E+RnW=0 + Sr / Sr+*} + 7-bit StaAddr + RnW + (8-bit Data + T)* + Sr/P. After a S (START), depending on I3C_CFGR.NOARBH, the arbitrable header (7’h7E+RnW=0) is inserted or not. Sr+*: after a Sr (Repeated Start), the hardware automatically inserts (7’h7E+RnW=0) if needed, i.e. if it follows an I3C direct message without ending by a P (Stop). 1xxx: reserved (when I3C is acting as I3C controller, used when target) 0xxx: reserved {S +} 7’h02 addr + RnW=0 {S +} 7-bit I3C_DEVR0.DA[6:0] + RnW=0 after a bus available condition (the target first emits a START request), or once the controller drives a START. {S +} 7-bit I3C_DEVR0.DA[6:0] + RnW=1 (+Ack/Nack from controller) When acknowledged from controller, the next (optional, depending on I3C_BCR.BCR2) transmitted IBI payload data is defined by I3C_CR.DCNT[15:0] and must be consistently programmed vs the maximum IBI payload data size which is defined by I3C_IBIDR.IBIP[2:0]. Others: reserved.
Bit 31: message end type (when the I3C is acting as controller).
I3C message control register alternate
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MEND
w |
MTYPE
w |
CCC
w |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DCNT
w |
Bits 0-15: count of data to transfer during a read or write message, in bytes (when I3C is acting as controller) Linear encoding up to 64 Kbytes -1. ....
Bits 16-23: 8-bit CCC code (when I3C is acting as controller) If Bit[23]=CCC[7]=1, this is the 1st part of an I3C SDR direct CCC command. If Bit[23]=CCC[7]=0, this is an I3C SDR broadcast CCC command (including ENTDAA and ENTHDR0)..
Bits 27-30: message type (when I3C is acting as controller) Bits[23:16] (CCC[7:0]) is the emitted 8-bit CCC code If Bit[23]=CCC[7]=1: this is the 1st part of an I3C SDR direct CCC command The transferred direct CCC command message is: {S / S+7’h7E +RnW=0 / Sr+*} + (direct CCC + T) + (8-bit Data + T)* + Sr After a S (START), depending on I3C_CFGR.NOARBH, the arbitrable header (7’h7E+RnW=0) is inserted or not. Sr+*: after a Sr (Repeated Start), the hardware automatically inserts (7’h7E+R/W). If Bit[23]=CCC[7]=0: this is an I3C SDR broadcast CCC command (including ENTDAA and ENTHDR0) The transferred broadcast CCC command message is: {S / S+7’h7E +RnW=0 / Sr+*} + (broadcast CCC + T) + (8-bit Data + T)* + Sr/P After a S (START), depending on I3C_CFGR.NOARBH, the arbitrable header (7’h7E+RnW=0) is inserted or not. Sr+*: after a Sr (Repeated Start), the hardware automatically inserts (7’h7E+R/W). others: reserved.
Bit 31: message end type (when I3C is acting as controller).
I3C configuration register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TSFSET
w |
CFLUSH
w |
CDMAEN
rw |
TMODE
rw |
RMODE
rw |
SFLUSH
w |
SDMAEN
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TXTHRES
rw |
TXFLUSH
w |
TXDMAEN
rw |
RXTHRES
rw |
RXFLUSH
w |
RXDMAEN
rw |
HJACK
rw |
HKSDAEN
rw |
EXITPTRN
rw |
RSTPTRN
rw |
NOARBH
rw |
CRINIT
rw |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: I3C enable (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) - Except registers, the peripheral is under reset (a.k.a. partial reset). - Before clearing EN, when I3C is acting as a controller, all the possible target requests must be disabled using DISEC CCC. - When I3C is acting as a target, software should not disable the I3C, unless a partial reset is needed. In this state, some register fields can not be modified (like CRINIT, HKSDAEN for the I3C_CFGR).
Bit 1: initial controller/target role This bit can be modified only when I3C_CFGR.EN = 0. Once enabled by setting I3C_CFGR.EN = 1, I3C peripheral initially acts as an I3C target. I3C does not drive SCL line and does not enable SDA pull-up, until it eventually acquires the controller role. Once enabled by setting I3C_CFGR.EN = 1, I3C peripheral initially acts as a controller. It has the I3C controller role, so drives SCL line and enables SDA pull-up, until it eventually offers the controller role to an I3C secondary controller..
Bit 2: no arbitrable header after a START (when I3C is acting as a controller) This bit can be modified only when there is no on-going frame. - The target address is emitted directly after a START in case of a legacy I2C message or an I3C SDR private read/write message. - This is a more performing option (when is useless the emission of the 0x7E arbitrable header), but this is to be used only when the controller is sure that the addressed target device can not emit concurrently an IBI or a controller-role request (to insure no misinterpretation and no potential conflict between the address emitted by the controller in open-drain mode and the same address a target device can emit after a START, for IBI or MR)..
Bit 3: HDR reset pattern enable (when I3C is acting as a controller) This bit can be modified only when there is no on-going frame..
Bit 4: HDR Exit Pattern enable (when I3C is acting as a controller) This bit can be modified only when there is no on-going frame. This is used to send only the header to test ownership of the bus when there is a suspicion of problem after controller-role hand-off (new controller didn’t assert its controller-role by accessing the previous one in less than Activity State time). The HDR Exit Pattern is sent even if the message header {S/Sr + 0x7E addr + W } is ACKed..
Bit 5: High-keeper enable on SDA line (when I3C is acting as a controller) This bit can be modified only when I3C_CFGR.EN=0..
Bit 7: Hot Join request acknowledge (when I3C is acting as a controller) After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the hot-joining target is aware of the NACK and surely emits another hot-join request later on). After the ACK, the message continues as initially programmed. The software is aware by the HJ interrupt (flag I3C_EVR.HJF is set) and initiates the ENTDAA sequence later on, potentially preventing others Hot Join requests with a Disable target events command (DISEC, with DISHJ=1). Independently of the HJACK configuration, further Hot Join request(s) are NACKed until the Hot Join flag, HJF, is cleared. However, a NACKed target can be assigned a dynamic address by the ENTDAA sequence initiated later on by the first HJ request, preventing this target to emit an HJ request again..
Bit 8: RX-FIFO DMA request enable (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) - Software reads and pops a data byte/word from RX-FIFO i.e. reads I3C_RDR or I3C_RDWR register. - A next data byte/word is to be read by the software either via polling on the flag I3C_EVR.RXFNEF=1 or via interrupt notification (enabled by I3C_IER.RXFNEIE=1). - DMA reads and pops data byte(s)/word(s) from RX-FIFO i.e. reads I3C_RDR or I3C_RDWR register. - A next data byte/word is automatically read by the programmed hardware (i.e. via the asserted RX-FIFO DMA request from the I3C and the programmed DMA channel)..
Bit 9: RX-FIFO flush (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) This bit can only be written..
Bit 10: RX-FIFO threshold (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) This threshold defines, compared to the RX-FIFO level, when the I3C_EVR.RXFNEF flag is set (and consequently if RXDMAEN=1 when is asserted a DMA RX request). RXFNEF is set when 1 byte is to be read in RX-FIFO (i.e. in I3C_RDR). RXFNEF is set when 4 bytes are to be read in RX-FIFO (i.e. in I3C_RDWR)..
Bit 12: TX-FIFO DMA request enable (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) - Software writes and pushes a data byte/word into TX-FIFO i.e. writes I3C_TDR or I3C_TDWR register, to be transmitted over the I3C bus. - A next data byte/word is to be written by the software either via polling on the flag I3C_EVR.TXFNFF=1 or via interrupt notification (enabled by I3C_IER.TXFNFIE=1). - DMA writes and pushes data byte(s)/word(s) into TX-FIFO i.e. writes I3C_TDR or I3C_TDWR register. - A next data byte/word transfer is automatically pushed by the programmed hardware (i.e. via the asserted TX-FIFO DMA request from the I3C and the programmed DMA channel)..
Bit 13: TX-FIFO flush (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) This bit can only be written. When the I3C is acting as target, this bit can be used to flush the TX-FIFO on a private read if the controller has early ended the read data (i.e. driven low the T bit) and there is/are remaining data in the TX-FIFO (i.e. I3C_SR.ABT=1 and I3C_SR.XDCNT[15:0] < I3C_TGTTDR.TGTTDCNT[15:0])..
Bit 14: TX-FIFO threshold (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) This threshold defines, compared to the TX-FIFO level, when the I3C_EVR.TXFNFF flag is set (and consequently if TXDMAEN=1 when is asserted a DMA TX request). TXFNFF is set when 1 byte is to be written in TX-FIFO (i.e. in I3C_TDR). TXFNFF is set when 4 bytes are to be written in TX-FIFO (i.e. in I3C_TDWR)..
Bit 16: S-FIFO DMA request enable (when I3C is acting as controller) Condition: When RMODE=1 (FIFO is enabled for the status): - Software reads and pops a status word from S-FIFO i.e. reads I3C_SR register after a completed frame (I3C_EVR.FCF=1) or an error (I3C_EVR.ERRF=1). - A status word can be read by the software either via polling on these register flags or via interrupt notification (enabled by I3C_IER.FCIE=1 and I3C_IER.ERRIE=1). - DMA reads and pops status word(s) from S-FIFO i.e. reads I3C_SR register. - Status word(s) are automatically read by the programmed hardware (i.e. via the asserted S-FIFO DMA request from the I3C and the programmed DMA channel)..
Bit 17: S-FIFO flush (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as I3C controller, this bit can only be written (and is only used when I3C is acting as controller)..
Bit 18: S-FIFO enable / status receive mode (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as I3C controller, this bit is used for the enabling the FIFO for the status (S-FIFO) vs the received status from the target on the I3C bus. When I3C is acting as target, this bit must be cleared. - Status register (i.e. I3C_SR) is used without FIFO mechanism. - There is no SCL stretch if a new status register content is not read. - Status register must be read before being lost/overwritten. All message status must be read. There is SCL stretch when there is no more space in the S-FIFO..
Bit 19: transmit mode (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as I3C controller, this bit is used for the C-FIFO and TX-FIFO management vs the emitted frame on the I3C bus. A frame transfer starts as soon as first control word is present in C-FIFO..
Bit 20: C-FIFO DMA request enable (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as controller: - Software writes and pushes control word(s) into C-FIFO i.e. writes I3C_CR register, as needed for a given frame. - A next control word transfer can be written by software either via polling on the flag I3C_EVR.CFNFF=1 or via interrupt notification (enabled by I3C_IER.CFNFIE=1). - DMA writes and pushes control word(s) into C-FIFO i.e. writes I3C_CR register, as needed for a given frame. - A next control word transfer is automatically written by the programmed hardware (i.e. via the asserted C-FIFO DMA request from the I3C and the programmed DMA channel)..
Bit 21: C-FIFO flush (when I3C is acting as controller) This bit can only be written..
Bit 30: frame transfer set (a.k.a. software trigger) (when I3C is acting as controller) This bit can only be written. When I3C is acting as I3C controller: Note: If this bit is not set, the other alternative for the software to initiate a frame transfer is to directly write the first control word register (i.e. I3C_CR) while C-FIFO is empty (i.e. I3C_EVR.CFEF=1). Then, if the first written control word is not tagged as a message end (i.e I3C_CR.MEND=0), it causes the hardware to assert the flag I3C_EVR.CFNFF (C-FIFO not full and a next control word is needed)..
I3C receive data byte register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RDB0
r |
I3C receive data word register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
I3C transmit data byte register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDB0
w |
I3C transmit data word register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
I3C IBI payload data register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IBIDB3
rw |
IBIDB2
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IBIDB1
rw |
IBIDB0
rw |
Bits 0-7: 8-bit IBI payload data (earliest byte on I3C bus, i.e. MDB[7:0] mandatory data byte)..
Bits 8-15: 8-bit IBI payload data (next byte on I3C bus after IBIDB0[7:0])..
Bits 16-23: 8-bit IBI payload data (next byte on I3C bus after IBIDB1[7:0])..
Bits 24-31: 8-bit IBI payload data (latest byte on I3C bus)..
I3C target transmit configuration register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRELOAD
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TGTTDCNT
rw |
Bits 0-15: transmit data counter, in bytes (when I3C is configured as target) This field must be written by software in the same access when is asserted PRELOAD, in order to define the number of bytes to preload and to transmit. This field is updated by hardware and reports, when read, the remaining number of bytes to be loaded into the TX-FIFO..
Bit 16: preload of the TX-FIFO (when I3C is configured as target) This bit must be written and asserted by software in the same access when is written and defined the number of bytes to preload into the TX-FIFO and to transmit. This bit is cleared by hardware when all the data bytes to transmit are loaded into the TX-FIFO..
I3C status register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MID
r |
DIR
r |
ABT
r |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
XDCNT
r |
Bits 0-15: data counter - When the I3C is acting as controller: number of targets detected on the bus - When the I3C is acting as target: number of transmitted bytes - Whatever the I3C is acting as controller or target: number of data bytes read from or transmitted on the I3C bus during the MID[7:0] message.
Bit 17: a private read message is completed/aborted prematurely by the target (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit indicates if the private read data which is transmitted by the target early terminates (i.e. the target drives T bit low earlier vs what does expect the controller in terms of programmed number of read data bytes i.e. I3C_CR.DCNT[15:0])..
Bit 18: message direction Whatever the I3C is acting as controller or target, this bit indicates the direction of the related message on the I3C bus Note: ENTDAA CCC is considered as a write command..
Bits 24-31: message identifier/counter of a given frame (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field identifies the control word message (i.e. I3C_CR) to which the I3C_SR status register refers. First message of a frame is identified with MID[7:0]=0. This field is incremented (by hardware) on the completion of a new message control word (i.e. I3C_CR) over I3C bus. This field is reset for every new frame start..
I3C status error register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
Bits 0-3: protocol error code/type controller detected an illegally formatted CCC controller detected that transmitted data on the bus is different from expected controller detected a not acknowledged broadcast address (7’hE) controller detected the new controller did not drive bus after controller-role hand-off target detected an invalid broadcast address 7’hE+W target detected a parity error on a CCC code via a parity check (vs T bit) target detected a parity error on a write data via a parity check (vs T bit) target detected a parity error on the assigned address during dynamic address arbitration via a parity check (vs PAR bit) target detected a 7’hE+R missing after Sr during dynamic address arbitration target detected an illegally formatted CCC target detected that transmitted data on the bus is different from expected others: reserved.
Bit 4: protocol error.
Bit 5: SCL stall error (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 6: RX-FIFO overrun or TX-FIFO underrun i) a TX-FIFO underrun: TX-FIFO is empty and a write data byte has to be transmitted ii) a RX-FIFO overrun: RX-FIFO is full and a new data byte is received.
Bit 7: C-FIFO underrun or S-FIFO overrun (when the I3C is acting as controller) i) a C-FIFO underrun: control FIFO is empty and a restart has to be emitted ii) a S-FIFO overrun: S-FIFO is full and a new message ends.
Bit 8: address not acknowledged (when the I3C is configured as controller) i) a legacy I2C read/write transfer ii) a direct CCC write transfer iii) the second trial of a direct CCC read transfer iv) a private read/write transfer.
Bit 9: data not acknowledged (when the I3C is acting as controller) i) a legacy I2C write transfer ii) the second trial when sending dynamic address during ENTDAA procedure.
Bit 10: data error (when the I3C is acting as controller).
I3C received message register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RADD
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RCODE
r |
IBIRDCNT
r |
Bits 0-2: IBI received payload data count (when the I3C is configured as controller) When the I3C is configured as controller, this field logs the number of data bytes effectively received in the I3C_IBIDR register..
Bits 8-15: received CCC code (when the I3C is configured as target) When the I3C is configured as target, this field logs the received CCC code..
Bits 17-23: received target address (when the I3C is configured as controller) When the I3C is configured as controller, this field logs the received dynamic address from the target during acknowledged IBI or controller-role request..
I3C event register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000003, access: Unspecified
27/27 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
GRPF
r |
DEFF
r |
INTUPDF
r |
ASUPDF
r |
RSTF
r |
MRLUPDF
r |
MWLUPDF
r |
DAUPDF
r |
STAF
r |
GETF
r |
WKPF
r |
HJF
r |
CRUPDF
r |
CRF
r |
IBIENDF
r |
|
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IBIF
r |
ERRF
r |
RXTGTENDF
r |
FCF
r |
RXLASTF
r |
TXLASTF
r |
RXFNEF
r |
TXFNFF
r |
SFNEF
r |
CFNFF
r |
TXFEF
r |
CFEF
r |
Bit 0: C-FIFO empty flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the C-FIFO is empty when controller, and that the I3C_CR register contains no control word (i.e. none IBI/CR/HJ request) when target. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that the C-FIFO is not empty when controller, and that the I3C_CR register contains one control word (i.e. a pending IBI/CR/HJ request) when target. Note: When the I3C is acting as controller, if the C-FIFO and TX-FIFO preload is configured (i.e. I3C_CFGR.TMODE=1), the software must wait for TXFEF=1 and CFEF=1 before starting a new frame transfer..
Bit 1: TX-FIFO empty flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the TX-FIFO is empty. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that the TX-FIFO is not empty. Note: When the I3C is acting as controller, if the C-FIFO and TX-FIFO preload is configured (i.e. I3C_CFGR.TMODE=1), the software must wait for TXFEF=1 and CFEF=1 before starting a new frame transfer..
Bit 2: C-FIFO not full flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a control word is to be written to the C-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that a control word is not to be written to the C-FIFO. Note: The software must wait for CFNFF=1 (by polling or via the enabled interrupt) before writing to C-FIFO (i.e. writing to I3C_CR)..
Bit 3: S-FIFO not empty flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, if the S-FIFO is enabled (i.e. I3C_CFGR.RMODE=1), this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a status word is to be read from the S-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that a status word is not to be read from the S-FIFO..
Bit 4: TX-FIFO not full flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a data byte/word is to be written to the TX-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that a data byte/word is not to be written to the TX-FIFO. Note: The software must wait for TXFNFF=1 (by polling or via the enabled interrupt) before writing to TX-FIFO (i.e. writing to I3C_TDR or I3C_TDWR depending on I3C_CFGR.TXTHRES). Note: When the I3C is acting as target, if the software intends to use the TXFNFF flag for writing into I3C_TDR/I3C_TDWR, it must have configured and set the TX-FIFO preload (i.e. write I3C_TGTTDR.PRELOAD)..
Bit 5: RX-FIFO not empty flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a data byte is to be read from the RX-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that a data byte is not to be read from the RX-FIFO. Note: The software must wait for RXFNEF=1 (by polling or via the enabled interrupt) before reading from RX-FIFO (i.e. writing to I3C_RDR or I3C_RDWR depending on I3C_CFGR.RXTHRES)..
Bit 6: last written data byte/word flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the last data byte/word (depending on I3C_CFGR.TXTHRES) of a message is to be written to the TX-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware when the last data byte/word of a message is written..
Bit 7: last read data byte/word flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the last data byte/word (depending on I3C_CFGR.RXTHRES) of a message is to be read from the RX-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware when the last data byte/word of a message is read..
Bit 9: frame complete flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a frame has been (normally) completed on the I3C bus, i.e when a stop is issued. When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a message addressed to/by this target has been (normally) completed on the I3C bus, i.e when a next stop or repeated start is then issued by the controller. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CFCF bit..
Bit 10: target-initiated read end flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the target has prematurely ended a read transfer. Then, software should read I3C_SR to get more information on the prematurely read transfer. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CRXTGTENDF bit..
Bit 11: flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that an error occurred.Then, software should read I3C_SER to get the error type. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CERRF bit..
Bit 15: IBI flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that an IBI request has been received. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CIBIF bit..
Bit 16: IBI end flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a IBI transfer has been received and completed (IBI acknowledged and IBI data bytes read by controller if any). This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CIBIENDF bit..
Bit 17: controller-role request flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a controller-role request has been acknowledged and completed (by hardware). The software should then issue a GETACCCR CCC (get accept controller role) for the controller-role hand-off procedure. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CCRF bit..
Bit 18: controller-role update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that it has now gained the controller role after the completed controller-role hand-off procedure. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CCRUPDF bit..
Bit 19: hot-join flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that an hot join request has been received. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CHJF bit..
Bit 21: wakeup/missed start flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a start has been detected (i.e. a SDA falling edge followed by a SCL falling edge) but on the next SCL falling edge, the I3C kernel clock is (still) gated. Thus an I3C bus transaction may have been lost by the target. The corresponding interrupt may be used to wakeup the device from a low power mode (Sleep or Stop mode). This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CWKPF bit..
Bit 22: get flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that any direct CCC of get type (GET*** CCC) has been received. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CGETF bit..
Bit 23: get status flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a direct GETSTATUS CCC (get status) has been received. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CSTAF bit..
Bit 24: dynamic address update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a dynamic address update has been received via any of the broadcast ENTDAA, RSTDAA and direct SETNEWDA CCC. Then, software should read I3C_DEVR0.DA[6:0] to get the maximum write length value. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CDAUPDF bit..
Bit 25: maximum write length update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a direct SETMWL CCC (set max write length) has been received. Then, software should read I3C_MAXWLR.MWL[15:0] to get the maximum write length value. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CMWLUPDF bit..
Bit 26: maximum read length update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a direct SETMRL CCC (set max read length) has been received. Then, software should read I3C_MAXRLR.MRL[15:0] to get the maximum read length value. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CMRLUPDF bit..
Bit 27: reset pattern flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a reset pattern has been detected (i.e. 14 SDA transitions while SCL is low, followed by repeated start, then stop). Then, software should read I3C_DEVR0.RSTACT[1:0] and I3C_DEVR0.RSTVAL, to know what reset level is required. If RSTVAL=1: when the RSTF is asserted (and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled), I3C_DEVR0.RSTACT[1:0] dictates the reset action to be performed by the software if any. If RSTVAL=0: when the RSTF is asserted (and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled), the software should issue an I3C reset after a first detected reset pattern, and a system reset on the second one. The corresponding interrupt may be used to wakeup the device from a low power mode (Sleep or Stop mode). This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CRSTF bit..
Bit 28: activity state update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the direct or broadcast ENTASx CCC (with x=0...3) has been received. Then, software should read I3C_DEVR0.AS[1:0]. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CASUPDF bit..
Bit 29: interrupt/controller-role/hot-join update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the direct or broadcast ENEC/DISEC CCC (enable/disable target events) has been received, where a target event is either an interrupt/IBI request, a controller-role request, or an hot-join request. Then, software should read respectively I3C_DEVR0.IBIEN, I3C_DEVR0.CREN or I3C_DEVR0.HJEN. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CINTUPDF bit..
Bit 30: DEFTGTS flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target (and is typically controller capable), this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the broadcast DEFTGTS CCC (define list of targets) has been received. Then, software may store the received data for when getting the controller role. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CDEFF bit..
Bit 31: group addressing flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target (and is typically controller capable), this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the broadcast DEFGRPA CCC (define list of group addresses) has been received. Then, software may store the received data for when getting the controller role. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CGRPF bit..
I3C interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
23/23 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
GRPIE
r |
DEFIE
r |
INTUPDIE
r |
ASUPDIE
r |
RSTIE
r |
MRLUPDIE
r |
MWLUPDIE
r |
DAUPDIE
r |
STAIE
r |
GETIE
r |
WKPIE
r |
HJIE
r |
CRUPDIE
r |
CRIE
r |
IBIENDIE
r |
|
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IBIIE
r |
ERRIE
r |
RXTGTENDIE
r |
FCIE
r |
RXFNEIE
r |
TXFNFIE
r |
SFNEIE
r |
CFNFIE
r |
Bit 2: C-FIFO not full interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 3: S-FIFO not empty interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 4: TX-FIFO not full interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 5: RX-FIFO not empty interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 9: frame complete interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 10: target-initiated read end interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 11: error interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 15: IBI request interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 16: IBI end interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 17: controller-role request interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 18: controller-role update interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 19: hot-join interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 21: wakeup interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 22: GETxxx CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 23: GETSTATUS CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 24: ENTDAA/RSTDAA/SETNEWDA CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 25: SETMWL CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 26: SETMRL CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 27: reset pattern interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 28: ENTASx CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 29: ENEC/DISEC CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 30: DEFTGTS CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 31: DEFGRPA CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
I3C clear event register
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/19 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CGRPF
w |
CDEFF
w |
CINTUPDF
w |
CASUPDF
w |
CRSTF
w |
CMRLUPDF
w |
CMWLUPDF
w |
CDAUPDF
w |
CSTAF
w |
CGETF
w |
CWKPF
w |
CHJF
w |
CCRUPDF
w |
CCRF
w |
CIBIENDF
w |
|
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CIBIF
w |
CERRF
w |
CRXTGTENDF
w |
CFCF
w |
Bit 9: clear frame complete flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 10: clear target-initiated read end flag (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 11: clear error flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 15: clear IBI request flag (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 16: clear IBI end flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 17: clear controller-role request flag (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 18: clear controller-role update flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 19: clear hot-join flag (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 21: clear wakeup flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 22: clear GETxxx CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 23: clear GETSTATUS CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 24: clear ENTDAA/RSTDAA/SETNEWDA CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 25: clear SETMWL CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 26: clear SETMRL CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 27: clear reset pattern flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 28: clear ENTASx CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 29: clear ENEC/DISEC CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 30: clear DEFTGTS CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 31: clear DEFGRPA CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
I3C own device characteristics register
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RSTVAL
r |
RSTACT
r |
AS
r |
HJEN
rw |
CREN
rw |
IBIEN
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DA
rw |
DAVAL
rw |
Bit 0: dynamic address is valid (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field can be written by software, for validating its own dynamic address, for example before a controller-role hand-off. When the I3C is acting as target, this field is asserted by hardware on the acknowledge of the broadcast ENTDAA CCC or the direct SETNEWDA CCC, and this field is cleared by hardware on the acknowledge of the broadcast RSTDAA CCC..
Bits 1-7: 7-bit dynamic address When the I3C is acting as controller, this field can be written by software, for defining its own dynamic address. When the I3C is acting as target, this field is updated by hardware on the reception of either the broadcast ENTDAA CCC or the direct SETNEWDA CCC..
Bit 16: IBI request enable (when the I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0, and is updated by hardware on the reception of DISEC CCC with DISINT=1 (i.e. cleared) and the reception of ENEC CCC with ENINT=1 (i.e. set)..
Bit 17: controller-role request enable (when the I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0, and is updated by hardware on the reception of DISEC CCC with DISCR=1 (i.e. cleared) and the reception of ENEC CCC with ENCR=1 (i.e. set)..
Bit 19: hot-join request enable (when the I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0, and is updated by hardware on the reception of DISEC CCC with DISHJ=1 (i.e. cleared) and the reception of ENEC CCC with ENHJ=1 (i.e. set)..
Bits 20-21: activity state (when the I3C is acting as target) This read field is updated by hardware on the reception of a ENTASx CCC (enter activity state, with x=0-3):.
Bits 22-23: reset action/level on received reset pattern (when the I3C is acting as target) This read field is used by hardware on the reception of a direct read RSTACT CCC in order to return the corresponding data byte on the I3C bus. This read field is updated by hardware on the reception of a broadcast or direct write RSTACT CCC (target reset action). Only the defining bytes 0x00, 0x01 and 0x02 are mapped, and RSTACT[1:0] = Defining Byte[1:0]. a) partially reset the I3C peripheral, by a write and clear of the enable bit of the i3C configuration register (i.e. write I3C_CFGR.EN=0). This reset the I3C bus interface and the I3C kernel sub-parts, without modifying the content of the I3C APB registers (excepted the I3C_CFGR.EN bit). b) reset fully the I3C peripheral including all its registers via a write and set to the I3C reset control bit of the RCC (Reset and Clock Controller) register. a system reset. This has the same impact as a pin reset (i.e. NRST=0) (refer to RCC functional description - Reset part): – the software writes and set the AICR.SYSRESETREQ register control bit, when the device is controlled by a CortexTM-M. – the software writes and set the RCC_GRSTCSETR.SYSRST=1, when the device is controlled by a CortexTM-A..
Bit 24: reset action is valid (when the I3C is acting as target) This read bit is asserted by hardware to indicate that the RTSACT[1:0] field has been updated on the reception of a broadcast or direct write RSTACT CCC (target reset action) and is valid. This field is cleared by hardware when the target receives a frame start. If RSTVAL=1: when the RSTF is asserted (and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled), I3C_DEVR0.RSTACT[1:0] dictates the reset action to be performed by the software if any. If RSTVAL=0: when the RSTF is asserted (and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled), the software should issue an I3C reset after a first detected reset pattern, and a system reset on the second one..
I3C device 1 characteristics register
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIS
r |
SUSP
rw |
IBIDEN
rw |
CRACK
rw |
IBIACK
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DA
rw |
Bits 1-7: assigned I3C dynamic address to target x (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field should be written by software to store the 7-bit dynamic address that the controller sends via a broadcast ENTDAA or a direct SETNEWDA CCC which has been acknowledged by the target x. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 16: IBI request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a IBI request from target x: - After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another IBI request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the controller logs the IBI payload data, if any, depending on I3C_DEVRx.IBIDEN. - The software is notified by the IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; - Independently from IBIACK configuration for this or other devices, further IBI request(s) are NACKed until IBI request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) and controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) are both cleared..
Bit 17: controller-role request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a controller-role request from target x: After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another controller-role request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the message continues as initially programmed. The software is notified by the controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; For effectively granting the controller-role to the requesting secondary controller, software should issue a GETACCCR (formerly known as GETACCMST), followed by a STOP. - Independently of CRACK configuration for this or other devices, further controller-role request(s) are NACKed until controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) and IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) are both cleared..
Bit 18: IBI data enable (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit should be written by software to store the BCR[2] bit as received from the target x during broadcast ENTDAA or direct GETBCR CCC via the received I3C_RDR. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 19: suspend/stop I3C transfer on received IBI (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is used to receive an IBI from target x with pending read notification feature (i.e. with received MDB[7:5]=3’b101). If this bit is set, when an IBI is received (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1), a Stop is emitted on the I3C bus and the C-FIFO is automatically flushed by hardware; to avoid a next private read communication issue if a previous private read message to the target x was stored in the C-FIFO..
Bit 31: DA[6:0] write disabled (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, once that software set IBIACK=1 or CRACK=1, this read bit is set by hardware (i.e. DIS=1) to lock the configured DA[6:0] and IBIDEN values. Then, to be able to next modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN, the software must wait for this field DIS to be de-asserted by hardware (i.e. polling on DIS=0) before modifying these two assigned values to the target x. Indeed, the target may be requesting an IBI or a controller-role meanwhile the controller intends to modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN..
I3C device 2 characteristics register
Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIS
r |
SUSP
rw |
IBIDEN
rw |
CRACK
rw |
IBIACK
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DA
rw |
Bits 1-7: assigned I3C dynamic address to target x (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field should be written by software to store the 7-bit dynamic address that the controller sends via a broadcast ENTDAA or a direct SETNEWDA CCC which has been acknowledged by the target x. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 16: IBI request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a IBI request from target x: - After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another IBI request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the controller logs the IBI payload data, if any, depending on I3C_DEVRx.IBIDEN. - The software is notified by the IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; - Independently from IBIACK configuration for this or other devices, further IBI request(s) are NACKed until IBI request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) and controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) are both cleared..
Bit 17: controller-role request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a controller-role request from target x: After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another controller-role request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the message continues as initially programmed. The software is notified by the controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; For effectively granting the controller-role to the requesting secondary controller, software should issue a GETACCCR (formerly known as GETACCMST), followed by a STOP. - Independently of CRACK configuration for this or other devices, further controller-role request(s) are NACKed until controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) and IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) are both cleared..
Bit 18: IBI data enable (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit should be written by software to store the BCR[2] bit as received from the target x during broadcast ENTDAA or direct GETBCR CCC via the received I3C_RDR. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 19: suspend/stop I3C transfer on received IBI (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is used to receive an IBI from target x with pending read notification feature (i.e. with received MDB[7:5]=3’b101). If this bit is set, when an IBI is received (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1), a Stop is emitted on the I3C bus and the C-FIFO is automatically flushed by hardware; to avoid a next private read communication issue if a previous private read message to the target x was stored in the C-FIFO..
Bit 31: DA[6:0] write disabled (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, once that software set IBIACK=1 or CRACK=1, this read bit is set by hardware (i.e. DIS=1) to lock the configured DA[6:0] and IBIDEN values. Then, to be able to next modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN, the software must wait for this field DIS to be de-asserted by hardware (i.e. polling on DIS=0) before modifying these two assigned values to the target x. Indeed, the target may be requesting an IBI or a controller-role meanwhile the controller intends to modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN..
I3C device 3 characteristics register
Offset: 0x6c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIS
r |
SUSP
rw |
IBIDEN
rw |
CRACK
rw |
IBIACK
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DA
rw |
Bits 1-7: assigned I3C dynamic address to target x (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field should be written by software to store the 7-bit dynamic address that the controller sends via a broadcast ENTDAA or a direct SETNEWDA CCC which has been acknowledged by the target x. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 16: IBI request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a IBI request from target x: - After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another IBI request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the controller logs the IBI payload data, if any, depending on I3C_DEVRx.IBIDEN. - The software is notified by the IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; - Independently from IBIACK configuration for this or other devices, further IBI request(s) are NACKed until IBI request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) and controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) are both cleared..
Bit 17: controller-role request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a controller-role request from target x: After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another controller-role request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the message continues as initially programmed. The software is notified by the controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; For effectively granting the controller-role to the requesting secondary controller, software should issue a GETACCCR (formerly known as GETACCMST), followed by a STOP. - Independently of CRACK configuration for this or other devices, further controller-role request(s) are NACKed until controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) and IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) are both cleared..
Bit 18: IBI data enable (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit should be written by software to store the BCR[2] bit as received from the target x during broadcast ENTDAA or direct GETBCR CCC via the received I3C_RDR. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 19: suspend/stop I3C transfer on received IBI (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is used to receive an IBI from target x with pending read notification feature (i.e. with received MDB[7:5]=3’b101). If this bit is set, when an IBI is received (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1), a Stop is emitted on the I3C bus and the C-FIFO is automatically flushed by hardware; to avoid a next private read communication issue if a previous private read message to the target x was stored in the C-FIFO..
Bit 31: DA[6:0] write disabled (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, once that software set IBIACK=1 or CRACK=1, this read bit is set by hardware (i.e. DIS=1) to lock the configured DA[6:0] and IBIDEN values. Then, to be able to next modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN, the software must wait for this field DIS to be de-asserted by hardware (i.e. polling on DIS=0) before modifying these two assigned values to the target x. Indeed, the target may be requesting an IBI or a controller-role meanwhile the controller intends to modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN..
I3C device 4 characteristics register
Offset: 0x70, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIS
r |
SUSP
rw |
IBIDEN
rw |
CRACK
rw |
IBIACK
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DA
rw |
Bits 1-7: assigned I3C dynamic address to target x (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field should be written by software to store the 7-bit dynamic address that the controller sends via a broadcast ENTDAA or a direct SETNEWDA CCC which has been acknowledged by the target x. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 16: IBI request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a IBI request from target x: - After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another IBI request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the controller logs the IBI payload data, if any, depending on I3C_DEVRx.IBIDEN. - The software is notified by the IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; - Independently from IBIACK configuration for this or other devices, further IBI request(s) are NACKed until IBI request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) and controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) are both cleared..
Bit 17: controller-role request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a controller-role request from target x: After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another controller-role request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the message continues as initially programmed. The software is notified by the controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; For effectively granting the controller-role to the requesting secondary controller, software should issue a GETACCCR (formerly known as GETACCMST), followed by a STOP. - Independently of CRACK configuration for this or other devices, further controller-role request(s) are NACKed until controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) and IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) are both cleared..
Bit 18: IBI data enable (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit should be written by software to store the BCR[2] bit as received from the target x during broadcast ENTDAA or direct GETBCR CCC via the received I3C_RDR. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 19: suspend/stop I3C transfer on received IBI (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is used to receive an IBI from target x with pending read notification feature (i.e. with received MDB[7:5]=3’b101). If this bit is set, when an IBI is received (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1), a Stop is emitted on the I3C bus and the C-FIFO is automatically flushed by hardware; to avoid a next private read communication issue if a previous private read message to the target x was stored in the C-FIFO..
Bit 31: DA[6:0] write disabled (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, once that software set IBIACK=1 or CRACK=1, this read bit is set by hardware (i.e. DIS=1) to lock the configured DA[6:0] and IBIDEN values. Then, to be able to next modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN, the software must wait for this field DIS to be de-asserted by hardware (i.e. polling on DIS=0) before modifying these two assigned values to the target x. Indeed, the target may be requesting an IBI or a controller-role meanwhile the controller intends to modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN..
I3C maximum read length register
Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IBIP
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MRL
rw |
Bits 0-15: maximum data read length (when I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0 and updated by hardware on the reception of SETMRL command (with potentially also updated IBIP[2:0]). Software is notified of a MRL update by the I3C_EVR.MRLUPF and the corresponding interrupt if enabled. This field is used by hardware to return the value on the I3C bus when the target receives a GETMRL CCC..
Bits 16-18: IBI payload data size, in bytes (when I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0 to set the number of data bytes to be sent to the controller after an IBI request has been acknowledged.This field may be updated by hardware on the reception of SETMRL command (which potentially also updated IBIP[2:0]). Software is notified of a MRL update by the I3C_EVR.MRLUPF and the corresponding interrupt if enabled. others: same as 100.
I3C maximum write length register
Offset: 0x94, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MWL
rw |
Bits 0-15: maximum data write length (when I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0 and updated by hardware on the reception of SETMWL command. Software is notified of a MWL update by the I3C_EVR.MWLUPF and the corresponding interrupt if enabled. This field is used by hardware to return the value on the I3C bus when the target receives a GETMWL CCC..
I3C timing register 0
Offset: 0xa0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SCLH_I2C
rw |
SCLL_OD
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SCLH_I3C
rw |
SCLL_PP
rw |
Bits 0-7: SCL low duration in I3C push-pull phases, in number of kernel clocks cycles: tSCLL_PP = (SCLL_PP + 1) x tI3CCLK SCLL_PP is used to generate tLOW (I3C) timing..
Bits 8-15: SCL high duration, used for I3C messages (both in push-pull and open-drain phases), in number of kernel clocks cycles: tSCLH_I3C = (SCLH_I3C + 1) x tI3CCLK SCLH_I3C is used to generate both tHIGH (I3C) and tHIGH_MIXED timings..
Bits 16-23: SCL low duration in open-drain phases, used for legacy I2C commands and for I3C open-drain phases (address header phase following a START, not a Repeated START), in number of kernel clocks cycles: tSCLL_OD = (SCLL_OD + 1) x tI3CCLK SCLL_OD is used to generate both tLOW (I2C) and tLOW_OD timings (max. of the two)..
Bits 24-31: SCL high duration, used for legacy I2C commands, in number of kernel clocks cycles: tSCLH_I2C = (SCLH_I2C + 1) x tI3CCLK SCLH_I2C is used to generate tHIGH (I2C) timing..
I3C timing register 1
Offset: 0xa4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SDA_HD
rw |
FREE
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ASNCR
rw |
AVAL
rw |
Bits 0-7: number of kernel clock cycles, that is used whatever I3C is acting as controller or target, to set the following MIPI I3C timings, like bus available condition time: When the I3C is acting as target: for bus available condition time: it must wait for (bus available condition) time to be elapsed after a stop and before issuing a start request for an IBI or a controller-role request (i.e. bus free condition is sustained for at least tAVAL). refer to MIPI timing tAVAL = 1 �s. This timing is defined by: tAVAL = (AVAL[7:0] + 2) x tI3CCLK for bus idle condition time: it must wait for (bus idle condition) time to be elapsed after that both SDA and SCL are continuously high and stable before issuing a hot-join event. Refer to MIPI v1.1 timing tIDLE = 200 �s . This timing is defined by: tIDLE = (AVAL[7:0] + 2) x 200 x tI3CCLK When the I3C is acting as controller, it can not stall the clock beyond a maximum stall time (i.e. stall the SCL clock low), as follows: on first bit of assigned address during dynamic address assignment: it can not stall the clock beyond the MIPI timing tSTALLDAA = 15 ms. This timing is defined by: tSTALLDAA = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x 15000 x tI3CCLK on ACK/NACK phase of I3C/I2C transfer, on parity bit of write data transfer, on transition bit of I3C read transfer: it can not stall the clock beyond the MIPI timing tSTALL = 100 �s. This timing is defined by: tSTALL = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x 100 x tI3CCLK Whatever the I3C is acting as controller or as (controller-capable) target, during a controller-role hand-off procedure: The new controller must wait for a time (refer to MIPI timing tNEWCRLock) before pulling SDA low (i.e. issuing a start). And the active controller must wait for the same time while monitoring new controller and before testing the new controller by pulling SDA low. This time to wait is dependent on the defined I3C_TIMINGR1.ANSCR[1:0], as follows: If ASNCR[1:0]=00: tNEWCRLock = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x tI3CCLK If ASNCR[1:0]=01: tNEWCRLock = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x 100 x tI3CCLK If ASNCR[1:0]=10: tNEWCRLock = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x 2000 x tI3CCLK If ASNCR[1:0]=11: tNEWCRLock = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x 50000 x tI3CCLK.
Bits 8-9: activity state of the new controller (when I3C is acting as - active- controller) This field indicates the time to wait before being accessed as new target, refer to the other field AVAL[7:0]. This field can be modified only when the I3C is acting as controller..
Bits 16-22: number of kernel clocks cycles that is used to set some MIPI timings like bus free condition time (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller: for I3C start timing: it must wait for (bus free condition) time to be elapsed after a stop and before a start, refer to MIPI timings (I3C) tCAS and (I2C) tBUF. These timings are defined by: tBUF= tCAS = [ (FREE[6:0] + 1) x 2 - (0,5 + SDA_HD)] x tI3CCLK Note: for pure I3C bus: tCASmin= 38,4 ns. Note: for pure I3C bus: tCASmax=1�s, 100�s, 2ms, 50ms for respectively ENTAS0,1,2, and 3. Note: for mixed bus with I2C fm+ device: tBUFmin = 0,5 �s. Note: for mixed bus with I2C fm device: tBUFmin = 1,3 �s. for I3C repeated start timing: it must wait for time to be elapsed after a repeated start (i.e. SDA is de-asserted) and before driving SCL low, refer to. MIPI timing tCASr. This timing is defined by: tCASr = [ (FREE[6:0] + 1) x 2 - (0,5 + SDA_HD)] x tI3CCLK for I3C stop timing: it must wait for time to be elapsed after that the SCL clock is driven high and before the stop condition (i.e. SDA is asserted). This timing is defined by: tCBP = (FREE[6:0] + 1) x tI3CCLK for I3C repeated start timing (T-bit when controller ends read with repeated start followed by stop): it must wait for time to be elapsed after that the SCL clock is driven high and before the repeated start condition (i.e. SDA is de-asserted). This timing is defined by: tCBSr = (FREE[6:0] + 1) x tI3CCLK.
Bit 28: SDA hold time (when the I3C is acting as controller), in number of kernel clocks cycles (refer to MIPI timing SDA hold time in push-pull tHD_PP):.
I3C timing register 2
Offset: 0xa8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Controller clock stall on T-bit phase of Data enable The SCL is stalled during STALL x tSCLL_PP in the T-bit phase (before 9th bit). This allows the target to prepare data to be sent..
Bit 1: controller clock stall on PAR phase of Data enable The SCL is stalled during STALL x tSCLL_PP in the T-bit phase (before 9th bit). This allows the target to read received data..
Bit 2: controller clock stall on PAR phase of CCC enable The SCL is stalled during STALL x tSCLL_PP in the T-bit phase of common command code (before 9th bit). This allows the target to decode the command..
Bit 3: controller clock stall enable on ACK phase The SCL is stalled (during tSCLL_STALLas defined by STALL) in the address ACK/NACK phase (before 9th bit). This allows the target to prepare data or the controller to respond to target interrupt..
Bits 8-15: controller clock stall time, in number of kernel clock cycles tSCLL_STALL = STALL x tI3CCLK.
I3C bus characteristics register
Offset: 0xc0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
I3C device characteristics register
Offset: 0xc4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DCR
rw |
I3C get capability register
Offset: 0xc8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CAPPEND
rw |
Bit 14: IBI MDB support for pending read notification This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and indicates the support (or not) of the pending read notification via the IBI MDB[7:0] value. This bit is used to return the GETCAP3 byte in response to the GETCAPS CCC format 1..
I3C controller-role capability register
Offset: 0xcc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 3: delayed controller-role hand-off This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and indicates if this target I3C may need additional time to process a controller-role hand-off requested by the current controller. This bit is used to return the CRCAP2 byte in response to the GETCAPS CCC format 2..
Bit 9: group management support (when acting as controller) This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and indicates if the I3C is able to support group management when it acts as a controller (after controller-role hand-off) via emitted DEFGRPA, RSTGRPA, and SETGRPA CCC. This bit is used to return the CRCAP1 byte in response to the GETCAPS CCC format 2..
I3C get capability register
Offset: 0xd0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TSCO
rw |
RDTURN
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
FMT
rw |
HOFFAS
rw |
Bits 0-1: controller hand-off activity state This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and indicates in which initial activity state the (other) current controller should expect the I3C bus after a controller-role hand-off to this controller-capable I3C, when returning the defining byte CRHDLY (0x91) to a GETMXDS CCC. This 2-bit field is used to return the CRHDLY1 byte in response to the GETCAPS CCC format 3, in order to state which is the activity state of this I3C when becoming controller after a controller-role hand-off, and consequently the time the former controller should wait before testing this I3C to be confirmed its ownership..
Bits 8-9: GETMXDS CCC format This field is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and indicates how is returned the GETMXDS format 1 (without MaxRdTurn) and format 2 (with MaxRdTurn). This bit is used to return the 2-byte format 1 (MaxWr, MaxRd) or 5-byte format 2 (MaxWr, MaxRd, 3-byte MaxRdTurn) byte in response to the GETCAPS CCC. - 3-byte MaxRdTurn is returned with MSB=0, middle byte=0 and LSB=RDTURN[7:0]. - Max read turnaround time is less than 256 �s. - 3-byte MaxRdTurn is returned with MSB=0, middle byte=RDTURN[7:0] and LSB=0. - Max read turnaround time is between 256 �s and 65535 �s - 3-byte MaxRdTurn is returned with MSB=RDTURN[7:0], middle byte=0 and LSB=0. - Max read turnaround time is between 65535 �s and 16 s..
Bits 16-23: programmed byte of the 3-byte MaxRdTurn (maximum read turnaround byte) This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and writes the value of the selected byte (via the FMT[1:0] field) of the 3-byte MaxRdTurn which is returned in response to the GETMXDS CCC format 2 to encode the maximum read turnaround time..
Bit 24: clock-to-data turnaround time (tSCO) This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and is used to specify the clock-to-data turnaround time tSCO (vs the value of 12 ns). This bit is used by the hardware in response to the GETMXDS CCC to return the encoded clock-to-data turnaround time via the returned MaxRd[5:3] bits..
I3C extended provisioned ID register
Offset: 0xd4, size: 32, reset: 0x02080000, access: Unspecified
2/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MIPIMID
r |
IDTSEL
r |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MIPIID
rw |
Bits 12-15: 4-bit MIPI Instance ID This field is written by software to set and identify individually each instance of this I3C IP with a specific number on a single I3C bus. This field represents the bits[15:12] of the 48-bit provisioned ID. Note: The bits[11:0] of the provisioned ID may be 0..
Bit 16: provisioned ID type selector This field is set as 0 i.e. vendor fixed value. This field represents the bit[32] of the 48-bit provisioned ID. Note: The bits[31:16] of the provisioned ID may be 0..
Bits 17-31: 15-bit MIPI manufacturer ID This read field is the 15-bit STMicroelectronics MIPI ID i.e. 0x0104. This field represents the bits[47:33] of the 48-bit provisioned ID..
0x44003000: Improved inter-integrated circuit
79/191 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | I3C_CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x0 | I3C_CR_ALTERNATE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | I3C_CFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | I3C_RDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | I3C_RDWR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | I3C_TDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | I3C_TDWR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | I3C_IBIDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | I3C_TGTTDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | I3C_SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | I3C_SER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | I3C_RMR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | I3C_EVR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | I3C_IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | I3C_CEVR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | I3C_DEVR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | I3C_DEVR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 | I3C_DEVR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x6c | I3C_DEVR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x70 | I3C_DEVR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x90 | I3C_MAXRLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x94 | I3C_MAXWLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa0 | I3C_TIMINGR0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa4 | I3C_TIMINGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa8 | I3C_TIMINGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc0 | I3C_BCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc4 | I3C_DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc8 | I3C_GETCAPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xcc | I3C_CRCAPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd0 | I3C_GETMXDSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd4 | I3C_EPIDR |
I3C message control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MEND
w |
MTYPE
w |
ADD
w |
RNW
w |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DCNT
w |
Bits 0-15: count of data to transfer during a read or write message, in bytes (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) Linear encoding up to 64 Kbytes -1 ....
Bit 16: read / non-write message (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as controller, this field is used if MTYPE[3:0]=0010 (private message) or MTYPE[3:0]=0011 (direct message) or MTYPE[3:0]=0100 (legacy I2C message), in order to emit the RnW bit on the I3C bus..
Bits 17-23: 7-bit I3C dynamic / I2C static target address (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as controller, this field is used if MTYPE[3:0]=0010 (private message) or MTYPE[3:0]=0011 (direct message) or MTYPE[3:0]=0100 (legacy I2C message).
Bits 27-30: message type (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) Bits[26:0] are ignored. After M2 error detection on an I3C SDR message, this is needed for SCL “stuck at” recovery. Bits[26:0] are ignored. If I3C_CFGR.EXITPTRN=1, an HDR exit pattern is emitted on the bus to generate an escalation fault. Bits[23:17] (ADD[6:0]) is the emitted 7-bit dynamic address. Bit[16] (RNW) is the emitted RnW bit. The transferred private message is: {S / S+7’h7E+RnW=0+Sr / Sr+*} + 7-bit DynAddr + RnW + (8-bit Data + T)* + Sr/P. After a S (START), depending on I3C_CFGR.NOARBH, the arbitrable header (7’h7E+RnW=0) is inserted or not. Sr+*: after a Sr (Repeated Start), the hardware automatically inserts (7’h7E+RnW=0) if needed, i.e. if it follows an I3C direct message without ending by a P (Stop). Bits[23:17] (ADD[6:0]) is the emitted 7-bit dynamic address. Bit[16] (RNW) is the emitted RnW bit. The transferred direct message is: Sr + 7-bit DynAddr + RnW + (8-bit Data + T)* + Sr/P Bits[23:17] (ADD[6:0]) is the emitted 7-bit static address. Bit[16] (RNW) is the emitted RnW bit. The transferred legacy I2C message is: {S / S+ 7’h7E+RnW=0 + Sr / Sr+*} + 7-bit StaAddr + RnW + (8-bit Data + T)* + Sr/P. After a S (START), depending on I3C_CFGR.NOARBH, the arbitrable header (7’h7E+RnW=0) is inserted or not. Sr+*: after a Sr (Repeated Start), the hardware automatically inserts (7’h7E+RnW=0) if needed, i.e. if it follows an I3C direct message without ending by a P (Stop). 1xxx: reserved (when I3C is acting as I3C controller, used when target) 0xxx: reserved {S +} 7’h02 addr + RnW=0 {S +} 7-bit I3C_DEVR0.DA[6:0] + RnW=0 after a bus available condition (the target first emits a START request), or once the controller drives a START. {S +} 7-bit I3C_DEVR0.DA[6:0] + RnW=1 (+Ack/Nack from controller) When acknowledged from controller, the next (optional, depending on I3C_BCR.BCR2) transmitted IBI payload data is defined by I3C_CR.DCNT[15:0] and must be consistently programmed vs the maximum IBI payload data size which is defined by I3C_IBIDR.IBIP[2:0]. Others: reserved.
Bit 31: message end type (when the I3C is acting as controller).
I3C message control register alternate
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MEND
w |
MTYPE
w |
CCC
w |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DCNT
w |
Bits 0-15: count of data to transfer during a read or write message, in bytes (when I3C is acting as controller) Linear encoding up to 64 Kbytes -1. ....
Bits 16-23: 8-bit CCC code (when I3C is acting as controller) If Bit[23]=CCC[7]=1, this is the 1st part of an I3C SDR direct CCC command. If Bit[23]=CCC[7]=0, this is an I3C SDR broadcast CCC command (including ENTDAA and ENTHDR0)..
Bits 27-30: message type (when I3C is acting as controller) Bits[23:16] (CCC[7:0]) is the emitted 8-bit CCC code If Bit[23]=CCC[7]=1: this is the 1st part of an I3C SDR direct CCC command The transferred direct CCC command message is: {S / S+7’h7E +RnW=0 / Sr+*} + (direct CCC + T) + (8-bit Data + T)* + Sr After a S (START), depending on I3C_CFGR.NOARBH, the arbitrable header (7’h7E+RnW=0) is inserted or not. Sr+*: after a Sr (Repeated Start), the hardware automatically inserts (7’h7E+R/W). If Bit[23]=CCC[7]=0: this is an I3C SDR broadcast CCC command (including ENTDAA and ENTHDR0) The transferred broadcast CCC command message is: {S / S+7’h7E +RnW=0 / Sr+*} + (broadcast CCC + T) + (8-bit Data + T)* + Sr/P After a S (START), depending on I3C_CFGR.NOARBH, the arbitrable header (7’h7E+RnW=0) is inserted or not. Sr+*: after a Sr (Repeated Start), the hardware automatically inserts (7’h7E+R/W). others: reserved.
Bit 31: message end type (when I3C is acting as controller).
I3C configuration register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TSFSET
w |
CFLUSH
w |
CDMAEN
rw |
TMODE
rw |
RMODE
rw |
SFLUSH
w |
SDMAEN
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TXTHRES
rw |
TXFLUSH
w |
TXDMAEN
rw |
RXTHRES
rw |
RXFLUSH
w |
RXDMAEN
rw |
HJACK
rw |
HKSDAEN
rw |
EXITPTRN
rw |
RSTPTRN
rw |
NOARBH
rw |
CRINIT
rw |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: I3C enable (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) - Except registers, the peripheral is under reset (a.k.a. partial reset). - Before clearing EN, when I3C is acting as a controller, all the possible target requests must be disabled using DISEC CCC. - When I3C is acting as a target, software should not disable the I3C, unless a partial reset is needed. In this state, some register fields can not be modified (like CRINIT, HKSDAEN for the I3C_CFGR).
Bit 1: initial controller/target role This bit can be modified only when I3C_CFGR.EN = 0. Once enabled by setting I3C_CFGR.EN = 1, I3C peripheral initially acts as an I3C target. I3C does not drive SCL line and does not enable SDA pull-up, until it eventually acquires the controller role. Once enabled by setting I3C_CFGR.EN = 1, I3C peripheral initially acts as a controller. It has the I3C controller role, so drives SCL line and enables SDA pull-up, until it eventually offers the controller role to an I3C secondary controller..
Bit 2: no arbitrable header after a START (when I3C is acting as a controller) This bit can be modified only when there is no on-going frame. - The target address is emitted directly after a START in case of a legacy I2C message or an I3C SDR private read/write message. - This is a more performing option (when is useless the emission of the 0x7E arbitrable header), but this is to be used only when the controller is sure that the addressed target device can not emit concurrently an IBI or a controller-role request (to insure no misinterpretation and no potential conflict between the address emitted by the controller in open-drain mode and the same address a target device can emit after a START, for IBI or MR)..
Bit 3: HDR reset pattern enable (when I3C is acting as a controller) This bit can be modified only when there is no on-going frame..
Bit 4: HDR Exit Pattern enable (when I3C is acting as a controller) This bit can be modified only when there is no on-going frame. This is used to send only the header to test ownership of the bus when there is a suspicion of problem after controller-role hand-off (new controller didn’t assert its controller-role by accessing the previous one in less than Activity State time). The HDR Exit Pattern is sent even if the message header {S/Sr + 0x7E addr + W } is ACKed..
Bit 5: High-keeper enable on SDA line (when I3C is acting as a controller) This bit can be modified only when I3C_CFGR.EN=0..
Bit 7: Hot Join request acknowledge (when I3C is acting as a controller) After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the hot-joining target is aware of the NACK and surely emits another hot-join request later on). After the ACK, the message continues as initially programmed. The software is aware by the HJ interrupt (flag I3C_EVR.HJF is set) and initiates the ENTDAA sequence later on, potentially preventing others Hot Join requests with a Disable target events command (DISEC, with DISHJ=1). Independently of the HJACK configuration, further Hot Join request(s) are NACKed until the Hot Join flag, HJF, is cleared. However, a NACKed target can be assigned a dynamic address by the ENTDAA sequence initiated later on by the first HJ request, preventing this target to emit an HJ request again..
Bit 8: RX-FIFO DMA request enable (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) - Software reads and pops a data byte/word from RX-FIFO i.e. reads I3C_RDR or I3C_RDWR register. - A next data byte/word is to be read by the software either via polling on the flag I3C_EVR.RXFNEF=1 or via interrupt notification (enabled by I3C_IER.RXFNEIE=1). - DMA reads and pops data byte(s)/word(s) from RX-FIFO i.e. reads I3C_RDR or I3C_RDWR register. - A next data byte/word is automatically read by the programmed hardware (i.e. via the asserted RX-FIFO DMA request from the I3C and the programmed DMA channel)..
Bit 9: RX-FIFO flush (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) This bit can only be written..
Bit 10: RX-FIFO threshold (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) This threshold defines, compared to the RX-FIFO level, when the I3C_EVR.RXFNEF flag is set (and consequently if RXDMAEN=1 when is asserted a DMA RX request). RXFNEF is set when 1 byte is to be read in RX-FIFO (i.e. in I3C_RDR). RXFNEF is set when 4 bytes are to be read in RX-FIFO (i.e. in I3C_RDWR)..
Bit 12: TX-FIFO DMA request enable (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) - Software writes and pushes a data byte/word into TX-FIFO i.e. writes I3C_TDR or I3C_TDWR register, to be transmitted over the I3C bus. - A next data byte/word is to be written by the software either via polling on the flag I3C_EVR.TXFNFF=1 or via interrupt notification (enabled by I3C_IER.TXFNFIE=1). - DMA writes and pushes data byte(s)/word(s) into TX-FIFO i.e. writes I3C_TDR or I3C_TDWR register. - A next data byte/word transfer is automatically pushed by the programmed hardware (i.e. via the asserted TX-FIFO DMA request from the I3C and the programmed DMA channel)..
Bit 13: TX-FIFO flush (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) This bit can only be written. When the I3C is acting as target, this bit can be used to flush the TX-FIFO on a private read if the controller has early ended the read data (i.e. driven low the T bit) and there is/are remaining data in the TX-FIFO (i.e. I3C_SR.ABT=1 and I3C_SR.XDCNT[15:0] < I3C_TGTTDR.TGTTDCNT[15:0])..
Bit 14: TX-FIFO threshold (whatever I3C is acting as controller/target) This threshold defines, compared to the TX-FIFO level, when the I3C_EVR.TXFNFF flag is set (and consequently if TXDMAEN=1 when is asserted a DMA TX request). TXFNFF is set when 1 byte is to be written in TX-FIFO (i.e. in I3C_TDR). TXFNFF is set when 4 bytes are to be written in TX-FIFO (i.e. in I3C_TDWR)..
Bit 16: S-FIFO DMA request enable (when I3C is acting as controller) Condition: When RMODE=1 (FIFO is enabled for the status): - Software reads and pops a status word from S-FIFO i.e. reads I3C_SR register after a completed frame (I3C_EVR.FCF=1) or an error (I3C_EVR.ERRF=1). - A status word can be read by the software either via polling on these register flags or via interrupt notification (enabled by I3C_IER.FCIE=1 and I3C_IER.ERRIE=1). - DMA reads and pops status word(s) from S-FIFO i.e. reads I3C_SR register. - Status word(s) are automatically read by the programmed hardware (i.e. via the asserted S-FIFO DMA request from the I3C and the programmed DMA channel)..
Bit 17: S-FIFO flush (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as I3C controller, this bit can only be written (and is only used when I3C is acting as controller)..
Bit 18: S-FIFO enable / status receive mode (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as I3C controller, this bit is used for the enabling the FIFO for the status (S-FIFO) vs the received status from the target on the I3C bus. When I3C is acting as target, this bit must be cleared. - Status register (i.e. I3C_SR) is used without FIFO mechanism. - There is no SCL stretch if a new status register content is not read. - Status register must be read before being lost/overwritten. All message status must be read. There is SCL stretch when there is no more space in the S-FIFO..
Bit 19: transmit mode (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as I3C controller, this bit is used for the C-FIFO and TX-FIFO management vs the emitted frame on the I3C bus. A frame transfer starts as soon as first control word is present in C-FIFO..
Bit 20: C-FIFO DMA request enable (when I3C is acting as controller) When I3C is acting as controller: - Software writes and pushes control word(s) into C-FIFO i.e. writes I3C_CR register, as needed for a given frame. - A next control word transfer can be written by software either via polling on the flag I3C_EVR.CFNFF=1 or via interrupt notification (enabled by I3C_IER.CFNFIE=1). - DMA writes and pushes control word(s) into C-FIFO i.e. writes I3C_CR register, as needed for a given frame. - A next control word transfer is automatically written by the programmed hardware (i.e. via the asserted C-FIFO DMA request from the I3C and the programmed DMA channel)..
Bit 21: C-FIFO flush (when I3C is acting as controller) This bit can only be written..
Bit 30: frame transfer set (a.k.a. software trigger) (when I3C is acting as controller) This bit can only be written. When I3C is acting as I3C controller: Note: If this bit is not set, the other alternative for the software to initiate a frame transfer is to directly write the first control word register (i.e. I3C_CR) while C-FIFO is empty (i.e. I3C_EVR.CFEF=1). Then, if the first written control word is not tagged as a message end (i.e I3C_CR.MEND=0), it causes the hardware to assert the flag I3C_EVR.CFNFF (C-FIFO not full and a next control word is needed)..
I3C receive data byte register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RDB0
r |
I3C receive data word register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
I3C transmit data byte register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDB0
w |
I3C transmit data word register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
I3C IBI payload data register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IBIDB3
rw |
IBIDB2
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IBIDB1
rw |
IBIDB0
rw |
Bits 0-7: 8-bit IBI payload data (earliest byte on I3C bus, i.e. MDB[7:0] mandatory data byte)..
Bits 8-15: 8-bit IBI payload data (next byte on I3C bus after IBIDB0[7:0])..
Bits 16-23: 8-bit IBI payload data (next byte on I3C bus after IBIDB1[7:0])..
Bits 24-31: 8-bit IBI payload data (latest byte on I3C bus)..
I3C target transmit configuration register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRELOAD
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TGTTDCNT
rw |
Bits 0-15: transmit data counter, in bytes (when I3C is configured as target) This field must be written by software in the same access when is asserted PRELOAD, in order to define the number of bytes to preload and to transmit. This field is updated by hardware and reports, when read, the remaining number of bytes to be loaded into the TX-FIFO..
Bit 16: preload of the TX-FIFO (when I3C is configured as target) This bit must be written and asserted by software in the same access when is written and defined the number of bytes to preload into the TX-FIFO and to transmit. This bit is cleared by hardware when all the data bytes to transmit are loaded into the TX-FIFO..
I3C status register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MID
r |
DIR
r |
ABT
r |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
XDCNT
r |
Bits 0-15: data counter - When the I3C is acting as controller: number of targets detected on the bus - When the I3C is acting as target: number of transmitted bytes - Whatever the I3C is acting as controller or target: number of data bytes read from or transmitted on the I3C bus during the MID[7:0] message.
Bit 17: a private read message is completed/aborted prematurely by the target (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit indicates if the private read data which is transmitted by the target early terminates (i.e. the target drives T bit low earlier vs what does expect the controller in terms of programmed number of read data bytes i.e. I3C_CR.DCNT[15:0])..
Bit 18: message direction Whatever the I3C is acting as controller or target, this bit indicates the direction of the related message on the I3C bus Note: ENTDAA CCC is considered as a write command..
Bits 24-31: message identifier/counter of a given frame (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field identifies the control word message (i.e. I3C_CR) to which the I3C_SR status register refers. First message of a frame is identified with MID[7:0]=0. This field is incremented (by hardware) on the completion of a new message control word (i.e. I3C_CR) over I3C bus. This field is reset for every new frame start..
I3C status error register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
Bits 0-3: protocol error code/type controller detected an illegally formatted CCC controller detected that transmitted data on the bus is different from expected controller detected a not acknowledged broadcast address (7’hE) controller detected the new controller did not drive bus after controller-role hand-off target detected an invalid broadcast address 7’hE+W target detected a parity error on a CCC code via a parity check (vs T bit) target detected a parity error on a write data via a parity check (vs T bit) target detected a parity error on the assigned address during dynamic address arbitration via a parity check (vs PAR bit) target detected a 7’hE+R missing after Sr during dynamic address arbitration target detected an illegally formatted CCC target detected that transmitted data on the bus is different from expected others: reserved.
Bit 4: protocol error.
Bit 5: SCL stall error (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 6: RX-FIFO overrun or TX-FIFO underrun i) a TX-FIFO underrun: TX-FIFO is empty and a write data byte has to be transmitted ii) a RX-FIFO overrun: RX-FIFO is full and a new data byte is received.
Bit 7: C-FIFO underrun or S-FIFO overrun (when the I3C is acting as controller) i) a C-FIFO underrun: control FIFO is empty and a restart has to be emitted ii) a S-FIFO overrun: S-FIFO is full and a new message ends.
Bit 8: address not acknowledged (when the I3C is configured as controller) i) a legacy I2C read/write transfer ii) a direct CCC write transfer iii) the second trial of a direct CCC read transfer iv) a private read/write transfer.
Bit 9: data not acknowledged (when the I3C is acting as controller) i) a legacy I2C write transfer ii) the second trial when sending dynamic address during ENTDAA procedure.
Bit 10: data error (when the I3C is acting as controller).
I3C received message register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RADD
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RCODE
r |
IBIRDCNT
r |
Bits 0-2: IBI received payload data count (when the I3C is configured as controller) When the I3C is configured as controller, this field logs the number of data bytes effectively received in the I3C_IBIDR register..
Bits 8-15: received CCC code (when the I3C is configured as target) When the I3C is configured as target, this field logs the received CCC code..
Bits 17-23: received target address (when the I3C is configured as controller) When the I3C is configured as controller, this field logs the received dynamic address from the target during acknowledged IBI or controller-role request..
I3C event register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000003, access: Unspecified
27/27 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
GRPF
r |
DEFF
r |
INTUPDF
r |
ASUPDF
r |
RSTF
r |
MRLUPDF
r |
MWLUPDF
r |
DAUPDF
r |
STAF
r |
GETF
r |
WKPF
r |
HJF
r |
CRUPDF
r |
CRF
r |
IBIENDF
r |
|
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IBIF
r |
ERRF
r |
RXTGTENDF
r |
FCF
r |
RXLASTF
r |
TXLASTF
r |
RXFNEF
r |
TXFNFF
r |
SFNEF
r |
CFNFF
r |
TXFEF
r |
CFEF
r |
Bit 0: C-FIFO empty flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the C-FIFO is empty when controller, and that the I3C_CR register contains no control word (i.e. none IBI/CR/HJ request) when target. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that the C-FIFO is not empty when controller, and that the I3C_CR register contains one control word (i.e. a pending IBI/CR/HJ request) when target. Note: When the I3C is acting as controller, if the C-FIFO and TX-FIFO preload is configured (i.e. I3C_CFGR.TMODE=1), the software must wait for TXFEF=1 and CFEF=1 before starting a new frame transfer..
Bit 1: TX-FIFO empty flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the TX-FIFO is empty. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that the TX-FIFO is not empty. Note: When the I3C is acting as controller, if the C-FIFO and TX-FIFO preload is configured (i.e. I3C_CFGR.TMODE=1), the software must wait for TXFEF=1 and CFEF=1 before starting a new frame transfer..
Bit 2: C-FIFO not full flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a control word is to be written to the C-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that a control word is not to be written to the C-FIFO. Note: The software must wait for CFNFF=1 (by polling or via the enabled interrupt) before writing to C-FIFO (i.e. writing to I3C_CR)..
Bit 3: S-FIFO not empty flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, if the S-FIFO is enabled (i.e. I3C_CFGR.RMODE=1), this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a status word is to be read from the S-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that a status word is not to be read from the S-FIFO..
Bit 4: TX-FIFO not full flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a data byte/word is to be written to the TX-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that a data byte/word is not to be written to the TX-FIFO. Note: The software must wait for TXFNFF=1 (by polling or via the enabled interrupt) before writing to TX-FIFO (i.e. writing to I3C_TDR or I3C_TDWR depending on I3C_CFGR.TXTHRES). Note: When the I3C is acting as target, if the software intends to use the TXFNFF flag for writing into I3C_TDR/I3C_TDWR, it must have configured and set the TX-FIFO preload (i.e. write I3C_TGTTDR.PRELOAD)..
Bit 5: RX-FIFO not empty flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a data byte is to be read from the RX-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware to indicate that a data byte is not to be read from the RX-FIFO. Note: The software must wait for RXFNEF=1 (by polling or via the enabled interrupt) before reading from RX-FIFO (i.e. writing to I3C_RDR or I3C_RDWR depending on I3C_CFGR.RXTHRES)..
Bit 6: last written data byte/word flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the last data byte/word (depending on I3C_CFGR.TXTHRES) of a message is to be written to the TX-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware when the last data byte/word of a message is written..
Bit 7: last read data byte/word flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the last data byte/word (depending on I3C_CFGR.RXTHRES) of a message is to be read from the RX-FIFO. This flag is de-asserted by hardware when the last data byte/word of a message is read..
Bit 9: frame complete flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a frame has been (normally) completed on the I3C bus, i.e when a stop is issued. When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a message addressed to/by this target has been (normally) completed on the I3C bus, i.e when a next stop or repeated start is then issued by the controller. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CFCF bit..
Bit 10: target-initiated read end flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the target has prematurely ended a read transfer. Then, software should read I3C_SR to get more information on the prematurely read transfer. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CRXTGTENDF bit..
Bit 11: flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target) This flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that an error occurred.Then, software should read I3C_SER to get the error type. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CERRF bit..
Bit 15: IBI flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that an IBI request has been received. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CIBIF bit..
Bit 16: IBI end flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a IBI transfer has been received and completed (IBI acknowledged and IBI data bytes read by controller if any). This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CIBIENDF bit..
Bit 17: controller-role request flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a controller-role request has been acknowledged and completed (by hardware). The software should then issue a GETACCCR CCC (get accept controller role) for the controller-role hand-off procedure. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CCRF bit..
Bit 18: controller-role update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that it has now gained the controller role after the completed controller-role hand-off procedure. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CCRUPDF bit..
Bit 19: hot-join flag (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that an hot join request has been received. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CHJF bit..
Bit 21: wakeup/missed start flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a start has been detected (i.e. a SDA falling edge followed by a SCL falling edge) but on the next SCL falling edge, the I3C kernel clock is (still) gated. Thus an I3C bus transaction may have been lost by the target. The corresponding interrupt may be used to wakeup the device from a low power mode (Sleep or Stop mode). This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CWKPF bit..
Bit 22: get flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that any direct CCC of get type (GET*** CCC) has been received. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CGETF bit..
Bit 23: get status flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a direct GETSTATUS CCC (get status) has been received. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CSTAF bit..
Bit 24: dynamic address update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a dynamic address update has been received via any of the broadcast ENTDAA, RSTDAA and direct SETNEWDA CCC. Then, software should read I3C_DEVR0.DA[6:0] to get the maximum write length value. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CDAUPDF bit..
Bit 25: maximum write length update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a direct SETMWL CCC (set max write length) has been received. Then, software should read I3C_MAXWLR.MWL[15:0] to get the maximum write length value. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CMWLUPDF bit..
Bit 26: maximum read length update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a direct SETMRL CCC (set max read length) has been received. Then, software should read I3C_MAXRLR.MRL[15:0] to get the maximum read length value. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CMRLUPDF bit..
Bit 27: reset pattern flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that a reset pattern has been detected (i.e. 14 SDA transitions while SCL is low, followed by repeated start, then stop). Then, software should read I3C_DEVR0.RSTACT[1:0] and I3C_DEVR0.RSTVAL, to know what reset level is required. If RSTVAL=1: when the RSTF is asserted (and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled), I3C_DEVR0.RSTACT[1:0] dictates the reset action to be performed by the software if any. If RSTVAL=0: when the RSTF is asserted (and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled), the software should issue an I3C reset after a first detected reset pattern, and a system reset on the second one. The corresponding interrupt may be used to wakeup the device from a low power mode (Sleep or Stop mode). This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CRSTF bit..
Bit 28: activity state update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the direct or broadcast ENTASx CCC (with x=0...3) has been received. Then, software should read I3C_DEVR0.AS[1:0]. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CASUPDF bit..
Bit 29: interrupt/controller-role/hot-join update flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target, this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the direct or broadcast ENEC/DISEC CCC (enable/disable target events) has been received, where a target event is either an interrupt/IBI request, a controller-role request, or an hot-join request. Then, software should read respectively I3C_DEVR0.IBIEN, I3C_DEVR0.CREN or I3C_DEVR0.HJEN. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CINTUPDF bit..
Bit 30: DEFTGTS flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target (and is typically controller capable), this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the broadcast DEFTGTS CCC (define list of targets) has been received. Then, software may store the received data for when getting the controller role. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CDEFF bit..
Bit 31: group addressing flag (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as target (and is typically controller capable), this flag is asserted by hardware to indicate that the broadcast DEFGRPA CCC (define list of group addresses) has been received. Then, software may store the received data for when getting the controller role. This flag is cleared when software writes 1 into corresponding I3C_CEVR.CGRPF bit..
I3C interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
23/23 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
GRPIE
r |
DEFIE
r |
INTUPDIE
r |
ASUPDIE
r |
RSTIE
r |
MRLUPDIE
r |
MWLUPDIE
r |
DAUPDIE
r |
STAIE
r |
GETIE
r |
WKPIE
r |
HJIE
r |
CRUPDIE
r |
CRIE
r |
IBIENDIE
r |
|
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IBIIE
r |
ERRIE
r |
RXTGTENDIE
r |
FCIE
r |
RXFNEIE
r |
TXFNFIE
r |
SFNEIE
r |
CFNFIE
r |
Bit 2: C-FIFO not full interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 3: S-FIFO not empty interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 4: TX-FIFO not full interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 5: RX-FIFO not empty interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 9: frame complete interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 10: target-initiated read end interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 11: error interrupt enable (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 15: IBI request interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 16: IBI end interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 17: controller-role request interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 18: controller-role update interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 19: hot-join interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 21: wakeup interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 22: GETxxx CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 23: GETSTATUS CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 24: ENTDAA/RSTDAA/SETNEWDA CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 25: SETMWL CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 26: SETMRL CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 27: reset pattern interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 28: ENTASx CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 29: ENEC/DISEC CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 30: DEFTGTS CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 31: DEFGRPA CCC interrupt enable (when the I3C is acting as target).
I3C clear event register
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/19 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CGRPF
w |
CDEFF
w |
CINTUPDF
w |
CASUPDF
w |
CRSTF
w |
CMRLUPDF
w |
CMWLUPDF
w |
CDAUPDF
w |
CSTAF
w |
CGETF
w |
CWKPF
w |
CHJF
w |
CCRUPDF
w |
CCRF
w |
CIBIENDF
w |
|
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CIBIF
w |
CERRF
w |
CRXTGTENDF
w |
CFCF
w |
Bit 9: clear frame complete flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 10: clear target-initiated read end flag (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 11: clear error flag (whatever the I3C is acting as controller/target).
Bit 15: clear IBI request flag (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 16: clear IBI end flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 17: clear controller-role request flag (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 18: clear controller-role update flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 19: clear hot-join flag (when the I3C is acting as controller).
Bit 21: clear wakeup flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 22: clear GETxxx CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 23: clear GETSTATUS CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 24: clear ENTDAA/RSTDAA/SETNEWDA CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 25: clear SETMWL CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 26: clear SETMRL CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 27: clear reset pattern flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 28: clear ENTASx CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 29: clear ENEC/DISEC CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 30: clear DEFTGTS CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
Bit 31: clear DEFGRPA CCC flag (when the I3C is acting as target).
I3C own device characteristics register
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RSTVAL
r |
RSTACT
r |
AS
r |
HJEN
rw |
CREN
rw |
IBIEN
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DA
rw |
DAVAL
rw |
Bit 0: dynamic address is valid (when the I3C is acting as target) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field can be written by software, for validating its own dynamic address, for example before a controller-role hand-off. When the I3C is acting as target, this field is asserted by hardware on the acknowledge of the broadcast ENTDAA CCC or the direct SETNEWDA CCC, and this field is cleared by hardware on the acknowledge of the broadcast RSTDAA CCC..
Bits 1-7: 7-bit dynamic address When the I3C is acting as controller, this field can be written by software, for defining its own dynamic address. When the I3C is acting as target, this field is updated by hardware on the reception of either the broadcast ENTDAA CCC or the direct SETNEWDA CCC..
Bit 16: IBI request enable (when the I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0, and is updated by hardware on the reception of DISEC CCC with DISINT=1 (i.e. cleared) and the reception of ENEC CCC with ENINT=1 (i.e. set)..
Bit 17: controller-role request enable (when the I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0, and is updated by hardware on the reception of DISEC CCC with DISCR=1 (i.e. cleared) and the reception of ENEC CCC with ENCR=1 (i.e. set)..
Bit 19: hot-join request enable (when the I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0, and is updated by hardware on the reception of DISEC CCC with DISHJ=1 (i.e. cleared) and the reception of ENEC CCC with ENHJ=1 (i.e. set)..
Bits 20-21: activity state (when the I3C is acting as target) This read field is updated by hardware on the reception of a ENTASx CCC (enter activity state, with x=0-3):.
Bits 22-23: reset action/level on received reset pattern (when the I3C is acting as target) This read field is used by hardware on the reception of a direct read RSTACT CCC in order to return the corresponding data byte on the I3C bus. This read field is updated by hardware on the reception of a broadcast or direct write RSTACT CCC (target reset action). Only the defining bytes 0x00, 0x01 and 0x02 are mapped, and RSTACT[1:0] = Defining Byte[1:0]. a) partially reset the I3C peripheral, by a write and clear of the enable bit of the i3C configuration register (i.e. write I3C_CFGR.EN=0). This reset the I3C bus interface and the I3C kernel sub-parts, without modifying the content of the I3C APB registers (excepted the I3C_CFGR.EN bit). b) reset fully the I3C peripheral including all its registers via a write and set to the I3C reset control bit of the RCC (Reset and Clock Controller) register. a system reset. This has the same impact as a pin reset (i.e. NRST=0) (refer to RCC functional description - Reset part): – the software writes and set the AICR.SYSRESETREQ register control bit, when the device is controlled by a CortexTM-M. – the software writes and set the RCC_GRSTCSETR.SYSRST=1, when the device is controlled by a CortexTM-A..
Bit 24: reset action is valid (when the I3C is acting as target) This read bit is asserted by hardware to indicate that the RTSACT[1:0] field has been updated on the reception of a broadcast or direct write RSTACT CCC (target reset action) and is valid. This field is cleared by hardware when the target receives a frame start. If RSTVAL=1: when the RSTF is asserted (and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled), I3C_DEVR0.RSTACT[1:0] dictates the reset action to be performed by the software if any. If RSTVAL=0: when the RSTF is asserted (and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled), the software should issue an I3C reset after a first detected reset pattern, and a system reset on the second one..
I3C device 1 characteristics register
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIS
r |
SUSP
rw |
IBIDEN
rw |
CRACK
rw |
IBIACK
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DA
rw |
Bits 1-7: assigned I3C dynamic address to target x (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field should be written by software to store the 7-bit dynamic address that the controller sends via a broadcast ENTDAA or a direct SETNEWDA CCC which has been acknowledged by the target x. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 16: IBI request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a IBI request from target x: - After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another IBI request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the controller logs the IBI payload data, if any, depending on I3C_DEVRx.IBIDEN. - The software is notified by the IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; - Independently from IBIACK configuration for this or other devices, further IBI request(s) are NACKed until IBI request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) and controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) are both cleared..
Bit 17: controller-role request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a controller-role request from target x: After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another controller-role request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the message continues as initially programmed. The software is notified by the controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; For effectively granting the controller-role to the requesting secondary controller, software should issue a GETACCCR (formerly known as GETACCMST), followed by a STOP. - Independently of CRACK configuration for this or other devices, further controller-role request(s) are NACKed until controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) and IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) are both cleared..
Bit 18: IBI data enable (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit should be written by software to store the BCR[2] bit as received from the target x during broadcast ENTDAA or direct GETBCR CCC via the received I3C_RDR. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 19: suspend/stop I3C transfer on received IBI (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is used to receive an IBI from target x with pending read notification feature (i.e. with received MDB[7:5]=3’b101). If this bit is set, when an IBI is received (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1), a Stop is emitted on the I3C bus and the C-FIFO is automatically flushed by hardware; to avoid a next private read communication issue if a previous private read message to the target x was stored in the C-FIFO..
Bit 31: DA[6:0] write disabled (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, once that software set IBIACK=1 or CRACK=1, this read bit is set by hardware (i.e. DIS=1) to lock the configured DA[6:0] and IBIDEN values. Then, to be able to next modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN, the software must wait for this field DIS to be de-asserted by hardware (i.e. polling on DIS=0) before modifying these two assigned values to the target x. Indeed, the target may be requesting an IBI or a controller-role meanwhile the controller intends to modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN..
I3C device 2 characteristics register
Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIS
r |
SUSP
rw |
IBIDEN
rw |
CRACK
rw |
IBIACK
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DA
rw |
Bits 1-7: assigned I3C dynamic address to target x (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field should be written by software to store the 7-bit dynamic address that the controller sends via a broadcast ENTDAA or a direct SETNEWDA CCC which has been acknowledged by the target x. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 16: IBI request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a IBI request from target x: - After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another IBI request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the controller logs the IBI payload data, if any, depending on I3C_DEVRx.IBIDEN. - The software is notified by the IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; - Independently from IBIACK configuration for this or other devices, further IBI request(s) are NACKed until IBI request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) and controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) are both cleared..
Bit 17: controller-role request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a controller-role request from target x: After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another controller-role request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the message continues as initially programmed. The software is notified by the controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; For effectively granting the controller-role to the requesting secondary controller, software should issue a GETACCCR (formerly known as GETACCMST), followed by a STOP. - Independently of CRACK configuration for this or other devices, further controller-role request(s) are NACKed until controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) and IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) are both cleared..
Bit 18: IBI data enable (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit should be written by software to store the BCR[2] bit as received from the target x during broadcast ENTDAA or direct GETBCR CCC via the received I3C_RDR. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 19: suspend/stop I3C transfer on received IBI (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is used to receive an IBI from target x with pending read notification feature (i.e. with received MDB[7:5]=3’b101). If this bit is set, when an IBI is received (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1), a Stop is emitted on the I3C bus and the C-FIFO is automatically flushed by hardware; to avoid a next private read communication issue if a previous private read message to the target x was stored in the C-FIFO..
Bit 31: DA[6:0] write disabled (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, once that software set IBIACK=1 or CRACK=1, this read bit is set by hardware (i.e. DIS=1) to lock the configured DA[6:0] and IBIDEN values. Then, to be able to next modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN, the software must wait for this field DIS to be de-asserted by hardware (i.e. polling on DIS=0) before modifying these two assigned values to the target x. Indeed, the target may be requesting an IBI or a controller-role meanwhile the controller intends to modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN..
I3C device 3 characteristics register
Offset: 0x6c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIS
r |
SUSP
rw |
IBIDEN
rw |
CRACK
rw |
IBIACK
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DA
rw |
Bits 1-7: assigned I3C dynamic address to target x (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field should be written by software to store the 7-bit dynamic address that the controller sends via a broadcast ENTDAA or a direct SETNEWDA CCC which has been acknowledged by the target x. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 16: IBI request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a IBI request from target x: - After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another IBI request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the controller logs the IBI payload data, if any, depending on I3C_DEVRx.IBIDEN. - The software is notified by the IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; - Independently from IBIACK configuration for this or other devices, further IBI request(s) are NACKed until IBI request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) and controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) are both cleared..
Bit 17: controller-role request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a controller-role request from target x: After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another controller-role request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the message continues as initially programmed. The software is notified by the controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; For effectively granting the controller-role to the requesting secondary controller, software should issue a GETACCCR (formerly known as GETACCMST), followed by a STOP. - Independently of CRACK configuration for this or other devices, further controller-role request(s) are NACKed until controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) and IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) are both cleared..
Bit 18: IBI data enable (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit should be written by software to store the BCR[2] bit as received from the target x during broadcast ENTDAA or direct GETBCR CCC via the received I3C_RDR. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 19: suspend/stop I3C transfer on received IBI (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is used to receive an IBI from target x with pending read notification feature (i.e. with received MDB[7:5]=3’b101). If this bit is set, when an IBI is received (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1), a Stop is emitted on the I3C bus and the C-FIFO is automatically flushed by hardware; to avoid a next private read communication issue if a previous private read message to the target x was stored in the C-FIFO..
Bit 31: DA[6:0] write disabled (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, once that software set IBIACK=1 or CRACK=1, this read bit is set by hardware (i.e. DIS=1) to lock the configured DA[6:0] and IBIDEN values. Then, to be able to next modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN, the software must wait for this field DIS to be de-asserted by hardware (i.e. polling on DIS=0) before modifying these two assigned values to the target x. Indeed, the target may be requesting an IBI or a controller-role meanwhile the controller intends to modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN..
I3C device 4 characteristics register
Offset: 0x70, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIS
r |
SUSP
rw |
IBIDEN
rw |
CRACK
rw |
IBIACK
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DA
rw |
Bits 1-7: assigned I3C dynamic address to target x (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this field should be written by software to store the 7-bit dynamic address that the controller sends via a broadcast ENTDAA or a direct SETNEWDA CCC which has been acknowledged by the target x. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 16: IBI request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a IBI request from target x: - After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another IBI request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the controller logs the IBI payload data, if any, depending on I3C_DEVRx.IBIDEN. - The software is notified by the IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; - Independently from IBIACK configuration for this or other devices, further IBI request(s) are NACKed until IBI request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) and controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) are both cleared..
Bit 17: controller-role request acknowledge (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is written by software to define the acknowledge policy to be applied on the I3C bus on the reception of a controller-role request from target x: After the NACK, the message continues as initially programmed (the target is aware of the NACK and can emit another controller-role request later on) - The field DIS is asserted by hardware to protect DA[6:0] from being modified by software meanwhile the hardware can store internally the current DA[6:0] into the kernel clock domain. - After the ACK, the message continues as initially programmed. The software is notified by the controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF=1) and/or the corresponding interrupt if enabled; For effectively granting the controller-role to the requesting secondary controller, software should issue a GETACCCR (formerly known as GETACCMST), followed by a STOP. - Independently of CRACK configuration for this or other devices, further controller-role request(s) are NACKed until controller-role request flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.CRF) and IBI flag (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF) are both cleared..
Bit 18: IBI data enable (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit should be written by software to store the BCR[2] bit as received from the target x during broadcast ENTDAA or direct GETBCR CCC via the received I3C_RDR. Writing to this field has no impact when the read field I3C_DEVRx.DIS=1..
Bit 19: suspend/stop I3C transfer on received IBI (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, this bit is used to receive an IBI from target x with pending read notification feature (i.e. with received MDB[7:5]=3’b101). If this bit is set, when an IBI is received (i.e. I3C_EVR.IBIF=1), a Stop is emitted on the I3C bus and the C-FIFO is automatically flushed by hardware; to avoid a next private read communication issue if a previous private read message to the target x was stored in the C-FIFO..
Bit 31: DA[6:0] write disabled (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller, once that software set IBIACK=1 or CRACK=1, this read bit is set by hardware (i.e. DIS=1) to lock the configured DA[6:0] and IBIDEN values. Then, to be able to next modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN, the software must wait for this field DIS to be de-asserted by hardware (i.e. polling on DIS=0) before modifying these two assigned values to the target x. Indeed, the target may be requesting an IBI or a controller-role meanwhile the controller intends to modify DA[6:0] or IBIDEN..
I3C maximum read length register
Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IBIP
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MRL
rw |
Bits 0-15: maximum data read length (when I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0 and updated by hardware on the reception of SETMRL command (with potentially also updated IBIP[2:0]). Software is notified of a MRL update by the I3C_EVR.MRLUPF and the corresponding interrupt if enabled. This field is used by hardware to return the value on the I3C bus when the target receives a GETMRL CCC..
Bits 16-18: IBI payload data size, in bytes (when I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0 to set the number of data bytes to be sent to the controller after an IBI request has been acknowledged.This field may be updated by hardware on the reception of SETMRL command (which potentially also updated IBIP[2:0]). Software is notified of a MRL update by the I3C_EVR.MRLUPF and the corresponding interrupt if enabled. others: same as 100.
I3C maximum write length register
Offset: 0x94, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MWL
rw |
Bits 0-15: maximum data write length (when I3C is acting as target) This field is initially written by software when I3C_CFGR.EN=0 and updated by hardware on the reception of SETMWL command. Software is notified of a MWL update by the I3C_EVR.MWLUPF and the corresponding interrupt if enabled. This field is used by hardware to return the value on the I3C bus when the target receives a GETMWL CCC..
I3C timing register 0
Offset: 0xa0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SCLH_I2C
rw |
SCLL_OD
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SCLH_I3C
rw |
SCLL_PP
rw |
Bits 0-7: SCL low duration in I3C push-pull phases, in number of kernel clocks cycles: tSCLL_PP = (SCLL_PP + 1) x tI3CCLK SCLL_PP is used to generate tLOW (I3C) timing..
Bits 8-15: SCL high duration, used for I3C messages (both in push-pull and open-drain phases), in number of kernel clocks cycles: tSCLH_I3C = (SCLH_I3C + 1) x tI3CCLK SCLH_I3C is used to generate both tHIGH (I3C) and tHIGH_MIXED timings..
Bits 16-23: SCL low duration in open-drain phases, used for legacy I2C commands and for I3C open-drain phases (address header phase following a START, not a Repeated START), in number of kernel clocks cycles: tSCLL_OD = (SCLL_OD + 1) x tI3CCLK SCLL_OD is used to generate both tLOW (I2C) and tLOW_OD timings (max. of the two)..
Bits 24-31: SCL high duration, used for legacy I2C commands, in number of kernel clocks cycles: tSCLH_I2C = (SCLH_I2C + 1) x tI3CCLK SCLH_I2C is used to generate tHIGH (I2C) timing..
I3C timing register 1
Offset: 0xa4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SDA_HD
rw |
FREE
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ASNCR
rw |
AVAL
rw |
Bits 0-7: number of kernel clock cycles, that is used whatever I3C is acting as controller or target, to set the following MIPI I3C timings, like bus available condition time: When the I3C is acting as target: for bus available condition time: it must wait for (bus available condition) time to be elapsed after a stop and before issuing a start request for an IBI or a controller-role request (i.e. bus free condition is sustained for at least tAVAL). refer to MIPI timing tAVAL = 1 �s. This timing is defined by: tAVAL = (AVAL[7:0] + 2) x tI3CCLK for bus idle condition time: it must wait for (bus idle condition) time to be elapsed after that both SDA and SCL are continuously high and stable before issuing a hot-join event. Refer to MIPI v1.1 timing tIDLE = 200 �s . This timing is defined by: tIDLE = (AVAL[7:0] + 2) x 200 x tI3CCLK When the I3C is acting as controller, it can not stall the clock beyond a maximum stall time (i.e. stall the SCL clock low), as follows: on first bit of assigned address during dynamic address assignment: it can not stall the clock beyond the MIPI timing tSTALLDAA = 15 ms. This timing is defined by: tSTALLDAA = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x 15000 x tI3CCLK on ACK/NACK phase of I3C/I2C transfer, on parity bit of write data transfer, on transition bit of I3C read transfer: it can not stall the clock beyond the MIPI timing tSTALL = 100 �s. This timing is defined by: tSTALL = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x 100 x tI3CCLK Whatever the I3C is acting as controller or as (controller-capable) target, during a controller-role hand-off procedure: The new controller must wait for a time (refer to MIPI timing tNEWCRLock) before pulling SDA low (i.e. issuing a start). And the active controller must wait for the same time while monitoring new controller and before testing the new controller by pulling SDA low. This time to wait is dependent on the defined I3C_TIMINGR1.ANSCR[1:0], as follows: If ASNCR[1:0]=00: tNEWCRLock = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x tI3CCLK If ASNCR[1:0]=01: tNEWCRLock = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x 100 x tI3CCLK If ASNCR[1:0]=10: tNEWCRLock = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x 2000 x tI3CCLK If ASNCR[1:0]=11: tNEWCRLock = (AVAL[7:0] + 1) x 50000 x tI3CCLK.
Bits 8-9: activity state of the new controller (when I3C is acting as - active- controller) This field indicates the time to wait before being accessed as new target, refer to the other field AVAL[7:0]. This field can be modified only when the I3C is acting as controller..
Bits 16-22: number of kernel clocks cycles that is used to set some MIPI timings like bus free condition time (when the I3C is acting as controller) When the I3C is acting as controller: for I3C start timing: it must wait for (bus free condition) time to be elapsed after a stop and before a start, refer to MIPI timings (I3C) tCAS and (I2C) tBUF. These timings are defined by: tBUF= tCAS = [ (FREE[6:0] + 1) x 2 - (0,5 + SDA_HD)] x tI3CCLK Note: for pure I3C bus: tCASmin= 38,4 ns. Note: for pure I3C bus: tCASmax=1�s, 100�s, 2ms, 50ms for respectively ENTAS0,1,2, and 3. Note: for mixed bus with I2C fm+ device: tBUFmin = 0,5 �s. Note: for mixed bus with I2C fm device: tBUFmin = 1,3 �s. for I3C repeated start timing: it must wait for time to be elapsed after a repeated start (i.e. SDA is de-asserted) and before driving SCL low, refer to. MIPI timing tCASr. This timing is defined by: tCASr = [ (FREE[6:0] + 1) x 2 - (0,5 + SDA_HD)] x tI3CCLK for I3C stop timing: it must wait for time to be elapsed after that the SCL clock is driven high and before the stop condition (i.e. SDA is asserted). This timing is defined by: tCBP = (FREE[6:0] + 1) x tI3CCLK for I3C repeated start timing (T-bit when controller ends read with repeated start followed by stop): it must wait for time to be elapsed after that the SCL clock is driven high and before the repeated start condition (i.e. SDA is de-asserted). This timing is defined by: tCBSr = (FREE[6:0] + 1) x tI3CCLK.
Bit 28: SDA hold time (when the I3C is acting as controller), in number of kernel clocks cycles (refer to MIPI timing SDA hold time in push-pull tHD_PP):.
I3C timing register 2
Offset: 0xa8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Controller clock stall on T-bit phase of Data enable The SCL is stalled during STALL x tSCLL_PP in the T-bit phase (before 9th bit). This allows the target to prepare data to be sent..
Bit 1: controller clock stall on PAR phase of Data enable The SCL is stalled during STALL x tSCLL_PP in the T-bit phase (before 9th bit). This allows the target to read received data..
Bit 2: controller clock stall on PAR phase of CCC enable The SCL is stalled during STALL x tSCLL_PP in the T-bit phase of common command code (before 9th bit). This allows the target to decode the command..
Bit 3: controller clock stall enable on ACK phase The SCL is stalled (during tSCLL_STALLas defined by STALL) in the address ACK/NACK phase (before 9th bit). This allows the target to prepare data or the controller to respond to target interrupt..
Bits 8-15: controller clock stall time, in number of kernel clock cycles tSCLL_STALL = STALL x tI3CCLK.
I3C bus characteristics register
Offset: 0xc0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
I3C device characteristics register
Offset: 0xc4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DCR
rw |
I3C get capability register
Offset: 0xc8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CAPPEND
rw |
Bit 14: IBI MDB support for pending read notification This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and indicates the support (or not) of the pending read notification via the IBI MDB[7:0] value. This bit is used to return the GETCAP3 byte in response to the GETCAPS CCC format 1..
I3C controller-role capability register
Offset: 0xcc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 3: delayed controller-role hand-off This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and indicates if this target I3C may need additional time to process a controller-role hand-off requested by the current controller. This bit is used to return the CRCAP2 byte in response to the GETCAPS CCC format 2..
Bit 9: group management support (when acting as controller) This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and indicates if the I3C is able to support group management when it acts as a controller (after controller-role hand-off) via emitted DEFGRPA, RSTGRPA, and SETGRPA CCC. This bit is used to return the CRCAP1 byte in response to the GETCAPS CCC format 2..
I3C get capability register
Offset: 0xd0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TSCO
rw |
RDTURN
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
FMT
rw |
HOFFAS
rw |
Bits 0-1: controller hand-off activity state This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and indicates in which initial activity state the (other) current controller should expect the I3C bus after a controller-role hand-off to this controller-capable I3C, when returning the defining byte CRHDLY (0x91) to a GETMXDS CCC. This 2-bit field is used to return the CRHDLY1 byte in response to the GETCAPS CCC format 3, in order to state which is the activity state of this I3C when becoming controller after a controller-role hand-off, and consequently the time the former controller should wait before testing this I3C to be confirmed its ownership..
Bits 8-9: GETMXDS CCC format This field is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and indicates how is returned the GETMXDS format 1 (without MaxRdTurn) and format 2 (with MaxRdTurn). This bit is used to return the 2-byte format 1 (MaxWr, MaxRd) or 5-byte format 2 (MaxWr, MaxRd, 3-byte MaxRdTurn) byte in response to the GETCAPS CCC. - 3-byte MaxRdTurn is returned with MSB=0, middle byte=0 and LSB=RDTURN[7:0]. - Max read turnaround time is less than 256 �s. - 3-byte MaxRdTurn is returned with MSB=0, middle byte=RDTURN[7:0] and LSB=0. - Max read turnaround time is between 256 �s and 65535 �s - 3-byte MaxRdTurn is returned with MSB=RDTURN[7:0], middle byte=0 and LSB=0. - Max read turnaround time is between 65535 �s and 16 s..
Bits 16-23: programmed byte of the 3-byte MaxRdTurn (maximum read turnaround byte) This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and writes the value of the selected byte (via the FMT[1:0] field) of the 3-byte MaxRdTurn which is returned in response to the GETMXDS CCC format 2 to encode the maximum read turnaround time..
Bit 24: clock-to-data turnaround time (tSCO) This bit is written by software during bus initialization (i.e. I3C_CFGR.EN=0) and is used to specify the clock-to-data turnaround time tSCO (vs the value of 12 ns). This bit is used by the hardware in response to the GETMXDS CCC to return the encoded clock-to-data turnaround time via the returned MaxRd[5:3] bits..
I3C extended provisioned ID register
Offset: 0xd4, size: 32, reset: 0x02080000, access: Unspecified
2/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MIPIMID
r |
IDTSEL
r |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MIPIID
rw |
Bits 12-15: 4-bit MIPI Instance ID This field is written by software to set and identify individually each instance of this I3C IP with a specific number on a single I3C bus. This field represents the bits[15:12] of the 48-bit provisioned ID. Note: The bits[11:0] of the provisioned ID may be 0..
Bit 16: provisioned ID type selector This field is set as 0 i.e. vendor fixed value. This field represents the bit[32] of the 48-bit provisioned ID. Note: The bits[31:16] of the provisioned ID may be 0..
Bits 17-31: 15-bit MIPI manufacturer ID This read field is the 15-bit STMicroelectronics MIPI ID i.e. 0x0104. This field represents the bits[47:33] of the 48-bit provisioned ID..
0x40030400: Instruction cache
5/16 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | FCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | HMONR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | MMONR |
ICACHE control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000004, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MISSMRST
rw |
HITMRST
rw |
MISSMEN
rw |
HITMEN
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
WAYSEL
rw |
CACHEINV
w |
EN
rw |
Bit 0: enable.
Bit 1: cache invalidation Set by software and cleared by hardware when the BUSYF flag is set (during cache maintenance operation). Writing 0 has no effect..
Bit 2: cache associativity mode selection This bit allows user to choose ICACHE set-associativity. It can be written by software only when cache is disabled (EN = 0)..
Bit 16: hit monitor enable.
Bit 17: miss monitor enable.
Bit 18: hit monitor reset.
Bit 19: miss monitor reset.
ICACHE status register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
ICACHE interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 1: interrupt enable on busy end Set by software to enable an interrupt generation at the end of a cache invalidate operation..
Bit 2: interrupt enable on cache error Set by software to enable an interrupt generation in case of cache functional error (cacheable write access).
ICACHE flag clear register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
ICACHE hit monitor register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
ICACHE miss monitor register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MISSMON
r |
0x40003000: Independent watchdog
13/13 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | KR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | PR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | RLR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | WINR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | EWCR |
IWDG key register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
KEY
w |
Bits 0-15: Key value (write only, read 0x0000) These bits must be written by software at regular intervals with the key value 0xAAAA, otherwise the watchdog generates a reset when the counter reaches 0. Writing the key value 0x5555 to enable access to the IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers (see ) Writing the key value 0xCCCC starts the watchdog (except if the hardware watchdog option is selected).
Allowed values:
21845: Unlock: Enable access to PR, RLR and WINR registers
43690: Feed: Feed watchdog with RLR register value
52428: Start: Start the watchdog
IWDG prescaler register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PR
rw |
Bits 0-3: Prescaler divider These bits are write access protected see . They are written by software to select the prescaler divider feeding the counter clock. PVU bit of the must be reset in order to be able to change the prescaler divider. Others: divider / 1024 Note: Reading this register returns the prescaler value from the VDD voltage domain. This value may not be up to date/valid if a write operation to this register is ongoing. For this reason the value read from this register is valid only when the PVU bit in the status register (IWDG_SR) is reset..
Allowed values:
0: DivideBy4: Divider /4
1: DivideBy8: Divider /8
2: DivideBy16: Divider /16
3: DivideBy32: Divider /32
4: DivideBy64: Divider /64
5: DivideBy128: Divider /128
6: DivideBy256: Divider /256
7: DivideBy512: Divider /512
8: DivideBy1024: Divider /1024
IWDG reload register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000FFF, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RL
rw |
Bits 0-11: Watchdog counter reload value These bits are write access protected see . They are written by software to define the value to be loaded in the watchdog counter each time the value 0xAAAA is written in the . The watchdog counter counts down from this value. The timeout period is a function of this value and the prescaler.clock. It is not recommended to set RL[11:0] to a value lower than 2. The RVU bit in the must be reset to be able to change the reload value. Note: Reading this register returns the reload value from the VDD voltage domain. This value may not be up to date/valid if a write operation to this register is ongoing on it. For this reason the value read from this register is valid only when the RVU bit in the status register (IWDG_SR) is reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
IWDG status register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
Bit 0: Watchdog prescaler value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the prescaler value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the prescaler update operation is completed in the VDD voltage domain (takes up to three periods of the IWDG kernel clock iwdg_ker_ck). The prescaler value can be updated only when PVU bit is reset..
Allowed values:
0: Idle: No update on-going
1: Busy: Update on-going
Bit 1: Watchdog counter reload value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the reload value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the reload value update operation is completed in the VDD voltage domain (takes up to three periods of the IWDG kernel clock iwdg_ker_ck). The reload value can be updated only when RVU bit is reset..
Allowed values:
0: Idle: No update on-going
1: Busy: Update on-going
Bit 2: Watchdog counter window value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the window value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the reload value update operation is completed in the VDD voltage domain (takes up to three periods of the IWDG kernel clock iwdg_ker_ck). The window value can be updated only when WVU bit is reset. This bit is generated only if generic “window” = 1.
Allowed values:
0: Idle: No update on-going
1: Busy: Update on-going
Bit 3: Watchdog interrupt comparator value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the interrupt comparator value (EWIT[11:0]) or an update of the EWIE is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the update operation is completed in the VDD voltage domain (takes up to three periods of the IWDG kernel clock iwdg_ker_ck). The EWIT[11:0] and EWIE fields can be updated only when EWU bit is reset..
Allowed values:
0: Idle: No update on-going
1: Busy: Update on-going
Bit 8: Watchdog enable status bit. Set to ‘1’ by hardware as soon as the IWDG is started. In software mode, it remains to '1' until the IWDG is reset. In hardware mode, this bit is always set to '1'..
Allowed values:
0: NotActivated: IWDG is not activated
1: Activated: IWDG is activated
Bit 14: Watchdog early interrupt flag This bit is set to ‘1’ by hardware in order to indicate that an early interrupt is pending. This bit must be cleared by the software by writing the bit EWIC of IWDG_EWCR register to ‘1’..
Allowed values:
0: NotPending: No pending interrupt
1: Pending: Interrupt pending
IWDG window register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000FFF, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WIN
rw |
Bits 0-11: Watchdog counter window value These bits are write access protected, see , they contain the high limit of the window value to be compared with the downcounter. To prevent a reset, the IWDCNT downcounter must be reloaded when its value is lower than WIN[11:0]+1 and greater than 1. The WVU bit in the must be reset to be able to change the reload value. Note: Reading this register returns the reload value from the VDD voltage domain. This value may not be valid if a write operation to this register is ongoing. For this reason the value read from this register is valid only when the WVU bit in the (IWDG_SR) is reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfff
IWDG early wakeup interrupt register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-11: Watchdog counter window value These bits are write access protected (see ). They are written by software to define at which position of the IWDCNT down-counter the early wakeup interrupt must be generated. The early interrupt is generated when the IWDCNT is lower or equal to EWIT[11:0] - 1. EWIT[11:0] must be bigger than 1. An interrupt is generated only if EWIE = 1. The EWU bit in the must be reset to be able to change the reload value. Note: Reading this register returns the Early wakeup comparator value and the Interrupt enable bit from the VDD voltage domain. This value may not be up to date/valid if a write operation to this register is ongoing, hence the value read from this register is valid only when the EWU bit in the is reset..
Allowed values: 0x1-0xfff
Bit 14: Watchdog early interrupt acknowledge The software must write a 1 into this bit in order to acknowledge the early wakeup interrupt and to clear the EWIF flag. Writing 0 has not effect, reading this flag returns a 0..
Allowed values:
1: Acknowledge: Acknowledge early wake-up interrupt
Bit 15: Watchdog early interrupt enable Set and reset by software. The EWU bit in the must be reset to be able to change the value of this bit..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Early interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Early interrupt is enabled
0x44004400: Low power timer
25/107 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | ISR_intput | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x0 | ISR_output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | ICR_intput | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | ICR_output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | DIER_intput | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | DIER_output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | RCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | CCMR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | CCR2 |
LPTIM1 interrupt and status register [alternate]
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
12/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIEROK
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2OF
r |
CC1OF
r |
CC2IF
r |
REPOK
r |
UE
r |
DOWN
r |
UP
r |
ARROK
r |
EXTTRIG
r |
ARRM
r |
CC1IF
r |
Bit 0: capture 1 interrupt flag If channel CC1 is configured as input: CC1IF is set by hardware to inform application that the current value of the counter is captured in LPTIM_CCR1 register. The corresponding interrupt or DMA request is generated if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
Bit 1: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 2: External trigger edge event EXTTRIG is set by hardware to inform application that a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred. If the trigger is ignored because the timer has already started, then this flag is not set. EXTTRIG flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the EXTTRIGCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 5: Counter direction change down to up In Encoder mode, UP bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from down to up. UP flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UPCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Counter direction change up to down In Encoder mode, DOWN bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from up to down. DOWN flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DOWNCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: LPTIM update event occurred UE is set by hardware to inform application that an update event was generated. UE flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UECF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK REPOK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_RCR register has been successfully completed. REPOK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the REPOKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 9: Capture 2 interrupt flag If channel CC2 is configured as input: CC2IF is set by hardware to inform application that the current value of the counter is captured in LPTIM_CCR2 register. The corresponding interrupt or DMA request is generated if enabled. The CC2OF flag is set if the CC2IF flag was already high. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 12: Capture 1 over-capture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the CC1OCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 13: Capture 2 over-capture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the CC2OCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 24: Interrupt enable register update OK DIEROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_DIER register has been successfully completed. DIEROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DIEROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
LPTIM1 interrupt and status register [alternate]
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
12/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIEROK
r |
CMP2OK
r |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2IF
r |
REPOK
r |
UE
r |
DOWN
r |
UP
r |
ARROK
r |
CMP1OK
r |
EXTTRIG
r |
ARRM
r |
CC1IF
r |
Bit 0: Compare 1 interrupt flag If channel CC1 is configured as output: The CC1IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. CC1IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC1CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 1: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 2: External trigger edge event EXTTRIG is set by hardware to inform application that a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred. If the trigger is ignored because the timer has already started, then this flag is not set. EXTTRIG flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the EXTTRIGCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 3: Compare register 1 update OK CMP1OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR1 register has been successfully completed. CMP1OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP1OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 5: Counter direction change down to up In Encoder mode, UP bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from down to up. UP flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UPCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Counter direction change up to down In Encoder mode, DOWN bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from up to down. DOWN flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DOWNCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: LPTIM update event occurred UE is set by hardware to inform application that an update event was generated. The corresponding interrupt or DMA request is generated if enabled. UE flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UECF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. The UE flag is automatically cleared by hardware once the LPTIM_ARR register is written by any bus master like CPU or DMA..
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK REPOK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_RCR register has been successfully completed. REPOK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the REPOKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 9: Compare 2 interrupt flag If channel CC2 is configured as output: The CC2IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. CC2IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC2CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 19: Compare register 2 update OK CMP2OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR2 register has been successfully completed. CMP2OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP2OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 24: Interrupt enable register update OK DIEROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_DIER register has been successfully completed. DIEROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DIEROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
LPTIM interrupt clear register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIEROKCF
w |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2OCF
w |
CC1OCF
w |
CC2CF
w |
REPOKCF
w |
UECF
w |
DOWNCF
w |
UPCF
w |
ARROKCF
w |
EXTTRIGCF
w |
ARRMCF
w |
CC1CF
w |
Bit 0: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 1: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 2: External trigger valid edge clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EXTTRIG flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 5: Direction change to UP clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UP flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Direction change to down clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the DOWN flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: Update event clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UE flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the REPOK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 9: Capture/compare 2 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC2IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 12: Capture/compare 1 over-capture clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1OF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 13: Capture/compare 2 over-capture clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC2OF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 24: Interrupt enable register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the DIEROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
LPTIM1 interrupt clear register [alternate]
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIEROKCF
w |
CMP2OKCF
w |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2CF
w |
REPOKCF
w |
UECF
w |
DOWNCF
w |
UPCF
w |
ARROKCF
w |
CMP1OKCF
w |
EXTTRIGCF
w |
ARRMCF
w |
CC1CF
w |
Bit 0: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 1: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 2: External trigger valid edge clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EXTTRIG flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 3: Compare register 1 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP1OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 5: Direction change to UP clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UP flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Direction change to down clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the DOWN flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: Update event clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UE flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the REPOK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 9: Capture/compare 2 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC2IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 19: Compare register 2 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP2OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 24: Interrupt enable register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the DIEROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
LPTIM interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC2DE
rw |
UEDE
rw |
CC1DE
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2OIE
rw |
CC1OIE
rw |
CC2IE
rw |
REPOKIE
rw |
UEIE
rw |
DOWNIE
rw |
UPIE
rw |
ARROKIE
rw |
EXTTRIGIE
rw |
ARRMIE
rw |
CC1IE
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
Bit 1: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
Bit 2: External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable.
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
Bit 5: Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Direction change to down Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: Update event interrupt enable.
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK interrupt Enable.
Bit 9: Capture/compare 2 interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 12: Capture/compare 1 over-capture interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 13: Capture/compare 2 over-capture interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 16: Capture/compare 1 DMA request enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 23: Update event DMA request enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 25: Capture/compare 2 DMA request enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
LPTIM1 interrupt enable register [alternate]
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UEDE
rw |
CMP2OKIE
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2IE
rw |
REPOKIE
rw |
UEIE
rw |
DOWNIE
rw |
UPIE
rw |
ARROKIE
rw |
CMP1OKIE
rw |
EXTTRIGIE
rw |
ARRMIE
rw |
CC1IE
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
Bit 1: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
Bit 2: External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable.
Bit 3: Compare register 1 update OK interrupt enable.
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
Bit 5: Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Direction change to down Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: Update event interrupt enable.
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK interrupt Enable.
Bit 9: Capture/compare 2 interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 19: Compare register 2 update OK interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 23: Update event DMA request enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
LPTIM configuration register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ENC
rw |
COUNTMODE
rw |
PRELOAD
rw |
WAVPOL
rw |
WAVE
rw |
TIMOUT
rw |
TRIGEN
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGSEL
rw |
PRESC
rw |
TRGFLT
rw |
CKFLT
rw |
CKPOL
rw |
CKSEL
rw |
Bit 0: Clock selector The CKSEL bit selects which clock source the LPTIM uses:.
Bits 1-2: Clock Polarity When the LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source, CKPOL bits is used to configure the active edge or edges used by the counter: If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active. Refer to for more details about Encoder mode sub-modes..
Bits 3-4: Configurable digital filter for external clock The CKFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external clock signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
Bits 6-7: Configurable digital filter for trigger The TRGFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an internal trigger before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
Bits 9-11: Clock prescaler The PRESC bits configure the prescaler division factor. It can be one among the following division factors:.
Bits 13-15: Trigger selector The TRIGSEL bits select the trigger source that serves as a trigger event for the LPTIM among the below 8 available sources: See for details..
Bits 17-18: Trigger enable and polarity The TRIGEN bits controls whether the LPTIM counter is started by an external trigger or not. If the external trigger option is selected, three configurations are possible for the trigger active edge:.
Bit 19: Timeout enable The TIMOUT bit controls the Timeout feature.
Bit 20: Waveform shape The WAVE bit controls the output shape.
Bit 21: Waveform shape polarity The WAVPOL bit controls the output polarity Note: If the LPTIM implements at least one capture/compare channel, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 22: Registers update mode The PRELOAD bit controls the LPTIM_ARR, LPTIM_RCR and the LPTIM_CCRx registers update modality.
Bit 23: counter mode enabled The COUNTMODE bit selects which clock source is used by the LPTIM to clock the counter:.
Bit 24: Encoder mode enable The ENC bit controls the Encoder mode Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
LPTIM control register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: LPTIM enable The ENABLE bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 1: LPTIM start in Single mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when the LPTIM is in continuous counting mode, then the LPTIM stops at the following match between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers. This bit can only be set when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware..
Bit 2: Timer start in Continuous mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in Continuous mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the timer in Continuous mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when a single pulse mode counting is ongoing, then the timer does not stop at the next match between the LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers and the LPTIM counter keeps counting in Continuous mode. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware..
Bit 3: Counter reset This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. When set to '1' this bit triggers a synchronous reset of the LPTIM_CNT counter register. Due to the synchronous nature of this reset, it only takes place after a synchronization delay of 3 LPTimer core clock cycles (LPTimer core clock may be different from APB clock). This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware. COUNTRST must never be set to '1' by software before it is already cleared to '0' by hardware. Software should consequently check that COUNTRST bit is already cleared to '0' before attempting to set it to '1'..
Bit 4: Reset after read enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When RSTARE is set to '1', any read access to LPTIM_CNT register asynchronously resets LPTIM_CNT register content. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled..
LPTIM compare register 1
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR1
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the capture/compare 1 register. Depending on the PRELOAD option, the CCR1 register is immediately updated if the PRELOAD bit is reset and updated at next LPTIM update event if PREOAD bit is reset. The capture/compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 becomes read-only, it contains the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event. The LPTIM_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
LPTIM autoreload register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ARR
rw |
LPTIM counter register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CNT
r |
LPTIM repetition register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
REP
rw |
LPTIM capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IC2F
rw |
IC2PSC
rw |
CC2P
rw |
CC2E
rw |
CC2SEL
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IC1F
rw |
IC1PSC
rw |
CC1P
rw |
CC1E
rw |
CC1SEL
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/compare 1 selection This bitfield defines the direction of the channel input (capture) or output mode..
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 output enable. This bit determines if a capture of the counter value can actually be done into the input capture/compare register 1 (LPTIM_CCR1) or not..
Bits 2-3: Capture/compare 1 output polarity. Only bit2 is used to set polarity when output mode is enabled, bit3 is don't care. This field is used to select the IC1 polarity for capture operations..
Bits 8-9: Input capture 1 prescaler This bitfield defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on the CC1 input (IC1)..
Bits 12-13: Input capture 1 filter This bitfield defines the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external input capture signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature..
Bit 16: Capture/compare 2 selection This bitfield defines the direction of the channel, input (capture) or output mode..
Bit 17: Capture/compare 2 output enable. This bit determines if a capture of the counter value can actually be done into the input capture/compare register 2 (LPTIM_CCR2) or not..
Bits 18-19: Capture/compare 2 output polarity. Only bit2 is used to set polarity when output mode is enabled, bit3 is don't care. This field is used to select the IC2 polarity for capture operations..
Bits 24-25: Input capture 2 prescaler This bitfield defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on the CC2 input (IC2)..
Bits 28-29: Input capture 2 filter This bitfield defines the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external input capture signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature..
LPTIM compare register 2
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR2
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/compare 2 value If channel CC2 is configured as output: CCR2 is the value to be loaded in the capture/compare 2 register. Depending on the PRELOAD option, the CCR2 register is immediately updated if the PRELOAD bit is reset and updated at next LPTIM update event if PREOAD bit is reset. The capture/compare register 2 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on OC2 output. If channel CC2 is configured as input: CCR2 becomes read-only, it contains the counter value transferred by the last input capture 2 event. The LPTIM_CCR2 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
0x40009400: Low power timer
25/107 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | ISR_intput | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x0 | ISR_output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | ICR_intput | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | ICR_output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | DIER_intput | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | DIER_output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | RCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | CCMR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | CCR2 |
LPTIM1 interrupt and status register [alternate]
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
12/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIEROK
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2OF
r |
CC1OF
r |
CC2IF
r |
REPOK
r |
UE
r |
DOWN
r |
UP
r |
ARROK
r |
EXTTRIG
r |
ARRM
r |
CC1IF
r |
Bit 0: capture 1 interrupt flag If channel CC1 is configured as input: CC1IF is set by hardware to inform application that the current value of the counter is captured in LPTIM_CCR1 register. The corresponding interrupt or DMA request is generated if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
Bit 1: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 2: External trigger edge event EXTTRIG is set by hardware to inform application that a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred. If the trigger is ignored because the timer has already started, then this flag is not set. EXTTRIG flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the EXTTRIGCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 5: Counter direction change down to up In Encoder mode, UP bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from down to up. UP flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UPCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Counter direction change up to down In Encoder mode, DOWN bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from up to down. DOWN flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DOWNCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: LPTIM update event occurred UE is set by hardware to inform application that an update event was generated. UE flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UECF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK REPOK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_RCR register has been successfully completed. REPOK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the REPOKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 9: Capture 2 interrupt flag If channel CC2 is configured as input: CC2IF is set by hardware to inform application that the current value of the counter is captured in LPTIM_CCR2 register. The corresponding interrupt or DMA request is generated if enabled. The CC2OF flag is set if the CC2IF flag was already high. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 12: Capture 1 over-capture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the CC1OCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 13: Capture 2 over-capture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing 1 to the CC2OCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 24: Interrupt enable register update OK DIEROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_DIER register has been successfully completed. DIEROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DIEROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
LPTIM1 interrupt and status register [alternate]
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
12/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIEROK
r |
CMP2OK
r |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2IF
r |
REPOK
r |
UE
r |
DOWN
r |
UP
r |
ARROK
r |
CMP1OK
r |
EXTTRIG
r |
ARRM
r |
CC1IF
r |
Bit 0: Compare 1 interrupt flag If channel CC1 is configured as output: The CC1IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. CC1IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC1CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 1: Autoreload match ARRM is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register’s value reached the LPTIM_ARR register’s value. ARRM flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARRMCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 2: External trigger edge event EXTTRIG is set by hardware to inform application that a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred. If the trigger is ignored because the timer has already started, then this flag is not set. EXTTRIG flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the EXTTRIGCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 3: Compare register 1 update OK CMP1OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR1 register has been successfully completed. CMP1OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP1OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK ARROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_ARR register has been successfully completed. ARROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the ARROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 5: Counter direction change down to up In Encoder mode, UP bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from down to up. UP flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UPCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Counter direction change up to down In Encoder mode, DOWN bit is set by hardware to inform application that the counter direction has changed from up to down. DOWN flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DOWNCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: LPTIM update event occurred UE is set by hardware to inform application that an update event was generated. The corresponding interrupt or DMA request is generated if enabled. UE flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the UECF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. The UE flag is automatically cleared by hardware once the LPTIM_ARR register is written by any bus master like CPU or DMA..
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK REPOK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_RCR register has been successfully completed. REPOK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the REPOKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
Bit 9: Compare 2 interrupt flag If channel CC2 is configured as output: The CC2IF flag is set by hardware to inform application that LPTIM_CNT register value matches the compare register's value. CC2IF flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CC2CF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 19: Compare register 2 update OK CMP2OK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_CCR2 register has been successfully completed. CMP2OK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the CMP2OKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 24: Interrupt enable register update OK DIEROK is set by hardware to inform application that the APB bus write operation to the LPTIM_DIER register has been successfully completed. DIEROK flag can be cleared by writing 1 to the DIEROKCF bit in the LPTIM_ICR register..
LPTIM interrupt clear register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIEROKCF
w |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2OCF
w |
CC1OCF
w |
CC2CF
w |
REPOKCF
w |
UECF
w |
DOWNCF
w |
UPCF
w |
ARROKCF
w |
EXTTRIGCF
w |
ARRMCF
w |
CC1CF
w |
Bit 0: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 1: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 2: External trigger valid edge clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EXTTRIG flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 5: Direction change to UP clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UP flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Direction change to down clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the DOWN flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: Update event clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UE flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the REPOK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 9: Capture/compare 2 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC2IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 12: Capture/compare 1 over-capture clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1OF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 13: Capture/compare 2 over-capture clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC2OF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 24: Interrupt enable register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the DIEROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
LPTIM1 interrupt clear register [alternate]
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DIEROKCF
w |
CMP2OKCF
w |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2CF
w |
REPOKCF
w |
UECF
w |
DOWNCF
w |
UPCF
w |
ARROKCF
w |
CMP1OKCF
w |
EXTTRIGCF
w |
ARRMCF
w |
CC1CF
w |
Bit 0: Capture/compare 1 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC1IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 1: Autoreload match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARRM flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 2: External trigger valid edge clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EXTTRIG flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 3: Compare register 1 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP1OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register.
Bit 5: Direction change to UP clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UP flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Direction change to down clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the DOWN flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: Update event clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clear the UE flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the REPOK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
Bit 9: Capture/compare 2 clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CC2IF flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 19: Compare register 2 update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMP2OK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register. Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 24: Interrupt enable register update OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the DIEROK flag in the LPTIM_ISR register..
LPTIM interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC2DE
rw |
UEDE
rw |
CC1DE
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2OIE
rw |
CC1OIE
rw |
CC2IE
rw |
REPOKIE
rw |
UEIE
rw |
DOWNIE
rw |
UPIE
rw |
ARROKIE
rw |
EXTTRIGIE
rw |
ARRMIE
rw |
CC1IE
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
Bit 1: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
Bit 2: External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable.
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
Bit 5: Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Direction change to down Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: Update event interrupt enable.
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK interrupt Enable.
Bit 9: Capture/compare 2 interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 12: Capture/compare 1 over-capture interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 13: Capture/compare 2 over-capture interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 16: Capture/compare 1 DMA request enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 23: Update event DMA request enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 25: Capture/compare 2 DMA request enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
LPTIM1 interrupt enable register [alternate]
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UEDE
rw |
CMP2OKIE
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC2IE
rw |
REPOKIE
rw |
UEIE
rw |
DOWNIE
rw |
UPIE
rw |
ARROKIE
rw |
CMP1OKIE
rw |
EXTTRIGIE
rw |
ARRMIE
rw |
CC1IE
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
Bit 1: Autoreload match Interrupt Enable.
Bit 2: External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable.
Bit 3: Compare register 1 update OK interrupt enable.
Bit 4: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable.
Bit 5: Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 6: Direction change to down Interrupt Enable Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 7: Update event interrupt enable.
Bit 8: Repetition register update OK interrupt Enable.
Bit 9: Capture/compare 2 interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 19: Compare register 2 update OK interrupt enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 2 channels this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 23: Update event DMA request enable Note: If LPTIM does not implement at least 1 channel this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
LPTIM configuration register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ENC
rw |
COUNTMODE
rw |
PRELOAD
rw |
WAVPOL
rw |
WAVE
rw |
TIMOUT
rw |
TRIGEN
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TRIGSEL
rw |
PRESC
rw |
TRGFLT
rw |
CKFLT
rw |
CKPOL
rw |
CKSEL
rw |
Bit 0: Clock selector The CKSEL bit selects which clock source the LPTIM uses:.
Bits 1-2: Clock Polarity When the LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source, CKPOL bits is used to configure the active edge or edges used by the counter: If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 1 is active. If the LPTIM is configured in Encoder mode (ENC bit is set), the encoder sub-mode 2 is active. Refer to for more details about Encoder mode sub-modes..
Bits 3-4: Configurable digital filter for external clock The CKFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external clock signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
Bits 6-7: Configurable digital filter for trigger The TRGFLT value sets the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an internal trigger before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature.
Bits 9-11: Clock prescaler The PRESC bits configure the prescaler division factor. It can be one among the following division factors:.
Bits 13-15: Trigger selector The TRIGSEL bits select the trigger source that serves as a trigger event for the LPTIM among the below 8 available sources: See for details..
Bits 17-18: Trigger enable and polarity The TRIGEN bits controls whether the LPTIM counter is started by an external trigger or not. If the external trigger option is selected, three configurations are possible for the trigger active edge:.
Bit 19: Timeout enable The TIMOUT bit controls the Timeout feature.
Bit 20: Waveform shape The WAVE bit controls the output shape.
Bit 21: Waveform shape polarity The WAVPOL bit controls the output polarity Note: If the LPTIM implements at least one capture/compare channel, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
Bit 22: Registers update mode The PRELOAD bit controls the LPTIM_ARR, LPTIM_RCR and the LPTIM_CCRx registers update modality.
Bit 23: counter mode enabled The COUNTMODE bit selects which clock source is used by the LPTIM to clock the counter:.
Bit 24: Encoder mode enable The ENC bit controls the Encoder mode Note: If the LPTIM does not support encoder mode feature, this bit is reserved. Please refer to ..
LPTIM control register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: LPTIM enable The ENABLE bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 1: LPTIM start in Single mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in single pulse mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when the LPTIM is in continuous counting mode, then the LPTIM stops at the following match between LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers. This bit can only be set when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware..
Bit 2: Timer start in Continuous mode This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. In case of software start (TRIGEN[1:0] = ‘00’), setting this bit starts the LPTIM in Continuous mode. If the software start is disabled (TRIGEN[1:0] different than ‘00’), setting this bit starts the timer in Continuous mode as soon as an external trigger is detected. If this bit is set when a single pulse mode counting is ongoing, then the timer does not stop at the next match between the LPTIM_ARR and LPTIM_CNT registers and the LPTIM counter keeps counting in Continuous mode. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware..
Bit 3: Counter reset This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware. When set to '1' this bit triggers a synchronous reset of the LPTIM_CNT counter register. Due to the synchronous nature of this reset, it only takes place after a synchronization delay of 3 LPTimer core clock cycles (LPTimer core clock may be different from APB clock). This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled. It is automatically reset by hardware. COUNTRST must never be set to '1' by software before it is already cleared to '0' by hardware. Software should consequently check that COUNTRST bit is already cleared to '0' before attempting to set it to '1'..
Bit 4: Reset after read enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When RSTARE is set to '1', any read access to LPTIM_CNT register asynchronously resets LPTIM_CNT register content. This bit can be set only when the LPTIM is enabled..
LPTIM compare register 1
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR1
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the capture/compare 1 register. Depending on the PRELOAD option, the CCR1 register is immediately updated if the PRELOAD bit is reset and updated at next LPTIM update event if PREOAD bit is reset. The capture/compare register 1 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 becomes read-only, it contains the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event. The LPTIM_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
LPTIM autoreload register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ARR
rw |
LPTIM counter register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CNT
r |
LPTIM repetition register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
REP
rw |
LPTIM capture/compare mode register 1
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IC2F
rw |
IC2PSC
rw |
CC2P
rw |
CC2E
rw |
CC2SEL
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IC1F
rw |
IC1PSC
rw |
CC1P
rw |
CC1E
rw |
CC1SEL
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/compare 1 selection This bitfield defines the direction of the channel input (capture) or output mode..
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 output enable. This bit determines if a capture of the counter value can actually be done into the input capture/compare register 1 (LPTIM_CCR1) or not..
Bits 2-3: Capture/compare 1 output polarity. Only bit2 is used to set polarity when output mode is enabled, bit3 is don't care. This field is used to select the IC1 polarity for capture operations..
Bits 8-9: Input capture 1 prescaler This bitfield defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on the CC1 input (IC1)..
Bits 12-13: Input capture 1 filter This bitfield defines the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external input capture signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature..
Bit 16: Capture/compare 2 selection This bitfield defines the direction of the channel, input (capture) or output mode..
Bit 17: Capture/compare 2 output enable. This bit determines if a capture of the counter value can actually be done into the input capture/compare register 2 (LPTIM_CCR2) or not..
Bits 18-19: Capture/compare 2 output polarity. Only bit2 is used to set polarity when output mode is enabled, bit3 is don't care. This field is used to select the IC2 polarity for capture operations..
Bits 24-25: Input capture 2 prescaler This bitfield defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on the CC2 input (IC2)..
Bits 28-29: Input capture 2 filter This bitfield defines the number of consecutive equal samples that should be detected when a level change occurs on an external input capture signal before it is considered as a valid level transition. An internal clock source must be present to use this feature..
LPTIM compare register 2
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR2
rw |
Bits 0-15: Capture/compare 2 value If channel CC2 is configured as output: CCR2 is the value to be loaded in the capture/compare 2 register. Depending on the PRELOAD option, the CCR2 register is immediately updated if the PRELOAD bit is reset and updated at next LPTIM update event if PREOAD bit is reset. The capture/compare register 2 contains the value to be compared to the counter LPTIM_CNT and signaled on OC2 output. If channel CC2 is configured as input: CCR2 becomes read-only, it contains the counter value transferred by the last input capture 2 event. The LPTIM_CCR2 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..
0x44002400: Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver transmitter
39/121 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1_disabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x0 | CR1_enabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | RQR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ISR_disabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ISR_enabled | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | RDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | TDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | PRESC |
LPUART control register 1 [alternate]
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/19 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FIFOEN
rw |
M1
rw |
DEAT
rw |
DEDT
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CMIE
rw |
MME
rw |
M0
rw |
WAKE
rw |
PCE
rw |
PS
rw |
PEIE
rw |
TXEIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
RXNEIE
rw |
IDLEIE
rw |
TE
rw |
RE
rw |
UESM
rw |
UE
rw |
Bit 0: LPUART enable When this bit is cleared, the LPUART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and current operations are discarded. The configuration of the LPUART is kept, but all the status flags, in the LPUART_ISR are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be reset before and the software must wait for the TC bit in the LPUART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit..
Bit 1: LPUART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the LPUART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the LPUART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode, and clear it when exiting low-power mode..
Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit (‘0’ followed by ‘1’) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to ‘1. To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the LPUART_ISR register. In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 5: Receive data register not empty This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 7: Transmit data register empty This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M=1; 8th bit if M=0) and parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 11: Receiver wakeup method This bit determines the LPUART wakeup method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1) description). This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit activates the Mute mode function of the LPUART. When set, the LPUART can switch between the active and Mute modes, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bits 16-20: Driver Enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal.It is expressed in lpuart_ker_ck clock cycles. For more details, refer control and RS485 Driver Enable. If the LPUART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bits 21-25: Driver Enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in lpuart_ker_ck clock cycles. For more details, refer . This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = ‘00’: 1 Start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = ‘01’: 1 Start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = ‘10’: 1 Start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0). Note: In 7-bit data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
LPUART control register 1 [alternate]
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/21 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXFFIE
rw |
TXFEIE
rw |
FIFOEN
rw |
M1
rw |
DEAT
rw |
DEDT
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CMIE
rw |
MME
rw |
M0
rw |
WAKE
rw |
PCE
rw |
PS
rw |
PEIE
rw |
TXFNFIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
RXFNEIE
rw |
IDLEIE
rw |
TE
rw |
RE
rw |
UESM
rw |
UE
rw |
Bit 0: LPUART enable When this bit is cleared, the LPUART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and current operations are discarded. The configuration of the LPUART is kept, but all the status flags, in the LPUART_ISR are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be reset before and the software must wait for the TC bit in the LPUART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit..
Bit 1: LPUART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the LPUART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the LPUART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode, and clear it when exiting low-power mode..
Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit (‘0’ followed by ‘1’) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to ‘1’. To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the LPUART_ISR register. In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M=1; 8th bit if M=0) and parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 11: Receiver wakeup method This bit determines the LPUART wakeup method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1) description). This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit activates the Mute mode function of the LPUART. When set, the LPUART can switch between the active and Mute modes, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..
Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bits 16-20: Driver Enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal.It is expressed in lpuart_ker_ck clock cycles. For more details, refer control and RS485 Driver Enable. If the LPUART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bits 21-25: Driver Enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in lpuart_ker_ck clock cycles. For more details, refer . This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = ‘00’: 1 Start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = ‘01’: 1 Start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = ‘10’: 1 Start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0). Note: In 7-bit data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 30: TXFIFO empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bit 31: RXFIFO Full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
LPUART control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADD
rw |
MSBFIRST
rw |
DATAINV
rw |
TXINV
rw |
RXINV
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SWAP
rw |
STOP
rw |
ADDM7
rw |
Bit 4: 7-bit Address Detection/4-bit Address Detection This bit is for selection between 4-bit address detection or 7-bit address detection. This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0) Note: In 7-bit and 9-bit data modes, the address detection is done on 6-bit and 8-bit address (ADD[5:0] and ADD[7:0]) respectively..
Bits 12-13: STOP bits These bits are used for programming the stop bits. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 15: Swap TX/RX pins This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 16: RX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the RX line. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 17: TX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the TX line. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 18: Binary data inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 19: Most significant bit first This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bits 24-31: Address of the LPUART node These bits give the address of the LPUART node in Mute mode or a character code to be recognized in low-power or Run mode: In Mute mode: they are used in multiprocessor communication to wakeup from Mute mode with 4-bit/7-bit address mark detection. The MSB of the character sent by the transmitter should be equal to 1. In 4-bit address mark detection, only ADD[3:0] bits are used. In low-power mode: they are used for wake up from low-power mode on character match. When WUS[1:0] is programmed to 0b00 (WUF active on address match), the wakeup from low-power mode is performed when the received character corresponds to the character programmed through ADD[6:0] or ADD[3:0] bitfield (depending on ADDM7 bit), and WUF interrupt is enabled by setting WUFIE bit. The MSB of the character sent by transmitter should be equal to 1. In Run mode with Mute mode inactive (for example, end-of-block detection in ModBus protocol): the whole received character (8 bits) is compared to ADD[7:0] value and CMF flag is set on match. An interrupt is generated if the CMIE bit is set. These bits can only be written when the reception is disabled (RE = 0) or when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
LPUART control register 3
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/18 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFTCFG
rw |
RXFTIE
rw |
RXFTCFG
rw |
TXFTIE
rw |
WUFIE
rw |
WUS1
rw |
WUS0
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DEP
rw |
DEM
rw |
DDRE
rw |
OVRDIS
rw |
CTSIE
rw |
CTSE
rw |
RTSE
rw |
DMAT
rw |
DMAR
rw |
HDSEL
rw |
EIE
rw |
Bit 0: Error interrupt enable Error Interrupt Enable Bit is required to enable interrupt generation in case of a framing error, overrun error or noise flag (FE=1 or ORE=1 or NE=1 in the LPUART_ISR register)..
Bit 3: Half-duplex selection Selection of Single-wire Half-duplex mode This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 6: DMA enable receiver This bit is set/reset by software.
Bit 7: DMA enable transmitter This bit is set/reset by software.
Bit 8: RTS enable This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 9: CTS enable This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0).
Bit 10: CTS interrupt enable.
Bit 12: Overrun Disable This bit is used to disable the receive overrun detection. the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the LPUART_RDR register. This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0). Note: This control bit enables checking the communication flow w/o reading the data..
Bit 13: DMA Disable on Reception Error This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0). Note: The reception errors are: parity error, framing error or noise error..
Bit 14: Driver enable mode This bit enables the user to activate the external transceiver control, through the DE signal. This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 15: Driver enable polarity selection This bit can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0)..
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode interrupt flag selection This bitfield specifies the event which activates the WUF (Wakeup from low-power mode flag). This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2386..
Bit 21: Wakeup from low-power mode interrupt flag selection This bitfield specifies the event which activates the WUF (Wakeup from low-power mode flag). This bitfield can only be written when the LPUART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2386..
Bit 22: Wakeup from low-power mode interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: WUFIE must be set before entering in low-power mode. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2386..
Bit 23: TXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bits 25-27: Receive FIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved..
Bit 28: RXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Bits 29-31: TXFIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved..
LPUART baud rate register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
LPUART request register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
Bit 1: Send break request Writing 1 to this bit sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available. Note: If the application needs to send the break character following all previously inserted data, including the ones not yet transmitted, the software should wait for the TXE flag assertion before setting the SBKRQ bit..
Bit 2: Mute mode request Writing 1 to this bit puts the LPUART in Mute mode and resets the RWU flag..
Bit 3: Receive data flush request Writing 1 to this bit clears the RXNE flag. This enables discarding the received data without reading it, and avoid an overrun condition..
Bit 4: Transmit data flush request This bit is used when FIFO mode is enabled. TXFRQ bit is set to flush the whole FIFO. This sets the flag TXFE (TXFIFO empty, bit 23 in the LPUART_ISR register). Note: In FIFO mode, the TXFNF flag is reset during the flush request until TxFIFO is empty in order to ensure that no data are written in the data register..
LPUART interrupt and status register [alternate]
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x008000C0, access: Unspecified
17/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
REACK
r |
TEACK
r |
WUF
r |
RWU
r |
SBKF
r |
CMF
r |
BUSY
r |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CTS
r |
CTSIF
r |
TXE
r |
TC
r |
RXNE
r |
IDLE
r |
ORE
r |
NE
r |
FE
r |
PE
r |
Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in Reception mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the LPUART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the LPUART_CR1 register. Note: In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character in the LPUART_RDR..
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the LPUART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the LPUART_CR1 register. Note: In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character in the LPUART_RDR..
Bit 2: Start bit noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on the start bit of a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NFCF bit in the LPUART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXNE/RXFNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character in the LPUART_RDR..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the LPUART_RDR register while RXNE=1 (RXFF = 1 in case FIFO mode is enabled). It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the LPUART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIE=1 or EIE = 1 in the LPUART_CR1 register. Note: When this bit is set, the LPUART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the LPUART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE=1 in the LPUART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the LPUART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). If Mute mode is enabled (MME=1), IDLE is set if the LPUART is not mute (RWU=0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU=1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: Read data register not empty RXNE bit is set by hardware when the content of the LPUART_RDR shift register has been transferred to the LPUART_RDR register. It is cleared by a read to the LPUART_RDR register. The RXNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the LPUART_RQR register. The RXFNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the LPUART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIE=1 in the LPUART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. The TC flag is set when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIE=1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is cleared by software by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by writing to the USART_TDR register..
Bit 7: Transmit data register empty TXE is set by hardware when the content of the LPUART_TDR register has been transferred into the shift register. It is cleared by a write to the LPUART_TDR register. An interrupt is generated if the TXEIE bit =1 in the LPUART_CR1 register. Note: This bit is used during single buffer transmission..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the nCTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the LPUART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE=1 in the LPUART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the nCTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..
Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the LPUART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE=1in the LPUART_CR1 register..
Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the LPUART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..
Bit 19: Receiver wakeup from Mute mode This bit indicates if the LPUART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wakeup/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the LPUART_CR1 register. When wakeup on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the LPUART_RQR register. Note: If the LPUART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wakeup event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the LPUART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE=1 in the LPUART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the LPUART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE=0, followed by TE=1 in the LPUART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE=0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the LPUART. It can be used to verify that the LPUART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the LPUART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
LPUART interrupt and status register [alternate]
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x008000C0, access: Unspecified
21/21 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFT
r |
RXFT
r |
RXFF
r |
TXFE
r |
REACK
r |
TEACK
r |
WUF
r |
RWU
r |
SBKF
r |
CMF
r |
BUSY
r |
|||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CTS
r |
CTSIF
r |
TXFNF
r |
TC
r |
RXFNE
r |
IDLE
r |
ORE
r |
NE
r |
FE
r |
PE
r |
Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in Reception mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the LPUART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the LPUART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the LPUART_RDR..
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the LPUART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the LPUART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the LPUART_RDR..
Bit 2: Start bit noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on the start bit of a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NFCF bit in the LPUART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXFNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. This error is associated with the character in the LPUART_RDR..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the LPUART_RDR register while RXFF = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the LPUART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE=1 or EIE = 1 in the LPUART_CR1 register. Note: When this bit is set, the LPUART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the LPUART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE=1 in the LPUART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the LPUART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXFNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). If Mute mode is enabled (MME=1), IDLE is set if the LPUART is not mute (RWU=0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU=1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty RXFNE bit is set by hardware when the RXFIFO is not empty, and so data can be read from the LPUART_RDR register. Every read of the LPUART_RDR frees a location in the RXFIFO. It is cleared when the RXFIFO is empty. The RXFNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the LPUART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE=1 in the LPUART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the LPUART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. The TC flag behaves as follows: When TDN = 0, the TC flag is set when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXFE is set. When TDN is equal to the number of data in the TXFIFO, the TC flag is set when TXFIFO is empty and TDN is reached. When TDN is greater than the number of data in the TXFIFO, TC remains cleared until the TXFIFO is filled again to reach the programmed number of data to be transferred. When TDN is less than the number of data in the TXFIFO, TC is set when TDN is reached even if the TXFIFO is not empty. An interrupt is generated if TCIE=1 in the LPUART_CR1 register. TC bit is cleared by software by writing 1 to the TCCF in the LPUART_ICR register or by writing to the LPUART_TDR register..
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full TXFNF is set by hardware when TXFIFO is not full, and so data can be written in the LPUART_TDR. Every write in the LPUART_TDR places the data in the TXFIFO. This flag remains set until the TXFIFO is full. When the TXFIFO is full, this flag is cleared indicating that data can not be written into the LPUART_TDR. The TXFNF is kept reset during the flush request until TXFIFO is empty. After sending the flush request (by setting TXFRQ bit), the flag TXFNF should be checked prior to writing in TXFIFO (TXFNF and TXFE are set at the same time). An interrupt is generated if the TXFNFIE bit =1 in the LPUART_CR1 register. Note: This bit is used during single buffer transmission..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the nCTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the LPUART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE=1 in the LPUART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the nCTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..
Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the LPUART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE=1in the LPUART_CR1 register..
Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the LPUART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..
Bit 19: Receiver wakeup from Mute mode This bit indicates if the LPUART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wakeup/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the LPUART_CR1 register. When wakeup on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the LPUART_RQR register. Note: If the LPUART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wakeup event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the LPUART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE=1 in the LPUART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the LPUART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE=0, followed by TE=1 in the LPUART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE=0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the LPUART. It can be used to verify that the LPUART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the LPUART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 23: TXFIFO Empty This bit is set by hardware when TXFIFO is Empty. When the TXFIFO contains at least one data, this flag is cleared. The TXFE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the bit TXFRQ (bit 4) in the LPUART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if the TXFEIE bit =1 (bit 30) in the LPUART_CR1 register..
Bit 24: RXFIFO Full This bit is set by hardware when the number of received data corresponds to RXFIFO size + 1 (RXFIFO full + 1 data in the LPUART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFFIE bit =1 in the LPUART_CR1 register..
Bit 26: RXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the RXFIFO reaches the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG in LPUART_CR3 register i.e. the Receive FIFO contains RXFTCFG data. An interrupt is generated if the RXFTIE bit =1 (bit 27) in the LPUART_CR3 register..
Bit 27: TXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the TXFIFO reaches the threshold programmed in TXFTCFG in LPUART_CR3 register i.e. the TXFIFO contains TXFTCFG empty locations. An interrupt is generated if the TXFTIE bit =1 (bit 31) in the LPUART_CR3 register..
LPUART interrupt flag clear register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WUCF
w |
CMCF
w |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CTSCF
w |
TCCF
w |
IDLECF
w |
ORECF
w |
NECF
w |
FECF
w |
PECF
w |
Bit 0: Parity error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the PE flag in the LPUART_ISR register..
Bit 1: Framing error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the FE flag in the LPUART_ISR register..
Bit 2: Noise detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the NE flag in the LPUART_ISR register..
Bit 3: Overrun error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ORE flag in the LPUART_ISR register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the IDLE flag in the LPUART_ISR register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TC flag in the LPUART_ISR register..
Bit 9: CTS clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CTSIF flag in the LPUART_ISR register..
Bit 17: Character match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMF flag in the LPUART_ISR register..
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the WUF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2386..
LPUART receive data register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RDR
r |
LPUART transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDR
rw |
Bits 0-8: Transmit data value Contains the data character to be transmitted. The TDR register provides the parallel interface between the internal bus and the output shift register (see ). When transmitting with the parity enabled (PCE bit set to 1 in the LPUART_CR1 register), the value written in the MSB (bit 7 or bit 8 depending on the data length) has no effect because it is replaced by the parity. Note: This register must be written only when TXE/TXFNF=1..
LPUART prescaler register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRESCALER
rw |
0x40003400: Operational amplifiers
1/15 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | OPAMP1_CSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | OPAMP1_OTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | OPAMP1_HSOTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | OPAMP_OR |
OPAMP1 control/status register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/11 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CALOUT
r |
TSTREF
rw |
USERTRIM
rw |
PGA_GAIN
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PGA_GAIN
rw |
CALSEL
rw |
CALON
rw |
OPAHSM
rw |
VM_SEL
rw |
VP_SEL
rw |
FORCE_VP
rw |
OPAEN
rw |
Bit 0: Operational amplifier Enable Note: If OPAMP1 is unconnected in a specific package, it must remain disabled (keep OPAMP1_CSR register default value)..
Bit 1: Force internal reference on VP (reserved for test).
Bits 2-3: Non inverted input selection.
Bits 5-6: Inverting input selection.
Bit 8: Operational amplifier high-speed mode The operational amplifier must be disable to change this configuration..
Bit 11: Calibration mode enabled.
Bits 12-13: Calibration selection It is used to select the offset calibration bus used to generate the internal reference voltage when CALON = 1 or FORCE_VP= 1..
Bits 14-17: Operational amplifier Programmable amplifier gain value.
Bit 18: User trimming enable This bit allows to switch from ‘factory’ AOP offset trimmed values to ‘user’ AOP offset trimmed values This bit is active for both mode normal and high-power..
Bit 29: OPAMP calibration reference voltage output control (reserved for test).
Bit 30: Operational amplifier calibration output OPAMP output status flag. During the calibration mode, OPAMP is used as comparator..
OPAMP1 trimming register in normal mode
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TRIMOFFSETP
rw |
TRIMOFFSETN
rw |
OPAMP1 trimming register in high-speed mode
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TRIMHSOFFSETP
rw |
TRIMHSOFFSETN
rw |
0x44020800: Power control
61/61 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | PMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | PMSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | VOSCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | VOSSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | BDCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | DBPCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | BDSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | SCCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | VMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | VMSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | WUSCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | WUSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | WUCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | IORETR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x104 | PRIVCFGR |
PWR power mode control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x0000000C, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SRAM1SO
rw |
SRAM2SO
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
AVD_READY
rw |
BOOSTE
rw |
FLPS
rw |
CSSF
rw |
SVOS
rw |
LPMS
rw |
Bit 0: low-power mode selection This bit defines the Deepsleep mode..
Allowed values:
0: StopMode: Keeps Stop mode when entering DeepSleep
1: StandbyMode: Allows Standby mode when entering DeepSleep
Bits 2-3: system Stop mode voltage scaling selection These bits control the V<sub>CORE</sub> voltage level in system Stop mode, to obtain the best trade-off between power consumption and performance..
Allowed values:
1: Scale5: SVOS5 scale 5
2: Scale4: SVOS4 scale 4
3: Scale3: SVOS3 scale 3
Bit 7: clear Standby and Stop flags (always read as 0) This bit is cleared to 0 by hardware..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: STOPF and SBF flags cleared
Bit 9: Flash memory low-power mode in Stop mode This bit is used to obtain the best trade-off between low-power consumption and restart time when exiting from Stop mode. When it is set, the Flash memory enters low-power mode when the CPU domain is in Stop mode. Note: When system enters stop mode with SVOS5 enabled, Flash memory is automatically forced in low-power mode..
Allowed values:
0: NormalMode: Flash memory remains in normal mode when the system enters Stop mode
1: LowPowerMode: Flash memory enters low-power mode when the system enters Stop mode
Bit 12: analog switch V<sub>BOOST</sub> control This bit enables the booster to guarantee the analog switch AC performance when the V<sub>DD</sub> supply voltage is below 2.7 V (reduction of the total harmonic distortion to have the same switch performance over the full supply voltage range) The V<sub>DD</sub> supply voltage can be monitored through the PVD and the PLS bits..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Booster disabled
1: Enabled: Booster enabled if analog voltage ready (AVD_READY = 1)
Bit 13: analog voltage ready This bit is only used when the analog switch boost needs to be enabled (see BOOSTE bit). It must be set by software when the expected V<sub>DDA</sub> analog supply level is available. The correct analog supply level is indicated by the AVDO bit (PWR_VMSR register) after setting the AVDEN bit (PWR_VMCR register) and selecting the supply level to be monitored (ALS bits)..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: Peripheral analog voltage VDDA not ready (default)
1: Ready: Peripheral analog voltage VDDA ready
Bit 25: AHB SRAM2 shut-off in Stop mode..
Allowed values:
0: Kept: AHB RAM2 content is kept in Stop mode
1: Lost: AHB RAM2 content is lost in Stop mode
Bit 26: AHB SRAM1 shut-off in Stop mode.
Allowed values:
0: Kept: AHB RAM1 content is kept in Stop mode
1: Lost: AHB RAM1 content is lost in Stop mode
PWR status register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bit 5: Stop flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by any reset or by setting the CSSF bit..
Allowed values:
0: NoStopMode: System has not been in stop mode
1: StopModePreviouslyEntered: System has been in Stop mode
Bit 6: System standby flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a POR or by setting the CSSF bit..
Allowed values:
0: NoStandbyMode: System has not been in standby mode
1: StandbyModePreviouslyEntered: System has been in Standby mode
PWR voltage scaling control register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
VOS
rw |
Bits 4-5: voltage scaling selection according to performance These bits control the V<sub>CORE</sub> voltage level and allow to obtain the best trade-off between power consumption and performance: - In bypass mode, these bits must also be set according to the external provided core voltage level and related performance. - When increasing the performance, the voltage scaling must be changed before increasing the system frequency. - When decreasing performance, the system frequency must first be decreased before changing the voltage scaling..
Allowed values:
0: VOS3: Scale 3 (default)
1: VOS1: Scale 1
2: VOS2: Scale 2
3: VOS0: Scale 0
PWR voltage scaling status register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000008, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bit 3: Ready bit for V<sub>CORE</sub> voltage scaling output selection..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: Not ready, voltage level below VOS selected level
1: Ready: Ready, voltage level at or above VOS selected level
Bit 13: Voltage level ready for currently used VOS.
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: VCORE is above or below the current voltage scaling provided by ACTVOS[1:0]
1: Ready: VCORE is equal to the current voltage scaling provided by ACTVOS[1:0]
Bits 14-15: voltage output scaling currently applied to V<sub>CORE</sub> This field provides the last VOS value..
Allowed values:
0: VOS3: VOS3 (lowest power)
1: VOS2: VOS2
2: VOS1: VOS1
3: VOS0: VOS0 (highest frequency)
PWR Backup domain control register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: Backup RAM retention in Standby and V<sub>BAT</sub> modes When this bit set, the backup regulator (used to maintain the backup RAM content in Standby and V<sub>BAT</sub> modes) is enabled. If BREN is cleared, the backup regulator is switched off. The backup RAM can still be used in Run and Stop modes. However its content is lost in Standby and V<sub>BAT</sub> modes. If BREN is set, the application must wait till the backup regulator ready flag (BRRDY) is set to indicate that the data written into the SRAM is maintained in Standby and V<sub>BAT</sub> modes..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Backup regulator enabled; backup RAM content lost in Standby and VBAT modes
1: Enabled: Backup regulator disabled; backup RAM content preserved in Standby and VBAT modes
Bit 1: Backup domain voltage and temperature monitoring enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Backup domain voltage and temperature monitoring disabled
1: Enabled: Backup domain voltage and temperature monitoring enabled
Bit 8: V<sub>BAT</sub> charging enable Note: Reset only by POR,..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: VBAT battery charging disabled
1: Enabled: VBAT battery charging enabled
Bit 9: V<sub>BAT</sub> charging resistor selection.
Allowed values:
0: Charge5k: Charge VBAT through a 5 kΩ resistor
1: Charge1k5: Charge VBAT through a 1.5 kΩ resistor
PWR disable backup protection control register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBP
rw |
Bit 0: Disable Backup domain write protection In reset state, all registers and SRAM in Backup domain are protected against parasitic write access. This bit must be set to enable write access to these registers..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Write access to backup domain disabled
1: Enabled: Write access to backup domain enabled
PWR Backup domain status register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TEMPH
r |
TEMPL
r |
VBATH
r |
VBATL
r |
BRRDY
r |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Bit 16: backup regulator ready This bit is set by hardware to indicate that the backup regulator is ready..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: Backup regulator not ready
1: Ready: Backup regulator ready
Bit 20: V<sub>BAT</sub> level monitoring versus low threshold.
Allowed values:
0: AboveThreshold: Above low threshold level
1: BelowThreshold: Equal to or below low threshold level
Bit 21: V<sub>BAT</sub> level monitoring versus high threshold.
Allowed values:
0: BelowThreshold: Below high threshold level
1: AboveThreshold: Equal to or Above high threshold level
Bit 22: temperature level monitoring versus low threshold.
Allowed values:
0: AboveThreshold: Above low threshold level
1: BelowThreshold: Equal to or below low threshold level
Bit 23: temperature level monitoring versus high threshold.
Allowed values:
0: BelowThreshold: Below high threshold level
1: AboveThreshold: Equal to or Above high threshold level
PWR supply configuration control register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000100, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bit 0: power management unit bypass.
Allowed values:
0: InternalRegulator: Power management unit normal operation. Use the internal regulator.
1: Bypassed: Power management unit bypassed. Use the external power.
Bit 8: LDO enable The value is set by hardware when the package uses the LDO regulator..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Package does not use LDO regulator
1: Enabled: Package uses LDO regulator
PWR voltage monitor control register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: PVD enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: PVD Disabled
1: Enabled: PVD Enabled
Bits 1-3: programmable voltage detector (PVD) level selection These bits select the voltage threshold detected by the PVD..
Allowed values:
0: PvdLevel0: PVD level0 (VPVD0 around 1.95 V)
1: PvdLevel1: PVD level1 (VPVD1 around 2.1 V)
2: PvdLevel2: PVD level2 (VPVD2 around 2.25 V)
3: PvdLevel3: PVD level3 (VPVD3 around 2.4 V)
4: PvdLevel4: PVD level4 (VPVD4 around 2.55 V)
5: PvdLevel5: PVD level5 (VPVD5 around 2.7 V)
6: PvdLevel6: PVD level6 (VPVD6 around 2.85 V)
7: PvdIn: PVD_IN pin
Bit 8: peripheral voltage monitor on V<sub>DDA</sub> enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Peripheral voltage monitor on VDDA disabled
1: Enabled: Peripheral voltage monitor on VDDA enabled
Bits 9-10: analog voltage detector (AVD) level selection These bits select the voltage threshold detected by the AVD..
Allowed values:
0: AvdLevel0: AVD level0 (VAVD0 around 1.7 V)
1: AvdLevel1: AVD level1 (VAVD1 around 2.1 V)
2: AvdLevel2: AVD level2 (VAVD2 around 2.5 V)
3: AvdLevel3: AVD level3 (VAVD3 around 2.8 V)
PWR voltage monitor status register
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PVDO
r |
VDDIO2RDY
r |
AVDO
r |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Bit 19: analog voltage detector output on V<sub>DDA</sub> This bit is set and cleared by hardware. It is valid only if AVD on VDDA is enabled by the AVDEN bit. Note: Since the AVD is disabled in Standby mode, this bit is equal to 0 after standby or reset until the AVDEN bit is set..
Allowed values:
0: AboveThreshold: VDDA is equal or higher than the AVD threshold selected with the ALS[2:0] bits
1: BelowThreshold: VDDA is lower than the AVD threshold selected with the ALS[2:0] bits
Bit 20: voltage detector output on V<sub>DDIO2</sub> This bit is set and cleared by hardware..
Allowed values:
0: BelowThreshold: VDDIO2 is below the threshold of the VDDIO2 voltage monitor
1: AboveThreshold: VDDIO2 is equal or above the threshold of the VDDIO2 voltage monitor
Bit 22: programmable voltage detect output This bit is set and cleared by hardware. It is valid only if the PVD has been enabled by the PVDE bit. Note: Since the PVD is disabled in Standby mode, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset until the PVDE bit is set..
Allowed values:
0: AboveThreshold: VDD is equal or higher than the PVD threshold selected through the PLS[2:0] bits.
1: BelowThreshold: VDD is lower than the PVD threshold selected through the PLS[2:0] bits
PWR wakeup status clear register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: clear wakeup pin flag for WUFx These bits are always read as 0..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Writing 1 clears the WUFx wakeup pin flag (bit is cleared to 0 by hardware)
Bit 1: clear wakeup pin flag for WUFx These bits are always read as 0..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Writing 1 clears the WUFx wakeup pin flag (bit is cleared to 0 by hardware)
Bit 2: clear wakeup pin flag for WUFx These bits are always read as 0..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Writing 1 clears the WUFx wakeup pin flag (bit is cleared to 0 by hardware)
Bit 3: clear wakeup pin flag for WUFx These bits are always read as 0..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Writing 1 clears the WUFx wakeup pin flag (bit is cleared to 0 by hardware)
Bit 4: clear wakeup pin flag for WUFx These bits are always read as 0..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Writing 1 clears the WUFx wakeup pin flag (bit is cleared to 0 by hardware)
PWR wakeup status register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: wakeup pin WUFx flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a RESET pin or by setting the CWUFx bit in PWR_WUSCR register..
Allowed values:
0: NoEventOccurred: No wakeup event occurred
1: EventOccurred: A wakeup event received from WUFx pin
Bit 1: wakeup pin WUFx flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a RESET pin or by setting the CWUFx bit in PWR_WUSCR register..
Allowed values:
0: NoEventOccurred: No wakeup event occurred
1: EventOccurred: A wakeup event received from WUFx pin
Bit 2: wakeup pin WUFx flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a RESET pin or by setting the CWUFx bit in PWR_WUSCR register..
Allowed values:
0: NoEventOccurred: No wakeup event occurred
1: EventOccurred: A wakeup event received from WUFx pin
Bit 3: wakeup pin WUFx flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a RESET pin or by setting the CWUFx bit in PWR_WUSCR register..
Allowed values:
0: NoEventOccurred: No wakeup event occurred
1: EventOccurred: A wakeup event received from WUFx pin
Bit 4: wakeup pin WUFx flag This bit is set by hardware and cleared only by a RESET pin or by setting the CWUFx bit in PWR_WUSCR register..
Allowed values:
0: NoEventOccurred: No wakeup event occurred
1: EventOccurred: A wakeup event received from WUFx pin
PWR wakeup configuration register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WUPPUPD5
rw |
WUPPUPD4
rw |
WUPPUPD3
rw |
WUPPUPD2
rw |
WUPPUPD1
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
WUPP5
rw |
WUPP4
rw |
WUPP3
rw |
WUPP2
rw |
WUPP1
rw |
WUPEN5
rw |
WUPEN4
rw |
WUPEN3
rw |
WUPEN2
rw |
WUPEN1
rw |
Bit 0: enable wakeup pin WUPx These bits are set and cleared by software. Note: an additional wakeup event is detected if WUPx pin is enabled (by setting the WUPENx bit) when WUPx pin level is already high when WUPPx selects rising edge, or low when WUPPx selects falling edge..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: An event on WUPx pin does not wakeup the system from Standby mode
1: Enabled: A rising or falling edge on WUPx pin wakes up the system from Standby mode
Bit 1: enable wakeup pin WUPx These bits are set and cleared by software. Note: an additional wakeup event is detected if WUPx pin is enabled (by setting the WUPENx bit) when WUPx pin level is already high when WUPPx selects rising edge, or low when WUPPx selects falling edge..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: An event on WUPx pin does not wakeup the system from Standby mode
1: Enabled: A rising or falling edge on WUPx pin wakes up the system from Standby mode
Bit 2: enable wakeup pin WUPx These bits are set and cleared by software. Note: an additional wakeup event is detected if WUPx pin is enabled (by setting the WUPENx bit) when WUPx pin level is already high when WUPPx selects rising edge, or low when WUPPx selects falling edge..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: An event on WUPx pin does not wakeup the system from Standby mode
1: Enabled: A rising or falling edge on WUPx pin wakes up the system from Standby mode
Bit 3: enable wakeup pin WUPx These bits are set and cleared by software. Note: an additional wakeup event is detected if WUPx pin is enabled (by setting the WUPENx bit) when WUPx pin level is already high when WUPPx selects rising edge, or low when WUPPx selects falling edge..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: An event on WUPx pin does not wakeup the system from Standby mode
1: Enabled: A rising or falling edge on WUPx pin wakes up the system from Standby mode
Bit 4: enable wakeup pin WUPx These bits are set and cleared by software. Note: an additional wakeup event is detected if WUPx pin is enabled (by setting the WUPENx bit) when WUPx pin level is already high when WUPPx selects rising edge, or low when WUPPx selects falling edge..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: An event on WUPx pin does not wakeup the system from Standby mode
1: Enabled: A rising or falling edge on WUPx pin wakes up the system from Standby mode
Bit 8: wakeup pin polarity bit for WUPx These bits define the polarity used for event detection on WUPx external wakeup pin..
Allowed values:
0: HighLevel: Detection on high level
1: LowLevel: Detection on low level
Bit 9: wakeup pin polarity bit for WUPx These bits define the polarity used for event detection on WUPx external wakeup pin..
Allowed values:
0: HighLevel: Detection on high level
1: LowLevel: Detection on low level
Bit 10: wakeup pin polarity bit for WUPx These bits define the polarity used for event detection on WUPx external wakeup pin..
Allowed values:
0: HighLevel: Detection on high level
1: LowLevel: Detection on low level
Bit 11: wakeup pin polarity bit for WUPx These bits define the polarity used for event detection on WUPx external wakeup pin..
Allowed values:
0: HighLevel: Detection on high level
1: LowLevel: Detection on low level
Bit 12: wakeup pin polarity bit for WUPx These bits define the polarity used for event detection on WUPx external wakeup pin..
Allowed values:
0: HighLevel: Detection on high level
1: LowLevel: Detection on low level
Bits 16-17: wakeup pin pull configuration for WKUPx These bits define the I/O pad pull configuration used when WUPENx = 1. The associated GPIO port pull configuration must be set to the same value or to 00. The wakeup pin pull configuration is kept in Standby mode..
Allowed values:
0: NoPull: No pull-up or pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 18-19: wakeup pin pull configuration for WKUPx These bits define the I/O pad pull configuration used when WUPENx = 1. The associated GPIO port pull configuration must be set to the same value or to 00. The wakeup pin pull configuration is kept in Standby mode..
Allowed values:
0: NoPull: No pull-up or pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 20-21: wakeup pin pull configuration for WKUPx These bits define the I/O pad pull configuration used when WUPENx = 1. The associated GPIO port pull configuration must be set to the same value or to 00. The wakeup pin pull configuration is kept in Standby mode..
Allowed values:
0: NoPull: No pull-up or pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 22-23: wakeup pin pull configuration for WKUPx These bits define the I/O pad pull configuration used when WUPENx = 1. The associated GPIO port pull configuration must be set to the same value or to 00. The wakeup pin pull configuration is kept in Standby mode..
Allowed values:
0: NoPull: No pull-up or pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
Bits 24-25: wakeup pin pull configuration for WKUPx These bits define the I/O pad pull configuration used when WUPENx = 1. The associated GPIO port pull configuration must be set to the same value or to 00. The wakeup pin pull configuration is kept in Standby mode..
Allowed values:
0: NoPull: No pull-up or pull-down
1: PullUp: Pull-up
2: PullDown: Pull-down
PWR I/O retention register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
JTAGIORETEN
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IORETEN
rw |
Bit 0: IO retention enable: When entering into standby mode, the output is sampled, and applied to the output IO during the standby power mode. Note: the IO state is not retained if the DBG_STANDBY bit is set in DBGMCU_CR register..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: IO Retention mode is disabled
1: Enabled: IO Retention mode is enabled
Bit 16: IO retention enable for JTAG IOs when entering into standby mode, the output is sampled, and applied to the output IO during the standby power mode.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: IO Retention mode is disabled
1: Enabled: IO Retention mode is enabled
PWR privilege configuration register
Offset: 0x104, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NSPRIV
rw |
Bit 1: PWR functions privilege configuration Set and reset by software. This bit can be written only by privileged access..
Allowed values:
0: Unprivileged: Read and write to PWR functions can be done by privileged or unprivileged access
1: Privileged: Read and write to PWR functions can be done by privileged access only
0x40026000: RAMs configuration controller
18/66 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | M1CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | M1ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | M1ERKEYR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | M2CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | M2IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | M2ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | M2SEAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | M2DEAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | M2ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | M2WPR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | M2ECCKEYR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x68 | M2ERKEYR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x84 | M3IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x88 | M3ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8c | M3SEAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x90 | M3DEAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x94 | M3ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa4 | M3ECCKEYR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa8 | M3ERKEYR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe8 | M4ERKEYR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x100 | M5CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x104 | M5IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x108 | M5ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10c | M5SEAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x110 | M5DEAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x114 | M5ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x124 | M5ECCKEYR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x128 | M5ERKEYR |
RAMCFG memory 1 control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: ECC enable. This bit reset value is defined by the user option bit configuration. When set, it can be cleared by software only after writing the unlock sequence in the RAMCFG_MxECCKEYR register. Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 control register..
Bit 4: Address latch enable Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 control register..
Bit 8: SRAM erase This bit can be set by software only after writing the unlock sequence in the ERASEKEY field of the RAMCFG_MxERKEYR register. Setting this bit starts the SRAM erase. This bit is automatically cleared by hardware at the end of the erase operation..
RAMCFG memory interrupt status register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: ECC single error detected and corrected Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 interrupt status register..
Bit 1: ECC double error detected Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 interrupt status register..
Bit 8: SRAM busy with erase operation Note: Depending on the SRAM, the erase operation can be performed due to software request, system reset if the option bit is enabled, tamper detection or product state regression. Refer to Table 9: Internal SRAMs features..
RAMCFG memory 1 erase key register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ERASEKEY
w |
RAMCFG memory 2 control register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: ECC enable. This bit reset value is defined by the user option bit configuration. When set, it can be cleared by software only after writing the unlock sequence in the RAMCFG_MxECCKEYR register. Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 control register..
Bit 4: Address latch enable Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 control register..
Bit 8: SRAM erase This bit can be set by software only after writing the unlock sequence in the ERASEKEY field of the RAMCFG_MxERKEYR register. Setting this bit starts the SRAM erase. This bit is automatically cleared by hardware at the end of the erase operation..
RAMCFG memory 2 interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: ECC single error interrupt enable.
Bit 1: ECC double error interrupt enable.
Bit 3: Double error NMI This bit is set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset. Note: if ECCNMI is set, the RAMCFG maskable interrupt is not generated whatever DEIE bit value..
RAMCFG memory interrupt status register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: ECC single error detected and corrected Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 interrupt status register..
Bit 1: ECC double error detected Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 interrupt status register..
Bit 8: SRAM busy with erase operation Note: Depending on the SRAM, the erase operation can be performed due to software request, system reset if the option bit is enabled, tamper detection or product state regression. Refer to Table 9: Internal SRAMs features..
RAMCFG memory 2 ECC single error address register
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
RAMCFG memory 2 ECC double error address register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
RAMCFG memory 2 interrupt clear register 2
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 0: Clear ECC single error detected and corrected Writing 1 to this flag clears the SEDC bit in the RAMCFG_MxISR register. Reading this flag returns the SEDC value..
Bit 1: Clear ECC double error detected Writing 1 to this flag clears the DED bit in the RAMCFG_MxISR register. Reading this flag returns the DED value..
RAMCFG memory 2 write protection register 1
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/16 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
P15WP
rw |
P14WP
rw |
P13WP
rw |
P12WP
rw |
P11WP
rw |
P10WP
rw |
P9WP
rw |
P8WP
rw |
P7WP
rw |
P6WP
rw |
P5WP
rw |
P4WP
rw |
P3WP
rw |
P2WP
rw |
P1WP
rw |
P0WP
rw |
Bit 0: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 1: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 2: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 3: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 4: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 5: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 6: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 7: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 8: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 9: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 10: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 11: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 12: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 13: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 14: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
Bit 15: SRAM2 1-Kbyte page y write protection These bits are set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset..
RAMCFG memory 2 ECC key register
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ECCKEY
w |
RAMCFG memory 2 erase key register
Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ERASEKEY
w |
RAMCFG memory 3 interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x84, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: ECC single error interrupt enable.
Bit 1: ECC double error interrupt enable.
Bit 3: Double error NMI This bit is set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset. Note: if ECCNMI is set, the RAMCFG maskable interrupt is not generated whatever DEIE bit value..
RAMCFG memory interrupt status register
Offset: 0x88, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: ECC single error detected and corrected Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 interrupt status register..
Bit 1: ECC double error detected Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 interrupt status register..
Bit 8: SRAM busy with erase operation Note: Depending on the SRAM, the erase operation can be performed due to software request, system reset if the option bit is enabled, tamper detection or product state regression. Refer to Table 9: Internal SRAMs features..
RAMCFG memory 3 ECC single error address register
Offset: 0x8c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
RAMCFG memory 3 ECC double error address register
Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
RAMCFG memory 3 interrupt clear register 3
Offset: 0x94, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 0: Clear ECC single error detected and corrected Writing 1 to this flag clears the SEDC bit in the RAMCFG_MxISR register. Reading this flag returns the SEDC value..
Bit 1: Clear ECC double error detected Writing 1 to this flag clears the DED bit in the RAMCFG_MxISR register. Reading this flag returns the DED value..
RAMCFG memory 3 ECC key register
Offset: 0xa4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ECCKEY
w |
RAMCFG memory 3 erase key register
Offset: 0xa8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ERASEKEY
w |
RAMCFG memory 4 erase key register
Offset: 0xe8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ERASEKEY
w |
RAMCFG memory 5 control register
Offset: 0x100, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: ECC enable. This bit reset value is defined by the user option bit configuration. When set, it can be cleared by software only after writing the unlock sequence in the RAMCFG_MxECCKEYR register. Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 control register..
Bit 4: Address latch enable Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 control register..
Bit 8: SRAM erase This bit can be set by software only after writing the unlock sequence in the ERASEKEY field of the RAMCFG_MxERKEYR register. Setting this bit starts the SRAM erase. This bit is automatically cleared by hardware at the end of the erase operation..
RAMCFG memory 5 interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x104, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: ECC single error interrupt enable.
Bit 1: ECC double error interrupt enable.
Bit 3: Double error NMI This bit is set by software and cleared only by a global RAMCFG reset. Note: if ECCNMI is set, the RAMCFG maskable interrupt is not generated whatever DEIE bit value..
RAMCFG memory interrupt status register
Offset: 0x108, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bit 0: ECC single error detected and corrected Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 interrupt status register..
Bit 1: ECC double error detected Note: This bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value in SRAM1 interrupt status register..
Bit 8: SRAM busy with erase operation Note: Depending on the SRAM, the erase operation can be performed due to software request, system reset if the option bit is enabled, tamper detection or product state regression. Refer to Table 9: Internal SRAMs features..
RAMCFG memory 5 ECC single error address register
Offset: 0x10c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
RAMCFG memory 5 ECC double error address register
Offset: 0x110, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
RAMCFG memory 5 interrupt clear register 5
Offset: 0x114, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bit 0: Clear ECC single error detected and corrected Writing 1 to this flag clears the SEDC bit in the RAMCFG_MxISR register. Reading this flag returns the SEDC value..
Bit 1: Clear ECC double error detected Writing 1 to this flag clears the DED bit in the RAMCFG_MxISR register. Reading this flag returns the DED value..
RAMCFG memory 5 ECC key register
Offset: 0x124, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ECCKEY
w |
RAMCFG memory 5 erase key register
Offset: 0x128, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ERASEKEY
w |
0x44020c00: Reset and clock controller
267/271 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | HSICFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | CRRCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CSICFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CFGR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | CFGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | PLL1CFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | PLL2CFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | PLL1DIVR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | PLL1FRACR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | PLL2DIVR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | PLL2FRACR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | CIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | CIFR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | CICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | AHB1RSTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | AHB2RSTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x74 | APB1LRSTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x78 | APB1HRSTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x7c | APB2RSTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x80 | APB3RSTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x88 | AHB1ENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8c | AHB2ENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x9c | APB1LENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa0 | APB1HENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa4 | APB2ENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xa8 | APB3ENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xb0 | AHB1LPENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xb4 | AHB2LPENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc4 | APB1LLPENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc8 | APB1HLPENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xcc | APB2LPENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd0 | APB3LPENR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xd8 | CCIPR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xdc | CCIPR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe0 | CCIPR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe4 | CCIPR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xe8 | CCIPR5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xf0 | BDCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xf4 | RSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x114 | PRIVCFGR |
RCC clock control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000023, access: Unspecified
19/19 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PLL2RDY
r |
PLL2ON
rw |
PLL1RDY
r |
PLL1ON
rw |
HSEEXT
rw |
HSECSSON
rw |
HSEBYP
rw |
HSERDY
r |
HSEON
rw |
|||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
HSI48RDY
r |
HSI48ON
rw |
CSIKERON
rw |
CSIRDY
r |
CSION
rw |
HSIDIVF
r |
HSIDIV
rw |
HSIKERON
rw |
HSIRDY
r |
HSION
rw |
Bit 0: HSI clock enable Set and cleared by software. Set by hardware to force the HSI to ON when the product leaves Stop mode, if STOPWUCK = 1 or STOPKERWUCK = 1. Set by hardware to force the HSI to ON when the product leaves Standby mode or in case of a failure of the HSE which is used as the system clock source. This bit cannot be cleared if the HSI is used directly (via SW mux) as system clock, or if the HSI is selected as reference clock for PLL1 with PLL1 enabled (PLL1ON bit set to 1)..
Allowed values:
0: Off: Clock Off
1: On: Clock On
Bit 1: HSI clock ready flag Set by hardware to indicate that the HSI oscillator is stable..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: Clock not ready
1: Ready: Clock ready
Bit 2: HSI clock enable in Stop mode Set and reset by software to force the HSI to ON, even in Stop mode, in order to be quickly available as kernel clock for peripherals. This bit has no effect on the value of HSION..
Allowed values:
0: Off: Clock Off
1: On: Clock On
Bits 3-4: HSI clock divider Set and reset by software. These bits allow selecting a division ratio in order to configure the wanted HSI clock frequency. The HSIDIV cannot be changed if the HSI is selected as reference clock for at least one enabled PLL (PLLxON bit set to 1). In that case, the new HSIDIV value is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: Div1: No division
1: Div2: Division by 2
2: Div4: Division by 4
3: Div8: Division by 8
Bit 5: HSI divider flag Set and reset by hardware. As a write operation to HSIDIV has not an immediate effect on the frequency, this flag indicates the current status of the HSI divider. HSIDIVF goes immediately to 0 when HSIDIV value is changed, and is set back to 1 when the output frequency matches the value programmed into HSIDIV..
Allowed values:
0: NotPropagated: New HSIDIV ratio has not yet propagated to hsi_ck
1: Propagated: HSIDIV ratio has propagated to hsi_ck
Bit 8: CSI clock enable Set and reset by software to enable/disable CSI clock for system and/or peripheral. Set by hardware to force the CSI to ON when the system leaves Stop mode, if STOPWUCK = 1 or STOPKERWUCK = 1. This bit cannot be cleared if the CSI is used directly (via SW mux) as system clock, or if the CSI is selected as reference clock for PLL1 with PLL1 enabled (PLL1ON bit set to 1)..
Allowed values:
0: Off: Clock Off
1: On: Clock On
Bit 9: CSI clock ready flag Set by hardware to indicate that the CSI oscillator is stable. This bit is activated only if the RC is enabled by CSION (it is not activated if the CSI is enabled by CSIKERON or by a peripheral request)..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: Clock not ready
1: Ready: Clock ready
Bit 10: CSI clock enable in Stop mode Set and reset by software to force the CSI to ON, even in Stop mode, in order to be quickly available as kernel clock for some peripherals. This bit has no effect on the value of CSION..
Allowed values:
0: Off: Clock Off
1: On: Clock On
Bit 12: HSI48 clock enable Set by software and cleared by software or by the hardware when the system enters to Stop or Standby mode..
Allowed values:
0: Off: Clock Off
1: On: Clock On
Bit 13: HSI48 clock ready flag Set by hardware to indicate that the HSI48 oscillator is stable..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: Clock not ready
1: Ready: Clock ready
Bit 16: HSE clock enable Set and cleared by software. Cleared by hardware to stop the HSE when entering Stop or Standby mode. This bit cannot be cleared if the HSE is used directly (via SW mux) as system clock, or if the HSE is selected as reference clock for PLL1 with PLL1 enabled (PLL1ON bit set to 1)..
Allowed values:
0: Off: Clock Off
1: On: Clock On
Bit 17: HSE clock ready flag Set by hardware to indicate that the HSE oscillator is stable..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: Clock not ready
1: Ready: Clock ready
Bit 18: HSE clock bypass Set and cleared by software to bypass the oscillator with an external clock. The external clock must be enabled with the HSEON bit to be used by the device. The HSEBYP bit can be written only if the HSE oscillator is disabled..
Allowed values:
0: NotBypassed: HSE crystal oscillator not bypassed
1: Bypassed: HSE crystal oscillator bypassed with external clock
Bit 19: HSE clock security system enable Set by software to enable clock security system on HSE. This bit is “set only” (disabled by a system reset or when the system enters in Standby mode). When HSECSSON is set, the clock detector is enabled by hardware when the HSE is ready and disabled by hardware if an oscillator failure is detected..
Allowed values:
0: Off: Clock Off
1: On: Clock On
Bit 20: external high speed clock type in Bypass mode Set and reset by software to select the external clock type (analog or digital). The external clock must be enabled with the HSEON bit to be used by the device. The HSEEXT bit can be written only if the HSE oscillator is disabled..
Allowed values:
0: Analog: HSE in analog mode
1: Digital: HSE in digital mode
Bit 24: PLL1 enable Set and cleared by software to enable PLL1. Cleared by hardware when entering Stop or Standby mode. Note that the hardware prevents writing this bit to 0, if the PLL1 output is used as the system clock..
Allowed values:
0: Off: Clock Off
1: On: Clock On
Bit 25: PLL1 clock ready flag Set by hardware to indicate that the PLL1 is locked..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: Clock not ready
1: Ready: Clock ready
Bit 26: PLL2 enable Set and cleared by software to enable PLL2. Cleared by hardware when entering Stop or Standby mode..
Allowed values:
0: Off: Clock Off
1: On: Clock On
Bit 27: PLL2 clock ready flag Set by hardware to indicate that the PLL is locked..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: Clock not ready
1: Ready: Clock ready
RCC HSI calibration register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00400000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSITRIM
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
HSICAL
r |
Bits 0-11: HSI clock calibration Set by hardware by option byte loading during system reset nreset. Adjusted by software through trimming bits HSITRIM. This field represents the sum of engineering option byte calibration value and HSITRIM bits value..
Bits 16-22: HSI clock trimming Set by software to adjust calibration. HSITRIM field is added to the engineering option bytes loaded during reset phase (FLASH_HSI_OPT) in order to form the calibration trimming value. HSICAL = HSITRIM + FLASH_HSI_OPT. After a change of HSITRIM it takes one system clock cycle before the new HSITRIM value is updated Note: The reset value of the field is 0x40..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
RCC clock recovery RC register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSI48CAL
r |
RCC CSI calibration register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00200000, access: Unspecified
1/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CSITRIM
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CSICAL
rw |
Bits 0-7: CSI clock calibration Set by hardware by option byte loading during system reset NRESET. Adjusted by software through trimming bits CSITRIM. This field represents the sum of engineering option byte calibration value and CSITRIM bits value..
Bits 16-21: CSI clock trimming Set by software to adjust calibration. CSITRIM field is added to the engineering option bytes loaded during reset phase (FLASH_CSI_OPT) in order to form the calibration trimming value. CSICAL = CSITRIM + FLASH_CSI_OPT. Note: The reset value of the field is 0x20..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
RCC clock configuration register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MCO2SEL
rw |
MCO2PRE
rw |
MCO1SEL
rw |
MCO1PRE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TIMPRE
rw |
RTCPRE
rw |
STOPKERWUCK
rw |
STOPWUCK
rw |
SWS
r |
SW
rw |
Bits 0-1: system clock and trace clock switch Set and reset by software to select system clock and trace clock sources (sys_ck). Set by hardware in order to: - force the selection of the HSI or CSI (depending on STOPWUCK selection) when leaving a system Stop mode - force the selection of the HSI in case of failure of the HSE when used directly or indirectly as system clock others: reserved.
Allowed values:
0: HSI: HSI selected as system clock
1: CSI: CSI selected as system clock
2: HSE: HSE selected as system clock
3: PLL1: PLL1 selected as system clock
Bits 3-4: system clock switch status Set and reset by hardware to indicate which clock source is used as system clock. 000: HSI used as system clock (hsi_ck) (default after reset). others: reserved.
Allowed values:
0: HSI: HSI oscillator used as system clock
1: CSI: CSI oscillator used as system clock
2: HSE: HSE oscillator used as system clock
3: PLL1: PLL1 used as system clock
Bit 6: system clock selection after a wakeup from system Stop Set and reset by software to select the system wakeup clock from system Stop. The selected clock is also used as emergency clock for the clock security system (CSS) on HSE. 0: HSI selected as wakeup clock from system Stop (default after reset) STOPWUCK must not be modified when CSS is enabled (by HSECSSON bit) and the system clock is HSE (SWS = 10) or a switch on HSE is requested (SW =10)..
Allowed values:
0: HSI: HSI selected as wake up clock from system Stop
1: CSI: CSI selected as wake up clock from system Stop
Bit 7: kernel clock selection after a wakeup from system Stop Set and reset by software to select the kernel wakeup clock from system Stop..
Allowed values:
0: HSI: HSI selected as wake up clock from system Stop
1: CSI: CSI selected as wake up clock from system Stop
Bits 8-13: HSE division factor for RTC clock Set and cleared by software to divide the HSE to generate a clock for RTC. Caution: The software must set these bits correctly to ensure that the clock supplied to the RTC is lower than 1 MHz. These bits must be configured if needed before selecting the RTC clock source. ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3f
Bit 15: timers clocks prescaler selection This bit is set and reset by software to control the clock frequency of all the timers connected to APB1 and APB2 domains..
Allowed values:
0: DefaultX2: Timer kernel clock equal to 2x pclk by default
1: DefaultX4: Timer kernel clock equal to 4x pclk by default
Bits 18-21: MCO1 prescaler Set and cleared by software to configure the prescaler of the MCO1. Modification of this prescaler may generate glitches on MCO1. It is highly recommended to change this prescaler only after reset, before enabling the external oscillators and the PLLs. ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 22-24: Microcontroller clock output 1 Set and cleared by software. Clock source selection may generate glitches on MCO1. It is highly recommended to configure these bits only after reset, before enabling the external oscillators and the PLLs. others: reserved.
Allowed values:
0: HSI: HSI clock selected (hsi_ck)
1: LSE: LSE clock selected (lse_ck)
2: HSE: HSE clock selected (hse_ck)
3: PLL1_Q: PLL1 clock selected (pll1_q_ck)
4: HSI48: HSI48 clock selected (hsi48_ck)
Bits 25-28: MCO2 prescaler Set and cleared by software to configure the prescaler of the MCO2. Modification of this prescaler may generate glitches on MCO2. It is highly recommended to change this prescaler only after reset, before enabling the external oscillators and the PLLs. ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 29-31: microcontroller clock output 2 Set and cleared by software. Clock source selection may generate glitches on MCO2. It is highly recommended to configure these bits only after reset, before enabling the external oscillators and the PLLs. others: reserved.
Allowed values:
0: SYSCLK: System clock selected (sys_ck)
1: PLL2_P: PLL2 oscillator clock selected (pll2_p_ck)
2: HSE: HSE clock selected (hse_ck)
3: PLL1_P: PLL1 clock selected (pll1_p_ck)
4: CSI: CSI clock selected (csi_ck)
5: LSI: LSI clock selected (lsi_ck)
RCC CPU domain clock configuration register 2
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
APB3DIS
rw |
APB2DIS
rw |
APB1DIS
rw |
AHB4DIS
rw |
AHB2DIS
rw |
AHB1DIS
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PPRE3
rw |
PPRE2
rw |
PPRE1
rw |
HPRE
rw |
Bits 0-3: AHB prescaler Set and reset by software to control the division factor of rcc_hclk. Changing this division ratio has an impact on the frequency of all bus matrix clocks 0xxx: rcc_hclk = sys_ck (default after reset).
Allowed values:
8: Div2: SYSCLK divided by 2
9: Div4: SYSCLK divided by 4
10: Div8: SYSCLK divided by 8
11: Div16: SYSCLK divided by 16
12: Div64: SYSCLK divided by 64
13: Div128: SYSCLK divided by 128
14: Div256: SYSCLK divided by 256
15: Div512: SYSCLK divided by 512
0 (+): Div1: SYSCLK not divided
Bits 4-6: APB low-speed prescaler (APB1) Set and reset by software to control the division factor of rcc_pclk1. The clock is divided by the new prescaler factor from 1 to 16 cycles of rcc_hclk after PPRE write. 0xx: rcc_pclk1 = rcc_hclk1 (default after reset).
Allowed values:
4: Div2: HCLK divided by 2
5: Div4: HCLK divided by 4
6: Div8: HCLK divided by 8
7: Div16: HCLK divided by 16
0 (+): Div1: HCLK not divided
Bits 8-10: APB high-speed prescaler (APB2) Set and reset by software to control APB high-speed clocks division factor. The clocks are divided with the new prescaler factor from 1 to 16 APB cycles after PPRE2 write. 0xx: rcc_pclk2 = rcc_hclk1.
Allowed values:
4: Div2: HCLK divided by 2
5: Div4: HCLK divided by 4
6: Div8: HCLK divided by 8
7: Div16: HCLK divided by 16
0 (+): Div1: HCLK not divided
Bits 12-14: APB low-speed prescaler (APB3) Set and reset by software to control APB low-speed clocks division factor. The clocks are divided with the new prescaler factor from 1 to 16 APB cycles after PPRE3 write. 0xx: rcc_pclk3 = rcc_hclk1.
Allowed values:
4: Div2: HCLK divided by 2
5: Div4: HCLK divided by 4
6: Div8: HCLK divided by 8
7: Div16: HCLK divided by 16
0 (+): Div1: HCLK not divided
Bit 16: AHB1 clock disable This bit can be set in order to further reduce power consumption, when none of the AHB1 peripherals from RCC_AHB1ENR are used and when their clocks are disabled in RCC_AHB1ENR. When this bit is set, all the AHB1 peripherals clocks from RCC_AHB1ENR are off. enable control bits.
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
1: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
Bit 17: AHB2 clock disable This bit can be set in order to further reduce power consumption, when none of the AHB2 peripherals from RCC_AHB2ENR are used and when their clocks are disabled in RCC_AHB2ENR. When this bit is set, all the AHB2 peripherals clocks from RCC_AHB2ENR are off. enable control bits.
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
1: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
Bit 19: AHB4 clock disable This bit can be set in order to further reduce power consumption, when none of the AHB4 peripherals from RCC_AHB4ENR are used and when their clocks are disabled in RCC_AHB4ENR. When this bit is set, all the AHB4 peripherals clocks from RCC_AHB4ENR are off. enable control bits.
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
1: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
Bit 20: APB1 clock disable value This bit can be set in order to further reduce power consumption, when none of the APB1 peripherals (except IWDG) are used and when their clocks are disabled in RCC_APB1ENR. When this bit is set, all the APB1 peripherals clocks are off, except for IWDG. control bits.
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
1: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
Bit 21: APB2 clock disable value This bit can be set in order to further reduce power consumption, when none of the APB2 peripherals are used and when their clocks are disabled in RCC_APB2ENR. When this bit is set, all the APB2 peripherals clocks are off. control bits.
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
1: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
Bit 22: APB3 clock disable value.Set and cleared by software This bit can be set in order to further reduce power consumption, when none of the APB3 peripherals are used and when their clocks are disabled in RCC_APB3ENR. When this bit is set, all the APB3 peripherals clocks are off. control bits.
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
1: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
RCC PLL clock source selection register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PLL1REN
rw |
PLL1QEN
rw |
PLL1PEN
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PLL1M
rw |
PLL1VCOSEL
rw |
PLL1FRACEN
rw |
PLL1RGE
rw |
PLL1SRC
rw |
Bits 0-1: DIVMx and PLLs clock source selection Set and reset by software to select the PLL clock source. These bits can be written only when all PLLs are disabled. In order to save power, when no PLL is used, the value of PLL1SRC must be set to '00'. 00: no clock send to DIVMx divider and PLLs (default after reset)..
Allowed values:
0: None: No clock sent to DIVMx dividers and PLLs
1: HSI: HSI selected as PLL clock
2: CSI: CSI selected as PLL clock
3: HSE: HSE selected as PLL clock
Bits 2-3: PLL1 input frequency range Set and reset by software to select the proper reference frequency range used for PLL1. This bit must be written before enabling the PLL1..
Allowed values:
0: Range1: Frequency is between 1 and 2 MHz
1: Range2: Frequency is between 2 and 4 MHz
2: Range4: Frequency is between 4 and 8 MHz
3: Range8: Frequency is between 8 and 16 MHz
Bit 4: PLL1 fractional latch enable Set and reset by software to latch the content of FRACN1 into the sigma-delta modulator. In order to latch the FRACN1 value into the sigma-delta modulator, PLL1FRACEN must be set to 0, then set to 1. The transition 0 to 1 transfers the content of FRACN1 into the modulator..
Allowed values:
0: Reset: Reset latch to transfer FRACN to the Sigma-Delta modulator
1: Set: Set latch to transfer FRACN to the Sigma-Delta modulator
Bit 5: PLL1 VCO selection Set and reset by software to select the proper VCO frequency range used for PLL1. This bit must be written before enabling the PLL1..
Allowed values:
0: WideVCO: VCO frequency range 192 to 836 MHz
1: MediumVCO: VCO frequency range 150 to 420 MHz
Bits 8-13: prescaler for PLL1 Set and cleared by software to configure the prescaler of the PLL1. The hardware does not allow any modification of this prescaler when PLL1 is enabled (PLL1ON = 1 or PLL1RDY = 1). In order to save power when PLL1 is not used, the value of DIVM1 must be set to 0. ... ....
Bit 16: PLL1 DIVP divider output enable Set and reset by software to enable the pll1_p_ck output of the PLL1. This bit can be written only when the PLL1 is disabled (PLL1ON = 0 and PLL1RDY = 0). In order to save power, when the pll1_p_ck output of the PLL1 is not used, the pll1_p_ck must be disabled..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Clock output is disabled
1: Enabled: Clock output is enabled
Bit 17: PLL1 DIVQ divider output enable Set and reset by software to enable the pll1_q_ck output of the PLL1. In order to save power, when the pll1_q_ck output of the PLL1 is not used, the pll1_q_ck must be disabled. This bit can be written only when the PLL1 is disabled (PLL1ON = 0 and PLL1RDY = 0)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Clock output is disabled
1: Enabled: Clock output is enabled
Bit 18: PLL1 DIVR divider output enable Set and reset by software to enable the pll1_r_ck output of the PLL1. To save power, DIVR1EN and DIVR1 bits must be set to 0 when the pll1_r_ck is not used. This bit can be written only when the PLL1 is disabled (PLL1ON = 0 and PLL1RDY = 0)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Clock output is disabled
1: Enabled: Clock output is enabled
RCC PLL clock source selection register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PLL2REN
rw |
PLL2QEN
rw |
PLL2PEN
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PLL2M
rw |
PLL2VCOSEL
rw |
PLL2FRACEN
rw |
PLL2RGE
rw |
PLL2SRC
rw |
Bits 0-1: DIVMx and PLLs clock source selection Set and reset by software to select the PLL clock source. These bits can be written only when all PLLs are disabled. In order to save power, when no PLL is used, the value of PLL2SRC must be set to '00'..
Allowed values:
0: None: No clock sent to DIVMx dividers and PLLs
1: HSI: HSI selected as PLL clock
2: CSI: CSI selected as PLL clock
3: HSE: HSE selected as PLL clock
Bits 2-3: PLL2 input frequency range Set and reset by software to select the proper reference frequency range used for PLL2. These bits must be written before enabling the PLL2..
Allowed values:
0: Range1: Frequency is between 1 and 2 MHz
1: Range2: Frequency is between 2 and 4 MHz
2: Range4: Frequency is between 4 and 8 MHz
3: Range8: Frequency is between 8 and 16 MHz
Bit 4: PLL2 fractional latch enable Set and reset by software to enable the pll2_p_ck output of the PLL2. To save power, when the pll2_p_ck output of the PLL2 is not used, the pll2_p_ck must be disabled..
Allowed values:
0: Reset: Reset latch to transfer FRACN to the Sigma-Delta modulator
1: Set: Set latch to transfer FRACN to the Sigma-Delta modulator
Bit 5: PLL2 VCO selection Set and reset by software to select the proper VCO frequency range used for PLL2. This bit must be written before enabling the PLL2..
Allowed values:
0: WideVCO: VCO frequency range 192 to 836 MHz
1: MediumVCO: VCO frequency range 150 to 420 MHz
Bits 8-13: prescaler for PLL2 Set and cleared by software to configure the prescaler of the PLL2. The hardware does not allow any modification of this prescaler when PLL2 is enabled (PLL2ON = 1 or PLL2RDY = 1). In order to save power when PLL2 is not used, the value of DIVM2 must be set to 0. ... ....
Bit 16: PLL2 DIVP divider output enable Set and reset by software to enable the pll2_p_ck output of the PLL2. To save power, when the pll2_p_ck output of the PLL2 is not used, the pll2_p_ck must be disabled..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Clock output is disabled
1: Enabled: Clock output is enabled
Bit 17: PLL2 DIVQ divider output enable Set and reset by software to enable the pll2_q_ck output of the PLL2. To save power, when the pll2_q_ck output of the PLL2 is not used, the pll2_q_ck must be disabled..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Clock output is disabled
1: Enabled: Clock output is enabled
Bit 18: PLL2 DIVR divider output enable Set and reset by software to enable the pll2_r_ck output of the PLL2. To save power, DIVR2EN and DIVR2 bits must be set to 0 when the pll2_r_ck is not used..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Clock output is disabled
1: Enabled: Clock output is enabled
RCC PLL1 dividers register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x01010280, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PLL1R
rw |
PLL1Q
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PLL1P
rw |
PLL1N
rw |
Bits 0-8: Multiplication factor for PLL1VCO Set and reset by software to control the multiplication factor of the VCO. These bits can be written only when the PLL is disabled (PLL1ON = 0 and PLL1RDY = 0). ... ... Others: reserved.
Allowed values: 0x3-0x1ff
Bits 9-15: PLL1 DIVP division factor Set and reset by software to control the frequency of the pll1_p_ck clock. These bits can be written only when the PLL1 is disabled (PLL1ON = 0 and PLL1RDY = 0). Note that odd division factors are not allowed. ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
Bits 16-22: PLL1 DIVQ division factor Set and reset by software to control the frequency of the pll1_q_ck clock. These bits can be written only when the PLL1 is disabled (PLL1ON = 0 and PLL1RDY = 0). ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
Bits 24-30: PLL1 DIVR division factor Set and reset by software to control the frequency of the pll1_r_ck clock. These bits can be written only when the PLL1 is disabled (PLL1ON = 0 and PLL1RDY = 0). ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
RCC PLL1 fractional divider register
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PLL1FRACN
rw |
Bits 3-15: fractional part of the multiplication factor for PLL1 VCO Set and reset by software to control the fractional part of the multiplication factor of the VCO. These bits can be written at any time, allowing dynamic fine-tuning of the PLL1 VCO. The software must set correctly these bits to insure that the VCO output frequency is between its valid frequency range, that is: * 128 to 560 MHz if PLL1VCOSEL = 0 * 150 to 420 MHz if PLL1VCOSEL = 1 VCO output frequency = Fref1_ck x (PLL1N + (PLL1FRACN / 213)), with * PLL1N between 8 and 420 * PLL1FRACN can be between 0 and 213- 1 * The input frequency Fref1_ck must be between 1 and 16 MHz. To change the PLL1FRACN value on-the-fly even if the PLL is enabled, the application must proceed as follows: * Set the bit PLL1FRACEN to 0 * Write the new fractional value into PLL1FRACN * Set the bit PLL1FRACEN to 1.
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1fff
RCC PLL1 dividers register
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x01010280, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PLL2R
rw |
PLL2Q
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
PLL2P
rw |
PLL2N
rw |
Bits 0-8: Multiplication factor for PLL2VCO Set and reset by software to control the multiplication factor of the VCO. These bits can be written only when the PLL is disabled (PLL2ON = 0 and PLL2RDY = 0). ... ... Others: reserved.
Allowed values: 0x3-0x1ff
Bits 9-15: PLL2 DIVP division factor Set and reset by software to control the frequency of the pll2_p_ck clock. These bits can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled (PLL2ON = 0 and PLL2RDY = 0). ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
Bits 16-22: PLL2 DIVQ division factor Set and reset by software to control the frequency of the pll2_q_ck clock. These bits can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled (PLL2ON = 0 and PLL2RDY = 0). ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
Bits 24-30: PLL2 DIVR division factor Set and reset by software to control the frequency of the pll2_r_ck clock. These bits can be written only when the PLL1 is disabled (PLL2ON = 0 and PLL2RDY = 0). ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
RCC PLL2 fractional divider register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PLL2FRACN
rw |
Bits 3-15: fractional part of the multiplication factor for PLL2 VCO Set and reset by software to control the fractional part of the multiplication factor of the VCO. These bits can be written at any time, allowing dynamic fine-tuning of the PLL2 VCO. The software must set correctly these bits to insure that the VCO output frequency is between its valid frequency range, that is: * 128 to 560 MHz if PLL2VCOSEL = 0 * 150 to 420 MHz if PLL2VCOSEL = 1 VCO output frequency = Fref2_ck x (PLL2N + (PLL2FRACN / 213)), with * PLL2N between 8 and 420 * PLL2FRACN can be between 0 and 213- 1 * The input frequency Fref2_ck must be between 1 and 16 MHz. To change the PLL2FRACN value on-the-fly even if the PLL is enabled, the application must proceed as follows: * Set the bit PLL2FRACEN to 0 * Write the new fractional value into PLL2FRACN * Set the bit PLL2FRACEN to 1.
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1fff
RCC clock source interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PLL2RDYIE
rw |
PLL1RDYIE
rw |
HSI48RDYIE
rw |
HSERDYIE
rw |
HSIRDYIE
rw |
CSIRDYIE
rw |
LSERDYIE
rw |
LSIRDYIE
rw |
Bit 0: LSI ready interrupt enable Set and reset by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the LSI oscillator stabilization..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 1: LSE ready interrupt enable Set and reset by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the LSE oscillator stabilization..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 2: CSI ready interrupt enable Set and reset by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the CSI oscillator stabilization..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 3: HSI ready interrupt enable Set and reset by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the HSI oscillator stabilization..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 4: HSE ready interrupt enable Set and reset by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the HSE oscillator stabilization..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 5: HSI48 ready interrupt enable Set and reset by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the HSI48 oscillator stabilization..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 6: PLL1 ready interrupt enable Set and reset by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by PLL1 lock..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 7: PLL2 ready interrupt enable Set and reset by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by PLL2 lock..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
RCC clock source interrupt flag register
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSECSSF
r |
PLL2RDYF
r |
PLL1RDYF
r |
HSI48RDYF
r |
HSERDYF
r |
HSIRDYF
r |
CSIRDYF
r |
LSERDYF
r |
LSIRDYF
r |
Bit 0: LSI ready interrupt flag Reset by software by writing LSIRDYC bit. Set by hardware when the LSI clock becomes stable and LSIRDYIE is set..
Allowed values:
0: NotInterrupted: No clock ready interrupt
1: Interrupted: Clock ready interrupt
Bit 1: LSE ready interrupt flag Reset by software by writing LSERDYC bit. Set by hardware when the LSE clock becomes stable and LSERDYIE is set..
Allowed values:
0: NotInterrupted: No clock ready interrupt
1: Interrupted: Clock ready interrupt
Bit 2: CSI ready interrupt flag Reset by software by writing CSIRDYC bit. Set by hardware when the CSI clock becomes stable and CSIRDYIE is set..
Allowed values:
0: NotInterrupted: No clock ready interrupt
1: Interrupted: Clock ready interrupt
Bit 3: HSI ready interrupt flag Reset by software by writing HSIRDYC bit. Set by hardware when the HSI clock becomes stable and HSIRDYIE is set..
Allowed values:
0: NotInterrupted: No clock ready interrupt
1: Interrupted: Clock ready interrupt
Bit 4: HSE ready interrupt flag Reset by software by writing HSERDYC bit. Set by hardware when the HSE clock becomes stable and HSERDYIE is set..
Allowed values:
0: NotInterrupted: No clock ready interrupt
1: Interrupted: Clock ready interrupt
Bit 5: HSI48 ready interrupt flag Reset by software by writing HSI48RDYC bit. Set by hardware when the HSI48 clock becomes stable and HSI48RDYIE is set..
Allowed values:
0: NotInterrupted: No clock ready interrupt
1: Interrupted: Clock ready interrupt
Bit 6: PLL1 ready interrupt flag Reset by software by writing PLL1RDYC bit. Set by hardware when the PLL1 locks and PLL1RDYIE is set..
Allowed values:
0: NotInterrupted: No clock ready interrupt
1: Interrupted: Clock ready interrupt
Bit 7: PLL2 ready interrupt flag Reset by software by writing PLL2RDYC bit. Set by hardware when the PLL2 locks and PLL2RDYIE is set..
Allowed values:
0: NotInterrupted: No clock ready interrupt
1: Interrupted: Clock ready interrupt
Bit 10: HSE clock security system interrupt flag Reset by software by writing HSECSSC bit. Set by hardware in case of HSE clock failure..
Allowed values:
0: NoInterrupt: No clock security interrupt caused by HSE clock failure
1: Interrupt: Clock security interrupt caused by HSE clock failure
RCC clock source interrupt clear register
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HSECSSC
rw |
PLL2RDYC
rw |
PLL1RDYC
rw |
HSI48RDYC
rw |
HSERDYC
rw |
HSIRDYC
rw |
CSIRDYC
rw |
LSERDYC
rw |
LSIRDYC
rw |
Bit 0: LSI ready interrupt clear Set by software to clear LSIRDYF. Reset by hardware when clear done..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 1: LSE ready interrupt clear Set by software to clear LSERDYF. Reset by hardware when clear done..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 2: HSI ready interrupt clear Set by software to clear CSIRDYF. Reset by hardware when clear done..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 3: HSI ready interrupt clear Set by software to clear HSIRDYF. Reset by hardware when clear done..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 4: HSE ready interrupt clear Set by software to clear HSERDYF. Reset by hardware when clear done..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 5: HSI48 ready interrupt clear Set by software to clear HSI48RDYF. Reset by hardware when clear done..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 6: PLL1 ready interrupt clear Set by software to clear PLL1RDYF. Reset by hardware when clear done..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 7: PLL2 ready interrupt clear Set by software to clear PLL2RDYF. Reset by hardware when clear done..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 10: HSE clock security system interrupt clear Set by software to clear HSECSSF. Reset by hardware when clear done..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
RCC AHB1 reset register
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RAMCFGRST
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CRCRST
rw |
GPDMA2RST
rw |
GPDMA1RST
rw |
Bit 0: GPDMA1 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 1: GPDMA2 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 12: CRC block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 17: RAMCFG block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
RCC AHB2 peripheral reset register
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RNGRST
rw |
HASHRST
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DAC12RST
rw |
ADCRST
rw |
GPIOHRST
rw |
GPIODRST
rw |
GPIOCRST
rw |
GPIOBRST
rw |
GPIOARST
rw |
Bit 0: GPIOA block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 1: GPIOB block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 2: GPIOC block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 3: GPIOD block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 7: GPIOH block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 10: ADC block reset.
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 11: DAC block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 17: HASH block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 18: RNG block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
RCC APB1 peripheral low reset register
Offset: 0x74, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CRSRST
rw |
I3C1RST
rw |
I2C2RST
rw |
I2C1RST
rw |
USART3RST
rw |
USART2RST
rw |
COMPRST
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SPI3RST
rw |
SPI2RST
rw |
OPAMPRST
rw |
TIM7RST
rw |
TIM6RST
rw |
TIM3RST
rw |
TIM2RST
rw |
Bit 0: TIM2 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 1: TIM3 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 4: TIM6 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 5: TIM7 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 13: OPAMP block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 14: SPI2 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 15: SPI3 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 16: COMP block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 17: USART2 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 18: USART3 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 21: I2C1 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 22: I2C2 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 23: I3C1 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 24: CRS block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
RCC APB1 peripheral high reset register
Offset: 0x78, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bit 3: DTS block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 5: LPTIM2 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 9: FDCAN block reset.
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
RCC APB2 peripheral reset register
Offset: 0x7c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
USBRST
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
USART1RST
rw |
SPI1RST
rw |
TIM1RST
rw |
Bit 11: TIM1 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 12: SPI1 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 14: USART1 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 24: USB block reset.
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
RCC APB3 peripheral reset register
Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
VREFRST
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LPTIM1RST
rw |
I3C2RST
rw |
LPUART1RST
rw |
SBSRST
rw |
Bit 1: SBS block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 6: LPUART1 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 9: I3C2RST block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 11: LPTIM1 block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
Bit 20: VREF block reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
1: Reset: Reset the selected module
RCC AHB1 peripherals clock register
Offset: 0x88, size: 32, reset: 0xD0000100, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SRAM1EN
rw |
BKPRAMEN
rw |
GTZC1EN
rw |
RAMCFGEN
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CRCEN
rw |
FLITFEN
rw |
GPDMA2EN
rw |
GPDMA1EN
rw |
Bit 0: GPDMA1 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 1: GPDMA2 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 8: Flash interface clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 12: CRC clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 17: RAMCFG clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 24: GTZC1 clock enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 28: BKPRAM clock enable Set and reset by software.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 31: SRAM1 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
RCC AHB2 peripheral clock register
Offset: 0x8c, size: 32, reset: 0xC0000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SRAM2EN
rw |
RNGEN
rw |
HASHEN
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DAC12EN
rw |
ADCEN
rw |
GPIOHEN
rw |
GPIODEN
rw |
GPIOCEN
rw |
GPIOBEN
rw |
GPIOAEN
rw |
Bit 0: GPIOA clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 1: GPIOB clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 2: GPIOC clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 3: GPIOD clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 7: GPIOH clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 10: ADC peripherals clock enabled.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 11: DAC clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 17: HASH clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 18: RNG clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 30: SRAM2 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
RCC APB1 peripheral clock register
Offset: 0x9c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CRSEN
rw |
I3C1EN
rw |
I2C2EN
rw |
I2C1EN
rw |
USART3EN
rw |
USART2EN
rw |
COMPEN
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SPI3EN
rw |
SPI2EN
rw |
OPAMPEN
rw |
WWDGEN
rw |
TIM7EN
rw |
TIM6EN
rw |
TIM3EN
rw |
TIM2EN
rw |
Bit 0: TIM2 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 1: TIM3 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 4: TIM6 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 5: TIM7 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 11: WWDG clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 13: OPAMP clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 14: SPI2 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 15: SPI3 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 16: COMP clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 17: USART2 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 18: USART3 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 21: I2C1 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 22: I2C2 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 23: I3C1 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 24: CRS clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
RCC APB1 peripheral clock register
Offset: 0xa0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bit 3: DTS clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 5: LPTIM2 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 9: FDCAN peripheral clock enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
RCC APB2 peripheral clock register
Offset: 0xa4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
USBEN
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
USART1EN
rw |
SPI1EN
rw |
TIM1EN
rw |
Bit 11: TIM1 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 12: SPI1 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 14: USART1 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 24: USB clock enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
RCC APB3 peripheral clock register
Offset: 0xa8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RTCAPBEN
rw |
VREFEN
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LPTIM1EN
rw |
I3C2EN
rw |
LPUART1EN
rw |
SBSEN
rw |
Bit 1: SBS clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 6: LPUART1 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 9: I3C2EN clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 11: LPTIM1 clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 20: VREF clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
Bit 21: RTC APB interface clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled
RCC AHB1 sleep clock register
Offset: 0xb0, size: 32, reset: 0xF13AD103, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SRAM1LPEN
rw |
ICACHELPEN
rw |
BKPRAMLPEN
rw |
GTZC1LPEN
rw |
RAMCFGLPEN
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CRCLPEN
rw |
FLITFLPEN
rw |
GPDMA2LPEN
rw |
GPDMA1LPEN
rw |
Bit 0: GPDMA1 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 1: GPDMA2 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 8: Flash interface (FLITF) clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 12: CRC clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 17: RAMCFG clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 24: GTZC1 clock enable during sleep mode.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 28: BKPRAM clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 29: ICACHE clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 31: SRAM1 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
RCC AHB2 sleep clock register
Offset: 0xb4, size: 32, reset: 0xC01F1DFF, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SRAM2LPEN
rw |
RNGLPEN
rw |
HASHLPEN
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DAC12LPEN
rw |
ADCLPEN
rw |
GPIOHLPEN
rw |
GPIODLPEN
rw |
GPIOCLPEN
rw |
GPIOBLPEN
rw |
GPIOALPEN
rw |
Bit 0: GPIOA clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 1: GPIOB clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 2: GPIOC clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 3: GPIOD clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 7: GPIOH clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 10: ADC peripherals clock enable during sleep mode.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 11: DAC clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 17: HASH clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 18: RNG clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 30: SRAM2 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
RCC APB1 sleep clock register
Offset: 0xc4, size: 32, reset: 0xDFFEC9FF, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CRSLPEN
rw |
I3C1LPEN
rw |
I2C2LPEN
rw |
I2C1LPEN
rw |
USART3LPEN
rw |
USART2LPEN
rw |
COMPLPEN
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SPI3LPEN
rw |
SPI2LPEN
rw |
OPAMPLPEN
rw |
WWDGLPEN
rw |
TIM7LPEN
rw |
TIM6LPEN
rw |
TIM3LPEN
rw |
TIM2LPEN
rw |
Bit 0: TIM2 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 1: TIM3 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 4: TIM6 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 5: TIM7 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 11: WWDG clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 13: OPAMP clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 14: SPI2 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 15: SPI3 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 16: COMP clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 17: USART2 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 18: USART3 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 21: I2C1 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 22: I2C2 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 23: I3C1 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 24: CRS clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
RCC APB1 sleep clock register
Offset: 0xc8, size: 32, reset: 0x4080022B, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FDCANLPEN
rw |
LPTIM2LPEN
rw |
DTSLPEN
rw |
Bit 3: DTS clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 5: LPTIM2 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 9: FDCAN peripheral clock enable during sleep mode.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
RCC APB2 sleep clock register
Offset: 0xcc, size: 32, reset: 0x017F7800, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
USBLPEN
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
USART1LPEN
rw |
SPI1LPEN
rw |
TIM1LPEN
rw |
Bit 11: TIM1 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 12: SPI1 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 14: USART1 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 24: USB clock enable during sleep mode.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
RCC APB3 sleep clock register
Offset: 0xd0, size: 32, reset: 0x0030FA42, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RTCAPBLPEN
rw |
VREFLPEN
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
LPTIM1LPEN
rw |
I3C2LPEN
rw |
LPUART1LPEN
rw |
SBSLPEN
rw |
Bit 1: SBS clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 6: LPUART1 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 9: I3C2 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 11: LPTIM1 clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 20: VREF clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
Bit 21: RTC APB interface clock enable during sleep mode Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: The selected clock is disabled during csleep mode
1: Enabled: The selected clock is enabled during csleep mode
RCC kernel clock configuration register
Offset: 0xd8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TIMICSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
USART3SEL
rw |
USART2SEL
rw |
USART1SEL
rw |
Bits 0-2: USART1 kernel clock source selection Set and reset by software. others: reserved, the kernel clock is disabled.
Allowed values:
0: PCLK: Peripheral bus clock used as selected as clock source (rcc_pclk_x)
1: PLL2_Q: PLL2 Q clock selected as clock source (pll2_q_ck)
3: HSI_KER: HSI kernel clock selected as clock source (hsi_ker_ck)
4: CSI_KER: CSI kernel clock selected as clock source (csi_ker_ck)
5: LSE: LSE clock selected as clock source (lse_ck)
Bits 3-5: USART2 kernel clock source selection Set and reset by software. others: reserved, the kernel clock is disabled.
Allowed values:
0: PCLK: Peripheral bus clock used as selected as clock source (rcc_pclk_x)
1: PLL2_Q: PLL2 Q clock selected as clock source (pll2_q_ck)
3: HSI_KER: HSI kernel clock selected as clock source (hsi_ker_ck)
4: CSI_KER: CSI kernel clock selected as clock source (csi_ker_ck)
5: LSE: LSE clock selected as clock source (lse_ck)
Bits 6-8: USART3 kernel clock source selection Set and reset by software. others: reserved, the kernel clock is disabled.
Allowed values:
0: PCLK: Peripheral bus clock used as selected as clock source (rcc_pclk_x)
1: PLL2_Q: PLL2 Q clock selected as clock source (pll2_q_ck)
3: HSI_KER: HSI kernel clock selected as clock source (hsi_ker_ck)
4: CSI_KER: CSI kernel clock selected as clock source (csi_ker_ck)
5: LSE: LSE clock selected as clock source (lse_ck)
Bit 31: TIM2, TIM3 and LPTIM2 input capture source selection Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: No internal clock available for timers input capture
1: Enabled: hsi_ker_ck/1024, hsi_ker_ck/8 and csi_ker_ck/128 selected for timers input capture
RCC kernel clock configuration register
Offset: 0xdc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bits 8-10: LPTIM1 kernel clock source selection others: reserved, the kernel clock is disabled.
Allowed values:
0: PCLK: Peripheral bus clock used as selected as clock source (rcc_pclk_x)
1: PLL2_P: PLL2 P clock selected as clock source (pll2_p_ck)
3: LSE_KER: LSE kernel selected as clock source (lse_ck)
4: LSI_KER: LSI kernel selected as clock source (lsi_ker_ck)
5: PER_CK: per_ck clock selected as clock source
Bits 12-14: LPTIM2 kernel clock source selection others: reserved, the kernel clock is disabled.
Allowed values:
0: PCLK: Peripheral bus clock used as selected as clock source (rcc_pclk_x)
1: PLL2_P: PLL2 P clock selected as clock source (pll2_p_ck)
3: LSE_KER: LSE kernel selected as clock source (lse_ck)
4: LSI_KER: LSI kernel selected as clock source (lsi_ker_ck)
5: PER_CK: per_ck clock selected as clock source
RCC kernel clock configuration register
Offset: 0xe0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LPUART1SEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SPI3SEL
rw |
SPI2SEL
rw |
SPI1SEL
rw |
Bits 0-2: SPI1 kernel clock source selection Set and reset by software. others: reserved, the kernel clock is disabled.
Allowed values:
0: PLL1_Q: PLL1 Q clock selected as clock source (pll1_q_ck)
1: PLL2_P: PLL2 P clock selected as clock source (pll2_p_ck)
3: AUDIOCLK: AUDIOCLK clock selected as clock source
4: PER_CK: per_ck clock selected as clock source
Bits 3-5: SPI2 kernel clock source selection Set and reset by software. others: reserved, the kernel clock is disabled.
Allowed values:
0: PLL1_Q: PLL1 Q clock selected as clock source (pll1_q_ck)
1: PLL2_P: PLL2 P clock selected as clock source (pll2_p_ck)
3: AUDIOCLK: AUDIOCLK clock selected as clock source
4: PER_CK: per_ck clock selected as clock source
Bits 6-8: SPI3 kernel clock source selection Set and reset by software. others: reserved, the kernel clock is disabled.
Allowed values:
0: PLL1_Q: PLL1 Q clock selected as clock source (pll1_q_ck)
1: PLL2_P: PLL2 P clock selected as clock source (pll2_p_ck)
3: AUDIOCLK: AUDIOCLK clock selected as clock source
4: PER_CK: per_ck clock selected as clock source
Bits 24-26: LPUART1 kernel clock source selection others: reserved, the kernel clock is disabled.
Allowed values:
0: PCLK: Peripheral bus clock used as selected as clock source (rcc_pclk_x)
1: PLL2_Q: PLL2 Q clock selected as clock source (pll2_q_ck)
3: HSI_KER: HSI kernel clock selected as clock source (hsi_ker_ck)
4: CSI_KER: CSI kernel clock selected as clock source (csi_ker_ck)
5: LSE: LSE clock selected as clock source (lse_ck)
RCC kernel clock configuration register
Offset: 0xe4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
I3C2SEL
rw |
I3C1SEL
rw |
I2C2SEL
rw |
I2C1SEL
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
USBSEL
rw |
SYSTICKSEL
rw |
Bits 2-3: SYSTICK clock source selection Note: rcc_hclk frequency must be four times higher than lsi_ker_ck/lse_ck (period (LSI/LSE) ≥ 4 * period (HCLK)..
Allowed values:
0: HCLK_DIV8: RCC HLCK divided by 8 selected as clock source (rcc_hclk / 8)
1: LSI_KER: LSI kernel selected as clock source (lsi_ker_ck)
2: LSE: LSE selected as clock source (lse_ck)
Bits 4-5: USB kernel clock source selection.
Allowed values:
0: DISABLE: Disable the clock
1: PLL1_Q: PLL1 Q clock selected as clock source (pll1_q_ck)
2: PLL2_Q: PLL2 Q clock selected as clock source (pll2_q_ck)
3: HSI48: HSI48 clock selected as clock source (hsi48_ker_ck)
Bits 16-17: I2C1 kernel clock source selection.
Allowed values:
0: PCLK: Peripheral bus clock used as selected as clock source (rcc_pclk_x)
1: PLL2_R: PLL2 R Clock selected as clock source (pll2_r_ck)
2: HSI_KER: HSI kernel clock selected as clock source (hsi_ker_ck)
3: CSI_KER: CSI kernel clock selected as clock source (csi_ker_ck)
Bits 18-19: I2C2 kernel clock source selection.
Allowed values:
0: PCLK: Peripheral bus clock used as selected as clock source (rcc_pclk_x)
1: PLL2_R: PLL2 R Clock selected as clock source (pll2_r_ck)
2: HSI_KER: HSI kernel clock selected as clock source (hsi_ker_ck)
3: CSI_KER: CSI kernel clock selected as clock source (csi_ker_ck)
Bits 24-25: I3C1 kernel clock source selection.
Allowed values:
0: PCLK: Peripheral bus clock used as selected as clock source (rcc_pclk_x)
1: PLL2_R: PLL2 R clock selected as clock source (pll2_r_ck)
2: HSI_KER: HSI kernel clock selected as clock source (hsi_ker_ck)
Bits 26-27: I3C2 kernel clock source selection.
Allowed values:
0: PCLK: Peripheral bus clock used as selected as clock source (rcc_pclk_x)
1: PLL2_R: PLL2 R clock selected as clock source (pll2_r_ck)
2: HSI_KER: HSI kernel clock selected as clock source (hsi_ker_ck)
RCC kernel clock configuration register
Offset: 0xe8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CKPERSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
FDCANSEL
rw |
RNGSEL
rw |
DAC1SEL
rw |
ADCDACSEL
rw |
Bits 0-2: ADC and DAC kernel clock source selection others: reserved, the kernel clock is disabled.
Allowed values:
0: HCLK: HLCK clock selected as clock source (rcc_hclk)
1: SYS: System clock selected as pclock source (sys_ck)
2: PLL2_R: PLL2 R clock selected as clock source (pll2_r_ck)
3: HSE: HSE clock selected as clock source (hse_ck)
4: HSI_KER: HSI kernel clock selected as clock source (hsi_ker_ck)
5: CSI_KER: CSI kernel clock selected as clock source (csi_ker_ck)
Bit 3: DAC hold clock.
Allowed values:
0: LSE: LSE selected as clock source (lse_ck)
1: LSI_KER: LSI kernel selected as clock source (lsi_ker_ck)
Bits 4-5: RNG kernel clock source selection.
Allowed values:
0: HSI48_KER: HSI48 kernel clock selected as clock source (hsi48_ker_ck)
1: PLL1_Q: PLL1 Q clock selected as clock source (pll1_q_ck)
2: LSE: LSE clock selected as clock source (lse_ck)
3: LSI: LSI kernel clock selected as clock source (lsi_ker_ck)
Bits 8-9: FDCAN1 kernel clock source selection.
Allowed values:
0: HSE: HSE clock selected as clock source (hse_ck)
1: PLL1_Q: PLL1 Q clock selected as clock source (pll1_q_ck)
2: PLL2_Q: PLL2 Q clock selected as clock source (pll2_q_ck)
Bits 30-31: per_ck clock source selection.
Allowed values:
0: HSI_KER: HSI kernel clock selected as clock source (hsi_ker_ck)
1: CSI_KER: CSI kernel clock selected as clock source (csi_ker_ck)
2: HSE: HSE clock selected as clock source (hse_ck)
RCC Backup domain control register
Offset: 0xf0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LSIRDY
rw |
LSION
rw |
LSCOSEL
rw |
LSCOEN
rw |
VSWRST
rw |
|||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RTCEN
rw |
RTCSEL
rw |
LSEEXT
rw |
LSECSSD
rw |
LSECSSON
rw |
LSEDRV
rw |
LSEBYP
rw |
LSERDY
rw |
LSEON
rw |
Bit 0: LSE oscillator enabled Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Off: LSE oscillator Off
1: On: LSE oscillator On
Bit 1: LSE oscillator ready Set and reset by hardware to indicate when the LSE is stable. This bit needs 6 cycles of lse_ck clock to fall down after LSEON has been set to 0..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: LSE oscillator not ready
1: Ready: LSE oscillator ready
Bit 2: LSE oscillator bypass Set and reset by software to bypass oscillator in debug mode. This bit must not be written when the LSE is enabled (by LSEON) or ready (LSERDY = 1).
Allowed values:
0: NotBypassed: LSE crystal oscillator not bypassed
1: Bypassed: LSE crystal oscillator bypassed with external clock
Bits 3-4: LSE oscillator driving capability Set by software to select the driving capability of the LSE oscillator. These bit can be written only if LSE oscillator is disabled (LSEON = 0 and LSERDY = 0)..
Allowed values:
0: Lowest: Lowest LSE oscillator driving capability
1: MediumLow: Medium low LSE oscillator driving capability
2: MediumHigh: Medium high LSE oscillator driving capability
3: Highest: Highest LSE oscillator driving capability
Bit 5: LSE clock security system enable Set by software to enable the clock security system on 32 kHz oscillator. LSECSSON must be enabled after LSE is enabled (LSEON enabled) and ready (LSERDY set by hardware) and after RTCSEL is selected. Once enabled, this bit cannot be disabled, except after a LSE failure detection (LSECSSD = 1). In that case the software must disable LSECSSON..
Allowed values:
0: SecurityOff: Clock security system on 32 kHz oscillator off
1: SecurityOn: Clock security system on 32 kHz oscillator on
Bit 6: LSE clock security system failure detection Set by hardware to indicate when a failure has been detected by the clock security system on the external 32 kHz oscillator..
Allowed values:
0: NoFailure: No failure detected on 32 kHz oscillator
1: Failure: Failure detected on 32 kHz oscillator
Bit 7: low-speed external clock type in bypass mode Set and reset by software to select the external clock type (analog or digital). The external clock must be enabled with the LSEON bit, to be used by the device. The LSEEXT bit can be written only if the LSE oscillator is disabled..
Allowed values:
0: Analog: HSE in analog mode
1: Digital: HSE in digital mode
Bits 8-9: RTC clock source selection Set by software to select the clock source for the RTC. These bits can be written only one time (except in case of failure detection on LSE). These bits must be written before LSECSSON is enabled. The VSWRST bit can be used to reset them, then it can be written one time again. If HSE is selected as RTC clock, this clock is lost when the system is in Stop mode or in case of a pin reset (NRST)..
Allowed values:
0: NoClock: No clock
1: LSE: LSE oscillator clock used as RTC clock
2: LSI: LSI oscillator clock used as RTC clock
3: HSE: HSE oscillator clock divided by a prescaler used as RTC clock
Bit 15: RTC clock enable Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: RTC clock disabled
1: Enabled: RTC clock enabled
Bit 16: VSwitch domain software reset Set and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: NotActivated: Reset not activated
1: Reset: Resets the entire VSW domain
Bit 24: Low-speed clock output (LSCO) enable Set and cleared by software..
Bit 25: Low-speed clock output selection Set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: LSI: LSI clock selected
1: LSE: LSE clock selected
Bit 26: LSI oscillator enable Set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Oscillator disabled
1: Enabled: Oscillator enabled
Bit 27: LSI oscillator ready Set and cleared by hardware to indicate when the LSI oscillator is stable. After the LSION bit is cleared, LSIRDY goes low after three internal low-speed oscillator clock cycles. This bit is set when the LSI is used by IWDG or RTC, even if LSION = 0..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: Clock not ready
1: Ready: Clock ready
RCC reset status register
Offset: 0xf4, size: 32, reset: 0x0C000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LPWRRSTF
rw |
WWDGRSTF
rw |
IWDGRSTF
rw |
SFTRSTF
rw |
BORRSTF
rw |
PINRSTF
rw |
RMVF
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
Bit 23: remove reset flag Set and reset by software to reset the value of the reset flags..
Allowed values:
0: NotActivated: Reset not activated
1: Reset: Reset the reset status flags
Bit 26: pin reset flag (NRST) Reset by software by writing the RMVF bit. Set by hardware when a reset from pin occurs..
Allowed values:
0: NoResetOccurred: No reset occurred for block
1: ResetOccurred: Reset occurred for block
Bit 27: BOR reset flag Reset by software by writing the RMVF bit. Set by hardware when a BOR reset occurs (pwr_bor_rst)..
Allowed values:
0: NoResetOccurred: No reset occurred for block
1: ResetOccurred: Reset occurred for block
Bit 28: system reset from CPU reset flag Reset by software by writing the RMVF bit. Set by hardware when the system reset is due to CPU.The CPU can generate a system reset by writing SYSRESETREQ bit of AIRCR register of the core M33..
Allowed values:
0: NoResetOccurred: No reset occurred for block
1: ResetOccurred: Reset occurred for block
Bit 29: independent watchdog reset flag Reset by software by writing the RMVF bit. Set by hardware when an independent watchdog reset occurs..
Allowed values:
0: NoResetOccurred: No reset occurred for block
1: ResetOccurred: Reset occurred for block
Bit 30: window watchdog reset flag Reset by software by writing the RMVF bit. Set by hardware when a window watchdog reset occurs..
Allowed values:
0: NoResetOccurred: No reset occurred for block
1: ResetOccurred: Reset occurred for block
Bit 31: Low-power reset flag Set by hardware when a reset occurs due to Stop or Standby mode entry, whereas the corresponding nRST_STOP, nRST_STBY option bit is cleared. Cleared by writing to the RMVF bit..
Allowed values:
0: NoResetOccurred: No reset occurred for block
1: ResetOccurred: Reset occurred for block
RCC privilege configuration register
Offset: 0x114, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV
rw |
0x420c0800: True random number generator
4/18 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | HTCR |
RNG control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x008000D0, access: Unspecified
0/11 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CONFIGLOCK
rw |
CONDRST
rw |
RNG_CONFIG1
rw |
CLKDIV
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RNG_CONFIG2
rw |
NISTC
rw |
RNG_CONFIG3
rw |
ARDIS
rw |
CED
rw |
IE
rw |
RNGEN
rw |
Bit 2: True random number generator enable.
Bit 3: Interrupt Enable.
Bit 5: Clock error detection The clock error detection cannot be enabled nor disabled on-the-fly when the RNG is enabled, i.e. to enable or disable CED the RNG must be disabled. Writing this bit is taken into account only if CONDRST bit is set to 1 in the same access, while CONFIGLOCK remains at 0. Writing to this bit is ignored if CONFIGLOCK = 1..
Bit 7: Auto reset disable When auto-reset is enabled application still need to clear SEIS bit after a noise source error. Writing this bit is taken into account only if CONDRST bit is set to 1 in the same access, while CONFIGLOCK remains at 0. Writing to this bit is ignored if CONFIGLOCK = 1..
Bits 8-11: RNG configuration 3 Reserved to the RNG configuration (bitfield 3). Refer to RNG_CONFIG1 bitfield for details. If NISTC bit is cleared in this register RNG_CONFIG3 bitfield values are ignored by RNG..
Bit 12: Non NIST compliant two conditioning loops are performed and 256 bits of noise source are used. Writing this bit is taken into account only if CONDRST bit is set to 1 in the same access, while CONFIGLOCK remains at 0. Writing to this bit is ignored if CONFIGLOCK = 1..
Bits 13-15: RNG configuration 2 Reserved to the RNG configuration (bitfield 2). Refer to RNG_CONFIG1 bitfield for details..
Bits 16-19: Clock divider factor This value used to configure an internal programmable divider (from 1 to 16) acting on the incoming RNG clock. These bits can be written only when the core is disabled (RNGEN = 0). ... Writing these bits is taken into account only if CONDRST bit is set to 1 in the same access, while CONFIGLOCK remains at 0. Writing to this bit is ignored if CONFIGLOCK = 1..
Bits 20-25: RNG configuration 1 Reserved to the RNG configuration (bitfield 1). Must be initialized using the recommended value documented in Section 23.6: RNG entropy source validation. Writing any bit of RNG_CONFIG1 is taken into account only if CONDRST bit is set to 1 in the same access, while CONFIGLOCK remains at 0. Writing to this bit is ignored if CONFIGLOCK = 1..
Bit 30: Conditioning soft reset Write 1 and then write 0 to reset the conditioning logic, clear all the FIFOs and start a new RNG initialization process, with RNG_SR cleared. Registers RNG_CR and RNG_NSCR are not changed by CONDRST. This bit must be set to 1 in the same access that set any configuration bits [29:4]. In other words, when CONDRST bit is set to 1 correct configuration in bits [29:4] must also be written. When CONDRST is set to 0 by software its value goes to 0 when the reset process is done. It takes about 2 AHB clock cycles + 2 RNG clock cycles..
Bit 31: RNG Config lock This bitfield is set once: if this bit is set it can only be reset to 0 if RNG is reset..
RNG status register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: Data Ready Once the output buffer becomes empty (after reading the RNG_DR register), this bit returns to 0 until a new random value is generated. Note: The DRDY bit can rise when the peripheral is disabled (RNGEN = 0 in the RNG_CR register). If IE=1 in the RNG_CR register, an interrupt is generated when DRDY = 1..
Bit 1: Clock error current status Note: CECS bit is valid only if the CED bit in the RNG_CR register is set to 0..
Bit 2: Seed error current status Run-time repetition count test failed (noise source has provided more than 24 consecutive bits at a constant value 0 or 1, or more than 32 consecutive occurrence of two bits patterns 01 or 10) Start-up or continuous adaptive proportion test on noise source failed. Start-up post-processing/conditioning sanity check failed..
Bit 5: Clock error interrupt status This bit is set at the same time as CECS. It is cleared by writing 0. Writing 1 has no effect. An interrupt is pending if IE = 1 in the RNG_CR register..
Bit 6: Seed error interrupt status This bit is set at the same time as SECS. It is cleared by writing 0 (unless CONDRST is used). Writing 1 has no effect. An interrupt is pending if IE = 1 in the RNG_CR register..
RNG data register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RNDATA
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RNDATA
r |
Bits 0-31: Random data 32-bit random data which are valid when DRDY = 1. When DRDY = 0 RNDATA value is zero. It is recommended to always verify that RNG_DR is different from zero. Because when it is the case a seed error occurred between RNG_SR polling and RND_DR output reading (rare event)..
RNG health test control register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x000072AC, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HTCFG
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
HTCFG
rw |
Bits 0-31: health test configuration This configuration is used by RNG to configure the health tests. See Section 23.6: RNG entropy source validation for the recommended value. Note: The RNG behavior, including the read to this register, is not guaranteed if a different value from the recommended value is written..
0x44007800: Real-time clock
33/142 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | TR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | DR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | ICSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | PRER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | WUTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | PRIVCFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | WPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | CALR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | SHIFTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | TSTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | TSDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | TSSSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | ALRMAR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | ALRMASSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | ALRMBR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | ALRMBSSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | MISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x5c | SCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x70 | ALRABINR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x74 | ALRBBINR |
RTC time register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
RTC date register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00002101, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
RTC subsecond register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Synchronous binary counter SS[31:16]: Synchronous binary counter MSB values When Binary or Mixed mode is selected (BIN = 01 or 10 or 11): SS[31:16] are the 16 MSB of the SS[31:0] free-running down-counter. When BCD mode is selected (BIN=00): SS[31:16] are forced by hardware to 0x0000. SS[15:0]: Subsecond value/synchronous binary counter LSB values When Binary mode is selected (BIN = 01 or 10 or 11): SS[15:0] are the 16 LSB of the SS[31:0] free-running down-counter. When BCD mode is selected (BIN=00): SS[15:0] is the value in the synchronous prescaler counter. The fraction of a second is given by the formula below: Second fraction = (PREDIV_S - SS) / (PREDIV_S + 1) SS can be larger than PREDIV_S only after a shift operation. In that case, the correct time/date is one second less than as indicated by RTC_TR/RTC_DR..
RTC initialization control and status register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000007, access: Unspecified
5/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RECALPF
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BCDU
rw |
BIN
rw |
INIT
rw |
INITF
r |
RSF
rw |
INITS
r |
SHPF
r |
WUTWF
r |
Bit 2: Wakeup timer write flag This bit is set by hardware when WUT value can be changed, after the WUTE bit has been set to 0 in RTC_CR. It is cleared by hardware in initialization mode..
Bit 3: Shift operation pending This flag is set by hardware as soon as a shift operation is initiated by a write to the RTC_SHIFTR register. It is cleared by hardware when the corresponding shift operation has been executed. Writing to the SHPF bit has no effect..
Bit 4: Initialization status flag This bit is set by hardware when the calendar year field is different from 0 (Backup domain reset state)..
Bit 5: Registers synchronization flag This bit is set by hardware each time the calendar registers are copied into the shadow registers (RTC_SSR, RTC_TR and RTC_DR). This bit is cleared by hardware in initialization mode, while a shift operation is pending (SHPF = 1), or when in bypass shadow register mode (BYPSHAD = 1). This bit can also be cleared by software. It is cleared either by software or by hardware in initialization mode..
Bit 6: Initialization flag When this bit is set to 1, the RTC is in initialization state, and the time, date and prescaler registers can be updated..
Bit 7: Initialization mode.
Bits 8-9: Binary mode.
Bits 10-12: BCD update (BIN = 10 or 11) In mixed mode when both BCD calendar and binary extended counter are used (BIN = 10 or 11), the calendar second is incremented using the SSR Least Significant Bits..
Bit 16: Recalibration pending Flag The RECALPF status flag is automatically set to 1 when software writes to the RTC_CALR register, indicating that the RTC_CALR register is blocked. When the new calibration settings are taken into account, this bit returns to 0. Refer to Re-calibration on-the-fly..
RTC prescaler register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x007F00FF, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
RTC wakeup timer register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WUTOCLR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
WUT
rw |
Bits 0-15: Wakeup auto-reload value bits When the wakeup timer is enabled (WUTE set to 1), the WUTF flag is set every (WUT[15:0] + 1) ck_wut cycles. The ck_wut period is selected through WUCKSEL[2:0] bits of the RTC_CR register. When WUCKSEL[2] = 1, the wakeup timer becomes 17-bits and WUCKSEL[1] effectively becomes WUT[16] the most-significant bit to be reloaded into the timer. The first assertion of WUTF occurs between WUT and (WUT + 2) ck_wut cycles after WUTE is set. Setting WUT[15:0] to 0x0000 with WUCKSEL[2:0] = 011 (RTCCLK/2) is forbidden..
Bits 16-31: Wakeup auto-reload output clear value When WUTOCLR[15:0] is different from 0x0000, WUTF is set by hardware when the auto-reload down-counter reaches 0 and is cleared by hardware when the auto-reload downcounter reaches WUTOCLR[15:0]. When WUTOCLR[15:0] = 0x0000, WUTF is set by hardware when the WUT down-counter reaches 0 and is cleared by software..
RTC control register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/29 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OUT2EN
rw |
TAMPALRM_TYPE
rw |
TAMPALRM_PU
rw |
ALRBFCLR
rw |
ALRAFCLR
rw |
TAMPOE
rw |
TAMPTS
rw |
ITSE
rw |
COE
rw |
OSEL
rw |
POL
rw |
COSEL
rw |
BKP
rw |
SUB1H
w |
ADD1H
w |
|
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TSIE
rw |
WUTIE
rw |
ALRBIE
rw |
ALRAIE
rw |
TSE
rw |
WUTE
rw |
ALRBE
rw |
ALRAE
rw |
SSRUIE
rw |
FMT
rw |
BYPSHAD
rw |
REFCKON
rw |
TSEDGE
rw |
WUCKSEL
rw |
Bits 0-2: ck_wut wakeup clock selection 10x: ck_spre (usually 1 Hz) clock is selected in BCD mode. In binary or mixed mode, this is the clock selected by BCDU. 11x: ck_spre (usually 1 Hz) clock is selected in BCD mode. In binary or mixed mode, this is the clock selected by BCDU. Furthermore, 2<sup>16</sup> is added to the WUT counter value..
Bit 3: Timestamp event active edge TSE must be reset when TSEDGE is changed to avoid unwanted TSF setting..
Bit 4: RTC_REFIN reference clock detection enable (50 or 60 Hz) Note: BIN must be 0x00 and PREDIV_S must be 0x00FF..
Bit 5: Bypass the shadow registers Note: If the frequency of the APB1 clock is less than seven times the frequency of RTCCLK, BYPSHAD must be set to 1..
Bit 6: Hour format.
Bit 7: SSR underflow interrupt enable.
Bit 8: Alarm A enable.
Bit 9: Alarm B enable.
Bit 10: Wakeup timer enable Note: When the wakeup timer is disabled, wait for WUTWF = 1 before enabling it again..
Bit 11: timestamp enable.
Bit 12: Alarm A interrupt enable.
Bit 13: Alarm B interrupt enable.
Bit 14: Wakeup timer interrupt enable.
Bit 15: Timestamp interrupt enable.
Bit 16: Add 1 hour (summer time change) When this bit is set outside initialization mode, 1 hour is added to the calendar time. This bit is always read as 0..
Bit 17: Subtract 1 hour (winter time change) When this bit is set outside initialization mode, 1 hour is subtracted to the calendar time if the current hour is not 0. This bit is always read as 0. Setting this bit has no effect when current hour is 0..
Bit 18: Backup This bit can be written by the user to memorize whether the daylight saving time change has been performed or not..
Bit 19: Calibration output selection When COE = 1, this bit selects which signal is output on CALIB. These frequencies are valid for RTCCLK at 32.768 kHz and prescalers at their default values (PREDIV_A = 127 and PREDIV_S = 255). Refer to Section 31.3.17: Calibration clock output..
Bit 20: Output polarity This bit is used to configure the polarity of TAMPALRM output..
Bits 21-22: Output selection These bits are used to select the flag to be routed to TAMPALRM output..
Bit 23: Calibration output enable This bit enables the CALIB output.
Bit 24: timestamp on internal event enable.
Bit 25: Activate timestamp on tamper detection event TAMPTS is valid even if TSE = 0 in the RTC_CR register. Timestamp flag is set up to 3 ck_apre cycles after the tamper flags..
Bit 26: Tamper detection output enable on TAMPALRM.
Bit 27: Alarm A flag automatic clear.
Bit 28: Alarm B flag automatic clear.
Bit 29: TAMPALRM pull-up enable.
Bit 30: TAMPALRM output type.
Bit 31: RTC_OUT2 output enable With this bit set, the RTC outputs can be remapped on RTC_OUT2 as follows: OUT2EN = 0: RTC output 2 disable If OSEL ≠ 00 or TAMPOE = 1: TAMPALRM is output on RTC_OUT1 If OSEL = 00 and TAMPOE = 0 and COE = 1: CALIB is output on RTC_OUT1 OUT2EN = 1: RTC output 2 enable If (OSEL ≠ 00 or TAMPOE = 1) and COE = 0: TAMPALRM is output on RTC_OUT2 If OSEL = 00 and TAMPOE = 0 and COE = 1: CALIB is output on RTC_OUT2 If (OSEL ≠ 00 or TAMPOE = 1) and COE = 1: CALIB is output on RTC_OUT2 and TAMPALRM is output on RTC_OUT1..
RTC privilege mode control register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRIV
rw |
INITPRIV
rw |
CALPRIV
rw |
TSPRIV
rw |
WUTPRIV
rw |
ALRBPRIV
rw |
ALRAPRIV
rw |
Bit 0: Alarm A and SSR underflow privilege protection.
Bit 1: Alarm B privilege protection.
Bit 2: Wakeup timer privilege protection.
Bit 3: Timestamp privilege protection.
Bit 13: Shift register, Delight saving, calibration and reference clock privilege protection.
Bit 14: Initialization privilege protection.
Bit 15: RTC privilege protection.
RTC write protection register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
KEY
w |
RTC calibration register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/5 fields covered.
Bits 0-8: Calibration minus The frequency of the calendar is reduced by masking CALM out of 2<sup>20</sup> RTCCLK pulses (32 seconds if the input frequency is 32768 Hz). This decreases the frequency of the calendar with a resolution of 0.9537 ppm. To increase the frequency of the calendar, this feature should be used in conjunction with CALP. See Section 31.3.15: RTC smooth digital calibration on page 1092..
Bit 12: RTC low-power mode.
Bit 13: Use a 16-second calibration cycle period When CALW16 is set to 1, the 16-second calibration cycle period is selected. This bit must not be set to 1 if CALW8 = 1. Note: CALM[0] is stuck at 0 when CALW16 = 1. Refer to Section 31.3.15: RTC smooth digital calibration..
Bit 14: Use an 8-second calibration cycle period When CALW8 is set to 1, the 8-second calibration cycle period is selected. Note: CALM[1:0] are stuck at 00 when CALW8 = 1. Refer to Section 31.3.15: RTC smooth digital calibration..
Bit 15: Increase frequency of RTC by 488.5 ppm This feature is intended to be used in conjunction with CALM, which lowers the frequency of the calendar with a fine resolution. if the input frequency is 32768 Hz, the number of RTCCLK pulses added during a 32-second window is calculated as follows: (512 × CALP) ‑ CALM. Refer to Section 31.3.15: RTC smooth digital calibration..
RTC shift control register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADD1S
w |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SUBFS
w |
Bits 0-14: Subtract a fraction of a second These bits are write only and is always read as zero. Writing to this bit has no effect when a shift operation is pending (when SHPF = 1, in RTC_ICSR). The value which is written to SUBFS is added to the synchronous prescaler counter. Since this counter counts down, this operation effectively subtracts from (delays) the clock by: Delay (seconds) = SUBFS / (PREDIV_S + 1) A fraction of a second can effectively be added to the clock (advancing the clock) when the ADD1S function is used in conjunction with SUBFS, effectively advancing the clock by: Advance (seconds) = (1 - (SUBFS / (PREDIV_S + 1))). In mixed BCD-binary mode (BIN=10 or 11), the SUBFS[14:BCDU+8] must be written with 0. Note: Writing to SUBFS causes RSF to be cleared. Software can then wait until RSF = 1 to be sure that the shadow registers have been updated with the shifted time..
Bit 31: Add one second This bit is write only and is always read as zero. Writing to this bit has no effect when a shift operation is pending (when SHPF = 1, in RTC_ICSR). This function is intended to be used with SUBFS (see description below) in order to effectively add a fraction of a second to the clock in an atomic operation..
RTC timestamp time register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
RTC timestamp date register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
RTC timestamp subsecond register
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
RTC alarm A register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MSK4
rw |
WDSEL
rw |
DT
rw |
DU
rw |
MSK3
rw |
PM
rw |
HT
rw |
HU
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MSK2
rw |
MNT
rw |
MNU
rw |
MSK1
rw |
ST
rw |
SU
rw |
Bits 0-3: Second units in BCD format..
Bits 4-6: Second tens in BCD format..
Bit 7: Alarm A seconds mask.
Bits 8-11: Minute units in BCD format.
Bits 12-14: Minute tens in BCD format.
Bit 15: Alarm A minutes mask.
Bits 16-19: Hour units in BCD format.
Bits 20-21: Hour tens in BCD format.
Bit 22: AM/PM notation.
Bit 23: Alarm A hours mask.
Bits 24-27: Date units or day in BCD format.
Bits 28-29: Date tens in BCD format.
Bit 30: Week day selection.
Bit 31: Alarm A date mask.
RTC alarm A subsecond register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SSCLR
rw |
MASKSS
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SS
rw |
Bits 0-14: Subseconds value This value is compared with the contents of the synchronous prescaler counter to determine if alarm A is to be activated. Only bits 0 up MASKSS-1 are compared. This field is the mirror of SS[14:0] in the RTC_ALRMABINR, and so can also be read or written through RTC_ALRMABINR..
Bits 24-29: Mask the most-significant bits starting at this bit ... From 32 to 63: All 32 SS bits are compared and must match to activate alarm. Note: In BCD mode (BIN=00) the overflow bits of the synchronous counter (bits 31:15) are never compared. These bits can be different from 0 only after a shift operation..
Bit 31: Clear synchronous counter on alarm (Binary mode only) Note: SSCLR must be kept to 0 when BCD or mixed mode is used (BIN = 00, 10 or 11)..
RTC alarm B register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MSK4
rw |
WDSEL
rw |
DT
rw |
DU
rw |
MSK3
rw |
PM
rw |
HT
rw |
HU
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MSK2
rw |
MNT
rw |
MNU
rw |
MSK1
rw |
ST
rw |
SU
rw |
Bits 0-3: Second units in BCD format.
Bits 4-6: Second tens in BCD format.
Bit 7: Alarm B seconds mask.
Bits 8-11: Minute units in BCD format.
Bits 12-14: Minute tens in BCD format.
Bit 15: Alarm B minutes mask.
Bits 16-19: Hour units in BCD format.
Bits 20-21: Hour tens in BCD format.
Bit 22: AM/PM notation.
Bit 23: Alarm B hours mask.
Bits 24-27: Date units or day in BCD format.
Bits 28-29: Date tens in BCD format.
Bit 30: Week day selection.
Bit 31: Alarm B date mask.
RTC alarm B subsecond register
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SSCLR
rw |
MASKSS
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SS
rw |
Bits 0-14: Subseconds value This value is compared with the contents of the synchronous prescaler counter to determine if alarm B is to be activated. Only bits 0 up to MASKSS-1 are compared. This field is the mirror of SS[14:0] in the RTC_ALRMBBINR, and so can also be read or written through RTC_ALRMBBINR..
Bits 24-29: Mask the most-significant bits starting at this bit ... From 32 to 63: All 32 SS bits are compared and must match to activate alarm. Note: In BCD mode (BIN=00)The overflow bits of the synchronous counter (bits 15) is never compared. This bit can be different from 0 only after a shift operation..
Bit 31: Clear synchronous counter on alarm (Binary mode only) Note: SSCLR must be kept to 0 when BCD or mixed mode is used (BIN = 00, 10 or 11)..
RTC status register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 0: Alarm A flag This flag is set by hardware when the time/date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) match the alarm A register (RTC_ALRMAR)..
Bit 1: Alarm B flag This flag is set by hardware when the time/date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) match the alarm B register (RTC_ALRMBR)..
Bit 2: Wakeup timer flag This flag is set by hardware when the wakeup auto-reload counter reaches 0. If WUTOCLR[15:0] is different from 0x0000, WUTF is cleared by hardware when the wakeup auto-reload counter reaches WUTOCLR value. If WUTOCLR[15:0] is 0x0000, WUTF must be cleared by software. This flag must be cleared by software at least 1.5 RTCCLK periods before WUTF is set to 1 again..
Bit 3: Timestamp flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp event occurs. If ITSF flag is set, TSF must be cleared together with ITSF. Note: TSF is not set if TAMPTS = 1 and the tamper flag is read during the 3 ck_apre cycles following tamper event. Refer to Timestamp on tamper event for more details..
Bit 4: Timestamp overflow flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp event occurs while TSF is already set. It is recommended to check and then clear TSOVF only after clearing the TSF bit. Otherwise, an overflow might not be noticed if a timestamp event occurs immediately before the TSF bit is cleared..
Bit 5: Internal timestamp flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp on the internal event occurs..
Bit 6: SSR underflow flag This flag is set by hardware when the SSR rolls under 0. SSRUF is not set when SSCLR=1..
RTC masked interrupt status register
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 0: Alarm A masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the alarm A interrupt occurs..
Bit 1: Alarm B masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the alarm B interrupt occurs..
Bit 2: Wakeup timer masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the wakeup timer interrupt occurs. This flag must be cleared by software at least 1.5 RTCCLK periods before WUTF is set to 1 again..
Bit 3: Timestamp masked flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp interrupt occurs. If ITSF flag is set, TSF must be cleared together with ITSF..
Bit 4: Timestamp overflow masked flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp interrupt occurs while TSMF is already set. It is recommended to check and then clear TSOVF only after clearing the TSF bit. Otherwise, an overflow might not be noticed if a timestamp event occurs immediately before the TSF bit is cleared..
Bit 5: Internal timestamp masked flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp on the internal event occurs and timestampinterrupt is raised..
Bit 6: SSR underflow masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the SSR underflow interrupt occurs..
RTC status clear register
Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
Bit 0: Clear alarm A flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ALRAF bit in the RTC_SR register..
Bit 1: Clear alarm B flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ALRBF bit in the RTC_SR register..
Bit 2: Clear wakeup timer flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the WUTF bit in the RTC_SR register..
Bit 3: Clear timestamp flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the TSOVF bit in the RTC_SR register. If ITSF flag is set, TSF must be cleared together with ITSF by setting CRSF and CITSF..
Bit 4: Clear timestamp overflow flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the TSOVF bit in the RTC_SR register. It is recommended to check and then clear TSOVF only after clearing the TSF bit. Otherwise, an overflow might not be noticed if a timestamp event occurs immediately before the TSF bit is cleared..
Bit 5: Clear internal timestamp flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITSF bit in the RTC_SR register..
Bit 6: Clear SSR underflow flag Writing ‘1’ in this bit clears the SSRUF in the RTC_SR register..
RTC alarm A binary mode register
Offset: 0x70, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Synchronous counter alarm value in Binary mode This value is compared with the contents of the synchronous counter to determine if Alarm A is to be activated. Only bits 0 up MASKSS-1 are compared. SS[14:0] is the mirror of SS[14:0] in the RTC_ALRMASSRR, and so can also be read or written through RTC_ALRMASSR..
RTC alarm B binary mode register
Offset: 0x74, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Synchronous counter alarm value in Binary mode This value is compared with the contents of the synchronous counter to determine if Alarm Bis to be activated. Only bits 0 up MASKSS-1 are compared. SS[14:0] is the mirror of SS[14:0] in the RTC_ALRMBSSRR, and so can also be read or written through RTC_ALRMBSSR..
0x44000400: System configuration, boot and security
38/40 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x10 | HDPLCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | HDPLSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | DBGCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | DBGLOCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x100 | PMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x104 | FPUIMR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x108 | MESR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x110 | CCCSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x114 | CCVALR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x118 | CCSWCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x120 | CFGR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x144 | CNSLCKR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14c | ECCNMIR |
SBS temporal isolation control register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x000000B4, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
INCR_HDPL
rw |
SBS temporal isolation status register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HDPL
r |
Bits 0-7: temporal isolation level This bitfield returns the current temporal isolation level..
Allowed values:
81: HDPL1: Protection level to be used to execute and protect immutable Root of Trust (IROT) stage
111: HDPL3: Protection level to be used to execute the application
138: HDPL2: Protection level to be used to execute and protect an updatable Root of Trust (UROT) stage
180: HDPL0: Protection level reserved for ST code and data
SBS debug control register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBG_AUTH_HDPL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DBG_UNLOCK
rw |
AP_UNLOCK
rw |
Bits 0-7: access port unlock Write 0xB4 to this bitfield to open the device access port..
Allowed values:
180: Unlocked: Device access port unlocked
Bits 8-15: debug unlock when DBG_AUTH_HDPL is reached Write 0xB4 to this bitfield to open the debug when HDPL in SBS_HDPLSR equals to DBG_AUTH_HDPL in this register..
Allowed values:
180: Unlocked: Debug unlocked when HDPLSR:HDPL is equal to DBG_AUTH_HDPL
Bits 16-23: authenticated debug temporal isolation level Writing to this bitfield defines at which HDPL the authenticated debug opens. Note: Writing any other values is ignored. Reading any other value means the debug never opens..
Allowed values:
81: HDPL1: Protection level to be used to execute and protect immutable Root of Trust (IROT) stage
111: HDPL3: Protection level to be used to execute the application
138: HDPL2: Protection level to be used to execute and protect an updatable Root of Trust (UROT) stage
SBS debug lock register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x000000B4, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBGCFG_LOCK
rw |
Bits 0-7: debug configuration lock Reading this bitfield returns 0x6A if the bitfield value is different from 0xB4. 0xC3 is the recommended value to lock the debug configuration using this bitfield. Other: Writes to SBS_DBGCR ignored.
Allowed values:
106: Locked: Debug configuration register (DBGCR) locked
180: Unlocked: Debug configuration register (DBGCR) unlocked
SBS product mode and configuration register
Offset: 0x100, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/5 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PB8_FMP
rw |
PB7_FMP
rw |
PB6_FMP
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BOOSTVDDSEL
rw |
BOOSTEN
rw |
Bit 8: booster enable Set this bit to reduce the total harmonic distortion of the analog switch when the processor supply is below 2.7 V. The booster can be activated to guaranty AC performance on analog switch when the supply is below 2.7 V. When the booster is activated, the analog switch performances are the same as with the full voltage range..
Bit 9: booster V<sub>DD</sub> selection Note: Booster must not be used when V<sub>DDA</sub> < 2.7 V, but V<sub>DD</sub> > 2.7 V (add current consumption). Note: When both V<sub>DD</sub> < 2.7 V and V<sub>DDA</sub> < 2.7 V, booster is needed to get full AC performances from I/O analog switches..
Bit 16: Fast-mode Plus command on PB(6).
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Fast-mode Plus mode on PB6 disabled
1: Enabled: Fast-mode Plus mode on PB6 enabled
Bit 17: Fast-mode Plus command on PB(7).
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Fast-mode Plus mode on PB7 disabled
1: Enabled: Fast-mode Plus mode on PB7 enabled
Bit 18: Fast-mode Plus command on PB(8).
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Fast-mode Plus mode on PB8 disabled
1: Enabled: Fast-mode Plus mode on PB8 enabled
SBS FPU interrupt mask register
Offset: 0x104, size: 32, reset: 0x0000001F, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FPU_IE5
N/A |
FPU_IE4
N/A |
FPU_IE3
N/A |
FPU_IE2
N/A |
FPU_IE1
N/A |
FPU_IE0
N/A |
Bit 0: FPU interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 1: FPU interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 2: FPU interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 3: FPU interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 4: FPU interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
Bit 5: FPU interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt enabled
SBS memory erase status register
Offset: 0x108, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IPMEE
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MCLR
rw |
Bit 0: erase after reset status This bit shows the status of the protection for SRAM2, BKPRAM, ICACHE, ICACHE. It is set by hardware and reset by software.
Allowed values:
0: EraseInProgress: Memory erase in progress
1: EraseComplete: Memory erase complete
Bit 16: end-of-erase status for ICACHE This bit shows the status of the protection for ICACHE. It is set by hardware and reset by software..
Allowed values:
0: EraseInProgress: ICACHE erase ongoing
1: EraseCompleted: ICACHE erase completed
SBS compensation cell for I/Os control and status register
Offset: 0x110, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
Bit 0: enable compensation cell for VDDIO power rail This bit enables the I/O compensation cell..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O compensation cell disabled
1: Enabled: I/O compensation cell enabled
Bit 1: code selection for VDDIO power rail (reset value set to 1) This bit selects the code to be applied for the I/O compensation cell..
Allowed values:
0: Cell: Code from cell selected
1: CCSWCR: Code from CCSWCR selected
Bit 2: enable compensation cell for VDDIO2 power rail This bit enables the I/O compensation cell..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: I/O compensation cell disabled
1: Enabled: I/O compensation cell enabled
Bit 3: code selection for VDDIO2 power rail (reset value set to 1) This bit selects the code to be applied for the I/O compensation cell..
Allowed values:
0: Cell: Code from cell selected
1: CCSWCR: Code from CCSWCR selected
Bit 8: VDDIO compensation cell ready flag This bit provides the status of the compensation cell..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: VDDIO compensation cell not ready
1: Ready: VDDIO compensation cell ready
Bit 9: VDDIO2 compensation cell ready flag This bit provides the status of the VDDIO2 compensation cell..
Allowed values:
0: NotReady: VDDIO compensation cell not ready
1: Ready: VDDIO compensation cell ready
SBS compensation cell for I/Os value register
Offset: 0x114, size: 32, reset: 0x00000088, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
Bits 0-3: compensation value for the NMOS transistor This value is provided by the cell and must be interpreted by the processor to compensate the slew rate in the functional range..
Bits 4-7: compensation value for the PMOS transistor This value is provided by the cell and must be interpreted by the processor to compensate the slew rate in the functional range..
Bits 8-11: Compensation value for the NMOS transistor This value is provided by the cell and must be interpreted by the processor to compensate the slew rate in the functional range..
Bits 12-15: compensation value for the PMOS transistor This value is provided by the cell and must be interpreted by the processor to compensate the slew rate in the functional range..
SBS compensation cell for I/Os software code register
Offset: 0x118, size: 32, reset: 0x00007878, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
Bits 0-3: NMOS compensation code for VDD power rails This bitfield is written by software to define an I/O compensation cell code for NMOS transistors of the VDD power rail. This code is applied to the I/O when CS1 is set in SBS_CCSR..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 4-7: PMOS compensation code for the VDD power rails This bitfield is written by software to define an I/O compensation cell code for PMOS transistors of the VDDIO power rail. This code is applied to the I/O when CS1 is set in SBS_CCSR..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 8-11: NMOS compensation code for VDDIO power rails This bitfield is written by software to define an I/O compensation cell code for NMOS transistors of the VDD power rail. This code is applied to the I/O when CS2 is set in SBS_CCSR..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 12-15: PMOS compensation code for the V<sub>DDIO</sub> power rails This bitfield is written by software to define an I/O compensation cell code for PMOS transistors of the VDDIO power rail. This code is applied to the I/O when CS2 is set in SBS_CCSR..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
SBS Class B register
Offset: 0x120, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: core lockup lock This bit is set by software and cleared only by a system reset. It can be used to enable and lock the lockup (HardFault) output of Cortex-M33 with TIM1 break inputs..
Allowed values:
0: Disconnected: Flag/Interrupt disconnected from timer break inputs
1: Connected: Flag/Interrupt connected to timer break inputs
Bit 1: SRAM ECC error lock This bit is set by software and cleared only by a system reset. It can be used to enable and lock the SRAM double ECC error signal with break input of TIM1..
Allowed values:
0: Disconnected: Flag/Interrupt disconnected from timer break inputs
1: Connected: Flag/Interrupt connected to timer break inputs
Bit 2: PVD lock This bit is set by software and cleared only by a system reset. It can be used to enable and lock the PVD connection with TIM1 break inputs..
Allowed values:
0: Disconnected: Flag/Interrupt disconnected from timer break inputs
1: Connected: Flag/Interrupt connected to timer break inputs
Bit 3: ECC lock This bit is set and cleared by software. It can be used to enable and lock the Flash memory double ECC error with break input of TIM1..
Allowed values:
0: Disconnected: Flag/Interrupt disconnected from timer break inputs
1: Connected: Flag/Interrupt connected to timer break inputs
SBS CPU lock register
Offset: 0x144, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LOCKNSMPU
rw |
LOCKNSVTOR
rw |
Bit 0: VTOR_NS register lock This bit is set by software and cleared only by a system reset..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: VTOR_NS register write enabled
1: Locked: VTOR_NS register write disabled
Bit 1: MPU register lock This bit is set by software and cleared only by a system reset. When set, this bit disables write access to MPU_CTRL_NS, MPU_RNR_NS and MPU_RBAR_NS registers..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: MPU registers write enabled
1: Locked: MPU registers write disabled
SBS flift ECC NMI mask register
Offset: 0x14c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ECCNMI_MASK_EN
rw |
0x40013000: Serial peripheral interface
90/92 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CFG1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CFG2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | IFCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | TXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | TXDR16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (8-bit) | TXDR8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | RXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 (16-bit) | RXDR16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 (8-bit) | RXDR8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | CRCPOLY | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | TXCRC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | RXCRC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | UDRDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | I2SCFGR |
SPI/I2S control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IOLOCK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TCRCINI
rw |
RCRCINI
rw |
CRC33_17
rw |
SSI
rw |
HDDIR
rw |
CSUSP
w |
CSTART
rw |
MASRX
rw |
SPE
rw |
Bit 0: serial peripheral enable This bit is set by and cleared by software. When SPE=1, SPI data transfer is enabled, SPI_CFG1 and SPI_CFG2 configuration registers, CRCPOLY, UDRDR, IOLOCK bit in the SPI_CR1 register are write protected. They can be changed only when SPE=0. When SPE=0 any SPI operation is stopped and disabled, all the pending requests of the events with enabled interrupt are blocked except the MODF interrupt request (but their pending still propagates the request of the spi_plck clock), the SS output is deactivated at master, the RDY signal keeps not ready status at slave, the internal state machine is reseted, all the FIFOs content is flushed, CRC calculation initialized, receive data register is read zero. SPE is cleared and cannot be set when MODF error flag is active..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Peripheral disabled
1: Enabled: Peripheral enabled
Bit 8: master automatic suspension in Receive mode This bit is set and cleared by software to control continuous SPI transfer in master receiver mode and automatic management in order to avoid overrun condition. When SPI communication is suspended by hardware automatically, it could happen that few bits of next frame are already clocked out due to internal synchronization delay. This is why, the automatic suspension is not quite reliable when size of data drops below 8 bits. In this case, a safe suspension can be achieved by combination with delay inserted between data frames applied when MIDI parameter keeps a non zero value; sum of data size and the interleaved SPI cycles should always produce interval at length of 8 SPI clock periods at minimum. After software clearing of the SUSP bit, the communication resumes and continues by subsequent bits transaction without any next constraint. Prior the SUSP bit is cleared, the user must release the RxFIFO space as much as possible by reading out all the data packets available at RxFIFO based on the RXP flag indication to prevent any subsequent suspension..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Automatic suspend in master receive-only mode disabled
1: Enabled: Automatic suspend in master receive-only mode enabled
Bit 9: master transfer start This bit can be set by software if SPI is enabled only to start an SPI or I2S/PCM communication. In SPI mode, it is cleared by hardware when end of transfer (EOT) flag is set or when a transaction suspend request is accepted. In I2S/PCM mode, it is also cleared by hardware as described in the . In SPI mode, the bit is taken into account at master mode only. If transmission is enabled, communication starts or continues only if any data is available in the transmission FIFO..
Allowed values:
0: NotStarted: Do not start master transfer
1: Started: Start master transfer
Bit 10: master SUSPend request This bit reads as zero. In Master mode, when this bit is set by software, the CSTART bit is reset at the end of the current frame and communication is suspended. The user has to check SUSP flag to check end of the frame transaction. The Master mode communication must be suspended (using this bit or keeping TXDR empty) before going to Low-power mode. Can be used in SPI or I2S mode. After software suspension, SUSP flag has to be cleared and SPI disabled and re-enabled before the next transaction starts..
Allowed values:
0: NotRequested: Do not request master suspend
1: Requested: Request master suspend
Bit 11: Rx/Tx direction at Half-duplex mode In Half-Duplex configuration the HDDIR bit establishes the Rx/Tx direction of the data transfer. This bit is ignored in Full-Duplex or any Simplex configuration..
Allowed values:
0: Receiver: Receiver in half duplex mode
1: Transmitter: Transmitter in half duplex mode
Bit 12: internal SS signal input level This bit has an effect only when the SSM bit is set. The value of this bit is forced onto the peripheral SS input internally and the I/O value of the SS pin is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: SlaveSelected: 0 is forced onto the SS signal and the I/O value of the SS pin is ignored
1: SlaveNotSelected: 1 is forced onto the SS signal and the I/O value of the SS pin is ignored
Bit 13: 32-bit CRC polynomial configuration.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Full size (33/17 bit) CRC polynomial is not used
1: Enabled: Full size (33/17 bit) CRC polynomial is used
Bit 14: CRC calculation initialization pattern control for receiver.
Allowed values:
0: AllZeros: All zeros RX CRC initialization pattern
1: AllOnes: All ones RX CRC initialization pattern
Bit 15: CRC calculation initialization pattern control for transmitter.
Allowed values:
0: AllZeros: All zeros TX CRC initialization pattern
1: AllOnes: All ones TX CRC initialization pattern
Bit 16: locking the AF configuration of associated IOs This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware whenever the SPE bit is changed from 1 to 0. When this bit is set, SPI_CFG2 register content cannot be modified. This bit can be set when SPI is disabled only else it is write protected. It is cleared and cannot be set when MODF bit is set..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: IO configuration unlocked
1: Locked: IO configuration locked
SPI/I2S control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TSIZE
rw |
Bits 0-15: number of data at current transfer When these bits are changed by software, the SPI has to be disabled. Endless transaction is initialized when CSTART is set while zero value is stored at TSIZE. TSIZE cannot be set to 0xFFFF respective 0x3FFF value when CRC is enabled. Note: TSIZE[15:10] bits are reserved at limited feature set instances and must be kept at reset value..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
SPI/I2S configuration register 1
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00070007, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BPASS
rw |
MBR
rw |
CRCEN
rw |
CRCSIZE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TXDMAEN
rw |
RXDMAEN
rw |
UDRCFG
rw |
FTHLV
rw |
DSIZE
rw |
Bits 0-4: number of bits in at single SPI data frame ..... Note: Maximum data size can be limited up to 16-bits at some instances. At instances with limited set of features, DSIZE2:0] bits are reserved and must be kept at reset state. DSIZE[4:3] bits then control next settings of data size: 00xxx: 8-bits 01xxx: 16-bits 10xxx: 24-bits 11xxx: 32-bits..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bits 5-8: FIFO threshold level Defines number of data frames at single data packet. Size of the packet should not exceed 1/2 of FIFO space. SPI interface is more efficient if configured packet sizes are aligned with data register access parallelism: If SPI data register is accessed as a 16-bit register and DSIZE ≤ 8 bit, better to select FTHLV = 2, 4, 6. If SPI data register is accessed as a 32-bit register and DSIZE> 8 bit, better to select FTHLV = 2, 4, 6, while if DSIZE ≤ 8bit, better to select FTHLV = 4, 8, 12. Note: FTHLV[3:2] bits are reserved at instances with limited set of features.
Allowed values:
0: OneFrame: 1 frame
1: TwoFrames: 2 frames
2: ThreeFrames: 3 frames
3: FourFrames: 4 frames
4: FiveFrames: 5 frames
5: SixFrames: 6 frames
6: SevenFrames: 7 frames
7: EightFrames: 8 frames
8: NineFrames: 9 frames
9: TenFrames: 10 frames
10: ElevenFrames: 11 frames
11: TwelveFrames: 12 frames
12: ThirteenFrames: 13 frames
13: FourteenFrames: 14 frames
14: FifteenFrames: 15 frames
15: SixteenFrames: 16 frames
Bit 9: behavior of slave transmitter at underrun condition For more details see underrun condition..
Allowed values:
0: Constant: Slave sends a constant underrun pattern
1: RepeatReceived: Slave repeats last received data frame from master
Bit 14: Rx DMA stream enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rx buffer DMA disabled
1: Enabled: Rx buffer DMA enabled
Bit 15: Tx DMA stream enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Tx buffer DMA disabled
1: Enabled: Tx buffer DMA enabled
Bits 16-20: length of CRC frame to be transacted and compared Most significant bits are taken into account from polynomial calculation when CRC result is transacted or compared. The length of the polynomial is not affected by this setting. ..... The value must be set equal or multiply of data size (DSIZE[4:0]). Its maximum size corresponds to DSIZE maximum at the instance. Note: The most significant bit at CRCSIZE bit field is reserved at the peripheral instances where data size is limited to 16-bit..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bit 22: hardware CRC computation enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CRC calculation disabled
1: Enabled: CRC calculation enabled
Bits 28-30: master baud rate prescaler setting Note: MBR setting is considered at slave working at TI mode, too (see mode)..
Allowed values:
0: Div2: f_spi_ker_ck / 2
1: Div4: f_spi_ker_ck / 4
2: Div8: f_spi_ker_ck / 8
3: Div16: f_spi_ker_ck / 16
4: Div32: f_spi_ker_ck / 32
5: Div64: f_spi_ker_ck / 64
6: Div128: f_spi_ker_ck / 128
7: Div256: f_spi_ker_ck / 256
Bit 31: bypass of the prescaler at master baud rate clock generator.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Bypass is disabled
1: Enabled: Bypass is enabled
SPI/I2S configuration register 2
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFCNTR
rw |
SSOM
rw |
SSOE
rw |
SSIOP
rw |
SSM
rw |
CPOL
rw |
CPHA
rw |
LSBFRST
rw |
MASTER
rw |
SP
rw |
COMM
rw |
|||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IOSWP
rw |
RDIOP
rw |
RDIOM
rw |
MIDI
rw |
MSSI
rw |
Bits 0-3: Master SS Idleness Specifies an extra delay, expressed in number of SPI clock cycle periods, inserted additionally between active edge of SS opening a session and the beginning of the first data frame of the session in Master mode when SSOE is enabled. ... Note: This feature is not supported in TI mode. To include the delay, the SPI must be disabled and re-enabled between sessions..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 4-7: master Inter-Data Idleness Specifies minimum time delay (expressed in SPI clock cycles periods) inserted between two consecutive data frames in Master mode. ... Note: This feature is not supported in TI mode..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bit 13: RDY signal input/output management Note: When DSIZE at the SPI_CFG1 register is configured shorter than 8-bit, the RDIOM bit has to be kept at zero..
Bit 14: RDY signal input/output polarity.
Bit 15: swap functionality of MISO and MOSI pins When this bit is set, the function of MISO and MOSI pins alternate functions are inverted. Original MISO pin becomes MOSI and original MOSI pin becomes MISO. Note: This bit can be also used in PCM and I2S modes to swap SDO and SDI pins..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: MISO and MOSI not swapped
1: Enabled: MISO and MOSI swapped
Bits 17-18: SPI Communication Mode.
Allowed values:
0: FullDuplex: Full duplex
1: Transmitter: Simplex transmitter only
2: Receiver: Simplex receiver only
3: HalfDuplex: Half duplex
Bits 19-21: serial protocol others: reserved, must not be used.
Allowed values:
0: Motorola: Motorola SPI protocol
1: TI: TI SPI protocol
Bit 22: SPI Master.
Allowed values:
0: Slave: Slave configuration
1: Master: Master configuration
Bit 23: data frame format Note: This bit can be also used in PCM and I2S modes..
Allowed values:
0: MSBFirst: Data is transmitted/received with the MSB first
1: LSBFirst: Data is transmitted/received with the LSB first
Bit 24: clock phase.
Allowed values:
0: FirstEdge: The first clock transition is the first data capture edge
1: SecondEdge: The second clock transition is the first data capture edge
Bit 25: clock polarity.
Allowed values:
0: IdleLow: CK to 0 when idle
1: IdleHigh: CK to 1 when idle
Bit 26: software management of SS signal input When master uses hardware SS output (SSM=0 and SSOE=1) the SS signal input is forced to not active state internally to prevent master mode fault error..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Software slave management disabled
1: Enabled: Software slave management enabled
Bit 28: SS input/output polarity.
Allowed values:
0: ActiveLow: Low level is active for SS signal
1: ActiveHigh: High level is active for SS signal
Bit 29: SS output enable This bit is taken into account in Master mode only.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: SS output is disabled in master mode
1: Enabled: SS output is enabled in master mode
Bit 30: SS output management in Master mode This bit is taken into account in Master mode when SSOE is enabled. It allows the SS output to be configured between two consecutive data transfers..
Allowed values:
0: Asserted: SS is asserted until data transfer complete
1: NotAsserted: Data frames interleaved with SS not asserted during MIDI
Bit 31: alternate function GPIOs control This bit is taken into account when SPE=0 only When SPI has to be disabled temporary for a specific configuration reason (e.g. CRC reset, CPHA or HDDIR change) setting this bit prevents any glitches on the associated outputs configured at alternate function mode by keeping them forced at state corresponding the current SPI configuration. Note: This bit can be also used in PCM and I2S modes. Note: The bit AFCNTR must not be set to 1, when the block is in slave mode..
Allowed values:
0: NotControlled: Peripheral takes no control of GPIOs while disabled
1: Controlled: Peripheral controls GPIOs while disabled
SPI/I2S interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODFIE
rw |
TIFREIE
rw |
CRCEIE
rw |
OVRIE
rw |
UDRIE
rw |
TXTFIE
rw |
EOTIE
rw |
DXPIE
rw |
TXPIE
rw |
RXPIE
rw |
Bit 0: RXP interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: RX data available interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: RX data available interrupt not masked
Bit 1: TXP interrupt enable TXPIE is set by software and cleared by TXTF flag set event..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: TX space available interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: TX space available interrupt not masked
Bit 2: DXP interrupt enabled DXPIE is set by software and cleared by TXTF flag set event..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Duplex transfer complete interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Duplex transfer complete interrupt not masked
Bit 3: EOT, SUSP and TXC interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: End-of-transfer interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: End-of-transfer interrupt not masked
Bit 4: TXTFIE interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Transmission transfer filled interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Transmission transfer filled interrupt not masked
Bit 5: UDR interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Underrun interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Underrun interrupt not masked
Bit 6: OVR interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Overrun interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Overrun interrupt not masked
Bit 7: CRC error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: CRC error interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: CRC error interrupt not masked
Bit 8: TIFRE interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: TI frame format error interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: TI frame format error interrupt not masked
Bit 9: mode Fault interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Mode fault interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Mode fault interrupt not masked
SPI/I2S status register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00001002, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CTSIZE
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RXWNE
r |
RXPLVL
r |
TXC
r |
SUSP
r |
MODF
r |
TIFRE
r |
CRCE
r |
OVR
r |
UDR
r |
TXTF
r |
EOT
r |
DXP
r |
TXP
r |
RXP
r |
Bit 0: Rx-Packet available In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: RxFIFO level is lower than FTHLV In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: RxFIFO level is higher or equal to FTHLV RXP flag is changed by hardware. It monitors number of overall data currently available at RxFIFO if SPI is enabled. It has to be checked once a data packet is completely read out from RxFIFO..
Allowed values:
0: Empty: Rx buffer empty
1: NotEmpty: Rx buffer not empty
Bit 1: Tx-Packet space available In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: there is less than FTHLV free locations in the TxFIFO In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: there is FTHLV or more than FTHLV free locations in the TxFIFO TXP flag is changed by hardware. It monitors overall space currently available at TxFIFO no matter if SPI is enabled or not. It has to be checked once a complete data packet is stored at TxFIFO..
Allowed values:
0: Full: Tx buffer full
1: NotFull: Tx buffer not full
Bit 2: duplex packet DXP flag is set whenever both TXP and RXP flags are set regardless SPI mode..
Allowed values:
0: Unavailable: Duplex packet unavailable: no space for transmission and/or no data received
1: Available: Duplex packet available: space for transmission and data received
Bit 3: end of transfer EOT is set by hardware as soon as a full transfer is complete, that is when SPI is re-enabled or when TSIZE number of data have been transmitted and/or received on the SPI. EOT is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to EOTC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally. EOT flag triggers an interrupt if EOTIE bit is set. If DXP flag is used until TXTF flag is set and DXPIE is cleared, EOT can be used to download the last packets contained into RxFIFO in one-shot. In master, EOT event terminates the data transaction and handles SS output optionally. When CRC is applied, the EOT event is extended over the CRC frame transaction. To restart the internal state machine properly, SPI is strongly suggested to be disabled and re-enabled before next transaction starts despite its setting is not changed..
Allowed values:
0: NotCompleted: Transfer ongoing or not started
1: Completed: Transfer complete
Bit 4: transmission transfer filled TXTF is set by hardware as soon as all of the data packets in a transfer have been submitted for transmission by application software or DMA, that is when TSIZE number of data have been pushed into the TxFIFO. This bit is cleared by software write 1 to TXTFC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively. TXTF flag triggers an interrupt if TXTFIE bit is set. TXTF setting clears the TXPIE and DXPIE masks so to off-load application software from calculating when to disable TXP and DXP interrupts..
Allowed values:
0: NotCompleted: Transmission buffer incomplete
1: Completed: Transmission buffer filled with at least one transfer
Bit 5: underrun This bit is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to UDRC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally. Note: In SPI mode, the UDR flag applies to Slave mode only. In I2S/PCM mode, (when available) this flag applies to Master and Slave mode.
Allowed values:
0: NoUnderrun: No underrun occurred
1: Underrun: Underrun occurred
Bit 6: overrun This bit is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to OVRC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally..
Allowed values:
0: NoOverrun: No overrun occurred
1: Overrun: Overrun occurred
Bit 7: CRC error This bit is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to CRCEC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally..
Allowed values:
0: NoError: No CRC error detected
1: Error: CRC error detected
Bit 8: TI frame format error This bit is cleared by writing 1 to TIFREC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively..
Allowed values:
0: NoError: TI frame format error detected
1: Error: TI frame format error detected
Bit 9: mode fault This bit is cleared by writing 1 to MODFC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively..
Allowed values:
0: NoFault: No mode fault detected
1: Fault: Mode fault detected
Bit 11: suspension status In Master mode, SUSP is set by hardware either as soon as the current frame is completed after CSUSP request is done or at master automatic suspend receive mode (MASRX bit is set at SPI_CR1 register) on RxFIFO full condition. SUSP generates an interrupt when EOTIE is set. This bit has to be cleared prior SPI is disabled and this is done by writing 1 to SUSPC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Master not suspended
1: Suspended: Master suspended
Bit 12: TxFIFO transmission complete The flag behavior depends on TSIZE setting. When TSIZE=0 the TXC is changed by hardware exclusively and it raises each time the TxFIFO becomes empty and there is no activity on the bus. If TSIZE <>0 there is no specific reason to monitor TXC as it just copies the EOT flag value including its software clearing. The TXC generates an interrupt when EOTIE is set..
Allowed values:
0: Ongoing: Transmission ongoing
1: Completed: Transmission completed
Bits 13-14: RxFIFO packing level When RXWNE=0 and data size is set up to 16-bit, the value gives number of remaining data frames persisting at RxFIFO. Note: (*): Optional value when data size is set up to 8-bit only. When data size is greater than 16-bit, these bits are always read as 00. In that consequence, the single data frame received at the FIFO cannot be detected neither by RWNE nor by RXPLVL bits if data size is set from 17 to 24 bits. The user then must apply other methods like TSIZE>0 or FTHLV=0..
Allowed values:
0: ZeroFrames: Zero frames beyond packing ratio available
1: OneFrame: One frame beyond packing ratio available
2: TwoFrames: Two frame beyond packing ratio available
3: ThreeFrames: Three frame beyond packing ratio available
Bit 15: RxFIFO word not empty Note: This bit value does not depend on DSIZE setting and keeps together with RXPLVL[1:0] information about RxFIFO occupancy by residual data..
Allowed values:
0: LessThan32: Less than 32-bit data frame received
1: AtLeast32: At least 32-bit data frame received
Bits 16-31: number of data frames remaining in current TSIZE session The value is not quite reliable when traffic is ongoing on bus or during autonomous operation in low-power mode. Note: CTSIZE[15:0] bits are not available in instances with limited set of features..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
SPI/I2S interrupt/status flags clear register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
Bit 3: end of transfer flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears EOT flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 4: transmission transfer filled flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears TXTF flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 5: underrun flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears UDR flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 6: overrun flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears OVR flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 7: CRC error flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears CRCE flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 8: TI frame format error flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears TIFRE flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 9: mode fault flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears MODF flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 11: SUSPend flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears SUSP flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
SPI/I2S transmit data register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: transmit data register The register serves as an interface with TxFIFO. A write to it accesses TxFIFO. Note: In SPI mode, data is always right-aligned. Alignment of data at I2S mode depends on DATLEN and DATFMT setting. Unused bits are ignored when writing to the register, and read as zero when the register is read. Note: DR can be accessed byte-wise (8-bit access): in this case only one data-byte is written by single access. halfword-wise (16 bit access) in this case 2 data-bytes or 1 halfword-data can be written by single access. word-wise (32 bit access). In this case 4 data-bytes or 2 halfword-data or word-data can be written by single access. Write access of this register less than the configured data size is forbidden..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
Direct 16-bit access to transmit data register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXDR
w |
Direct 8-bit access to transmit data register
Offset: 0x20, size: 8, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXDR
w |
SPI/I2S receive data register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: receive data register The register serves as an interface with RxFIFO. When it is read, RxFIFO is accessed. Note: In SPI mode, data is always right-aligned. Alignment of data at I2S mode depends on DATLEN and DATFMT setting. Unused bits are read as zero when the register is read. Writing to the register is ignored. Note: DR can be accessed byte-wise (8-bit access): in this case only one data-byte is read by single access halfword-wise (16 bit access) in this case 2 data-bytes or 1 halfword-data can be read by single access word-wise (32 bit access). In this case 4 data-bytes or 2 halfword-data or word-data can be read by single access. Read access of this register less than the configured data size is forbidden..
Direct 16-bit access to receive data register
Offset: 0x30, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXDR
r |
Direct 8-bit access to receive data register
Offset: 0x30, size: 8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXDR
r |
SPI/I2S polynomial register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000107, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CRCPOLY
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CRCPOLY
rw |
Bits 0-31: CRC polynomial register This register contains the polynomial for the CRC calculation. The default 9-bit polynomial setting 0x107 corresponds to default 8-bit setting of DSIZE. It is compatible with setting 0x07 used at some other ST products with fixed length of the polynomial string where the most significant bit of the string is always kept hidden. Length of the polynomial is given by the most significant bit of the value stored at this register. It has to be set greater than DSIZE. CRC33_17 bit has to be set additionally with CRCPOLY register when DSIZE is configured to maximum 32-bit or 16-bit size and CRC is enabled (to keep polynomial length grater than data size). Note: CRCPOLY[31:16] bits are reserved at instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constrain when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
SPI/I2S transmitter CRC register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXCRC
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TXCRC
r |
Bits 0-31: CRC register for transmitter When CRC calculation is enabled, the TXCRC[31:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently transmitted bytes. CRC calculation is initialized when the CRCEN bit of SPI_CR1 is written to 1 or when a data block is transacted completely. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI_CRCPOLY register. The number of bits considered at calculation depends on SPI_CRCPOLY register and CRCSIZE bits settings at SPI_CFG1 register. Note: a read to this register when the communication is ongoing could return an incorrect value. Note: not used for the I2S mode. Note: TXCRC[31-16] bits are reserved at instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constrain when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored. Note: The configuration of CRCSIZE bit field is not taken into account when the content of this register is read by software. No masking is applied for unused bits at this case..
SPI/I2S receiver CRC register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXCRC
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RXCRC
r |
Bits 0-31: CRC register for receiver When CRC calculation is enabled, the RXCRC[31:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently received bytes. CRC calculation is initialized when the CRCEN bit of SPI_CR1 is written to 1 or when a data block is transacted completely. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI_CRCPOLY register. The number of bits considered at calculation depends on SPI_CRCPOLY register and CRCSIZE bits settings at SPI_CFG1 register. Note: a read to this register when the communication is ongoing could return an incorrect value. Not used for the I2S mode. RXCRC[31-16] bits are reserved at the peripheral instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constrain when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored. Note: The configuration of CRCSIZE bit field is not taken into account when the content of this register is read by software. No masking is applied for unused bits at this case..
SPI/I2S underrun data register
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UDRDR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
UDRDR
rw |
Bits 0-31: data at slave underrun condition The register is taken into account in Slave mode and at underrun condition only. The number of bits considered depends on DSIZE bit settings of the SPI_CFG1 register. Underrun condition handling depends on setting UDRCFG bit at SPI_CFG1 register. Note: UDRDR[31-16] bits are reserved at the peripheral instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constraint when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
SPI/I2S configuration register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MCKOE
rw |
ODD
rw |
I2SDIV
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DATFMT
rw |
WSINV
rw |
FIXCH
rw |
CKPOL
rw |
CHLEN
rw |
DATLEN
rw |
PCMSYNC
rw |
I2SSTD
rw |
I2SCFG
rw |
I2SMOD
rw |
Bit 0: I2S mode selection.
Allowed values:
0: SPI: SPI mode selected
1: I2S: I2S/PCM mode selected
Bits 1-3: I2S configuration mode others, not used.
Allowed values:
0: SlaveTransmit: Slave, transmit
1: SlaveReceive: Slave, recteive
2: MasterTransmit: Master, transmit
3: MasterReceive: Master, receive
4: SlaveFullDuplex: Slave, full duplex
5: MasterFullDuplex: Master, full duplex
Bits 4-5: I2S standard selection For more details on I2S standards, refer to.
Allowed values:
0: Philips: I2S Philips standard
1: LeftAligned: MSB/left justified standard
2: RightAligned: LSB/right justified standard
3: PCM: PCM standard
Bit 7: PCM frame synchronization.
Allowed values:
0: Short: Short PCM frame synchronization
1: Long: Long PCM frame synchronization
Bits 8-9: data length to be transferred.
Allowed values:
0: Bits16: 16 bit data length
1: Bits24: 24 bit data length
2: Bits32: 32 bit data length
Bit 10: channel length (number of bits per audio channel).
Allowed values:
0: Bits16: 16 bit per channel
1: Bits32: 32 bit per channel
Bit 11: serial audio clock polarity.
Allowed values:
0: SampleOnRising: Signals are sampled on rising and changed on falling clock edges
1: SampleOnFalling: Signals are sampled on falling and changed on rising clock edges
Bit 12: fixed channel length in slave.
Allowed values:
0: NotFixed: The channel length in slave mode is different from 16 or 32 bits (CHLEN not taken into account)
1: Fixed: The channel length in slave mode is supposed to be 16 or 32 bits (according to CHLEN)
Bit 13: word select inversion This bit is used to invert the default polarity of WS signal. WS is LOW. In PCM mode the start of frame is indicated by a rising edge. WS is HIGH. In PCM mode the start of frame is indicated by a falling edge..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Word select inversion disabled
1: Enabled: Word select inversion enabled
Bit 14: data format.
Allowed values:
0: RightAligned: The data inside RXDR and TXDR are right aligned
1: LeftAligned: The data inside RXDR and TXDR are left aligned
Bits 16-23: I2S linear prescaler I2SDIV can take any values except the value 1, when ODD is also equal to 1. Refer to for details.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bit 24: odd factor for the prescaler Refer to for details.
Allowed values:
0: Even: Real divider value is I2SDIV*2
1: Odd: Real divider value is I2SDIV*2 + 1
Bit 25: master clock output enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Master clock output disabled
1: Enabled: Master clock output enabled
0x40003800: Serial peripheral interface
90/92 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CFG1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CFG2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | IFCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | TXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | TXDR16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (8-bit) | TXDR8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | RXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 (16-bit) | RXDR16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 (8-bit) | RXDR8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | CRCPOLY | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | TXCRC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | RXCRC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | UDRDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | I2SCFGR |
SPI/I2S control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IOLOCK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TCRCINI
rw |
RCRCINI
rw |
CRC33_17
rw |
SSI
rw |
HDDIR
rw |
CSUSP
w |
CSTART
rw |
MASRX
rw |
SPE
rw |
Bit 0: serial peripheral enable This bit is set by and cleared by software. When SPE=1, SPI data transfer is enabled, SPI_CFG1 and SPI_CFG2 configuration registers, CRCPOLY, UDRDR, IOLOCK bit in the SPI_CR1 register are write protected. They can be changed only when SPE=0. When SPE=0 any SPI operation is stopped and disabled, all the pending requests of the events with enabled interrupt are blocked except the MODF interrupt request (but their pending still propagates the request of the spi_plck clock), the SS output is deactivated at master, the RDY signal keeps not ready status at slave, the internal state machine is reseted, all the FIFOs content is flushed, CRC calculation initialized, receive data register is read zero. SPE is cleared and cannot be set when MODF error flag is active..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Peripheral disabled
1: Enabled: Peripheral enabled
Bit 8: master automatic suspension in Receive mode This bit is set and cleared by software to control continuous SPI transfer in master receiver mode and automatic management in order to avoid overrun condition. When SPI communication is suspended by hardware automatically, it could happen that few bits of next frame are already clocked out due to internal synchronization delay. This is why, the automatic suspension is not quite reliable when size of data drops below 8 bits. In this case, a safe suspension can be achieved by combination with delay inserted between data frames applied when MIDI parameter keeps a non zero value; sum of data size and the interleaved SPI cycles should always produce interval at length of 8 SPI clock periods at minimum. After software clearing of the SUSP bit, the communication resumes and continues by subsequent bits transaction without any next constraint. Prior the SUSP bit is cleared, the user must release the RxFIFO space as much as possible by reading out all the data packets available at RxFIFO based on the RXP flag indication to prevent any subsequent suspension..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Automatic suspend in master receive-only mode disabled
1: Enabled: Automatic suspend in master receive-only mode enabled
Bit 9: master transfer start This bit can be set by software if SPI is enabled only to start an SPI or I2S/PCM communication. In SPI mode, it is cleared by hardware when end of transfer (EOT) flag is set or when a transaction suspend request is accepted. In I2S/PCM mode, it is also cleared by hardware as described in the . In SPI mode, the bit is taken into account at master mode only. If transmission is enabled, communication starts or continues only if any data is available in the transmission FIFO..
Allowed values:
0: NotStarted: Do not start master transfer
1: Started: Start master transfer
Bit 10: master SUSPend request This bit reads as zero. In Master mode, when this bit is set by software, the CSTART bit is reset at the end of the current frame and communication is suspended. The user has to check SUSP flag to check end of the frame transaction. The Master mode communication must be suspended (using this bit or keeping TXDR empty) before going to Low-power mode. Can be used in SPI or I2S mode. After software suspension, SUSP flag has to be cleared and SPI disabled and re-enabled before the next transaction starts..
Allowed values:
0: NotRequested: Do not request master suspend
1: Requested: Request master suspend
Bit 11: Rx/Tx direction at Half-duplex mode In Half-Duplex configuration the HDDIR bit establishes the Rx/Tx direction of the data transfer. This bit is ignored in Full-Duplex or any Simplex configuration..
Allowed values:
0: Receiver: Receiver in half duplex mode
1: Transmitter: Transmitter in half duplex mode
Bit 12: internal SS signal input level This bit has an effect only when the SSM bit is set. The value of this bit is forced onto the peripheral SS input internally and the I/O value of the SS pin is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: SlaveSelected: 0 is forced onto the SS signal and the I/O value of the SS pin is ignored
1: SlaveNotSelected: 1 is forced onto the SS signal and the I/O value of the SS pin is ignored
Bit 13: 32-bit CRC polynomial configuration.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Full size (33/17 bit) CRC polynomial is not used
1: Enabled: Full size (33/17 bit) CRC polynomial is used
Bit 14: CRC calculation initialization pattern control for receiver.
Allowed values:
0: AllZeros: All zeros RX CRC initialization pattern
1: AllOnes: All ones RX CRC initialization pattern
Bit 15: CRC calculation initialization pattern control for transmitter.
Allowed values:
0: AllZeros: All zeros TX CRC initialization pattern
1: AllOnes: All ones TX CRC initialization pattern
Bit 16: locking the AF configuration of associated IOs This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware whenever the SPE bit is changed from 1 to 0. When this bit is set, SPI_CFG2 register content cannot be modified. This bit can be set when SPI is disabled only else it is write protected. It is cleared and cannot be set when MODF bit is set..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: IO configuration unlocked
1: Locked: IO configuration locked
SPI/I2S control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TSIZE
rw |
Bits 0-15: number of data at current transfer When these bits are changed by software, the SPI has to be disabled. Endless transaction is initialized when CSTART is set while zero value is stored at TSIZE. TSIZE cannot be set to 0xFFFF respective 0x3FFF value when CRC is enabled. Note: TSIZE[15:10] bits are reserved at limited feature set instances and must be kept at reset value..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
SPI/I2S configuration register 1
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00070007, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BPASS
rw |
MBR
rw |
CRCEN
rw |
CRCSIZE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TXDMAEN
rw |
RXDMAEN
rw |
UDRCFG
rw |
FTHLV
rw |
DSIZE
rw |
Bits 0-4: number of bits in at single SPI data frame ..... Note: Maximum data size can be limited up to 16-bits at some instances. At instances with limited set of features, DSIZE2:0] bits are reserved and must be kept at reset state. DSIZE[4:3] bits then control next settings of data size: 00xxx: 8-bits 01xxx: 16-bits 10xxx: 24-bits 11xxx: 32-bits..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bits 5-8: FIFO threshold level Defines number of data frames at single data packet. Size of the packet should not exceed 1/2 of FIFO space. SPI interface is more efficient if configured packet sizes are aligned with data register access parallelism: If SPI data register is accessed as a 16-bit register and DSIZE ≤ 8 bit, better to select FTHLV = 2, 4, 6. If SPI data register is accessed as a 32-bit register and DSIZE> 8 bit, better to select FTHLV = 2, 4, 6, while if DSIZE ≤ 8bit, better to select FTHLV = 4, 8, 12. Note: FTHLV[3:2] bits are reserved at instances with limited set of features.
Allowed values:
0: OneFrame: 1 frame
1: TwoFrames: 2 frames
2: ThreeFrames: 3 frames
3: FourFrames: 4 frames
4: FiveFrames: 5 frames
5: SixFrames: 6 frames
6: SevenFrames: 7 frames
7: EightFrames: 8 frames
8: NineFrames: 9 frames
9: TenFrames: 10 frames
10: ElevenFrames: 11 frames
11: TwelveFrames: 12 frames
12: ThirteenFrames: 13 frames
13: FourteenFrames: 14 frames
14: FifteenFrames: 15 frames
15: SixteenFrames: 16 frames
Bit 9: behavior of slave transmitter at underrun condition For more details see underrun condition..
Allowed values:
0: Constant: Slave sends a constant underrun pattern
1: RepeatReceived: Slave repeats last received data frame from master
Bit 14: Rx DMA stream enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rx buffer DMA disabled
1: Enabled: Rx buffer DMA enabled
Bit 15: Tx DMA stream enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Tx buffer DMA disabled
1: Enabled: Tx buffer DMA enabled
Bits 16-20: length of CRC frame to be transacted and compared Most significant bits are taken into account from polynomial calculation when CRC result is transacted or compared. The length of the polynomial is not affected by this setting. ..... The value must be set equal or multiply of data size (DSIZE[4:0]). Its maximum size corresponds to DSIZE maximum at the instance. Note: The most significant bit at CRCSIZE bit field is reserved at the peripheral instances where data size is limited to 16-bit..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bit 22: hardware CRC computation enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CRC calculation disabled
1: Enabled: CRC calculation enabled
Bits 28-30: master baud rate prescaler setting Note: MBR setting is considered at slave working at TI mode, too (see mode)..
Allowed values:
0: Div2: f_spi_ker_ck / 2
1: Div4: f_spi_ker_ck / 4
2: Div8: f_spi_ker_ck / 8
3: Div16: f_spi_ker_ck / 16
4: Div32: f_spi_ker_ck / 32
5: Div64: f_spi_ker_ck / 64
6: Div128: f_spi_ker_ck / 128
7: Div256: f_spi_ker_ck / 256
Bit 31: bypass of the prescaler at master baud rate clock generator.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Bypass is disabled
1: Enabled: Bypass is enabled
SPI/I2S configuration register 2
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFCNTR
rw |
SSOM
rw |
SSOE
rw |
SSIOP
rw |
SSM
rw |
CPOL
rw |
CPHA
rw |
LSBFRST
rw |
MASTER
rw |
SP
rw |
COMM
rw |
|||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IOSWP
rw |
RDIOP
rw |
RDIOM
rw |
MIDI
rw |
MSSI
rw |
Bits 0-3: Master SS Idleness Specifies an extra delay, expressed in number of SPI clock cycle periods, inserted additionally between active edge of SS opening a session and the beginning of the first data frame of the session in Master mode when SSOE is enabled. ... Note: This feature is not supported in TI mode. To include the delay, the SPI must be disabled and re-enabled between sessions..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 4-7: master Inter-Data Idleness Specifies minimum time delay (expressed in SPI clock cycles periods) inserted between two consecutive data frames in Master mode. ... Note: This feature is not supported in TI mode..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bit 13: RDY signal input/output management Note: When DSIZE at the SPI_CFG1 register is configured shorter than 8-bit, the RDIOM bit has to be kept at zero..
Bit 14: RDY signal input/output polarity.
Bit 15: swap functionality of MISO and MOSI pins When this bit is set, the function of MISO and MOSI pins alternate functions are inverted. Original MISO pin becomes MOSI and original MOSI pin becomes MISO. Note: This bit can be also used in PCM and I2S modes to swap SDO and SDI pins..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: MISO and MOSI not swapped
1: Enabled: MISO and MOSI swapped
Bits 17-18: SPI Communication Mode.
Allowed values:
0: FullDuplex: Full duplex
1: Transmitter: Simplex transmitter only
2: Receiver: Simplex receiver only
3: HalfDuplex: Half duplex
Bits 19-21: serial protocol others: reserved, must not be used.
Allowed values:
0: Motorola: Motorola SPI protocol
1: TI: TI SPI protocol
Bit 22: SPI Master.
Allowed values:
0: Slave: Slave configuration
1: Master: Master configuration
Bit 23: data frame format Note: This bit can be also used in PCM and I2S modes..
Allowed values:
0: MSBFirst: Data is transmitted/received with the MSB first
1: LSBFirst: Data is transmitted/received with the LSB first
Bit 24: clock phase.
Allowed values:
0: FirstEdge: The first clock transition is the first data capture edge
1: SecondEdge: The second clock transition is the first data capture edge
Bit 25: clock polarity.
Allowed values:
0: IdleLow: CK to 0 when idle
1: IdleHigh: CK to 1 when idle
Bit 26: software management of SS signal input When master uses hardware SS output (SSM=0 and SSOE=1) the SS signal input is forced to not active state internally to prevent master mode fault error..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Software slave management disabled
1: Enabled: Software slave management enabled
Bit 28: SS input/output polarity.
Allowed values:
0: ActiveLow: Low level is active for SS signal
1: ActiveHigh: High level is active for SS signal
Bit 29: SS output enable This bit is taken into account in Master mode only.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: SS output is disabled in master mode
1: Enabled: SS output is enabled in master mode
Bit 30: SS output management in Master mode This bit is taken into account in Master mode when SSOE is enabled. It allows the SS output to be configured between two consecutive data transfers..
Allowed values:
0: Asserted: SS is asserted until data transfer complete
1: NotAsserted: Data frames interleaved with SS not asserted during MIDI
Bit 31: alternate function GPIOs control This bit is taken into account when SPE=0 only When SPI has to be disabled temporary for a specific configuration reason (e.g. CRC reset, CPHA or HDDIR change) setting this bit prevents any glitches on the associated outputs configured at alternate function mode by keeping them forced at state corresponding the current SPI configuration. Note: This bit can be also used in PCM and I2S modes. Note: The bit AFCNTR must not be set to 1, when the block is in slave mode..
Allowed values:
0: NotControlled: Peripheral takes no control of GPIOs while disabled
1: Controlled: Peripheral controls GPIOs while disabled
SPI/I2S interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODFIE
rw |
TIFREIE
rw |
CRCEIE
rw |
OVRIE
rw |
UDRIE
rw |
TXTFIE
rw |
EOTIE
rw |
DXPIE
rw |
TXPIE
rw |
RXPIE
rw |
Bit 0: RXP interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: RX data available interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: RX data available interrupt not masked
Bit 1: TXP interrupt enable TXPIE is set by software and cleared by TXTF flag set event..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: TX space available interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: TX space available interrupt not masked
Bit 2: DXP interrupt enabled DXPIE is set by software and cleared by TXTF flag set event..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Duplex transfer complete interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Duplex transfer complete interrupt not masked
Bit 3: EOT, SUSP and TXC interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: End-of-transfer interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: End-of-transfer interrupt not masked
Bit 4: TXTFIE interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Transmission transfer filled interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Transmission transfer filled interrupt not masked
Bit 5: UDR interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Underrun interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Underrun interrupt not masked
Bit 6: OVR interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Overrun interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Overrun interrupt not masked
Bit 7: CRC error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: CRC error interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: CRC error interrupt not masked
Bit 8: TIFRE interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: TI frame format error interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: TI frame format error interrupt not masked
Bit 9: mode Fault interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Mode fault interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Mode fault interrupt not masked
SPI/I2S status register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00001002, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CTSIZE
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RXWNE
r |
RXPLVL
r |
TXC
r |
SUSP
r |
MODF
r |
TIFRE
r |
CRCE
r |
OVR
r |
UDR
r |
TXTF
r |
EOT
r |
DXP
r |
TXP
r |
RXP
r |
Bit 0: Rx-Packet available In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: RxFIFO level is lower than FTHLV In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: RxFIFO level is higher or equal to FTHLV RXP flag is changed by hardware. It monitors number of overall data currently available at RxFIFO if SPI is enabled. It has to be checked once a data packet is completely read out from RxFIFO..
Allowed values:
0: Empty: Rx buffer empty
1: NotEmpty: Rx buffer not empty
Bit 1: Tx-Packet space available In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: there is less than FTHLV free locations in the TxFIFO In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: there is FTHLV or more than FTHLV free locations in the TxFIFO TXP flag is changed by hardware. It monitors overall space currently available at TxFIFO no matter if SPI is enabled or not. It has to be checked once a complete data packet is stored at TxFIFO..
Allowed values:
0: Full: Tx buffer full
1: NotFull: Tx buffer not full
Bit 2: duplex packet DXP flag is set whenever both TXP and RXP flags are set regardless SPI mode..
Allowed values:
0: Unavailable: Duplex packet unavailable: no space for transmission and/or no data received
1: Available: Duplex packet available: space for transmission and data received
Bit 3: end of transfer EOT is set by hardware as soon as a full transfer is complete, that is when SPI is re-enabled or when TSIZE number of data have been transmitted and/or received on the SPI. EOT is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to EOTC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally. EOT flag triggers an interrupt if EOTIE bit is set. If DXP flag is used until TXTF flag is set and DXPIE is cleared, EOT can be used to download the last packets contained into RxFIFO in one-shot. In master, EOT event terminates the data transaction and handles SS output optionally. When CRC is applied, the EOT event is extended over the CRC frame transaction. To restart the internal state machine properly, SPI is strongly suggested to be disabled and re-enabled before next transaction starts despite its setting is not changed..
Allowed values:
0: NotCompleted: Transfer ongoing or not started
1: Completed: Transfer complete
Bit 4: transmission transfer filled TXTF is set by hardware as soon as all of the data packets in a transfer have been submitted for transmission by application software or DMA, that is when TSIZE number of data have been pushed into the TxFIFO. This bit is cleared by software write 1 to TXTFC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively. TXTF flag triggers an interrupt if TXTFIE bit is set. TXTF setting clears the TXPIE and DXPIE masks so to off-load application software from calculating when to disable TXP and DXP interrupts..
Allowed values:
0: NotCompleted: Transmission buffer incomplete
1: Completed: Transmission buffer filled with at least one transfer
Bit 5: underrun This bit is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to UDRC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally. Note: In SPI mode, the UDR flag applies to Slave mode only. In I2S/PCM mode, (when available) this flag applies to Master and Slave mode.
Allowed values:
0: NoUnderrun: No underrun occurred
1: Underrun: Underrun occurred
Bit 6: overrun This bit is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to OVRC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally..
Allowed values:
0: NoOverrun: No overrun occurred
1: Overrun: Overrun occurred
Bit 7: CRC error This bit is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to CRCEC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally..
Allowed values:
0: NoError: No CRC error detected
1: Error: CRC error detected
Bit 8: TI frame format error This bit is cleared by writing 1 to TIFREC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively..
Allowed values:
0: NoError: TI frame format error detected
1: Error: TI frame format error detected
Bit 9: mode fault This bit is cleared by writing 1 to MODFC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively..
Allowed values:
0: NoFault: No mode fault detected
1: Fault: Mode fault detected
Bit 11: suspension status In Master mode, SUSP is set by hardware either as soon as the current frame is completed after CSUSP request is done or at master automatic suspend receive mode (MASRX bit is set at SPI_CR1 register) on RxFIFO full condition. SUSP generates an interrupt when EOTIE is set. This bit has to be cleared prior SPI is disabled and this is done by writing 1 to SUSPC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Master not suspended
1: Suspended: Master suspended
Bit 12: TxFIFO transmission complete The flag behavior depends on TSIZE setting. When TSIZE=0 the TXC is changed by hardware exclusively and it raises each time the TxFIFO becomes empty and there is no activity on the bus. If TSIZE <>0 there is no specific reason to monitor TXC as it just copies the EOT flag value including its software clearing. The TXC generates an interrupt when EOTIE is set..
Allowed values:
0: Ongoing: Transmission ongoing
1: Completed: Transmission completed
Bits 13-14: RxFIFO packing level When RXWNE=0 and data size is set up to 16-bit, the value gives number of remaining data frames persisting at RxFIFO. Note: (*): Optional value when data size is set up to 8-bit only. When data size is greater than 16-bit, these bits are always read as 00. In that consequence, the single data frame received at the FIFO cannot be detected neither by RWNE nor by RXPLVL bits if data size is set from 17 to 24 bits. The user then must apply other methods like TSIZE>0 or FTHLV=0..
Allowed values:
0: ZeroFrames: Zero frames beyond packing ratio available
1: OneFrame: One frame beyond packing ratio available
2: TwoFrames: Two frame beyond packing ratio available
3: ThreeFrames: Three frame beyond packing ratio available
Bit 15: RxFIFO word not empty Note: This bit value does not depend on DSIZE setting and keeps together with RXPLVL[1:0] information about RxFIFO occupancy by residual data..
Allowed values:
0: LessThan32: Less than 32-bit data frame received
1: AtLeast32: At least 32-bit data frame received
Bits 16-31: number of data frames remaining in current TSIZE session The value is not quite reliable when traffic is ongoing on bus or during autonomous operation in low-power mode. Note: CTSIZE[15:0] bits are not available in instances with limited set of features..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
SPI/I2S interrupt/status flags clear register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
Bit 3: end of transfer flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears EOT flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 4: transmission transfer filled flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears TXTF flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 5: underrun flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears UDR flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 6: overrun flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears OVR flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 7: CRC error flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears CRCE flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 8: TI frame format error flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears TIFRE flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 9: mode fault flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears MODF flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 11: SUSPend flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears SUSP flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
SPI/I2S transmit data register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: transmit data register The register serves as an interface with TxFIFO. A write to it accesses TxFIFO. Note: In SPI mode, data is always right-aligned. Alignment of data at I2S mode depends on DATLEN and DATFMT setting. Unused bits are ignored when writing to the register, and read as zero when the register is read. Note: DR can be accessed byte-wise (8-bit access): in this case only one data-byte is written by single access. halfword-wise (16 bit access) in this case 2 data-bytes or 1 halfword-data can be written by single access. word-wise (32 bit access). In this case 4 data-bytes or 2 halfword-data or word-data can be written by single access. Write access of this register less than the configured data size is forbidden..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
Direct 16-bit access to transmit data register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXDR
w |
Direct 8-bit access to transmit data register
Offset: 0x20, size: 8, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXDR
w |
SPI/I2S receive data register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: receive data register The register serves as an interface with RxFIFO. When it is read, RxFIFO is accessed. Note: In SPI mode, data is always right-aligned. Alignment of data at I2S mode depends on DATLEN and DATFMT setting. Unused bits are read as zero when the register is read. Writing to the register is ignored. Note: DR can be accessed byte-wise (8-bit access): in this case only one data-byte is read by single access halfword-wise (16 bit access) in this case 2 data-bytes or 1 halfword-data can be read by single access word-wise (32 bit access). In this case 4 data-bytes or 2 halfword-data or word-data can be read by single access. Read access of this register less than the configured data size is forbidden..
Direct 16-bit access to receive data register
Offset: 0x30, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXDR
r |
Direct 8-bit access to receive data register
Offset: 0x30, size: 8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXDR
r |
SPI/I2S polynomial register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000107, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CRCPOLY
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CRCPOLY
rw |
Bits 0-31: CRC polynomial register This register contains the polynomial for the CRC calculation. The default 9-bit polynomial setting 0x107 corresponds to default 8-bit setting of DSIZE. It is compatible with setting 0x07 used at some other ST products with fixed length of the polynomial string where the most significant bit of the string is always kept hidden. Length of the polynomial is given by the most significant bit of the value stored at this register. It has to be set greater than DSIZE. CRC33_17 bit has to be set additionally with CRCPOLY register when DSIZE is configured to maximum 32-bit or 16-bit size and CRC is enabled (to keep polynomial length grater than data size). Note: CRCPOLY[31:16] bits are reserved at instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constrain when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
SPI/I2S transmitter CRC register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXCRC
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TXCRC
r |
Bits 0-31: CRC register for transmitter When CRC calculation is enabled, the TXCRC[31:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently transmitted bytes. CRC calculation is initialized when the CRCEN bit of SPI_CR1 is written to 1 or when a data block is transacted completely. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI_CRCPOLY register. The number of bits considered at calculation depends on SPI_CRCPOLY register and CRCSIZE bits settings at SPI_CFG1 register. Note: a read to this register when the communication is ongoing could return an incorrect value. Note: not used for the I2S mode. Note: TXCRC[31-16] bits are reserved at instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constrain when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored. Note: The configuration of CRCSIZE bit field is not taken into account when the content of this register is read by software. No masking is applied for unused bits at this case..
SPI/I2S receiver CRC register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXCRC
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RXCRC
r |
Bits 0-31: CRC register for receiver When CRC calculation is enabled, the RXCRC[31:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently received bytes. CRC calculation is initialized when the CRCEN bit of SPI_CR1 is written to 1 or when a data block is transacted completely. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI_CRCPOLY register. The number of bits considered at calculation depends on SPI_CRCPOLY register and CRCSIZE bits settings at SPI_CFG1 register. Note: a read to this register when the communication is ongoing could return an incorrect value. Not used for the I2S mode. RXCRC[31-16] bits are reserved at the peripheral instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constrain when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored. Note: The configuration of CRCSIZE bit field is not taken into account when the content of this register is read by software. No masking is applied for unused bits at this case..
SPI/I2S underrun data register
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UDRDR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
UDRDR
rw |
Bits 0-31: data at slave underrun condition The register is taken into account in Slave mode and at underrun condition only. The number of bits considered depends on DSIZE bit settings of the SPI_CFG1 register. Underrun condition handling depends on setting UDRCFG bit at SPI_CFG1 register. Note: UDRDR[31-16] bits are reserved at the peripheral instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constraint when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
SPI/I2S configuration register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MCKOE
rw |
ODD
rw |
I2SDIV
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DATFMT
rw |
WSINV
rw |
FIXCH
rw |
CKPOL
rw |
CHLEN
rw |
DATLEN
rw |
PCMSYNC
rw |
I2SSTD
rw |
I2SCFG
rw |
I2SMOD
rw |
Bit 0: I2S mode selection.
Allowed values:
0: SPI: SPI mode selected
1: I2S: I2S/PCM mode selected
Bits 1-3: I2S configuration mode others, not used.
Allowed values:
0: SlaveTransmit: Slave, transmit
1: SlaveReceive: Slave, recteive
2: MasterTransmit: Master, transmit
3: MasterReceive: Master, receive
4: SlaveFullDuplex: Slave, full duplex
5: MasterFullDuplex: Master, full duplex
Bits 4-5: I2S standard selection For more details on I2S standards, refer to.
Allowed values:
0: Philips: I2S Philips standard
1: LeftAligned: MSB/left justified standard
2: RightAligned: LSB/right justified standard
3: PCM: PCM standard
Bit 7: PCM frame synchronization.
Allowed values:
0: Short: Short PCM frame synchronization
1: Long: Long PCM frame synchronization
Bits 8-9: data length to be transferred.
Allowed values:
0: Bits16: 16 bit data length
1: Bits24: 24 bit data length
2: Bits32: 32 bit data length
Bit 10: channel length (number of bits per audio channel).
Allowed values:
0: Bits16: 16 bit per channel
1: Bits32: 32 bit per channel
Bit 11: serial audio clock polarity.
Allowed values:
0: SampleOnRising: Signals are sampled on rising and changed on falling clock edges
1: SampleOnFalling: Signals are sampled on falling and changed on rising clock edges
Bit 12: fixed channel length in slave.
Allowed values:
0: NotFixed: The channel length in slave mode is different from 16 or 32 bits (CHLEN not taken into account)
1: Fixed: The channel length in slave mode is supposed to be 16 or 32 bits (according to CHLEN)
Bit 13: word select inversion This bit is used to invert the default polarity of WS signal. WS is LOW. In PCM mode the start of frame is indicated by a rising edge. WS is HIGH. In PCM mode the start of frame is indicated by a falling edge..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Word select inversion disabled
1: Enabled: Word select inversion enabled
Bit 14: data format.
Allowed values:
0: RightAligned: The data inside RXDR and TXDR are right aligned
1: LeftAligned: The data inside RXDR and TXDR are left aligned
Bits 16-23: I2S linear prescaler I2SDIV can take any values except the value 1, when ODD is also equal to 1. Refer to for details.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bit 24: odd factor for the prescaler Refer to for details.
Allowed values:
0: Even: Real divider value is I2SDIV*2
1: Odd: Real divider value is I2SDIV*2 + 1
Bit 25: master clock output enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Master clock output disabled
1: Enabled: Master clock output enabled
0x40003c00: Serial peripheral interface
90/92 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CFG1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CFG2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | IFCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | TXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | TXDR16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (8-bit) | TXDR8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | RXDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 (16-bit) | RXDR16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 (8-bit) | RXDR8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | CRCPOLY | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | TXCRC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | RXCRC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | UDRDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | I2SCFGR |
SPI/I2S control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
IOLOCK
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TCRCINI
rw |
RCRCINI
rw |
CRC33_17
rw |
SSI
rw |
HDDIR
rw |
CSUSP
w |
CSTART
rw |
MASRX
rw |
SPE
rw |
Bit 0: serial peripheral enable This bit is set by and cleared by software. When SPE=1, SPI data transfer is enabled, SPI_CFG1 and SPI_CFG2 configuration registers, CRCPOLY, UDRDR, IOLOCK bit in the SPI_CR1 register are write protected. They can be changed only when SPE=0. When SPE=0 any SPI operation is stopped and disabled, all the pending requests of the events with enabled interrupt are blocked except the MODF interrupt request (but their pending still propagates the request of the spi_plck clock), the SS output is deactivated at master, the RDY signal keeps not ready status at slave, the internal state machine is reseted, all the FIFOs content is flushed, CRC calculation initialized, receive data register is read zero. SPE is cleared and cannot be set when MODF error flag is active..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Peripheral disabled
1: Enabled: Peripheral enabled
Bit 8: master automatic suspension in Receive mode This bit is set and cleared by software to control continuous SPI transfer in master receiver mode and automatic management in order to avoid overrun condition. When SPI communication is suspended by hardware automatically, it could happen that few bits of next frame are already clocked out due to internal synchronization delay. This is why, the automatic suspension is not quite reliable when size of data drops below 8 bits. In this case, a safe suspension can be achieved by combination with delay inserted between data frames applied when MIDI parameter keeps a non zero value; sum of data size and the interleaved SPI cycles should always produce interval at length of 8 SPI clock periods at minimum. After software clearing of the SUSP bit, the communication resumes and continues by subsequent bits transaction without any next constraint. Prior the SUSP bit is cleared, the user must release the RxFIFO space as much as possible by reading out all the data packets available at RxFIFO based on the RXP flag indication to prevent any subsequent suspension..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Automatic suspend in master receive-only mode disabled
1: Enabled: Automatic suspend in master receive-only mode enabled
Bit 9: master transfer start This bit can be set by software if SPI is enabled only to start an SPI or I2S/PCM communication. In SPI mode, it is cleared by hardware when end of transfer (EOT) flag is set or when a transaction suspend request is accepted. In I2S/PCM mode, it is also cleared by hardware as described in the . In SPI mode, the bit is taken into account at master mode only. If transmission is enabled, communication starts or continues only if any data is available in the transmission FIFO..
Allowed values:
0: NotStarted: Do not start master transfer
1: Started: Start master transfer
Bit 10: master SUSPend request This bit reads as zero. In Master mode, when this bit is set by software, the CSTART bit is reset at the end of the current frame and communication is suspended. The user has to check SUSP flag to check end of the frame transaction. The Master mode communication must be suspended (using this bit or keeping TXDR empty) before going to Low-power mode. Can be used in SPI or I2S mode. After software suspension, SUSP flag has to be cleared and SPI disabled and re-enabled before the next transaction starts..
Allowed values:
0: NotRequested: Do not request master suspend
1: Requested: Request master suspend
Bit 11: Rx/Tx direction at Half-duplex mode In Half-Duplex configuration the HDDIR bit establishes the Rx/Tx direction of the data transfer. This bit is ignored in Full-Duplex or any Simplex configuration..
Allowed values:
0: Receiver: Receiver in half duplex mode
1: Transmitter: Transmitter in half duplex mode
Bit 12: internal SS signal input level This bit has an effect only when the SSM bit is set. The value of this bit is forced onto the peripheral SS input internally and the I/O value of the SS pin is ignored..
Allowed values:
0: SlaveSelected: 0 is forced onto the SS signal and the I/O value of the SS pin is ignored
1: SlaveNotSelected: 1 is forced onto the SS signal and the I/O value of the SS pin is ignored
Bit 13: 32-bit CRC polynomial configuration.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Full size (33/17 bit) CRC polynomial is not used
1: Enabled: Full size (33/17 bit) CRC polynomial is used
Bit 14: CRC calculation initialization pattern control for receiver.
Allowed values:
0: AllZeros: All zeros RX CRC initialization pattern
1: AllOnes: All ones RX CRC initialization pattern
Bit 15: CRC calculation initialization pattern control for transmitter.
Allowed values:
0: AllZeros: All zeros TX CRC initialization pattern
1: AllOnes: All ones TX CRC initialization pattern
Bit 16: locking the AF configuration of associated IOs This bit is set by software and cleared by hardware whenever the SPE bit is changed from 1 to 0. When this bit is set, SPI_CFG2 register content cannot be modified. This bit can be set when SPI is disabled only else it is write protected. It is cleared and cannot be set when MODF bit is set..
Allowed values:
0: Unlocked: IO configuration unlocked
1: Locked: IO configuration locked
SPI/I2S control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TSIZE
rw |
Bits 0-15: number of data at current transfer When these bits are changed by software, the SPI has to be disabled. Endless transaction is initialized when CSTART is set while zero value is stored at TSIZE. TSIZE cannot be set to 0xFFFF respective 0x3FFF value when CRC is enabled. Note: TSIZE[15:10] bits are reserved at limited feature set instances and must be kept at reset value..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
SPI/I2S configuration register 1
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00070007, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BPASS
rw |
MBR
rw |
CRCEN
rw |
CRCSIZE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TXDMAEN
rw |
RXDMAEN
rw |
UDRCFG
rw |
FTHLV
rw |
DSIZE
rw |
Bits 0-4: number of bits in at single SPI data frame ..... Note: Maximum data size can be limited up to 16-bits at some instances. At instances with limited set of features, DSIZE2:0] bits are reserved and must be kept at reset state. DSIZE[4:3] bits then control next settings of data size: 00xxx: 8-bits 01xxx: 16-bits 10xxx: 24-bits 11xxx: 32-bits..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bits 5-8: FIFO threshold level Defines number of data frames at single data packet. Size of the packet should not exceed 1/2 of FIFO space. SPI interface is more efficient if configured packet sizes are aligned with data register access parallelism: If SPI data register is accessed as a 16-bit register and DSIZE ≤ 8 bit, better to select FTHLV = 2, 4, 6. If SPI data register is accessed as a 32-bit register and DSIZE> 8 bit, better to select FTHLV = 2, 4, 6, while if DSIZE ≤ 8bit, better to select FTHLV = 4, 8, 12. Note: FTHLV[3:2] bits are reserved at instances with limited set of features.
Allowed values:
0: OneFrame: 1 frame
1: TwoFrames: 2 frames
2: ThreeFrames: 3 frames
3: FourFrames: 4 frames
4: FiveFrames: 5 frames
5: SixFrames: 6 frames
6: SevenFrames: 7 frames
7: EightFrames: 8 frames
8: NineFrames: 9 frames
9: TenFrames: 10 frames
10: ElevenFrames: 11 frames
11: TwelveFrames: 12 frames
12: ThirteenFrames: 13 frames
13: FourteenFrames: 14 frames
14: FifteenFrames: 15 frames
15: SixteenFrames: 16 frames
Bit 9: behavior of slave transmitter at underrun condition For more details see underrun condition..
Allowed values:
0: Constant: Slave sends a constant underrun pattern
1: RepeatReceived: Slave repeats last received data frame from master
Bit 14: Rx DMA stream enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Rx buffer DMA disabled
1: Enabled: Rx buffer DMA enabled
Bit 15: Tx DMA stream enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Tx buffer DMA disabled
1: Enabled: Tx buffer DMA enabled
Bits 16-20: length of CRC frame to be transacted and compared Most significant bits are taken into account from polynomial calculation when CRC result is transacted or compared. The length of the polynomial is not affected by this setting. ..... The value must be set equal or multiply of data size (DSIZE[4:0]). Its maximum size corresponds to DSIZE maximum at the instance. Note: The most significant bit at CRCSIZE bit field is reserved at the peripheral instances where data size is limited to 16-bit..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bit 22: hardware CRC computation enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CRC calculation disabled
1: Enabled: CRC calculation enabled
Bits 28-30: master baud rate prescaler setting Note: MBR setting is considered at slave working at TI mode, too (see mode)..
Allowed values:
0: Div2: f_spi_ker_ck / 2
1: Div4: f_spi_ker_ck / 4
2: Div8: f_spi_ker_ck / 8
3: Div16: f_spi_ker_ck / 16
4: Div32: f_spi_ker_ck / 32
5: Div64: f_spi_ker_ck / 64
6: Div128: f_spi_ker_ck / 128
7: Div256: f_spi_ker_ck / 256
Bit 31: bypass of the prescaler at master baud rate clock generator.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Bypass is disabled
1: Enabled: Bypass is enabled
SPI/I2S configuration register 2
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
AFCNTR
rw |
SSOM
rw |
SSOE
rw |
SSIOP
rw |
SSM
rw |
CPOL
rw |
CPHA
rw |
LSBFRST
rw |
MASTER
rw |
SP
rw |
COMM
rw |
|||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IOSWP
rw |
RDIOP
rw |
RDIOM
rw |
MIDI
rw |
MSSI
rw |
Bits 0-3: Master SS Idleness Specifies an extra delay, expressed in number of SPI clock cycle periods, inserted additionally between active edge of SS opening a session and the beginning of the first data frame of the session in Master mode when SSOE is enabled. ... Note: This feature is not supported in TI mode. To include the delay, the SPI must be disabled and re-enabled between sessions..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 4-7: master Inter-Data Idleness Specifies minimum time delay (expressed in SPI clock cycles periods) inserted between two consecutive data frames in Master mode. ... Note: This feature is not supported in TI mode..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bit 13: RDY signal input/output management Note: When DSIZE at the SPI_CFG1 register is configured shorter than 8-bit, the RDIOM bit has to be kept at zero..
Bit 14: RDY signal input/output polarity.
Bit 15: swap functionality of MISO and MOSI pins When this bit is set, the function of MISO and MOSI pins alternate functions are inverted. Original MISO pin becomes MOSI and original MOSI pin becomes MISO. Note: This bit can be also used in PCM and I2S modes to swap SDO and SDI pins..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: MISO and MOSI not swapped
1: Enabled: MISO and MOSI swapped
Bits 17-18: SPI Communication Mode.
Allowed values:
0: FullDuplex: Full duplex
1: Transmitter: Simplex transmitter only
2: Receiver: Simplex receiver only
3: HalfDuplex: Half duplex
Bits 19-21: serial protocol others: reserved, must not be used.
Allowed values:
0: Motorola: Motorola SPI protocol
1: TI: TI SPI protocol
Bit 22: SPI Master.
Allowed values:
0: Slave: Slave configuration
1: Master: Master configuration
Bit 23: data frame format Note: This bit can be also used in PCM and I2S modes..
Allowed values:
0: MSBFirst: Data is transmitted/received with the MSB first
1: LSBFirst: Data is transmitted/received with the LSB first
Bit 24: clock phase.
Allowed values:
0: FirstEdge: The first clock transition is the first data capture edge
1: SecondEdge: The second clock transition is the first data capture edge
Bit 25: clock polarity.
Allowed values:
0: IdleLow: CK to 0 when idle
1: IdleHigh: CK to 1 when idle
Bit 26: software management of SS signal input When master uses hardware SS output (SSM=0 and SSOE=1) the SS signal input is forced to not active state internally to prevent master mode fault error..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Software slave management disabled
1: Enabled: Software slave management enabled
Bit 28: SS input/output polarity.
Allowed values:
0: ActiveLow: Low level is active for SS signal
1: ActiveHigh: High level is active for SS signal
Bit 29: SS output enable This bit is taken into account in Master mode only.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: SS output is disabled in master mode
1: Enabled: SS output is enabled in master mode
Bit 30: SS output management in Master mode This bit is taken into account in Master mode when SSOE is enabled. It allows the SS output to be configured between two consecutive data transfers..
Allowed values:
0: Asserted: SS is asserted until data transfer complete
1: NotAsserted: Data frames interleaved with SS not asserted during MIDI
Bit 31: alternate function GPIOs control This bit is taken into account when SPE=0 only When SPI has to be disabled temporary for a specific configuration reason (e.g. CRC reset, CPHA or HDDIR change) setting this bit prevents any glitches on the associated outputs configured at alternate function mode by keeping them forced at state corresponding the current SPI configuration. Note: This bit can be also used in PCM and I2S modes. Note: The bit AFCNTR must not be set to 1, when the block is in slave mode..
Allowed values:
0: NotControlled: Peripheral takes no control of GPIOs while disabled
1: Controlled: Peripheral controls GPIOs while disabled
SPI/I2S interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MODFIE
rw |
TIFREIE
rw |
CRCEIE
rw |
OVRIE
rw |
UDRIE
rw |
TXTFIE
rw |
EOTIE
rw |
DXPIE
rw |
TXPIE
rw |
RXPIE
rw |
Bit 0: RXP interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: RX data available interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: RX data available interrupt not masked
Bit 1: TXP interrupt enable TXPIE is set by software and cleared by TXTF flag set event..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: TX space available interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: TX space available interrupt not masked
Bit 2: DXP interrupt enabled DXPIE is set by software and cleared by TXTF flag set event..
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Duplex transfer complete interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Duplex transfer complete interrupt not masked
Bit 3: EOT, SUSP and TXC interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: End-of-transfer interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: End-of-transfer interrupt not masked
Bit 4: TXTFIE interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Transmission transfer filled interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Transmission transfer filled interrupt not masked
Bit 5: UDR interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Underrun interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Underrun interrupt not masked
Bit 6: OVR interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Overrun interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Overrun interrupt not masked
Bit 7: CRC error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: CRC error interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: CRC error interrupt not masked
Bit 8: TIFRE interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: TI frame format error interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: TI frame format error interrupt not masked
Bit 9: mode Fault interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Masked: Mode fault interrupt masked
1: NotMasked: Mode fault interrupt not masked
SPI/I2S status register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00001002, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CTSIZE
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RXWNE
r |
RXPLVL
r |
TXC
r |
SUSP
r |
MODF
r |
TIFRE
r |
CRCE
r |
OVR
r |
UDR
r |
TXTF
r |
EOT
r |
DXP
r |
TXP
r |
RXP
r |
Bit 0: Rx-Packet available In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: RxFIFO level is lower than FTHLV In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: RxFIFO level is higher or equal to FTHLV RXP flag is changed by hardware. It monitors number of overall data currently available at RxFIFO if SPI is enabled. It has to be checked once a data packet is completely read out from RxFIFO..
Allowed values:
0: Empty: Rx buffer empty
1: NotEmpty: Rx buffer not empty
Bit 1: Tx-Packet space available In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: there is less than FTHLV free locations in the TxFIFO In I2S mode, it must be interpreted as follow: there is FTHLV or more than FTHLV free locations in the TxFIFO TXP flag is changed by hardware. It monitors overall space currently available at TxFIFO no matter if SPI is enabled or not. It has to be checked once a complete data packet is stored at TxFIFO..
Allowed values:
0: Full: Tx buffer full
1: NotFull: Tx buffer not full
Bit 2: duplex packet DXP flag is set whenever both TXP and RXP flags are set regardless SPI mode..
Allowed values:
0: Unavailable: Duplex packet unavailable: no space for transmission and/or no data received
1: Available: Duplex packet available: space for transmission and data received
Bit 3: end of transfer EOT is set by hardware as soon as a full transfer is complete, that is when SPI is re-enabled or when TSIZE number of data have been transmitted and/or received on the SPI. EOT is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to EOTC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally. EOT flag triggers an interrupt if EOTIE bit is set. If DXP flag is used until TXTF flag is set and DXPIE is cleared, EOT can be used to download the last packets contained into RxFIFO in one-shot. In master, EOT event terminates the data transaction and handles SS output optionally. When CRC is applied, the EOT event is extended over the CRC frame transaction. To restart the internal state machine properly, SPI is strongly suggested to be disabled and re-enabled before next transaction starts despite its setting is not changed..
Allowed values:
0: NotCompleted: Transfer ongoing or not started
1: Completed: Transfer complete
Bit 4: transmission transfer filled TXTF is set by hardware as soon as all of the data packets in a transfer have been submitted for transmission by application software or DMA, that is when TSIZE number of data have been pushed into the TxFIFO. This bit is cleared by software write 1 to TXTFC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively. TXTF flag triggers an interrupt if TXTFIE bit is set. TXTF setting clears the TXPIE and DXPIE masks so to off-load application software from calculating when to disable TXP and DXP interrupts..
Allowed values:
0: NotCompleted: Transmission buffer incomplete
1: Completed: Transmission buffer filled with at least one transfer
Bit 5: underrun This bit is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to UDRC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally. Note: In SPI mode, the UDR flag applies to Slave mode only. In I2S/PCM mode, (when available) this flag applies to Master and Slave mode.
Allowed values:
0: NoUnderrun: No underrun occurred
1: Underrun: Underrun occurred
Bit 6: overrun This bit is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to OVRC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally..
Allowed values:
0: NoOverrun: No overrun occurred
1: Overrun: Overrun occurred
Bit 7: CRC error This bit is cleared when SPI is re-enabled or by writing 1 to CRCEC bit of SPI_IFCR optionally..
Allowed values:
0: NoError: No CRC error detected
1: Error: CRC error detected
Bit 8: TI frame format error This bit is cleared by writing 1 to TIFREC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively..
Allowed values:
0: NoError: TI frame format error detected
1: Error: TI frame format error detected
Bit 9: mode fault This bit is cleared by writing 1 to MODFC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively..
Allowed values:
0: NoFault: No mode fault detected
1: Fault: Mode fault detected
Bit 11: suspension status In Master mode, SUSP is set by hardware either as soon as the current frame is completed after CSUSP request is done or at master automatic suspend receive mode (MASRX bit is set at SPI_CR1 register) on RxFIFO full condition. SUSP generates an interrupt when EOTIE is set. This bit has to be cleared prior SPI is disabled and this is done by writing 1 to SUSPC bit of SPI_IFCR exclusively..
Allowed values:
0: NotSuspended: Master not suspended
1: Suspended: Master suspended
Bit 12: TxFIFO transmission complete The flag behavior depends on TSIZE setting. When TSIZE=0 the TXC is changed by hardware exclusively and it raises each time the TxFIFO becomes empty and there is no activity on the bus. If TSIZE <>0 there is no specific reason to monitor TXC as it just copies the EOT flag value including its software clearing. The TXC generates an interrupt when EOTIE is set..
Allowed values:
0: Ongoing: Transmission ongoing
1: Completed: Transmission completed
Bits 13-14: RxFIFO packing level When RXWNE=0 and data size is set up to 16-bit, the value gives number of remaining data frames persisting at RxFIFO. Note: (*): Optional value when data size is set up to 8-bit only. When data size is greater than 16-bit, these bits are always read as 00. In that consequence, the single data frame received at the FIFO cannot be detected neither by RWNE nor by RXPLVL bits if data size is set from 17 to 24 bits. The user then must apply other methods like TSIZE>0 or FTHLV=0..
Allowed values:
0: ZeroFrames: Zero frames beyond packing ratio available
1: OneFrame: One frame beyond packing ratio available
2: TwoFrames: Two frame beyond packing ratio available
3: ThreeFrames: Three frame beyond packing ratio available
Bit 15: RxFIFO word not empty Note: This bit value does not depend on DSIZE setting and keeps together with RXPLVL[1:0] information about RxFIFO occupancy by residual data..
Allowed values:
0: LessThan32: Less than 32-bit data frame received
1: AtLeast32: At least 32-bit data frame received
Bits 16-31: number of data frames remaining in current TSIZE session The value is not quite reliable when traffic is ongoing on bus or during autonomous operation in low-power mode. Note: CTSIZE[15:0] bits are not available in instances with limited set of features..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
SPI/I2S interrupt/status flags clear register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/8 fields covered.
Bit 3: end of transfer flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears EOT flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 4: transmission transfer filled flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears TXTF flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 5: underrun flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears UDR flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 6: overrun flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears OVR flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 7: CRC error flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears CRCE flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 8: TI frame format error flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears TIFRE flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 9: mode fault flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears MODF flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
Bit 11: SUSPend flag clear Writing a 1 into this bit clears SUSP flag in the SPI_SR register.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear interrupt flag
SPI/I2S transmit data register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: transmit data register The register serves as an interface with TxFIFO. A write to it accesses TxFIFO. Note: In SPI mode, data is always right-aligned. Alignment of data at I2S mode depends on DATLEN and DATFMT setting. Unused bits are ignored when writing to the register, and read as zero when the register is read. Note: DR can be accessed byte-wise (8-bit access): in this case only one data-byte is written by single access. halfword-wise (16 bit access) in this case 2 data-bytes or 1 halfword-data can be written by single access. word-wise (32 bit access). In this case 4 data-bytes or 2 halfword-data or word-data can be written by single access. Write access of this register less than the configured data size is forbidden..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
Direct 16-bit access to transmit data register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXDR
w |
Direct 8-bit access to transmit data register
Offset: 0x20, size: 8, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXDR
w |
SPI/I2S receive data register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: receive data register The register serves as an interface with RxFIFO. When it is read, RxFIFO is accessed. Note: In SPI mode, data is always right-aligned. Alignment of data at I2S mode depends on DATLEN and DATFMT setting. Unused bits are read as zero when the register is read. Writing to the register is ignored. Note: DR can be accessed byte-wise (8-bit access): in this case only one data-byte is read by single access halfword-wise (16 bit access) in this case 2 data-bytes or 1 halfword-data can be read by single access word-wise (32 bit access). In this case 4 data-bytes or 2 halfword-data or word-data can be read by single access. Read access of this register less than the configured data size is forbidden..
Direct 16-bit access to receive data register
Offset: 0x30, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXDR
r |
Direct 8-bit access to receive data register
Offset: 0x30, size: 8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXDR
r |
SPI/I2S polynomial register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000107, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CRCPOLY
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CRCPOLY
rw |
Bits 0-31: CRC polynomial register This register contains the polynomial for the CRC calculation. The default 9-bit polynomial setting 0x107 corresponds to default 8-bit setting of DSIZE. It is compatible with setting 0x07 used at some other ST products with fixed length of the polynomial string where the most significant bit of the string is always kept hidden. Length of the polynomial is given by the most significant bit of the value stored at this register. It has to be set greater than DSIZE. CRC33_17 bit has to be set additionally with CRCPOLY register when DSIZE is configured to maximum 32-bit or 16-bit size and CRC is enabled (to keep polynomial length grater than data size). Note: CRCPOLY[31:16] bits are reserved at instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constrain when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
SPI/I2S transmitter CRC register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXCRC
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TXCRC
r |
Bits 0-31: CRC register for transmitter When CRC calculation is enabled, the TXCRC[31:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently transmitted bytes. CRC calculation is initialized when the CRCEN bit of SPI_CR1 is written to 1 or when a data block is transacted completely. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI_CRCPOLY register. The number of bits considered at calculation depends on SPI_CRCPOLY register and CRCSIZE bits settings at SPI_CFG1 register. Note: a read to this register when the communication is ongoing could return an incorrect value. Note: not used for the I2S mode. Note: TXCRC[31-16] bits are reserved at instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constrain when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored. Note: The configuration of CRCSIZE bit field is not taken into account when the content of this register is read by software. No masking is applied for unused bits at this case..
SPI/I2S receiver CRC register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXCRC
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RXCRC
r |
Bits 0-31: CRC register for receiver When CRC calculation is enabled, the RXCRC[31:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently received bytes. CRC calculation is initialized when the CRCEN bit of SPI_CR1 is written to 1 or when a data block is transacted completely. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI_CRCPOLY register. The number of bits considered at calculation depends on SPI_CRCPOLY register and CRCSIZE bits settings at SPI_CFG1 register. Note: a read to this register when the communication is ongoing could return an incorrect value. Not used for the I2S mode. RXCRC[31-16] bits are reserved at the peripheral instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constrain when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored. Note: The configuration of CRCSIZE bit field is not taken into account when the content of this register is read by software. No masking is applied for unused bits at this case..
SPI/I2S underrun data register
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UDRDR
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
UDRDR
rw |
Bits 0-31: data at slave underrun condition The register is taken into account in Slave mode and at underrun condition only. The number of bits considered depends on DSIZE bit settings of the SPI_CFG1 register. Underrun condition handling depends on setting UDRCFG bit at SPI_CFG1 register. Note: UDRDR[31-16] bits are reserved at the peripheral instances with data size limited to 16-bit. There is no constraint when 32-bit access is applied at these addresses. Reserved bits 31-16 are always read zero while any write to them is ignored..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
SPI/I2S configuration register
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
13/13 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MCKOE
rw |
ODD
rw |
I2SDIV
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DATFMT
rw |
WSINV
rw |
FIXCH
rw |
CKPOL
rw |
CHLEN
rw |
DATLEN
rw |
PCMSYNC
rw |
I2SSTD
rw |
I2SCFG
rw |
I2SMOD
rw |
Bit 0: I2S mode selection.
Allowed values:
0: SPI: SPI mode selected
1: I2S: I2S/PCM mode selected
Bits 1-3: I2S configuration mode others, not used.
Allowed values:
0: SlaveTransmit: Slave, transmit
1: SlaveReceive: Slave, recteive
2: MasterTransmit: Master, transmit
3: MasterReceive: Master, receive
4: SlaveFullDuplex: Slave, full duplex
5: MasterFullDuplex: Master, full duplex
Bits 4-5: I2S standard selection For more details on I2S standards, refer to.
Allowed values:
0: Philips: I2S Philips standard
1: LeftAligned: MSB/left justified standard
2: RightAligned: LSB/right justified standard
3: PCM: PCM standard
Bit 7: PCM frame synchronization.
Allowed values:
0: Short: Short PCM frame synchronization
1: Long: Long PCM frame synchronization
Bits 8-9: data length to be transferred.
Allowed values:
0: Bits16: 16 bit data length
1: Bits24: 24 bit data length
2: Bits32: 32 bit data length
Bit 10: channel length (number of bits per audio channel).
Allowed values:
0: Bits16: 16 bit per channel
1: Bits32: 32 bit per channel
Bit 11: serial audio clock polarity.
Allowed values:
0: SampleOnRising: Signals are sampled on rising and changed on falling clock edges
1: SampleOnFalling: Signals are sampled on falling and changed on rising clock edges
Bit 12: fixed channel length in slave.
Allowed values:
0: NotFixed: The channel length in slave mode is different from 16 or 32 bits (CHLEN not taken into account)
1: Fixed: The channel length in slave mode is supposed to be 16 or 32 bits (according to CHLEN)
Bit 13: word select inversion This bit is used to invert the default polarity of WS signal. WS is LOW. In PCM mode the start of frame is indicated by a rising edge. WS is HIGH. In PCM mode the start of frame is indicated by a falling edge..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Word select inversion disabled
1: Enabled: Word select inversion enabled
Bit 14: data format.
Allowed values:
0: RightAligned: The data inside RXDR and TXDR are right aligned
1: LeftAligned: The data inside RXDR and TXDR are left aligned
Bits 16-23: I2S linear prescaler I2SDIV can take any values except the value 1, when ODD is also equal to 1. Refer to for details.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bit 24: odd factor for the prescaler Refer to for details.
Allowed values:
0: Even: Real divider value is I2SDIV*2
1: Odd: Real divider value is I2SDIV*2 + 1
Bit 25: master clock output enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Master clock output disabled
1: Enabled: Master clock output enabled
0x44007c00: Tamper and backup registers
33/161 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | FLTCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | ATCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | ATSEEDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | ATOR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ATCR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | CFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | PRIVCFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | IER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | MISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | SCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | COUNT1R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | ERCFGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x100 | BKP0R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x104 | BKP1R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x108 | BKP2R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10c | BKP3R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x110 | BKP4R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x114 | BKP5R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x118 | BKP6R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x11c | BKP7R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x120 | BKP8R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x124 | BKP9R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x128 | BKP10R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x12c | BKP11R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x130 | BKP12R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x134 | BKP13R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x138 | BKP14R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x13c | BKP15R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x140 | BKP16R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x144 | BKP17R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x148 | BKP18R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14c | BKP19R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x150 | BKP20R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x154 | BKP21R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x158 | BKP22R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x15c | BKP23R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x160 | BKP24R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x164 | BKP25R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x168 | BKP26R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x16c | BKP27R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x170 | BKP28R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x174 | BKP29R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x178 | BKP30R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x17c | BKP31R |
TAMP control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ITAMP15E
rw |
ITAMP13E
rw |
ITAMP12E
rw |
ITAMP11E
rw |
ITAMP9E
rw |
ITAMP8E
rw |
ITAMP7E
rw |
ITAMP6E
rw |
ITAMP5E
rw |
ITAMP4E
rw |
ITAMP3E
rw |
ITAMP2E
rw |
ITAMP1E
rw |
|||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TAMP2E
rw |
TAMP1E
rw |
Bit 0: Tamper detection on TAMP_IN1 enable.
Bit 1: Tamper detection on TAMP_IN2 enable.
Bit 16: Internal tamper 1 enable.
Bit 17: Internal tamper 2 enable.
Bit 18: Internal tamper 3 enable.
Bit 19: Internal tamper 4 enable.
Bit 20: Internal tamper 5 enable.
Bit 21: Internal tamper 6 enable.
Bit 22: Internal tamper 7 enable.
Bit 23: Internal tamper 8 enable.
Bit 24: Internal tamper 9 enable.
Bit 26: Internal tamper 11 enable.
Bit 27: Internal tamper 12 enable.
Bit 28: Internal tamper 13 enable.
Bit 30: Internal tamper 15 enable.
TAMP control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TAMP2TRG
rw |
TAMP1TRG
rw |
BKERASE
w |
BKBLOCK
rw |
TAMP2MSK
rw |
TAMP1MSK
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TAMP2NOER
rw |
TAMP1NOER
rw |
Bit 0: Tamper 1 no erase.
Bit 1: Tamper 2 no erase.
Bit 16: Tamper 1 mask The tamper 1 interrupt must not be enabled when TAMP1MSK is set..
Bit 17: Tamper 2 mask The tamper 2 interrupt must not be enabled when TAMP2MSK is set..
Bit 22: Backup registers and device secrets<sup>(1)</sup> access blocked.
Bit 23: Backup registers and device secrets<sup>(1)</sup> erase Writing ‘1’ to this bit reset the backup registers and device secrets<sup>(1)</sup>. Writing 0 has no effect. This bit is always read as 0..
Bit 24: Active level for tamper 1 input If TAMPFLT = 00 Tamper 1 input rising edge triggers a tamper detection event. If TAMPFLT = 00 Tamper 1 input falling edge triggers a tamper detection event..
Bit 25: Active level for tamper 2 input If TAMPFLT = 00 Tamper 2 input rising edge triggers a tamper detection event. If TAMPFLT = 00 Tamper 2 input falling edge triggers a tamper detection event..
TAMP control register 3
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/13 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ITAMP15NOER
rw |
ITAMP13NOER
rw |
ITAMP12NOER
rw |
ITAMP11NOER
rw |
ITAMP9NOER
rw |
ITAMP8NOER
rw |
ITAMP7NOER
rw |
ITAMP6NOER
rw |
ITAMP5NOER
rw |
ITAMP4NOER
rw |
ITAMP3NOER
rw |
ITAMP2NOER
rw |
ITAMP1NOER
rw |
Bit 0: Internal Tamper 1 no erase.
Bit 1: Internal Tamper 2 no erase.
Bit 2: Internal Tamper 3 no erase.
Bit 3: Internal Tamper 4 no erase.
Bit 4: Internal Tamper 5 no erase.
Bit 5: Internal Tamper 6 no erase.
Bit 6: Internal Tamper 7 no erase.
Bit 7: Internal Tamper 8 no erase.
Bit 8: Internal Tamper 9 no erase.
Bit 10: Internal Tamper 11 no erase.
Bit 11: Internal Tamper 12 no erase.
Bit 12: Internal Tamper 13 no erase.
Bit 14: Internal Tamper 15 no erase.
TAMP filter control register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
Bits 0-2: Tamper sampling frequency Determines the frequency at which each of the TAMP_INx inputs are sampled..
Bits 3-4: TAMP_INx filter count These bits determines the number of consecutive samples at the specified level (TAMP*TRG) needed to activate a tamper event. TAMPFLT is valid for each of the TAMP_INx inputs..
Bits 5-6: TAMP_INx precharge duration These bit determines the duration of time during which the pull-up/is activated before each sample. TAMPPRCH is valid for each of the TAMP_INx inputs..
Bit 7: TAMP_INx pull-up disable This bit determines if each of the TAMPx pins are precharged before each sample..
TAMP active tamper control register 1
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00070000, access: Unspecified
0/9 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
FLTEN
rw |
ATOSHARE
rw |
ATPER
rw |
ATCKSEL
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ATOSEL3
rw |
ATOSEL2
rw |
ATOSEL1
rw |
TAMP2AM
rw |
TAMP1AM
rw |
Bit 0: Tamper 1 active mode.
Bit 1: Tamper 2 active mode.
Bits 8-9: Active tamper shared output 1 selection The selected output must be available in the package pinout.
Bits 10-11: Active tamper shared output 2 selection The selected output must be available in the package pinout.
Bits 12-13: Active tamper shared output 3 selection The selected output must be available in the package pinout.
Bits 16-18: Active tamper RTC asynchronous prescaler clock selection These bits selects the RTC asynchronous prescaler stage output. The selected clock is CK_ATPRE. f<sub>CK_ATPRE</sub> = f<sub>RTCCLK</sub> / 2<sup>ATCKSEL </sup>when (PREDIV_A+1) = 128. ... Note: These bits can be written only when all active tampers are disabled. The write protection remains for up to 1.5 CK_ATPRE cycles after all the active tampers are disable..
Bits 24-26: Active tamper output change period The tamper output is changed every CK_ATPER = (2<sup>ATPER </sup>x CK_ATPRE) cycles. Refer to Table 239: Minimum ATPER value..
Bit 30: Active tamper output sharing TAMP_IN1 is compared with TAMPOUTSEL1 TAMP_IN2 is compared with TAMPOUTSEL2 TAMP_IN3 is compared with TAMPOUTSEL3 TAMP_IN4 is compared with TAMPOUTSEL4 TAMP_IN5 is compared with TAMPOUTSEL5 TAMP_IN6 is compared with TAMPOUTSEL6 TAMP_IN7 is compared with TAMPOUTSEL7 TAMP_IN8 is compared with TAMPOUTSEL8.
Bit 31: Active tamper filter enable.
TAMP active tamper seed register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP active tamper output register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Pseudo-random generator value This field provides the values of the PRNG output. Because of potential inconsistencies due to synchronization delays, PRNG must be read at least twice. The read value is correct if it is equal to previous read value..
Bit 14: Seed running flag This flag is set by hardware when a new seed is written in the TAMP_ATSEEDR. It is cleared by hardware when the PRNG has absorbed this new seed, and by system reset. The TAMP APB cock must not be switched off as long as SEEDF is set..
Bit 15: Active tamper initialization status This flag is set by hardware when the PRNG has absorbed the first 128-bit seed, meaning that the enabled active tampers are functional. This flag is cleared when the active tampers are disabled..
TAMP active tamper control register 2
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/8 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ATOSEL8
rw |
ATOSEL7
rw |
ATOSEL6
rw |
ATOSEL5
rw |
ATOSEL4
rw |
ATOSEL3
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ATOSEL3
rw |
ATOSEL2
rw |
ATOSEL1
rw |
Bits 8-10: Active tamper shared output 1 selection The selected output must be available in the package pinout. Bits 9:8 are the mirror of ATOSEL1[1:0] in the TAMP_ATCR1, and so can also be read or written through TAMP_ATCR1..
Bits 11-13: Active tamper shared output 2 selection The selected output must be available in the package pinout. Bits 12:11 are the mirror of ATOSEL2[1:0] in the TAMP_ATCR1, and so can also be read or written through TAMP_ATCR1..
Bits 14-16: Active tamper shared output 3 selection The selected output must be available in the package pinout. Bits 15:14 are the mirror of ATOSEL3[1:0] in the TAMP_ATCR1, and so can also be read or written through TAMP_ATCR1..
Bits 17-19: Active tamper shared output 4 selection The selected output must be available in the package pinout. Bits 18:17 are the mirror of ATOSEL2[1:0] in the TAMP_ATCR1, and so can also be read or written through TAMP_ATCR1..
Bits 20-22: Active tamper shared output 5 selection The selected output must be available in the package pinout..
Bits 23-25: Active tamper shared output 6 selection The selected output must be available in the package pinout..
Bits 26-28: Active tamper shared output 7 selection The selected output must be available in the package pinout..
Bits 29-31: Active tamper shared output 8 selection The selected output must be available in the package pinout..
TAMP configuration register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BKPW
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BKPRW
rw |
Bits 0-7: Backup registers read/write protection offset Protection zone 1 is defined for backup registers from TAMP_BKP0R to TAMP_BKPxR (x = BKPRW-1, from 0 to 128). Note: If BKPRW = 0: there is no protection zone 1. Note: If BKPRWPRIV is set, BKPRW[7:0] can be written only in privileged mode..
Bits 16-23: Backup registers write protection offset Protection zone 2 is defined for backup registers from TAMP_BKPyR (y = BKPRW, from 0 to 128) to TAMP_BKPzR (z = BKPW-1, from 0 to 128, BKPW ≥ BKPRW): Protection zone 3 defined for backup registers from TAMP_BKPtR (t = BKPW, from 0 to 127). Note: If BKPW = 0 or if BKPW ≤ BKPRW: there is no protection zone 2. Note: If BKPWPRIV is set, BKPRW[7:0] can be written only in privileged mode..
TAMP privilege configuration register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TAMPPRIV
rw |
BKPWPRIV
rw |
BKPRWPRIV
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CNT1PRIV
rw |
Bit 15: Monotonic counter 1 privilege protection.
Bit 29: Backup registers zone 1 privilege protection.
Bit 30: Backup registers zone 2 privilege protection.
Bit 31: Tamper privilege protection (excluding backup registers) Note: Refer to Section 32.3.6: TAMP privilege protection modes for details on the read protection..
TAMP interrupt enable register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ITAMP15IE
rw |
ITAMP13IE
rw |
ITAMP12IE
rw |
ITAMP11IE
rw |
ITAMP9IE
rw |
ITAMP8IE
rw |
ITAMP7IE
rw |
ITAMP6IE
rw |
ITAMP5IE
rw |
ITAMP4IE
rw |
ITAMP3IE
rw |
ITAMP2IE
rw |
ITAMP1IE
rw |
|||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TAMP2IE
rw |
TAMP1IE
rw |
Bit 0: Tamper 1 interrupt enable.
Bit 1: Tamper 2 interrupt enable.
Bit 16: Internal tamper 1 interrupt enable.
Bit 17: Internal tamper 2 interrupt enable.
Bit 18: Internal tamper 3 interrupt enable.
Bit 19: Internal tamper 4 interrupt enable.
Bit 20: Internal tamper 5 interrupt enable.
Bit 21: Internal tamper 6 interrupt enable.
Bit 22: Internal tamper 7 interrupt enable.
Bit 23: Internal tamper 8 interrupt enable.
Bit 24: Internal tamper 9 interrupt enable.
Bit 26: Internal tamper 11 interrupt enable.
Bit 27: Internal tamper 12 interrupt enable.
Bit 28: Internal tamper 13 interrupt enable.
Bit 30: Internal tamper 15 interrupt enable.
TAMP status register
Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ITAMP15F
rw |
ITAMP13F
r |
ITAMP12F
r |
ITAMP11F
r |
ITAMP9F
r |
ITAMP8F
r |
ITAMP7F
r |
ITAMP6F
r |
ITAMP5F
r |
ITAMP4F
r |
ITAMP3F
r |
ITAMP2F
r |
ITAMP1F
r |
|||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TAMP2F
r |
TAMP1F
r |
Bit 0: TAMP1 detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the TAMP1 input..
Bit 1: TAMP2 detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the TAMP2 input..
Bit 16: Internal tamper 1 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 1..
Bit 17: Internal tamper 2 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 2..
Bit 18: Internal tamper 3 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 3..
Bit 19: Internal tamper 4 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 4..
Bit 20: Internal tamper 5 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 5..
Bit 21: Internal tamper 6 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 6..
Bit 22: Internal tamper 7 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 7..
Bit 23: Internal tamper 8 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 8..
Bit 24: Internal tamper 9 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 9..
Bit 26: Internal tamper 11 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 11..
Bit 27: Internal tamper 12 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 12..
Bit 28: Internal tamper 13 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 13..
Bit 30: Internal tamper 15 flag This flag is set by hardware when a tamper detection event is detected on the internal tamper 15..
TAMP masked interrupt status register
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ITAMP15MF
r |
ITAMP13MF
r |
ITAMP12MF
r |
ITAMP11MF
r |
ITAMP9MF
r |
ITAMP8MF
r |
ITAMP7MF
r |
ITAMP6MF
r |
ITAMP5MF
r |
ITAMP4MF
r |
ITAMP3MF
r |
ITAMP2MF
r |
ITAMP1MF
r |
|||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TAMP2MF
r |
TAMP1MF
r |
Bit 0: TAMP1 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the tamper 1 interrupt is raised..
Bit 1: TAMP2 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the tamper 2 interrupt is raised..
Bit 16: Internal tamper 1 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 1 interrupt is raised..
Bit 17: Internal tamper 2 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 2 interrupt is raised..
Bit 18: Internal tamper 3 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 3 interrupt is raised..
Bit 19: Internal tamper 4 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 4 interrupt is raised..
Bit 20: Internal tamper 5 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 5 interrupt is raised..
Bit 21: Internal tamper 6 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 6 interrupt is raised..
Bit 22: Internal tamper 7 tamper interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 7 interrupt is raised..
Bit 23: Internal tamper 8 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 8 interrupt is raised..
Bit 24: internal tamper 9 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 9 interrupt is raised..
Bit 26: internal tamper 11 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 11 interrupt is raised..
Bit 27: internal tamper 12 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 12 interrupt is raised..
Bit 28: internal tamper 13 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 13 interrupt is raised..
Bit 30: internal tamper 15 interrupt masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the internal tamper 15 interrupt is raised..
TAMP status clear register
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CITAMP15F
w |
CITAMP13F
w |
CITAMP12F
w |
CITAMP11F
w |
CITAMP9F
w |
CITAMP8F
w |
CITAMP7F
w |
CITAMP6F
w |
CITAMP5F
w |
CITAMP4F
w |
CITAMP3F
w |
CITAMP2F
w |
CITAMP1F
w |
|||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CTAMP2F
w |
CTAMP1F
w |
Bit 0: Clear TAMP1 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the TAMP1F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 1: Clear TAMP2 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the TAMP2F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 16: Clear ITAMP1 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP1F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 17: Clear ITAMP2 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP2F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 18: Clear ITAMP3 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP3F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 19: Clear ITAMP4 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP4F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 20: Clear ITAMP5 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP5F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 21: Clear ITAMP6 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP6F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 22: Clear ITAMP7 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP7F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 23: Clear ITAMP8 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP8F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 24: Clear ITAMP9 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP9F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 26: Clear ITAMP11 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP11F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 27: Clear ITAMP12 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP12F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 28: Clear ITAMP13 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP13F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
Bit 30: Clear ITAMP15 detection flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ITAMP15F bit in the TAMP_SR register..
TAMP monotonic counter 1 register
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
TAMP erase configuration register
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ERCFG0
rw |
TAMP backup 0 register
Offset: 0x100, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 1 register
Offset: 0x104, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 2 register
Offset: 0x108, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 3 register
Offset: 0x10c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 4 register
Offset: 0x110, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 5 register
Offset: 0x114, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 6 register
Offset: 0x118, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 7 register
Offset: 0x11c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 8 register
Offset: 0x120, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 9 register
Offset: 0x124, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 10 register
Offset: 0x128, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 11 register
Offset: 0x12c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 12 register
Offset: 0x130, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 13 register
Offset: 0x134, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 14 register
Offset: 0x138, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 15 register
Offset: 0x13c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 16 register
Offset: 0x140, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 17 register
Offset: 0x144, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 18 register
Offset: 0x148, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 19 register
Offset: 0x14c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 20 register
Offset: 0x150, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 21 register
Offset: 0x154, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 22 register
Offset: 0x158, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 23 register
Offset: 0x15c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 24 register
Offset: 0x160, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 25 register
Offset: 0x164, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 26 register
Offset: 0x168, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 27 register
Offset: 0x16c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 28 register
Offset: 0x170, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 29 register
Offset: 0x174, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
TAMP backup 30 register
Offset: 0x178, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
0x40012c00: Advanced-control timers
180/245 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 (16-bit) | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x30 (16-bit) | RCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | CCR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | CCR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | CCR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | BDTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | CCR5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | CCR6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x50 | CCMR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | DTR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | ECR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x5c | TISEL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | AF2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3dc | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3e0 | DMAR |
TIM1 control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DITHEN
rw |
UIFREMAP
rw |
CKD
rw |
ARPE
rw |
CMS
rw |
DIR
rw |
OPM
rw |
URS
rw |
UDIS
rw |
CEN
rw |
Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock, gated mode and encoder mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Counter disabled
1: Enabled: Counter enabled
Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Update event enabled
1: Disabled: Update event disabled
Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.
Allowed values:
0: AnyEvent: Any of counter overflow/underflow, setting UG, or update through slave mode, generates an update interrupt or DMA request
1: CounterOnly: Only counter overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request
Bit 3: One-pulse mode.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Counter is not stopped at update event
1: Enabled: Counter stops counting at the next update event (clearing the CEN bit)
Bit 4: Direction Note: This bit is read only when the timer is configured in Center-aligned mode or Encoder mode..
Allowed values:
0: Up: Counter used as upcounter
1: Down: Counter used as downcounter
Bits 5-6: Center-aligned mode selection Note: It is not allowed to switch from edge-aligned mode to center-aligned mode as long as the counter is enabled (CEN=1).
Allowed values:
0: EdgeAligned: The counter counts up or down depending on the direction bit
1: CenterAligned1: The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags are set only when the counter is counting down.
2: CenterAligned2: The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags are set only when the counter is counting up.
3: CenterAligned3: The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags are set both when the counter is counting up or down.
Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: TIMx_APRR register is not buffered
1: Enabled: TIMx_APRR register is buffered
Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (tim_ker_ck) frequency and the dead-time and sampling clock (t<sub>DTS</sub>)used by the dead-time generators and the digital filters (tim_etr_in, tim_tix),.
Allowed values:
0: Div1: t_DTS = t_CK_INT
1: Div2: t_DTS = 2 × t_CK_INT
2: Div4: t_DTS = 4 × t_CK_INT
Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: No remapping. UIF status bit is not copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31
1: Enabled: Remapping enabled. UIF status bit is copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31
Bit 12: Dithering enable Note: The DITHEN bit can only be modified when CEN bit is reset..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Dithering disabled
1: Enabled: Dithering enabled
TIM1 control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MMS_H
rw |
MMS2
rw |
OIS6
rw |
OIS5
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OIS4N
rw |
OIS4
rw |
OIS3N
rw |
OIS3
rw |
OIS2N
rw |
OIS2
rw |
OIS1N
rw |
OIS1
rw |
TI1S
rw |
MMS_L
rw |
CCDS
rw |
CCUS
rw |
CCPC
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/compare preloaded control Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..
Allowed values:
0: NotPreloaded: CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM bits are not preloaded
1: Preloaded: CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM bits are preloaded
Bit 2: Capture/compare control update selection Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..
Allowed values:
0: Bit: When capture/compare control bits are preloaded (CCPC=1), they are updated by setting the COMG bit only
1: BitOrEdge: When capture/compare control bits are preloaded (CCPC=1), they are updated by setting the COMG bit or when an rising edge occurs on TRGI
Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.
Allowed values:
0: OnCompare: CCx DMA request sent when CCx event occurs
1: OnUpdate: CCx DMA request sent when update event occurs
Bits 4-6: MMS[2:0]: Master mode selection These bits select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (tim_trgo). The combination is as follows: Other codes reserved Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bit 7: tim_ti1 selection.
Allowed values:
0: Normal: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
1: XOR: The TIMx_CH1, CH2, CH3 pins are connected to TI1 input
Bit 8: Output idle state 1 (tim_oc1 output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Reset: OCx=0 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
1: Set: OCx=1 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
Bit 9: Output idle state 1 (tim_oc1n output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Reset: OCxN=0 after a dead-time when MOE=0
1: Set: OCxN=1 after a dead-time when MOE=0
Bit 10: Output idle state 2 (tim_oc2 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.
Allowed values:
0: Reset: OCx=0 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
1: Set: OCx=1 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
Bit 11: Output idle state 2 (tim_oc2n output) Refer to OIS1N bit.
Allowed values:
0: Reset: OCxN=0 after a dead-time when MOE=0
1: Set: OCxN=1 after a dead-time when MOE=0
Bit 12: Output idle state 3 (tim_oc3n output) Refer to OIS1 bit.
Allowed values:
0: Reset: OCx=0 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
1: Set: OCx=1 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
Bit 13: Output idle state 3 (tim_oc3n output) Refer to OIS1N bit.
Allowed values:
0: Reset: OCxN=0 after a dead-time when MOE=0
1: Set: OCxN=1 after a dead-time when MOE=0
Bit 14: Output idle state 4 (tim_oc4 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.
Allowed values:
0: Reset: OCx=0 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
1: Set: OCx=1 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
Bit 15: Output idle state 4 (tim_oc4n output) Refer to OIS1N bit.
Allowed values:
0: Reset: OCxN=0 after a dead-time when MOE=0
1: Set: OCxN=1 after a dead-time when MOE=0
Bit 16: Output idle state 5 (tim_oc5 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.
Allowed values:
0: Reset: OCx=0 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
1: Set: OCx=1 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
Bit 18: Output idle state 6 (tim_oc6 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.
Allowed values:
0: Reset: OCx=0 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
1: Set: OCx=1 (after a dead-time if OCx(N) is implemented) when MOE=0
Bits 20-23: Master mode selection 2 These bits allow the information to be sent to ADC for synchronization (tim_trgo2) to be selected. The combination is as follows: Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Bit 25: MMS[3].
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1
TIM1 slave mode control register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
11/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SMSPS
rw |
SMSPE
rw |
TS_H
rw |
SMS_H
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ETP
rw |
ECE
rw |
ETPS
rw |
ETF
rw |
MSM
rw |
TS_L
rw |
OCCS
rw |
SMS_L
rw |
Bits 0-2: SMS[2:0]: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (tim_trgi) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. Note: The gated mode must not be used if tim_ti1f_ed is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, tim_ti1f_ed outputs 1 pulse for each transition on TI1F, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the tim_trgo or the tim_trgo2 signals must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bit 3: OCREF clear selection This bit is used to select the OCREF clear source..
Bits 4-6: TS[2:0]: Trigger selection This bitfield is combined with TS[4:3] bits. This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See Table 605: TIMx internal trigger connection for more details on tim_itrx meaning for each Timer. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bit 7: Master/slave mode.
Allowed values:
0: NoSync: No action
1: Sync: The effect of an event on the trigger input (TRGI) is delayed to allow a perfect synchronization between the current timer and its slaves (through TRGO). It is useful if we want to synchronize several timers on a single external event.
Bits 8-11: External trigger filter This bit-field then defines the frequency used to sample tim_etrp signal and the length of the digital filter applied to tim_etrp. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
Allowed values:
0: NoFilter: No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
1: FCK_INT_N2: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
2: FCK_INT_N4: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
3: FCK_INT_N8: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
4: FDTS_Div2_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
5: FDTS_Div2_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
6: FDTS_Div4_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
7: FDTS_Div4_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
8: FDTS_Div8_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
9: FDTS_Div8_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
10: FDTS_Div16_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
11: FDTS_Div16_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
12: FDTS_Div16_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
13: FDTS_Div32_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
14: FDTS_Div32_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
15: FDTS_Div32_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
Bits 12-13: External trigger prescaler External trigger signal tim_etrp frequency must be at most 1/4 of TIMxCLK frequency. A prescaler can be enabled to reduce tim_etrp frequency. It is useful when inputting fast external clocks on tim_etr_in..
Allowed values:
0: Div1: Prescaler OFF
1: Div2: ETRP frequency divided by 2
2: Div4: ETRP frequency divided by 4
3: Div8: ETRP frequency divided by 8
Bit 14: External clock enable This bit enables External clock mode 2. Note: Setting the ECE bit has the same effect as selecting external clock mode 1 with tim_trgi connected to tim_etrf (SMS=111 and TS=00111). It is possible to simultaneously use external clock mode 2 with the following slave modes: reset mode, gated mode and trigger mode. Nevertheless, tim_trgi must not be connected to tim_etrf in this case (TS bits must not be 00111). Note: If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is tim_etrf..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: External clock mode 2 disabled
1: Enabled: External clock mode 2 enabled. The counter is clocked by any active edge on the ETRF signal.
Bit 15: External trigger polarity This bit selects whether tim_etr_in or tim_etr_in is used for trigger operations.
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: ETR is noninverted, active at high level or rising edge
1: Inverted: ETR is inverted, active at low level or falling edge
Bit 16: SMS[3].
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1
Bits 20-21: TS[4:3].
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bit 24: SMS preload enable This bit selects whether the SMS[3:0] bitfield is preloaded.
Allowed values:
0: NotPreloaded: SMSM[3:0] is not preloaded
1: PreloadEnabled: SMSM[3:0] is preload is enabled
Bit 25: SMS preload source This bit selects whether the events that triggers the SMS[3:0] bitfield transfer from preload to active.
Allowed values:
0: Update: SMSM[3:0] is preloaded from Update event
1: Index: SMSM[3:0] is preloaded from Index event
TIM1 DMA/interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
19/19 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TERRIE
rw |
IERRIE
rw |
DIRIE
rw |
IDXIE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TDE
rw |
COMDE
rw |
CC4DE
rw |
CC3DE
rw |
CC2DE
rw |
CC1DE
rw |
UDE
rw |
BIE
rw |
TIE
rw |
COMIE
rw |
CC4IE
rw |
CC3IE
rw |
CC2IE
rw |
CC1IE
rw |
UIE
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Update interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Update interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Capture/compare 2 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Capture/compare 3 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Capture/compare 4 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 5: COM interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: COM interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: COM interrupt enabled
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Trigger interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Trigger interrupt enabled
Bit 7: Break interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Break interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Break interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Update DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Update DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: Update DMA request enabled
Bit 9: Capture/compare 1 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 10: Capture/compare 2 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 11: Capture/compare 3 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 12: Capture/compare 4 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 13: COM DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: COM DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: COM DMA request enabled
Bit 14: Trigger DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Trigger DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: Trigger DMA request enabled
Bit 20: Index interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Index change interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Index change interrupt enabled
Bit 21: Direction change interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Direction change interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Direction change interrupt enabled
Bit 22: Index error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Index error interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Index error interrupt enabled
Bit 23: Transition error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Transition error interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Transition error interrupt enabled
TIM1 status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
20/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TERRF
rw |
IERRF
rw |
DIRF
rw |
IDXF
rw |
CC6IF
rw |
CC5IF
rw |
||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SBIF
rw |
CC4OF
rw |
CC3OF
rw |
CC2OF
rw |
CC1OF
rw |
B2IF
rw |
BIF
rw |
TIF
rw |
COMIF
rw |
CC4IF
rw |
CC3IF
rw |
CC2IF
rw |
CC1IF
rw |
UIF
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow or underflow regarding the repetition counter value (update if repetition counter = 0) and if the UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by a trigger event (refer to Section 65.6.3: TIM1 slave mode control register (TIM1_SMCR)), if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdateOccurred: No update occurred
1: UpdatePending: Update interrupt pending
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in downcounting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 2: Capture/compare 2 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 3: Capture/compare 3 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 4: Capture/compare 4 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 5: COM interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware on COM event (when capture/compare Control bits - CCxE, CCxNE, OCxM - have been updated). It is cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: NoCOM: No COM event occurred
1: COM: COM interrupt pending
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware on the TRG trigger event (active edge detected on tim_trgi input when the slave mode controller is enabled in all modes but gated mode. It is set when the counter starts or stops when gated mode is selected. It is cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger event occurred
1: Trigger: Trigger interrupt pending
Bit 7: Break interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the break input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the break input is not active..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No break event occurred
1: Trigger: An active level has been detected on the break input. An interrupt is generated if BIE=1 in the TIMx_DIER register
Bit 8: Break 2 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the break 2 input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the break 2 input is not active..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No break event occurred
1: Trigger: An active level has been detected on the break 2 input. An interrupt is generated if BIE=1 in the TIMx_DIER register
Bit 9: Capture/compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 10: Capture/compare 2 overcapture flag Refer to CC1OF description.
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 11: Capture/compare 3 overcapture flag Refer to CC1OF description.
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 12: Capture/compare 4 overcapture flag Refer to CC1OF description.
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 13: System break interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the system break input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the system break input is not active. This flag must be reset to re-start PWM operation..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No break event occurred
1: Trigger: An active level has been detected on the system break input. An interrupt is generated if BIE=1 in the TIMx_DIER register
Bit 16: Compare 5 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description Note: Channel 5 can only be configured as output..
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 17: Compare 6 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description Note: Channel 6 can only be configured as output..
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 20: Index interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when an index event is detected. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No index event occurred
1: Trigger: An index event has occurred
Bit 21: Direction change interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when the direction changes in encoder mode (DIR bit value in TIMx_CR is changing). It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No direction change has been detected
1: Trigger: A direction change has been detected
Bit 22: Index error interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when an index error is detected. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No index error has been detected
1: Trigger: An index erorr has been detected
Bit 23: Transition error interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when a transition error is detected in encoder mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No encoder transition error has been detected
1: Trigger: An encoder transition error has been detected
TIM1 event generation register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
9/9 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Allowed values:
1: Update: Re-initializes the timer counter and generates an update of the registers.
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 2: Capture/compare 2 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 3: Capture/compare 3 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 4: Capture/compare 4 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 5: Capture/compare control update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware Note: This bit acts only on channels having a complementary output..
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: When CCPC bit is set, it allows CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM bits to be updated
Bit 6: Trigger generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: The TIF flag is set in TIMx_SR register. Related interrupt or DMA transfer can occur if enabled.
Bit 7: Break generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: A break event is generated. MOE bit is cleared and BIF flag is set. Related interrupt or DMA transfer can occur if enabled
Bit 8: Break 2 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: A break 2 event is generated. MOE bit is cleared and B2IF flag is set. Related interrupt can occur if enabled
TIM1 capture/compare mode register 1 [alternate]
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/6 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/compare 1 Selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = ‘0’ in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI1: CC1 channel is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TI1
2: TI2: CC1 channel is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TI2
3: TRC: CC1 channel is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TRC
Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (tim_ic1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E=’0’ (TIMx_CCER register)..
Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample tim_ti1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to tim_ti1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
Allowed values:
0: NoFilter: No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
1: FCK_INT_N2: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
2: FCK_INT_N4: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
3: FCK_INT_N8: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
4: FDTS_Div2_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
5: FDTS_Div2_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
6: FDTS_Div4_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
7: FDTS_Div4_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
8: FDTS_Div8_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
9: FDTS_Div8_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
10: FDTS_Div16_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
11: FDTS_Div16_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
12: FDTS_Div16_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
13: FDTS_Div32_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
14: FDTS_Div32_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
15: FDTS_Div32_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
Bits 8-9: Capture/compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = ‘0’ in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI2: CC2 channel is configured as input, IC2 is mapped on TI2
2: TI1: CC2 channel is configured as input, IC2 is mapped on TI1
3: TRC: CC2 channel is configured as input, IC2 is mapped on TRC
Bits 10-11: Input capture 2 prescaler.
Bits 12-15: Input capture 2 filter.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
TIM1 capture/compare mode register 1 [alternate]
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC2M_3
rw |
OC1M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC2CE
rw |
OC2M
rw |
OC2PE
rw |
OC2FE
rw |
CC2S
rw |
OC1CE
rw |
OC1M
rw |
OC1PE
rw |
OC1FE
rw |
CC1S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = ‘0’ in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC1 channel is configured as output
Bit 2: Output compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..
Bit 3: Output compare 1 preload enable Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=’00’ (the channel is configured in output)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR1 disabled. New values written to CCR1 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR1 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal tim_oc1ref from which tim_oc1 and tim_oc1n are derived. tim_oc1ref is active high whereas tim_oc1 and tim_oc1n active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=’00’ (the channel is configured in output). Note: In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from “frozen” mode to “PWM” mode. Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit field is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the OC1M active bits take the new value from the preloaded bits only when a COM event is generated..
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 7: Output compare 1 clear enable.
Bits 8-9: Capture/compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = ‘0’ in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC2 channel is configured as output
Bit 10: Output compare 2 fast enable.
Bit 11: Output compare 2 preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR2 disabled. New values written to CCR2 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR2 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 12-14: OC2M[2:0]: Output compare 2 mode.
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 15: Output compare 2 clear enable.
Bit 16: OC1M[3].
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
Bit 24: OC2M[3].
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
TIM1 capture/compare mode register 2 [alternate]
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = ‘0’ in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI3: CC3 channel is configured as input, IC3 is mapped on TI3
2: TI4: CC3 channel is configured as input, IC3 is mapped on TI4
3: TRC: CC3 channel is configured as input, IC3 is mapped on TRC
Bits 2-3: Input capture 3 prescaler.
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 4-7: Input capture 3 filter.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 8-9: Capture/compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = ‘0’ in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI4: CC4 channel is configured as input, IC4 is mapped on TI4
2: TI3: CC4 channel is configured as input, IC4 is mapped on TI3
3: TRC: CC4 channel is configured as input, IC4 is mapped on TRC
Bits 10-11: Input capture 4 prescaler.
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 12-15: Input capture 4 filter.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
TIM1 capture/compare mode register 2 [alternate]
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC4M_3
rw |
OC3M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC4CE
rw |
OC4M
rw |
OC4PE
rw |
OC4FE
rw |
CC4S
rw |
OC3CE
rw |
OC3M
rw |
OC3PE
rw |
OC3FE
rw |
CC3S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = ‘0’ in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC3 channel is configured as output
Bit 2: Output compare 3 fast enable.
Bit 3: Output compare 3 preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR3 disabled. New values written to CCR3 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR3 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 4-6: OC3M[2:0]: Output compare 3 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal tim_oc3ref from which tim_oc3 and tim_oc3n are derived. tim_oc3ref is active high whereas tim_oc3 and tim_oc3n active level depends on CC3P and CC3NP bits. Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=’00’ (the channel is configured in output). Note: In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from “frozen” mode to “PWM” mode. On channels having a complementary output, this bit field is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the OC3M active bits take the new value from the preloaded bits only when a COM event is generated..
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 7: Output compare 3 clear enable.
Bits 8-9: Capture/compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = ‘0’ in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC4 channel is configured as output
Bit 10: Output compare 4 fast enable.
Bit 11: Output compare 4 preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR4 disabled. New values written to CCR4 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR4 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 12-14: OC4M[2:0]: Output compare 4 mode Refer to OC3M[3:0] bit description.
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 15: Output compare 4 clear enable.
Bit 16: OC3M[3].
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
Bit 24: OC4M[3].
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
TIM1 capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC6P
rw |
CC6E
rw |
CC5P
rw |
CC5E
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC4NP
rw |
CC4NE
rw |
CC4P
rw |
CC4E
rw |
CC3NP
rw |
CC3NE
rw |
CC3P
rw |
CC3E
rw |
CC2NP
rw |
CC2NE
rw |
CC2P
rw |
CC2E
rw |
CC1NP
rw |
CC1NE
rw |
CC1P
rw |
CC1E
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/compare 1 output enable When CC1 channel is configured as output, the OC1 level depends on MOE, OSSI, OSSR, OIS1, OIS1N and CC1NE bits, regardless of the CC1E bits state. Refer to Table 619 for details. Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1E active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 output polarity When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: the configuration is reserved, it must not be used. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1P active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 2: Capture/compare 1 complementary output enable Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NE active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Complementary output disabled
1: Enabled: Complementary output enabled
Bit 3: Capture/compare 1 complementary output polarity CC1 channel configured as output: CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define the polarity of tim_ti1fp1 and tim_ti2fp1. Refer to CC1P description. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S=”00” (channel configured as output). Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..
Bit 4: Capture/compare 2 output enable Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 5: Capture/compare 2 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 6: Capture/compare 2 complementary output enable Refer to CC1NE description.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Complementary output disabled
1: Enabled: Complementary output enabled
Bit 7: Capture/compare 2 complementary output polarity Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 8: Capture/compare 3 output enable Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 9: Capture/compare 3 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 10: Capture/compare 3 complementary output enable Refer to CC1NE description.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Complementary output disabled
1: Enabled: Complementary output enabled
Bit 11: Capture/compare 3 complementary output polarity Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 12: Capture/compare 4 output enable Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 13: Capture/compare 4 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 14: Capture/compare 4 complementary output enable Refer to CC1NE description.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Complementary output disabled
1: Enabled: Complementary output enabled
Bit 15: Capture/compare 4 complementary output polarity Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 16: Capture/compare 5 output enable Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 17: Capture/compare 5 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 20: Capture/compare 6 output enable Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 21: Capture/compare 6 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.
TIM1 counter
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UIFCPY
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CNT
rw |
Bits 0-15: Counter value Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the counter value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register only holds the non-dithered part in CNT[15:0]. The fractional part is not available..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bit 31: UIF copy This bit is a read-only copy of the UIF bit of the TIMx_ISR register. If the UIFREMAP bit in the TIMxCR1 is reset, bit 31 is reserved and read at 0..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdateOccurred: No update occurred
1: UpdatePending: Update interrupt pending
TIM1 prescaler
Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PSC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency (f<sub>tim_cnt_ck</sub>) is equal to f<sub>tim_psc_ck</sub> / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in “reset mode”)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
TIM1 auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-19: Auto-reload value ARR is the value to be loaded in the actual auto-reload register. Refer to the Section 65.3.3: Time-base unit on page 4457 for more details about ARR update and behavior. The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the auto-reload value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in ARR[19:4]. The ARR[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM1 repetition counter register
Offset: 0x30, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
REP
rw |
Bits 0-15: Repetition counter reload value This bitfield defines the update rate of the compare registers (i.e. periodic transfers from preload to active registers) when preload registers are enable. It also defines the update interrupt generation rate, if this interrupt is enable. When the repetition down-counter reaches zero, an update event is generated and it restarts counting from REP value. As the repetition counter is reloaded with REP value only at the repetition update event UEV, any write to the TIMx_RCR register is not taken in account until the next repetition update event. It means in PWM mode (REP+1) corresponds to: the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
TIM1 capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR1
rw |
Bits 0-19: Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc1 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value in CCR1[15:0]. The CCR1[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR1[19:4]. The CCR1[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (tim_ic1). The TIMx_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the capture value in CCR1[15:0]. The CCR1[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR1[19:4]. The CCR1[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM1 capture/compare register 2
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR2
rw |
Bits 0-19: Capture/compare 2 value If channel CC2 is configured as output: CCR2 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 2 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC2PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 2 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc2 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value in CCR2[15:0]. The CCR2[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR2[19:4]. The CCR2[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC2 is configured as input: CCR2 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 2 event (tim_ic2). The TIMx_CCR2 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the capture value in CCR2[15:0]. The CCR2[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR2[19:4]. The CCR2[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM1 capture/compare register 3
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR3
rw |
Bits 0-19: Capture/compare value If channel CC3 is configured as output: CCR3 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 3 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC3PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 3 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc3 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value in CCR3[15:0]. The CCR3[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR3[19:4]. The CCR3[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC3 is configured as input: CCR3 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 3 event (tim_ic3). The TIMx_CCR3 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the capture value in CCR3[15:0]. The CCR3[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR3[19:4]. The CCR3[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM1 capture/compare register 4
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR4
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR4
rw |
Bits 0-19: Capture/compare value If channel CC4 is configured as output: CCR4 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 4 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC4PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 4 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on tim_oc4 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value in CCR4[15:0]. The CCR4[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR4[19:4]. The CCR4[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC4 is configured as input: CCR4 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 4 event (tim_ic4). The TIMx_CCR4 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the capture value in CCR4[15:0]. The CCR4[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR4[19:4]. The CCR4[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM1 break and dead-time register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BK2BID
rw |
BKBID
rw |
BK2DSRM
rw |
BKDSRM
rw |
BK2P
rw |
BK2E
rw |
BK2F
rw |
BKF
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
MOE
rw |
AOE
rw |
BKP
rw |
BKE
rw |
OSSR
rw |
OSSI
rw |
LOCK
rw |
DTG
rw |
Bits 0-7: Dead-time generator setup This bit-field defines the duration of the dead-time inserted between the complementary outputs. DT correspond to this duration. DTG[7:5]=0xx => DT=DTG[7:0]x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t<sub>dtg</sub>=t<sub>DTS</sub>. DTG[7:5]=10x => DT=(64+DTG[5:0])xt<sub>dtg</sub> with T<sub>dtg</sub>=2xt<sub>DTS</sub>. DTG[7:5]=110 => DT=(32+DTG[4:0])xt<sub>dtg</sub> with T<sub>dtg</sub>=8xt<sub>DTS</sub>. DTG[7:5]=111 => DT=(32+DTG[4:0])xt<sub>dtg</sub> with T<sub>dtg</sub>=16xt<sub>DTS</sub>. Example if T<sub>DTS</sub>=125ns (8MHz), dead-time possible values are: 0 to 15875 ns by 125 ns steps, 16 us to 31750 ns by 250 ns steps, 32 us to 63us by 1 us steps, 64 us to 126 us by 2 us steps Note: This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bits 8-9: Lock configuration These bits offer a write protection against software errors. Note: The LOCK bits can be written only once after the reset. Once the TIMx_BDTR register has been written, their content is frozen until the next reset..
Allowed values:
0: Off: No write protection
1: Level1: Level 1 write protection
2: Level2: Level 2 write protection
3: Level3: Level 3 write protection
Bit 10: Off-state selection for idle mode This bit is used when MOE=0 due to a break event or by a software write, on channels configured as outputs. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 65.6.11: TIM1 capture/compare enable register (TIM1_CCER)). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: OC/OCN outputs are disabled when inactive
1: Enabled: OC/OCN outputs are first forced with their inactive level then forced to their idle level after the deadtime
Bit 11: Off-state selection for Run mode This bit is used when MOE=1 on channels having a complementary output which are configured as outputs. OSSR is not implemented if no complementary output is implemented in the timer. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 65.6.11: TIM1 capture/compare enable register (TIM1_CCER)). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: OC/OCN outputs are disabled when inactive
1: Enabled: OC/OCN outputs are enabled with their inactive level as soon as CCxE=1 or CCxNE=1
Bit 12: Break enable This bit enables the complete break protection (including all sources connected to bk_acth and BKIN sources, as per Figure 635: Break and Break2 circuitry overview). Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Break function disabled
1: Enabled: Break function enabled
Bit 13: Break polarity Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Allowed values:
0: ActiveLow: Break input BRK is active low
1: ActiveHigh: Break input BRK is active high
Bit 14: Automatic output enable Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: MOE can be set only by software
1: Enabled: MOE can be set by software or automatically at the next update event (if none of the break inputs BRK and BRK2 is active)
Bit 15: Main output enable This bit is cleared asynchronously by hardware as soon as one of the break inputs is active (tim_brk or tim_brk2). It is set by software or automatically depending on the AOE bit. It is acting only on the channels which are configured in output. In response to a break event or if MOE is written to 0: OC and OCN outputs are disabled or forced to idle state depending on the OSSI bit. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 65.6.11: TIM1 capture/compare enable register (TIM1_CCER))..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: In response to a break 2 event OC and OCN outputs are disabled - In response to a break event or if MOE is written to 0 OC and OCN outputs are disabled or forced to idle state depending on the OSSI bit
1: Enabled: OC and OCN outputs are enabled if their respective enable bits are set (CCxE, CCxNE in TIMx_CCER register)
Bits 16-19: Break filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample tim_brk input and the length of the digital filter applied to tim_brk. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output: Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NoFilter: No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
1: FCK_INT_N2: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
2: FCK_INT_N4: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
3: FCK_INT_N8: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
4: FDTS_Div2_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
5: FDTS_Div2_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
6: FDTS_Div4_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
7: FDTS_Div4_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
8: FDTS_Div8_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
9: FDTS_Div8_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
10: FDTS_Div16_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
11: FDTS_Div16_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
12: FDTS_Div16_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
13: FDTS_Div32_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
14: FDTS_Div32_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
15: FDTS_Div32_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
Bits 20-23: Break 2 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample tim_brk2 input and the length of the digital filter applied to tim_brk2. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output: Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NoFilter: No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
1: FCK_INT_N2: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
2: FCK_INT_N4: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
3: FCK_INT_N8: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
4: FDTS_Div2_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
5: FDTS_Div2_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
6: FDTS_Div4_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
7: FDTS_Div4_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
8: FDTS_Div8_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
9: FDTS_Div8_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
10: FDTS_Div16_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
11: FDTS_Div16_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
12: FDTS_Div16_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
13: FDTS_Div32_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
14: FDTS_Div32_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
15: FDTS_Div32_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
Bit 24: Break 2 enable This bit enables the complete break 2 protection (including all sources connected to bk_acth and BKIN sources, as per Figure 635: Break and Break2 circuitry overview). Note: The BRKIN2 must only be used with OSSR = OSSI = 1. Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Break function disabled
1: Enabled: Break function enabled
Bit 25: Break 2 polarity Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Break input BRK2 is active low
1: High: Break input BRK2 is active high
Bit 26: Break disarm This bit is cleared by hardware when no break source is active. The BKDSRM bit must be set by software to release the bidirectional output control (open-drain output in Hi-Z state) and then be polled it until it is reset by hardware, indicating that the fault condition has disappeared. Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Allowed values:
0: Armed: Break input BRK is armed
1: Disarmed: Break input BRK is disarmed
Bit 27: Break2 disarm Refer to BKDSRM description.
Allowed values:
0: Armed: Break input BRK2 is armed
1: Disarmed: Break input BRK2 is disarmed
Bit 28: Break bidirectional In the bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set to 1), the break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active break event asserts a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices. Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..
Allowed values:
0: Input: Break input BRK in input mode
1: Bidirectional: Break input BRK in bidirectional mode
Bit 29: Break2 bidirectional Refer to BKBID description.
Allowed values:
0: Input: Break input BRK2 in input mode
1: Bidirectional: Break input BRK2 in bidirectional mode
TIM1 capture/compare register 5
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/6 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
GC5C3
rw |
GC5C2
rw |
GC5C1
rw |
CCR5
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR5
rw |
Bits 0-19: Capture/compare 5 value CCR5 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 5 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR3 register (bit OC5PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 5 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc5 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value in CCR5[15:0]. The CCR5[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR5[19:4]. The CCR5[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
Bit 29: Group channel 5 and channel 1 Distortion on channel 1 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR1). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..
Bit 30: Group channel 5 and channel 2 Distortion on channel 2 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR1). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..
Bit 31: Group channel 5 and channel 3 Distortion on channel 3 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR2). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..
TIM1 capture/compare register 6
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR6
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR6
rw |
Bits 0-19: Capture/compare 6 value CCR6 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 6 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR3 register (bit OC6PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 6 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc6 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value in CCR6[15:0]. The CCR6[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR6[19:4]. The CCR6[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM1 capture/compare mode register 3
Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/10 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC6M_1
rw |
OC5M_1
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC6CE
rw |
OC6M
rw |
OC6PE
rw |
OC6FE
rw |
OC5CE
rw |
OC5M
rw |
OC5PE
rw |
OC5FE
rw |
Bit 2: Output compare 5 fast enable.
Bit 3: Output compare 5 preload enable.
Bits 4-6: OC5M[2:0]: Output compare 5 mode.
Bit 7: Output compare 5 clear enable.
Bit 10: Output compare 6 fast enable.
Bit 11: Output compare 6 preload enable.
Bits 12-14: OC6M[2:0]: Output compare 6 mode.
Bit 15: Output compare 6 clear enable.
Bit 16: OC5M[3].
Bit 24: OC6M[3].
TIM1 timer deadtime register 2
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DTPE
rw |
DTAE
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DTGF
rw |
Bits 0-7: Dead-time falling edge generator setup This bit-field defines the duration of the dead-time inserted between the complementary outputs, on the falling edge. DTGF[7:5]=0xx => DTF=DTGF[7:0]x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t<sub>dtg</sub>=t<sub>DTS</sub>. DTGF[7:5]=10x => DTF=(64+DTGF[5:0])xt<sub>dtg</sub> with T<sub>dtg</sub>=2xt<sub>DTS</sub>. DTGF[7:5]=110 => DTF=(32+DTGF[4:0])xt<sub>dtg</sub> with T<sub>dtg</sub>=8xt<sub>DTS</sub>. DTGF[7:5]=111 => DTF=(32+DTGF[4:0])xt<sub>dtg</sub> with T<sub>dtg</sub>=16xt<sub>DTS</sub>. Example if T<sub>DTS</sub>=125ns (8MHz), dead-time possible values are: 0 to 15875 ns by 125 ns steps, 16 us to 31750 ns by 250 ns steps, 32 us to 63us by 1 us steps, 64 us to 126 us by 2 us steps Note: This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 16: Deadtime asymmetric enable Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Bit 17: Deadtime preload enable Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
TIM1 timer encoder control register
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PWPRSC
rw |
PW
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IPOS
rw |
FIDX
rw |
IBLK
rw |
IDIR
rw |
IE
rw |
Bit 0: Index enable This bit indicates if the Index event resets the counter..
Bits 1-2: Index direction This bit indicates in which direction the Index event resets the counter. Note: The IDR[1:0] bitfield must be written when IE bit is reset (index disabled)..
Bits 3-4: Index blanking This bit indicates if the Index event is conditioned by the tim_ti3 input.
Bit 5: First index This bit indicates if the first index only is taken into account.
Bits 6-7: Index positioning In quadrature encoder mode (SMS[3:0] = 0001, 0010, 0011, 1110, 1111), this bit indicates in which AB input configuration the Index event resets the counter. In directional clock mode or clock plus direction mode (SMS[3:0] = 1010, 1011, 1100, 1101), these bits indicates on which level the Index event resets the counter. In bidirectional clock mode, this applies for both clock inputs. x0: Index resets the counter when clock is 0 x1: Index resets the counter when clock is 1 Note: IPOS[1] bit is not significant.
Bits 16-23: Pulse width This bitfield defines the pulse duration, as following: t<sub>PW</sub> = PW[7:0] x t<sub>PWG</sub>.
Bits 24-26: Pulse width prescaler This bitfield sets the clock prescaler for the pulse generator, as following: t<sub>PWG</sub> = (2<sup>(PWPRSC[2:0])</sup>) x t<sub>tim_ker_ck</sub>.
TIM1 timer input selection register
Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TI4SEL
rw |
TI3SEL
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TI2SEL
rw |
TI1SEL
rw |
Bits 0-3: Selects tim_ti1[0..15] input ... Refer to Section 65.3.2: TIM1 pins and internal signals for interconnects list..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
Bits 8-11: Selects tim_ti2[0..15] input ... Refer to Section 65.3.2: TIM1 pins and internal signals for interconnects list..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
Bits 16-19: Selects tim_ti3[0..15] input ... Refer to Section 65.3.2: TIM1 pins and internal signals for interconnects list..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
Bits 24-27: Selects tim_ti4[0..15] input ... Refer to Section 65.3.2: TIM1 pins and internal signals for interconnects list..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
TIM1 alternate function option register 1
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ETRSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ETRSEL
rw |
BKCMP4P
rw |
BKCMP3P
rw |
BKCMP2P
rw |
BKCMP1P
rw |
BKINP
rw |
BKCMP8E
rw |
BKCMP7E
rw |
BKCMP6E
rw |
BKCMP5E
rw |
BKCMP4E
rw |
BKCMP3E
rw |
BKCMP2E
rw |
BKCMP1E
rw |
BKINE
rw |
Bit 0: TIMx_BKIN input enable This bit enables the TIMx_BKIN alternate function input for the timer’s tim_brk input. TIMx_BKIN input is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: BKIN input disabled
1: Enabled: BKIN input enabled
Bit 1: tim_brk_cmp1 enable This bit enables the tim_brk_cmp1 for the timer’s tim_brk input. tim_brk_cmp1 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 2: tim_brk_cmp2 enable This bit enables the tim_brk_cmp2 for the timer’s tim_brk input. tim_brk_cmp2 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 3: tim_brk_cmp3 enable This bit enables the tim_brk_cmp3 for the timer’s tim_brk input. tim_brk_cmp3 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 4: tim_brk_cmp4 enable This bit enables the tim_brk_cmp4 for the timer’s tim_brk input. tim_brk_cmp4 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 5: tim_brk_cmp5 enable This bit enables the tim_brk_cmp5 for the timer’s tim_brk input. tim_brk_cmp5 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 6: tim_brk_cmp6 enable This bit enables the tim_brk_cmp6 for the timer’s tim_brk input. tim_brk_cmp6 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 7: tim_brk_cmp7 enable This bit enables the tim_brk_cmp7 for the timer’s tim_brk input. tim_brk_cmp7 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 8: tim_brk_cmp8 enable This bit enables the tim_brk_cmp8 for the timer’s tim_brk input. tim_brk_cmp8 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 9: TIMx_BKIN input polarity This bit selects the TIMx_BKIN alternate function input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BKP polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: Input polarity not inverted
1: Inverted: Input polarity inverted
Bit 10: tim_brk_cmp1 input polarity This bit selects the tim_brk_cmp1 input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BKP polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: Input polarity not inverted
1: Inverted: Input polarity inverted
Bit 11: tim_brk_cmp2 input polarity This bit selects the tim_brk_cmp2 input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BKP polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: Input polarity not inverted
1: Inverted: Input polarity inverted
Bit 12: tim_brk_cmp3 input polarity This bit selects the tim_brk_cmp3 input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BKP polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: Input polarity not inverted
1: Inverted: Input polarity inverted
Bit 13: tim_brk_cmp4 input polarity This bit selects the tim_brk_cmp4 input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BKP polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: Input polarity not inverted
1: Inverted: Input polarity inverted
Bits 14-17: etr_in source selection These bits select the etr_in input source. ... Refer to Section 65.3.2: TIM1 pins and internal signals for product specific implementation. Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Legacy: ETR legacy mode
1: COMP1: COMP1 output
2: COMP2: COMP2 output
TIM1 alternate function register 2
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OCRSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
BK2CMP4P
rw |
BK2CMP3P
rw |
BK2CMP2P
rw |
BK2CMP1P
rw |
BK2INP
rw |
BK2CMP8E
rw |
BK2CMP7E
rw |
BK2CMP6E
rw |
BK2CMP5E
rw |
BK2CMP4E
rw |
BK2CMP3E
rw |
BK2CMP2E
rw |
BK2CMP1E
rw |
BK2INE
rw |
Bit 0: TIMx_BKIN2 input enable This bit enables the TIMx_BKIN2 alternate function input for the timer’s tim_brk2 input. TIMx_BKIN2 input is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk2 sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: BKIN input disabled
1: Enabled: BKIN input enabled
Bit 1: tim_brk2_cmp1 enable This bit enables the tim_brk2_cmp1 for the timer’s tim_brk2 input. tim_brk2_cmp1 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk2 sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 2: tim_brk2_cmp2 enable This bit enables the tim_brk2_cmp2 for the timer’s tim_brk2 input. tim_brk2_cmp2 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk2 sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 3: tim_brk2_cmp3 enable This bit enables the tim_brk2_cmp3 for the timer’s tim_brk2 input. tim_brk2_cmp3 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk2 sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 4: tim_brk2_cmp4 enable This bit enables the tim_brk2_cmp4 for the timer’s tim_brk2 input. tim_brk2_cmp4 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk2 sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 5: tim_brk2_cmp5 enable This bit enables the tim_brk2_cmp5 for the timer’s tim_brk2 input. tim_brk2_cmp5 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk2 sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 6: tim_brk2_cmp6 enable This bit enables the tim_brk2_cmp6 for the timer’s tim_brk2 input. tim_brk2_cmp6 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk2 sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 7: tim_brk2_cmp7 enable This bit enables the tim_brk2_cmp7 for the timer’s tim_brk2 input. tim_brk2_cmp7 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk2 sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 8: tim_brk2_cmp8 enable This bit enables the tim_brk2_cmp8 for the timer’s tim_brk2 input. tim_brk2_cmp8 output is ‘ORed’ with the other tim_brk2 sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Input disabled
1: Enabled: Input enabled
Bit 9: TIMx_BKIN2 input polarity This bit selects the TIMx_BKIN2 alternate function input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BK2P polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: Input polarity not inverted
1: Inverted: Input polarity inverted
Bit 10: tim_brk2_cmp1 input polarity This bit selects the tim_brk2_cmp1 input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BK2P polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: Input polarity not inverted
1: Inverted: Input polarity inverted
Bit 11: tim_brk2_cmp2 input polarity This bit selects the tim_brk2_cmp2 input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BK2P polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: Input polarity not inverted
1: Inverted: Input polarity inverted
Bit 12: tim_brk2_cmp3 input polarity This bit selects the tim_brk2_cmp3 input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BK2P polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: Input polarity not inverted
1: Inverted: Input polarity inverted
Bit 13: tim_brk2_cmp4 input polarity This bit selects the tim_brk2_cmp4 input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BK2P polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: Input polarity not inverted
1: Inverted: Input polarity inverted
Bits 16-18: ocref_clr source selection These bits select the ocref_clr input source. ... Refer to Section 65.3.2: TIM1 pins and internal signals for product specific information. Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
TIM1 DMA control register
Offset: 0x3dc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBSS
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DBL
rw |
DBA
rw |
Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bits vector defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit vector defines the length of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address), i.e. the number of transfers. Transfers can be in half-words or in bytes (see example below). ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 bytes & DBA = TIM2_CR1. If DBL = 7 bytes and DBA = TIM2_CR1 represents the address of the byte to be transferred, the address of the transfer should be given by the following equation: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA + (DMA index), where DMA index = DBL In this example, 7 bytes are added to (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA, which gives us the address from/to which the data are copied. In this case, the transfer is done to 7 registers starting from the following address: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA According to the configuration of the DMA Data Size, several cases may occur: If the DMA Data Size is configured in half-words, 16-bit data are transferred to each of the 7 registers. If the DMA Data Size is configured in bytes, the data are also transferred to 7 registers: the first register contains the first MSB byte, the second register, the first LSB byte and so on. So with the transfer Timer, one also has to specify the size of data transferred by DMA..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x12
Bits 16-19: DMA burst source selection This bitfield defines the interrupt source that triggers the DMA burst transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address). Others: reserved.
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
TIM1 DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x3e0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DMAB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DMAB
rw |
Bits 0-31: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
0x40000000: General-purpose timers
104/145 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 (16-bit) | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | CCR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | CCR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | CCR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | ECR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x5c | TISEL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | AF2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3dc | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3e0 | DMAR |
TIM2 control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DITHEN
rw |
UIFREMAP
rw |
CKD
rw |
ARPE
rw |
CMS
rw |
DIR
rw |
OPM
rw |
URS
rw |
UDIS
rw |
CEN
rw |
Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock, gated mode and encoder mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware. CEN is cleared automatically in one-pulse mode, when an update event occurs..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Counter disabled
1: Enabled: Counter enabled
Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Update event enabled
1: Disabled: Update event disabled
Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.
Allowed values:
0: AnyEvent: Any of counter overflow/underflow, setting UG, or update through slave mode, generates an update interrupt or DMA request
1: CounterOnly: Only counter overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request
Bit 3: One-pulse mode.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Counter is not stopped at update event
1: Enabled: Counter stops counting at the next update event (clearing the CEN bit)
Bit 4: Direction Note: This bit is read only when the timer is configured in Center-aligned mode or Encoder mode..
Allowed values:
0: Up: Counter used as upcounter
1: Down: Counter used as downcounter
Bits 5-6: Center-aligned mode selection Note: It is not allowed to switch from edge-aligned mode to center-aligned mode as long as the counter is enabled (CEN=1).
Allowed values:
0: EdgeAligned: The counter counts up or down depending on the direction bit
1: CenterAligned1: The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags are set only when the counter is counting down.
2: CenterAligned2: The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags are set only when the counter is counting up.
3: CenterAligned3: The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags are set both when the counter is counting up or down.
Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: TIMx_APRR register is not buffered
1: Enabled: TIMx_APRR register is buffered
Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (tim_ker_ck) frequency and sampling clock used by the digital filters (tim_etr_in, tim_tix),.
Allowed values:
0: Div1: t_DTS = t_CK_INT
1: Div2: t_DTS = 2 × t_CK_INT
2: Div4: t_DTS = 4 × t_CK_INT
Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: No remapping. UIF status bit is not copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31
1: Enabled: Remapping enabled. UIF status bit is copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31
Bit 12: Dithering Enable Note: The DITHEN bit can only be modified when CEN bit is reset..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Dithering disabled
1: Enabled: Dithering enabled
TIM2 control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MMS_H
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TI1S
rw |
MMS_L
rw |
CCDS
rw |
Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.
Allowed values:
0: OnCompare: CCx DMA request sent when CCx event occurs
1: OnUpdate: CCx DMA request sent when update event occurs
Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits allow to select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (tim_trgo). The combination is as follows: tim_trgo, except if the master/slave mode is selected (see the MSM bit description in TIMx_SMCR register). Others: Reserved Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bit 7: tim_ti1 selection.
Allowed values:
0: Normal: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
1: XOR: The TIMx_CH1, CH2, CH3 pins are connected to TI1 input
Bit 25: Master mode selection These bits allow to select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (tim_trgo). The combination is as follows: tim_trgo, except if the master/slave mode is selected (see the MSM bit description in TIMx_SMCR register). Others: Reserved Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1
TIM2 slave mode control register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
11/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SMSPS
rw |
SMSPE
rw |
TS_H
rw |
SMS_H
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ETP
rw |
ECE
rw |
ETPS
rw |
ETF
rw |
MSM
rw |
TS_L
rw |
OCCS
rw |
SMS_L
rw |
Bits 0-2: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (tim_trgi) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. Note: The gated mode must not be used if tim_ti1f_ed is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, tim_ti1f_ed outputs 1 pulse for each transition on tim_ti1f, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the tim_trgo signal must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bit 3: OCREF clear selection This bit is used to select the OCREF clear source Note: If the OCREF clear selection feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. ..
Bits 4-6: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See for product specific implementation details. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bit 7: Master/Slave mode.
Allowed values:
0: NoSync: No action
1: Sync: The effect of an event on the trigger input (TRGI) is delayed to allow a perfect synchronization between the current timer and its slaves (through TRGO). It is useful if we want to synchronize several timers on a single external event.
Bits 8-11: External trigger filter This bit-field then defines the frequency used to sample tim_etrp signal and the length of the digital filter applied to tim_etrp. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
Allowed values:
0: NoFilter: No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
1: FCK_INT_N2: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
2: FCK_INT_N4: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
3: FCK_INT_N8: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
4: FDTS_Div2_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
5: FDTS_Div2_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
6: FDTS_Div4_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
7: FDTS_Div4_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
8: FDTS_Div8_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
9: FDTS_Div8_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
10: FDTS_Div16_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
11: FDTS_Div16_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
12: FDTS_Div16_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
13: FDTS_Div32_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
14: FDTS_Div32_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
15: FDTS_Div32_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
Bits 12-13: External trigger prescaler External trigger signal tim_etrp frequency must be at most 1/4 of tim_ker_ck frequency. A prescaler can be enabled to reduce tim_etrp frequency. It is useful when inputting fast external clocks on tim_etr_in..
Allowed values:
0: Div1: Prescaler OFF
1: Div2: ETRP frequency divided by 2
2: Div4: ETRP frequency divided by 4
3: Div8: ETRP frequency divided by 8
Bit 14: External clock enable This bit enables External clock mode 2. Note: Setting the ECE bit has the same effect as selecting external clock mode 1 with tim_trgi connected to tim_etrf (SMS=111 and TS=00111). It is possible to simultaneously use external clock mode 2 with the following slave modes: reset mode, gated mode and trigger mode. Nevertheless, tim_trgi must not be connected to tim_etrf in this case (TS bits must not be 00111). If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is tim_etrf..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: External clock mode 2 disabled
1: Enabled: External clock mode 2 enabled. The counter is clocked by any active edge on the ETRF signal.
Bit 15: External trigger polarity This bit selects whether tim_etr_in or tim_etr_in is used for trigger operations.
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: ETR is noninverted, active at high level or rising edge
1: Inverted: ETR is inverted, active at low level or falling edge
Bit 16: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (tim_trgi) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. Note: The gated mode must not be used if tim_ti1f_ed is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, tim_ti1f_ed outputs 1 pulse for each transition on tim_ti1f, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the tim_trgo signal must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1
Bits 20-21: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See for product specific implementation details. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bit 24: SMS preload enable This bit selects whether the SMS[3:0] bitfield is preloaded.
Allowed values:
0: NotPreloaded: SMSM[3:0] is not preloaded
1: PreloadEnabled: SMSM[3:0] is preload is enabled
Bit 25: SMS preload source This bit selects whether the events that triggers the SMS[3:0] bitfield transfer from preload to active.
Allowed values:
0: Update: SMSM[3:0] is preloaded from Update event
1: Index: SMSM[3:0] is preloaded from Index event
TIM2 DMA/Interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TERRIE
rw |
IERRIE
rw |
DIRIE
rw |
IDXIE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TDE
rw |
CC4DE
rw |
CC3DE
rw |
CC2DE
rw |
CC1DE
rw |
UDE
rw |
TIE
rw |
CC4IE
rw |
CC3IE
rw |
CC2IE
rw |
CC1IE
rw |
UIE
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Update interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Update interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Trigger interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Trigger interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Update DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Update DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: Update DMA request enabled
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 10: Capture/Compare 2 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 14: Trigger DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Trigger DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: Trigger DMA request enabled
Bit 20: Index interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Index change interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Index change interrupt enabled
Bit 21: Direction change interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Direction change interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Direction change interrupt enabled
Bit 22: Index error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Index error interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Index error interrupt enabled
Bit 23: Transition error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Transition error interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Transition error interrupt enabled
TIM2 status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TERRF
rw |
IERRF
rw |
DIRF
rw |
IDXF
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC4OF
rw |
CC3OF
rw |
CC2OF
rw |
CC1OF
rw |
TIF
rw |
CC4IF
rw |
CC3IF
rw |
CC2IF
rw |
CC1IF
rw |
UIF
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow or underflow and if UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by a trigger event (refer to the synchro control register description), if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdateOccurred: No update occurred
1: UpdatePending: Update interrupt pending
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in downcounting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware on the TRG trigger event (active edge detected on tim_trgi input when the slave mode controller is enabled in all modes but gated mode. It is set when the counter starts or stops when gated mode is selected. It is cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger event occurred
1: Trigger: Trigger interrupt pending
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 10: Capture/compare 2 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 20: Index interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when an index event is detected. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No index event occurred
1: Trigger: An index event has occurred
Bit 21: Direction change interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when the direction changes in encoder mode (DIR bit value in TIMx_CR is changing). It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No direction change has been detected
1: Trigger: A direction change has been detected
Bit 22: Index error interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when an index error is detected. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No index error has been detected
1: Trigger: An index erorr has been detected
Bit 23: Transition error interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when a transition error is detected in encoder mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No encoder transition error has been detected
1: Trigger: An encoder transition error has been detected
TIM2 event generation register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Allowed values:
1: Update: Re-initializes the timer counter and generates an update of the registers.
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 2: Capture/compare 2 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 3: Capture/compare 3 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 4: Capture/compare 4 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 6: Trigger generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: The TIF flag is set in TIMx_SR register. Related interrupt or DMA transfer can occur if enabled.
TIM2 capture/compare mode register 1 [alternate]
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/6 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI1: CC1 channel is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TI1
2: TI2: CC1 channel is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TI2
3: TRC: CC1 channel is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TRC
Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (tim_ic1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E=0 (TIMx_CCER register)..
Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample tim_ti1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to tim_ti1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
Allowed values:
0: NoFilter: No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
1: FCK_INT_N2: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
2: FCK_INT_N4: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
3: FCK_INT_N8: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
4: FDTS_Div2_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
5: FDTS_Div2_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
6: FDTS_Div4_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
7: FDTS_Div4_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
8: FDTS_Div8_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
9: FDTS_Div8_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
10: FDTS_Div16_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
11: FDTS_Div16_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
12: FDTS_Div16_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
13: FDTS_Div32_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
14: FDTS_Div32_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
15: FDTS_Div32_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
Bits 8-9: Capture/compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI2: CC2 channel is configured as input, IC2 is mapped on TI2
2: TI1: CC2 channel is configured as input, IC2 is mapped on TI1
3: TRC: CC2 channel is configured as input, IC2 is mapped on TRC
Bits 10-11: Input capture 2 prescaler.
Bits 12-15: Input capture 2 filter.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
TIM2 capture/compare mode register 1 [alternate]
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC2M_3
rw |
OC1M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC2CE
rw |
OC2M
rw |
OC2PE
rw |
OC2FE
rw |
CC2S
rw |
OC1CE
rw |
OC1M
rw |
OC1PE
rw |
OC1FE
rw |
CC1S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC1 channel is configured as output
Bit 2: Output compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..
Bit 3: Output compare 1 preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR1 disabled. New values written to CCR1 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR1 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 4-6: Output compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal tim_oc1ref from which tim_oc1 is derived. tim_oc1ref is active high whereas tim_oc1 active level depends on CC1P bit. Note: In PWM mode, the tim_ocref_clr level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from “frozen” mode to “PWM” mode..
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 7: Output compare 1 clear enable.
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC2 channel is configured as output
Bit 10: Output compare 2 fast enable.
Bit 11: Output compare 2 preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR2 disabled. New values written to CCR2 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR2 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 12-14: Output compare 2 mode refer to OC1M description on bits 6:4.
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 15: Output compare 2 clear enable.
Bit 16: Output compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal tim_oc1ref from which tim_oc1 is derived. tim_oc1ref is active high whereas tim_oc1 active level depends on CC1P bit. Note: In PWM mode, the tim_ocref_clr level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from “frozen” mode to “PWM” mode..
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
Bit 24: Output compare 2 mode refer to OC1M description on bits 6:4.
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
TIM2 capture/compare mode register 2 [alternate]
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI3: CC3 channel is configured as input, IC3 is mapped on TI3
2: TI4: CC3 channel is configured as input, IC3 is mapped on TI4
3: TRC: CC3 channel is configured as input, IC3 is mapped on TRC
Bits 2-3: Input capture 3 prescaler.
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 4-7: Input capture 3 filter.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI4: CC4 channel is configured as input, IC4 is mapped on TI4
2: TI3: CC4 channel is configured as input, IC4 is mapped on TI3
3: TRC: CC4 channel is configured as input, IC4 is mapped on TRC
Bits 10-11: Input capture 4 prescaler.
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 12-15: Input capture 4 filter.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
TIM2 capture/compare mode register 2 [alternate]
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC4M_3
rw |
OC3M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC4CE
rw |
OC4M
rw |
OC4PE
rw |
OC4FE
rw |
CC4S
rw |
OC3CE
rw |
OC3M
rw |
OC3PE
rw |
OC3FE
rw |
CC3S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC3 channel is configured as output
Bit 2: Output compare 3 fast enable.
Bit 3: Output compare 3 preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR3 disabled. New values written to CCR3 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR3 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 4-6: Output compare 3 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 7: Output compare 3 clear enable.
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC4 channel is configured as output
Bit 10: Output compare 4 fast enable.
Bit 11: Output compare 4 preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR4 disabled. New values written to CCR4 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR4 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 12-14: Output compare 4 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 15: Output compare 4 clear enable.
Bit 16: Output compare 3 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
Bit 24: Output compare 4 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
TIM2 capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC4NP
rw |
CC4P
rw |
CC4E
rw |
CC3NP
rw |
CC3P
rw |
CC3E
rw |
CC2NP
rw |
CC2P
rw |
CC2E
rw |
CC1NP
rw |
CC1P
rw |
CC1E
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges. The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: this configuration is reserved, it must not be used..
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. CC1 channel configured as output: CC1NP must be kept cleared in this case. CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define tim_ti1fp1/tim_ti2fp1 polarity. refer to CC1P description..
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 2 output enable. Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 5: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity. refer to CC1P description.
Bit 7: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 8: Capture/Compare 3 output enable. Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity. Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 output enable. refer to CC1E description.
Bit 13: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity. Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 15: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.
TIM2 counter
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the counter value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the non-dithered part. The fractional part is not available..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
Bit 31: Read-only copy of the UIF bit of the TIMx_ISR register.
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdateOccurred: No update occurred
1: UpdatePending: Update interrupt pending
TIM2 prescaler
Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PSC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency tim_cnt_ck is equal to ftim_psc_ck / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in “reset mode”)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
TIM2 auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-31: Auto-reload value ARR is the value to be loaded in the actual auto-reload register. Refer to the for more details about ARR update and behavior. The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the auto-reload value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in ARR[31:4]. The ARR[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-31: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM2 capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR1
rw |
Bits 0-31: Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc1 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR1[31:4]. The CCR1[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (tim_ic1). The TIMx_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the capture value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR1[31:0]. The CCR1[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-31: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM2 capture/compare register 2
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR2
rw |
Bits 0-31: Capture/compare 2 value If channel CC2 is configured as output: CCR2 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 2 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC2PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 2 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc2 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR2[31:4]. The CCR2[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC2 is configured as input: CCR2 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 2 event (tim_ic2). The TIMx_CCR2 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the capture value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR2[31:0]. The CCR2[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-31: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM2 capture/compare register 3
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR3
rw |
Bits 0-31: Capture/compare 3 value If channel CC3 is configured as output: CCR3 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 3 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR3 register (bit OC3PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 3 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc3 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR3[31:4]. The CCR3[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC3 is configured as input: CCR3 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 3 event (tim_ic3). The TIMx_CCR3 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the capture value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR3[31:0]. The CCR3[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-31: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM2 capture/compare register 4
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR4
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR4
rw |
Bits 0-31: Capture/compare 4 value If channel CC4 is configured as output: CCR4 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 4 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR4 register (bit OC4PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 4 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc4 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR4[31:4]. The CCR4[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC4 is configured as input: CCR4 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 4 event (tim_ic4). The TIMx_CCR4 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the capture value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR4[31:0]. The CCR4[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-31: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM2 timer encoder control register
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PWPRSC
rw |
PW
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IPOS
rw |
FIDX
rw |
IBLK
rw |
IDIR
rw |
IE
rw |
Bit 0: Index enable This bit indicates if the Index event resets the counter..
Bits 1-2: Index direction This bit indicates in which direction the Index event resets the counter. Note: The IDR[1:0] bitfield must be written when IE bit is reset (index disabled)..
Bits 3-4: Index blanking This bit indicates if the Index event is conditioned by the tim_ti3 input.
Bit 5: First index This bit indicates if the first index only is taken into account.
Bits 6-7: Index positioning In quadrature encoder mode (SMS[3:0] = 0001, 0010, 0011, 1110, 1111), this bit indicates in which AB input configuration the Index event resets the counter. In directional clock mode or clock plus direction mode (SMS[3:0] = 1010, 1011, 1100, 1101), these bits indicates on which level the Index event resets the counter. In bidirectional clock mode, this applies for both clock inputs. x0: Index resets the counter when clock is 0 x1: Index resets the counter when clock is 1 Note: IPOS[1] bit is not significant.
Bits 16-23: Pulse width This bitfield defines the pulse duration, as following: tPW = PW[7:0] x tPWG.
Bits 24-26: Pulse width prescaler This bitfield sets the clock prescaler for the pulse generator, as following: tPWG = (2(PWPRSC[2:0])) x ttim_ker_ck.
TIM2 timer input selection register
Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TI4SEL
rw |
TI3SEL
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TI2SEL
rw |
TI1SEL
rw |
Bits 0-3: Selects tim_ti1[0..15] input ... Refer to for product specific implementation..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
Bits 8-11: Selects tim_ti2[0..15] input ... Refer to for product specific implementation..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
Bits 16-19: Selects tim_ti3[0..15] input ... Refer to for product specific implementation..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
Bits 24-27: Selects tim_ti4[0..15] input ... Refer to for product specific implementation..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
TIM2 alternate function register 1
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
TIM2 alternate function register 2
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OCRSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TIM2 DMA control register
Offset: 0x3dc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBSS
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DBL
rw |
DBA
rw |
Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bits vector defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit vector defines the length of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address), i.e. the number of transfers. Transfers can be in half-words or in bytes (see example below). ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 bytes & DBA = TIM2_CR1. If DBL = 7 bytes and DBA = TIM2_CR1 represents the address of the byte to be transferred, the address of the transfer should be given by the following equation: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA + (DMA index), where DMA index = DBL In this example, 7 bytes are added to (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA, which gives us the address from/to which the data are copied. In this case, the transfer is done to 7 registers starting from the following address: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA According to the configuration of the DMA Data Size, several cases may occur: If the DMA Data Size is configured in half-words, 16-bit data are transferred to each of the 7 registers. If the DMA Data Size is configured in bytes, the data are also transferred to 7 registers: the first register contains the first MSB byte, the second register, the first LSB byte and so on. So with the transfer Timer, one also has to specify the size of data transferred by DMA..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x12
Bits 16-19: DMA burst source selection This bitfield defines the interrupt source that triggers the DMA burst transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address). Others: reserved.
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
TIM2 DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x3e0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DMAB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DMAB
rw |
Bits 0-31: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..
0x40000400: General-purpose timers
104/145 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SMCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CCMR1_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Input | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CCMR2_Output | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 (16-bit) | CCER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 (16-bit) | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | ARR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x34 | CCR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x38 | CCR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3c | CCR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | CCR4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | ECR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x5c | TISEL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x60 | AF1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x64 | AF2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3dc | DCR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x3e0 | DMAR |
TIM3 control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
10/10 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DITHEN
rw |
UIFREMAP
rw |
CKD
rw |
ARPE
rw |
CMS
rw |
DIR
rw |
OPM
rw |
URS
rw |
UDIS
rw |
CEN
rw |
Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock, gated mode and encoder mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware. CEN is cleared automatically in one-pulse mode, when an update event occurs..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Counter disabled
1: Enabled: Counter enabled
Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Update event enabled
1: Disabled: Update event disabled
Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.
Allowed values:
0: AnyEvent: Any of counter overflow/underflow, setting UG, or update through slave mode, generates an update interrupt or DMA request
1: CounterOnly: Only counter overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request
Bit 3: One-pulse mode.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Counter is not stopped at update event
1: Enabled: Counter stops counting at the next update event (clearing the CEN bit)
Bit 4: Direction Note: This bit is read only when the timer is configured in Center-aligned mode or Encoder mode..
Allowed values:
0: Up: Counter used as upcounter
1: Down: Counter used as downcounter
Bits 5-6: Center-aligned mode selection Note: It is not allowed to switch from edge-aligned mode to center-aligned mode as long as the counter is enabled (CEN=1).
Allowed values:
0: EdgeAligned: The counter counts up or down depending on the direction bit
1: CenterAligned1: The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags are set only when the counter is counting down.
2: CenterAligned2: The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags are set only when the counter is counting up.
3: CenterAligned3: The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags are set both when the counter is counting up or down.
Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: TIMx_APRR register is not buffered
1: Enabled: TIMx_APRR register is buffered
Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (tim_ker_ck) frequency and sampling clock used by the digital filters (tim_etr_in, tim_tix),.
Allowed values:
0: Div1: t_DTS = t_CK_INT
1: Div2: t_DTS = 2 × t_CK_INT
2: Div4: t_DTS = 4 × t_CK_INT
Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: No remapping. UIF status bit is not copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31
1: Enabled: Remapping enabled. UIF status bit is copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31
Bit 12: Dithering Enable Note: The DITHEN bit can only be modified when CEN bit is reset..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Dithering disabled
1: Enabled: Dithering enabled
TIM3 control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MMS_H
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TI1S
rw |
MMS_L
rw |
CCDS
rw |
Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.
Allowed values:
0: OnCompare: CCx DMA request sent when CCx event occurs
1: OnUpdate: CCx DMA request sent when update event occurs
Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits allow to select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (tim_trgo). The combination is as follows: tim_trgo, except if the master/slave mode is selected (see the MSM bit description in TIMx_SMCR register). Others: Reserved Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bit 7: tim_ti1 selection.
Allowed values:
0: Normal: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
1: XOR: The TIMx_CH1, CH2, CH3 pins are connected to TI1 input
Bit 25: Master mode selection These bits allow to select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (tim_trgo). The combination is as follows: tim_trgo, except if the master/slave mode is selected (see the MSM bit description in TIMx_SMCR register). Others: Reserved Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1
TIM3 slave mode control register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
11/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
SMSPS
rw |
SMSPE
rw |
TS_H
rw |
SMS_H
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ETP
rw |
ECE
rw |
ETPS
rw |
ETF
rw |
MSM
rw |
TS_L
rw |
OCCS
rw |
SMS_L
rw |
Bits 0-2: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (tim_trgi) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. Note: The gated mode must not be used if tim_ti1f_ed is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, tim_ti1f_ed outputs 1 pulse for each transition on tim_ti1f, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the tim_trgo signal must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bit 3: OCREF clear selection This bit is used to select the OCREF clear source Note: If the OCREF clear selection feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’. ..
Bits 4-6: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See for product specific implementation details. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bit 7: Master/Slave mode.
Allowed values:
0: NoSync: No action
1: Sync: The effect of an event on the trigger input (TRGI) is delayed to allow a perfect synchronization between the current timer and its slaves (through TRGO). It is useful if we want to synchronize several timers on a single external event.
Bits 8-11: External trigger filter This bit-field then defines the frequency used to sample tim_etrp signal and the length of the digital filter applied to tim_etrp. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
Allowed values:
0: NoFilter: No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
1: FCK_INT_N2: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
2: FCK_INT_N4: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
3: FCK_INT_N8: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
4: FDTS_Div2_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
5: FDTS_Div2_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
6: FDTS_Div4_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
7: FDTS_Div4_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
8: FDTS_Div8_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
9: FDTS_Div8_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
10: FDTS_Div16_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
11: FDTS_Div16_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
12: FDTS_Div16_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
13: FDTS_Div32_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
14: FDTS_Div32_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
15: FDTS_Div32_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
Bits 12-13: External trigger prescaler External trigger signal tim_etrp frequency must be at most 1/4 of tim_ker_ck frequency. A prescaler can be enabled to reduce tim_etrp frequency. It is useful when inputting fast external clocks on tim_etr_in..
Allowed values:
0: Div1: Prescaler OFF
1: Div2: ETRP frequency divided by 2
2: Div4: ETRP frequency divided by 4
3: Div8: ETRP frequency divided by 8
Bit 14: External clock enable This bit enables External clock mode 2. Note: Setting the ECE bit has the same effect as selecting external clock mode 1 with tim_trgi connected to tim_etrf (SMS=111 and TS=00111). It is possible to simultaneously use external clock mode 2 with the following slave modes: reset mode, gated mode and trigger mode. Nevertheless, tim_trgi must not be connected to tim_etrf in this case (TS bits must not be 00111). If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is tim_etrf..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: External clock mode 2 disabled
1: Enabled: External clock mode 2 enabled. The counter is clocked by any active edge on the ETRF signal.
Bit 15: External trigger polarity This bit selects whether tim_etr_in or tim_etr_in is used for trigger operations.
Allowed values:
0: NotInverted: ETR is noninverted, active at high level or rising edge
1: Inverted: ETR is inverted, active at low level or falling edge
Bit 16: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (tim_trgi) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. Note: The gated mode must not be used if tim_ti1f_ed is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, tim_ti1f_ed outputs 1 pulse for each transition on tim_ti1f, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the tim_trgo signal must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1
Bits 20-21: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See for product specific implementation details. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bit 24: SMS preload enable This bit selects whether the SMS[3:0] bitfield is preloaded.
Allowed values:
0: NotPreloaded: SMSM[3:0] is not preloaded
1: PreloadEnabled: SMSM[3:0] is preload is enabled
Bit 25: SMS preload source This bit selects whether the events that triggers the SMS[3:0] bitfield transfer from preload to active.
Allowed values:
0: Update: SMSM[3:0] is preloaded from Update event
1: Index: SMSM[3:0] is preloaded from Index event
TIM3 DMA/Interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
16/16 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TERRIE
rw |
IERRIE
rw |
DIRIE
rw |
IDXIE
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TDE
rw |
CC4DE
rw |
CC3DE
rw |
CC2DE
rw |
CC1DE
rw |
UDE
rw |
TIE
rw |
CC4IE
rw |
CC3IE
rw |
CC2IE
rw |
CC1IE
rw |
UIE
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Update interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Update interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: CCx interrupt enabled
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Trigger interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Trigger interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Update DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Update DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: Update DMA request enabled
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 10: Capture/Compare 2 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CCx DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: CCx DMA request enabled
Bit 14: Trigger DMA request enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Trigger DMA request disabled
1: Enabled: Trigger DMA request enabled
Bit 20: Index interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Index change interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Index change interrupt enabled
Bit 21: Direction change interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Direction change interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Direction change interrupt enabled
Bit 22: Index error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Index error interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Index error interrupt enabled
Bit 23: Transition error interrupt enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Transition error interrupt disabled
1: Enabled: Transition error interrupt enabled
TIM3 status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
14/14 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TERRF
rw |
IERRF
rw |
DIRF
rw |
IDXF
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CC4OF
rw |
CC3OF
rw |
CC2OF
rw |
CC1OF
rw |
TIF
rw |
CC4IF
rw |
CC3IF
rw |
CC2IF
rw |
CC1IF
rw |
UIF
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow or underflow and if UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by a trigger event (refer to the synchro control register description), if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdateOccurred: No update occurred
1: UpdatePending: Update interrupt pending
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in downcounting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.
Allowed values:
1: Match: If CC1 is an output: The content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. If CC1 is an input: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 6: Trigger interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware on the TRG trigger event (active edge detected on tim_trgi input when the slave mode controller is enabled in all modes but gated mode. It is set when the counter starts or stops when gated mode is selected. It is cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No trigger event occurred
1: Trigger: Trigger interrupt pending
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 10: Capture/compare 2 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.
Allowed values:
1: Overcapture: The counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCRx register while CCxIF flag was already set
Bit 20: Index interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when an index event is detected. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No index event occurred
1: Trigger: An index event has occurred
Bit 21: Direction change interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when the direction changes in encoder mode (DIR bit value in TIMx_CR is changing). It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No direction change has been detected
1: Trigger: A direction change has been detected
Bit 22: Index error interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when an index error is detected. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No index error has been detected
1: Trigger: An index erorr has been detected
Bit 23: Transition error interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware when a transition error is detected in encoder mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to ‘0’..
Allowed values:
0: NoTrigger: No encoder transition error has been detected
1: Trigger: An encoder transition error has been detected
TIM3 event generation register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Allowed values:
1: Update: Re-initializes the timer counter and generates an update of the registers.
Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 2: Capture/compare 2 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 3: Capture/compare 3 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 4: Capture/compare 4 generation Refer to CC1G description.
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: If CC1 is an output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If CC1 is an input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register.
Bit 6: Trigger generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..
Allowed values:
1: Trigger: The TIF flag is set in TIMx_SR register. Related interrupt or DMA transfer can occur if enabled.
TIM3 capture/compare mode register 1 [alternate]
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/6 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI1: CC1 channel is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TI1
2: TI2: CC1 channel is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TI2
3: TRC: CC1 channel is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TRC
Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (tim_ic1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E=0 (TIMx_CCER register)..
Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample tim_ti1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to tim_ti1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.
Allowed values:
0: NoFilter: No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
1: FCK_INT_N2: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
2: FCK_INT_N4: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=4
3: FCK_INT_N8: fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=8
4: FDTS_Div2_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
5: FDTS_Div2_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=8
6: FDTS_Div4_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=6
7: FDTS_Div4_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/4, N=8
8: FDTS_Div8_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=6
9: FDTS_Div8_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/8, N=8
10: FDTS_Div16_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=5
11: FDTS_Div16_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=6
12: FDTS_Div16_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/16, N=8
13: FDTS_Div32_N5: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=5
14: FDTS_Div32_N6: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=6
15: FDTS_Div32_N8: fSAMPLING=fDTS/32, N=8
Bits 8-9: Capture/compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI2: CC2 channel is configured as input, IC2 is mapped on TI2
2: TI1: CC2 channel is configured as input, IC2 is mapped on TI1
3: TRC: CC2 channel is configured as input, IC2 is mapped on TRC
Bits 10-11: Input capture 2 prescaler.
Bits 12-15: Input capture 2 filter.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
TIM3 capture/compare mode register 1 [alternate]
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC2M_3
rw |
OC1M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC2CE
rw |
OC2M
rw |
OC2PE
rw |
OC2FE
rw |
CC2S
rw |
OC1CE
rw |
OC1M
rw |
OC1PE
rw |
OC1FE
rw |
CC1S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC1 channel is configured as output
Bit 2: Output compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..
Bit 3: Output compare 1 preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR1 disabled. New values written to CCR1 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR1 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 4-6: Output compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal tim_oc1ref from which tim_oc1 is derived. tim_oc1ref is active high whereas tim_oc1 active level depends on CC1P bit. Note: In PWM mode, the tim_ocref_clr level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from “frozen” mode to “PWM” mode..
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 7: Output compare 1 clear enable.
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC2 channel is configured as output
Bit 10: Output compare 2 fast enable.
Bit 11: Output compare 2 preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR2 disabled. New values written to CCR2 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR2 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 12-14: Output compare 2 mode refer to OC1M description on bits 6:4.
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 15: Output compare 2 clear enable.
Bit 16: Output compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal tim_oc1ref from which tim_oc1 is derived. tim_oc1ref is active high whereas tim_oc1 active level depends on CC1P bit. Note: In PWM mode, the tim_ocref_clr level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from “frozen” mode to “PWM” mode..
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
Bit 24: Output compare 2 mode refer to OC1M description on bits 6:4.
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
TIM3 capture/compare mode register 2 [alternate]
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
6/6 fields covered.
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI3: CC3 channel is configured as input, IC3 is mapped on TI3
2: TI4: CC3 channel is configured as input, IC3 is mapped on TI4
3: TRC: CC3 channel is configured as input, IC3 is mapped on TRC
Bits 2-3: Input capture 3 prescaler.
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 4-7: Input capture 3 filter.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
1: TI4: CC4 channel is configured as input, IC4 is mapped on TI4
2: TI3: CC4 channel is configured as input, IC4 is mapped on TI3
3: TRC: CC4 channel is configured as input, IC4 is mapped on TRC
Bits 10-11: Input capture 4 prescaler.
Allowed values: 0x0-0x3
Bits 12-15: Input capture 4 filter.
Allowed values: 0x0-0xf
TIM3 capture/compare mode register 2 [alternate]
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
8/12 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OC4M_3
rw |
OC3M_3
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OC4CE
rw |
OC4M
rw |
OC4PE
rw |
OC4FE
rw |
CC4S
rw |
OC3CE
rw |
OC3M
rw |
OC3PE
rw |
OC3FE
rw |
CC3S
rw |
Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC3 channel is configured as output
Bit 2: Output compare 3 fast enable.
Bit 3: Output compare 3 preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR3 disabled. New values written to CCR3 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR3 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 4-6: Output compare 3 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 7: Output compare 3 clear enable.
Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..
Allowed values:
0: Output: CC4 channel is configured as output
Bit 10: Output compare 4 fast enable.
Bit 11: Output compare 4 preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Preload register on CCR4 disabled. New values written to CCR4 are taken into account immediately
1: Enabled: Preload register on CCR4 enabled. Preload value is loaded into active register on each update event
Bits 12-14: Output compare 4 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).
Allowed values:
0: Frozen: The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on the outputs / OpmMode1: Retriggerable OPM mode 1 - In up-counting mode, the channel is active until a trigger event is detected (on TRGI signal). In down-counting mode, the channel is inactive
1: ActiveOnMatch: Set channel to active level on match. OCyREF signal is forced high when the counter matches the capture/compare register / OpmMode2: Inversely to OpmMode1
2: InactiveOnMatch: Set channel to inactive level on match. OCyREF signal is forced low when the counter matches the capture/compare register / Reserved
3: Toggle: OCyREF toggles when TIMx_CNT=TIMx_CCRy / Reserved
4: ForceInactive: OCyREF is forced low / CombinedPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC is the logical OR between OC1REF and OC2REF
5: ForceActive: OCyREF is forced high / CombinedPwmMode2: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 2. OCyREFC is the logical AND between OC1REF and OC2REF
6: PwmMode1: In upcounting, channel is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active / AsymmetricPwmMode1: OCyREF has the same behavior as in PWM mode 1. OCyREFC outputs OC1REF when the counter is counting up, OC2REF when it is counting down
7: PwmMode2: Inversely to PwmMode1 / AsymmetricPwmMode2: Inversely to AsymmetricPwmMode1
Bit 15: Output compare 4 clear enable.
Bit 16: Output compare 3 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
Bit 24: Output compare 4 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal output compare mode (modes 0-7)
1: Extended: Extended output compare mode (modes 7-15)
TIM3 capture/compare enable register
Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/12 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CC4NP
rw |
CC4P
rw |
CC4E
rw |
CC3NP
rw |
CC3P
rw |
CC3E
rw |
CC2NP
rw |
CC2P
rw |
CC2E
rw |
CC1NP
rw |
CC1P
rw |
CC1E
rw |
Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable..
Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges. The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: this configuration is reserved, it must not be used..
Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. CC1 channel configured as output: CC1NP must be kept cleared in this case. CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define tim_ti1fp1/tim_ti2fp1 polarity. refer to CC1P description..
Bit 4: Capture/Compare 2 output enable. Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 5: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity. refer to CC1P description.
Bit 7: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 8: Capture/Compare 3 output enable. Refer to CC1E description.
Bit 9: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity. Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.
Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 output enable. refer to CC1E description.
Bit 13: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity. Refer to CC1P description.
Bit 15: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.
TIM3 counter
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UIFCPY
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CNT
rw |
Bits 0-15: Counter value‘ Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the counter value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the non-dithered part in CNT[15:0]. The fractional part is not available..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bit 31: Value depends on IUFREMAP in TIMx_CR1. If UIFREMAP = 0 Reserved If UIFREMAP = 1 UIFCPY: UIF Copy This bit is a read-only copy of the UIF bit of the TIMx_ISR register.
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdateOccurred: No update occurred
1: UpdatePending: Update interrupt pending
TIM3 prescaler
Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PSC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency tim_cnt_ck is equal to ftim_psc_ck / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in “reset mode”)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
TIM3 auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-19: Low Auto-reload value ARR is the value to be loaded in the actual auto-reload register. Refer to the for more details about ARR update and behavior. The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the auto-reload value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in ARR[19:4]. The ARR[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM3 capture/compare register 1
Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR1
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR1
rw |
Bits 0-19: Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc1 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value in CCR1[15:0]. The CCR1[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR1[19:4]. The CCR1[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (tim_ic1). The TIMx_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The CCR1[15:0] bits hold the capture value. The CCR1[19:16] bits are reserved. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR1[19:0]. The CCR1[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM3 capture/compare register 2
Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR2
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR2
rw |
Bits 0-19: Capture/compare 1 value If channel CC2 is configured as output: CCR2 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 2 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC2PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 2 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc2 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value in CCR2[15:0]. The CCR2[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR2[19:4]. The CCR2[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC2 is configured as input: CCR2 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 2 event (tim_ic2). The TIMx_CCR2 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The CCR2[15:0] bits hold the capture value. The CCR2[19:16] bits are reserved. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR2[19:0]. The CCR2[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM3 capture/compare register 3
Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR3
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR3
rw |
Bits 0-19: Capture/compare 3 value If channel CC3 is configured as output: CCR3 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 3 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR3 register (bit OC3PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 3 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc3 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value in CCR3[15:0]. The CCR3[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR3[19:4]. The CCR3[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC3 is configured as input: CCR3 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 3 event (tim_ic3). The TIMx_CCR3 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The CCR3[15:0] bits hold the capture value. The CCR3[19:16] bits are reserved. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR3[19:0]. The CCR3[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM3 capture/compare register 4
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
CCR4
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CCR4
rw |
Bits 0-19: Capture/compare 4 value If channel CC4 is configured as output: CCR4 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 4 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR4 register (bit OC4PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 4 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on tim_oc4 output. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the compare value in CCR4[15:0]. The CCR4[19:16] bits are reset. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in CCR4[19:4]. The CCR4[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part. If channel CC4 is configured as input: CCR4 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 4 event (tim_ic4). The TIMx_CCR4 register is read-only and cannot be programmed. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The CCR4[15:0] bits hold the capture value. The CCR4[19:16] bits are reserved. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the capture in CCR4[19:0]. The CCR4[3:0] bits are reset..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
TIM3 timer encoder control register
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/7 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PWPRSC
rw |
PW
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
IPOS
rw |
FIDX
rw |
IBLK
rw |
IDIR
rw |
IE
rw |
Bit 0: Index enable This bit indicates if the Index event resets the counter..
Bits 1-2: Index direction This bit indicates in which direction the Index event resets the counter. Note: The IDR[1:0] bitfield must be written when IE bit is reset (index disabled)..
Bits 3-4: Index blanking This bit indicates if the Index event is conditioned by the tim_ti3 input.
Bit 5: First index This bit indicates if the first index only is taken into account.
Bits 6-7: Index positioning In quadrature encoder mode (SMS[3:0] = 0001, 0010, 0011, 1110, 1111), this bit indicates in which AB input configuration the Index event resets the counter. In directional clock mode or clock plus direction mode (SMS[3:0] = 1010, 1011, 1100, 1101), these bits indicates on which level the Index event resets the counter. In bidirectional clock mode, this applies for both clock inputs. x0: Index resets the counter when clock is 0 x1: Index resets the counter when clock is 1 Note: IPOS[1] bit is not significant.
Bits 16-23: Pulse width This bitfield defines the pulse duration, as following: tPW = PW[7:0] x tPWG.
Bits 24-26: Pulse width prescaler This bitfield sets the clock prescaler for the pulse generator, as following: tPWG = (2(PWPRSC[2:0])) x ttim_ker_ck.
TIM3 timer input selection register
Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/4 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TI4SEL
rw |
TI3SEL
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TI2SEL
rw |
TI1SEL
rw |
Bits 0-3: Selects tim_ti1[0..15] input ... Refer to for product specific implementation..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
Bits 8-11: Selects tim_ti2[0..15] input ... Refer to for product specific implementation..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
Bits 16-19: Selects tim_ti3[0..15] input ... Refer to for product specific implementation..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
Bits 24-27: Selects tim_ti4[0..15] input ... Refer to for product specific implementation..
Allowed values:
0: Selected: TIM1_CHx input selected
TIM3 alternate function register 1
Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
TIM3 alternate function register 2
Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
OCRSEL
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
TIM3 DMA control register
Offset: 0x3dc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DBSS
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DBL
rw |
DBA
rw |
Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bits vector defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ....
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit vector defines the length of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address), i.e. the number of transfers. Transfers can be in half-words or in bytes (see example below). ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 bytes & DBA = TIM2_CR1. If DBL = 7 bytes and DBA = TIM2_CR1 represents the address of the byte to be transferred, the address of the transfer should be given by the following equation: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA + (DMA index), where DMA index = DBL In this example, 7 bytes are added to (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA, which gives us the address from/to which the data are copied. In this case, the transfer is done to 7 registers starting from the following address: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA According to the configuration of the DMA Data Size, several cases may occur: If the DMA Data Size is configured in half-words, 16-bit data are transferred to each of the 7 registers. If the DMA Data Size is configured in bytes, the data are also transferred to 7 registers: the first register contains the first MSB byte, the second register, the first LSB byte and so on. So with the transfer Timer, one also has to specify the size of data transferred by DMA..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x12
Bits 16-19: DMA burst source selection This bitfield defines the interrupt source that triggers the DMA burst transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address). Others: reserved.
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
TIM3 DMA address for full transfer
Offset: 0x3e0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/1 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DMAB
rw |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DMAB
rw |
Bits 0-31: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..
0x40001000: Basic timers
16/18 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 (16-bit) | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (16-bit) | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 (16-bit) | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 (16-bit) | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | ARR |
TIM6 control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 0: Counter enable CEN is cleared automatically in one-pulse mode, when an update event occurs..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Counter disabled
1: Enabled: Counter enabled
Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Update event enabled
1: Disabled: Update event disabled
Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.
Allowed values:
0: AnyEvent: Any of counter overflow/underflow, setting UG, or update through slave mode, generates an update interrupt or DMA request
1: CounterOnly: Only counter overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request
Bit 3: One-pulse mode.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Counter is not stopped at update event
1: Enabled: Counter stops counting at the next update event (clearing the CEN bit)
Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: TIMx_APRR register is not buffered
1: Enabled: TIMx_APRR register is buffered
Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: No remapping. UIF status bit is not copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31
1: Enabled: Remapping enabled. UIF status bit is copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31
Bit 12: Dithering enable Note: The DITHEN bit can only be modified when CEN bit is reset..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Dithering disabled
1: Enabled: Dithering enabled
TIM6 control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MMS
rw |
Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits are used to select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (TRGO). The combination is as follows: Note: The clock of the slave timer or he peripheral receiving the tim_trgo must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values:
0: Reset: Use UG bit from TIMx_EGR register
1: Enable: Use CNT bit from TIMx_CEN register
2: Update: Use the update event
TIM6 DMA/Interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
TIM6 status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UIF
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. On counter overflow if UDIS = 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in the TIMx_EGR register, if URS = 0 and UDIS = 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdateOccurred: No update occurred
1: UpdatePending: Update interrupt pending
TIM6 event generation register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UG
w |
TIM6 counter
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UIFCPY
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CNT
rw |
Bits 0-15: Counter value Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the counter value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register only holds the non-dithered part in CNT[15:0]. The fractional part is not available..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bit 31: UIF copy This bit is a read-only copy of the UIF bit of the TIMx_ISR register. If the UIFREMAP bit in TIMx_CR1 is reset, bit 31 is reserved and read as 0..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdateOccurred: No update occurred
1: UpdatePending: Update interrupt pending
TIM6 prescaler
Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PSC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency ftim_cnt_ck is equal to ftim_psc_ck / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded into the active prescaler register at each update event. (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
TIM6 auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-19: Auto-reload value ARR is the value to be loaded into the actual auto-reload register. Refer to for more details about ARR update and behavior. The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the auto-reload value in ARR[15:0]. The ARR[19:16] bits are reserved. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in ARR[19:4]. The ARR[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
0x40001400: Basic timers
16/18 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 (16-bit) | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 (16-bit) | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc (16-bit) | DIER | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 (16-bit) | SR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 (16-bit) | EGR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | CNT | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 (16-bit) | PSC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | ARR |
TIM7 control register 1
Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
7/7 fields covered.
Bit 0: Counter enable CEN is cleared automatically in one-pulse mode, when an update event occurs..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Counter disabled
1: Enabled: Counter enabled
Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Update event enabled
1: Disabled: Update event disabled
Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.
Allowed values:
0: AnyEvent: Any of counter overflow/underflow, setting UG, or update through slave mode, generates an update interrupt or DMA request
1: CounterOnly: Only counter overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request
Bit 3: One-pulse mode.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Counter is not stopped at update event
1: Enabled: Counter stops counting at the next update event (clearing the CEN bit)
Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: TIMx_APRR register is not buffered
1: Enabled: TIMx_APRR register is buffered
Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: No remapping. UIF status bit is not copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31
1: Enabled: Remapping enabled. UIF status bit is copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31
Bit 12: Dithering enable Note: The DITHEN bit can only be modified when CEN bit is reset..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Dithering disabled
1: Enabled: Dithering enabled
TIM7 control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
MMS
rw |
Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits are used to select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (TRGO). The combination is as follows: Note: The clock of the slave timer or he peripheral receiving the tim_trgo must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..
Allowed values:
0: Reset: Use UG bit from TIMx_EGR register
1: Enable: Use CNT bit from TIMx_CEN register
2: Update: Use the update event
TIM7 DMA/Interrupt enable register
Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
TIM7 status register
Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UIF
rw |
Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. On counter overflow if UDIS = 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in the TIMx_EGR register, if URS = 0 and UDIS = 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdateOccurred: No update occurred
1: UpdatePending: Update interrupt pending
TIM7 event generation register
Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UG
w |
TIM7 counter
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
UIFCPY
r |
|||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CNT
rw |
Bits 0-15: Counter value Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the counter value. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register only holds the non-dithered part in CNT[15:0]. The fractional part is not available..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
Bit 31: UIF copy This bit is a read-only copy of the UIF bit of the TIMx_ISR register. If the UIFREMAP bit in TIMx_CR1 is reset, bit 31 is reserved and read as 0..
Allowed values:
0: NoUpdateOccurred: No update occurred
1: UpdatePending: Update interrupt pending
TIM7 prescaler
Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PSC
rw |
Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency ftim_cnt_ck is equal to ftim_psc_ck / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded into the active prescaler register at each update event. (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffff
TIM7 auto-reload register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: Unspecified
1/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-19: Auto-reload value ARR is the value to be loaded into the actual auto-reload register. Refer to for more details about ARR update and behavior. The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null. Non-dithering mode (DITHEN = 0) The register holds the auto-reload value in ARR[15:0]. The ARR[19:16] bits are reserved. Dithering mode (DITHEN = 1) The register holds the integer part in ARR[19:4]. The ARR[3:0] bitfield contains the dithered part..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xfffff
Bits 0-3: Dithered part in dithering mode.
Bits 4-19: Integer part in dithering mode.
0x40013800: Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver transmitter
124/124 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | GTPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | RTOR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | RQR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | RDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | TDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | PRESC |
USART control register 1 [alternate]
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
24/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXFFIE
rw |
TXFEIE
rw |
FIFOEN
rw |
M1
rw |
EOBIE
rw |
RTOIE
rw |
DEAT
rw |
DEDT
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OVER8
rw |
CMIE
rw |
MME
rw |
M0
rw |
WAKE
rw |
PCE
rw |
PS
rw |
PEIE
rw |
TXEIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
RXNEIE
rw |
IDLEIE
rw |
TE
rw |
RE
rw |
UESM
rw |
UE
rw |
Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the SCLK is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: UART is disabled
1: Enabled: UART is enabled
Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode, and clear it when exiting low-power mode..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: USART not able to wake up the MCU from Stop mode
1: Enabled: USART able to wake up the MCU from Stop mode
Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Receiver is disabled
1: Enabled: Receiver is enabled
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit (‘0’ followed by ‘1’) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to ‘1’. To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Transmitter is disabled
1: Enabled: Transmitter is enabled
Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever IDLE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever ORE=1 or RXNE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever TC=1 in the ISR register
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever TXE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever PE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Even: Even parity
1: Odd: Odd parity
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M=1; 8th bit if M=0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Parity control disabled
1: Enabled: Parity control enabled
Bit 11: Receiver wakeup method This bit determines the USART wakeup method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Idle: Idle line
1: Address: Address mask
Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1)description). This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Bit8: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, n stop bits
1: Bit9: 1 start bit, 9 data bits, n stop bits
Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit enables the USART Mute mode function. When set, the USART can switch between active and Mute mode, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Receiver in active mode permanently
1: Enabled: Receiver can switch between mute mode and active mode
Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated when the CMF bit is set in the ISR register
Bit 15: Oversampling mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: In LIN, IrDA and Smartcard modes, this bit must be kept cleared..
Allowed values:
0: Oversampling16: Oversampling by 16
1: Oversampling8: Oversampling by 8
Bits 16-20: Driver Enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bits 21-25: Driver Enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bit 26: Receiver timeout interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An USART interrupt is generated when the RTOF bit is set in the ISR register
Bit 27: End of Block interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: A USART interrupt is generated when the EOBF flag is set in the ISR register
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = ‘00’: 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = ‘01’: 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = ‘10’: 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Allowed values:
0: M0: Use M0 to set the data bits
1: Bit7: 1 start bit, 7 data bits, n stop bits
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI Master/Slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: FIFO mode is disabled
1: Enabled: FIFO mode is enabled
Bit 30: TXFIFO empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when TXFE = 1 in the USART_ISR register
Bit 31: RXFIFO Full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when RXFF = 1 in the USART_ISR register
USART control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
20/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADD
rw |
RTOEN
rw |
ABRMOD
rw |
ABREN
rw |
MSBFIRST
rw |
DATAINV
rw |
TXINV
rw |
RXINV
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SWAP
rw |
LINEN
rw |
STOP
rw |
CLKEN
rw |
CPOL
rw |
CPHA
rw |
LBCL
rw |
LBDIE
rw |
LBDL
rw |
ADDM7
rw |
DIS_NSS
rw |
SLVEN
rw |
Bit 0: Synchronous Slave mode enable When the SLVEN bit is set, the Synchronous slave mode is enabled. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Slave mode disabled
1: Enabled: Slave mode enabled
Bit 3: When the DIS_NSS bit is set, the NSS pin input is ignored. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: SPI slave selection depends on NSS input pin
1: Enabled: SPI slave is always selected and NSS input pin is ignored
Bit 4: 7-bit Address Detection/4-bit Address Detection This bit is for selection between 4-bit address detection or 7-bit address detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0) Note: In 7-bit and 9-bit data modes, the address detection is done on 6-bit and 8-bit address (ADD[5:0] and ADD[7:0]) respectively..
Allowed values:
0: Bit4: 4-bit address detection
1: Bit7: 7-bit address detection
Bit 5: LIN break detection length This bit is for selection between 11 bit or 10 bit break detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Bit10: 10-bit break detection
1: Bit11: 11-bit break detection
Bit 6: LIN break detection interrupt enable Break interrupt mask (break detection using break delimiter). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An interrupt is generated whenever LBDF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 8: Last bit clock pulse This bit is used to select whether the clock pulse associated with the last data bit transmitted (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in Synchronous mode. The last bit is the 7th or 8th or 9th data bit transmitted depending on the 7 or 8 or 9 bit format selected by the M bit in the USART_CR1 register. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: NotOutput: The clock pulse of the last data bit is not output to the CK pin
1: Output: The clock pulse of the last data bit is output to the CK pin
Bit 9: Clock phase This bit is used to select the phase of the clock output on the SCLK pin in Synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPOL bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship (see and ) This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: First: The first clock transition is the first data capture edge
1: Second: The second clock transition is the first data capture edge
Bit 10: Clock polarity This bit enables the user to select the polarity of the clock output on the SCLK pin in Synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPHA bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Steady low value on CK pin outside transmission window
1: High: Steady high value on CK pin outside transmission window
Bit 11: Clock enable This bit enables the user to enable the SCLK pin. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If neither Synchronous mode nor Smartcard mode is supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to . In Smartcard mode, in order to provide correctly the SCLK clock to the smartcard, the steps below must be respected: UE = 0 SCEN = 1 GTPR configuration CLKEN= 1 UE = 1.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CK pin disabled
1: Enabled: CK pin enabled
Bits 12-13: stop bits These bits are used for programming the stop bits. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Stop1: 1 stop bit
1: Stop0p5: 0.5 stop bit
2: Stop2: 2 stop bit
3: Stop1p5: 1.5 stop bit
Bit 14: LIN mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. The LIN mode enables the capability to send LIN synchronous breaks (13 low bits) using the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR1 register, and to detect LIN Sync breaks. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: LIN mode disabled
1: Enabled: LIN mode enabled
Bit 15: Swap TX/RX pins This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Standard: TX/RX pins are used as defined in standard pinout
1: Swapped: The TX and RX pins functions are swapped
Bit 16: RX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the RX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Standard: RX pin signal works using the standard logic levels
1: Inverted: RX pin signal values are inverted
Bit 17: TX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the TX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Standard: TX pin signal works using the standard logic levels
1: Inverted: TX pin signal values are inverted
Bit 18: Binary data inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Positive: Logical data from the data register are send/received in positive/direct logic
1: Negative: Logical data from the data register are send/received in negative/inverse logic
Bit 19: Most significant bit first This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: LSB: data is transmitted/received with data bit 0 first, following the start bit
1: MSB: data is transmitted/received with MSB (bit 7/8/9) first, following the start bit
Bit 20: Auto baud rate enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Auto baud rate detection is disabled
1: Enabled: Auto baud rate detection is enabled
Bits 21-22: Auto baud rate mode These bits are set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when ABREN = 0 or the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If DATAINV=1 and/or MSBFIRST=1 the patterns must be the same on the line, for example 0xAA for MSBFIRST) If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Start: Measurement of the start bit is used to detect the baud rate
1: Edge: Falling edge to falling edge measurement
2: Frame7F: 0x7F frame detection
3: Frame55: 0x55 frame detection
Bit 23: Receiver timeout enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When this feature is enabled, the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register is set if the RX line is idle (no reception) for the duration programmed in the RTOR (receiver timeout register). Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Receiver timeout feature disabled
1: Enabled: Receiver timeout feature enabled
Bits 24-31: Address of the USART node These bits give the address of the USART node in Mute mode or a character code to be recognized in low-power or Run mode: In Mute mode: they are used in multiprocessor communication to wakeup from Mute mode with 4-bit/7-bit address mark detection. The MSB of the character sent by the transmitter should be equal to 1. In 4-bit address mark detection, only ADD[3:0] bits are used. In low-power mode: they are used for wake up from low-power mode on character match. When WUS[1:0] is programmed to 0b00 (WUF active on address match), the wakeup from low-power mode is performed when the received character corresponds to the character programmed through ADD[6:0] or ADD[3:0] bitfield (depending on ADDM7 bit), and WUF interrupt is enabled by setting WUFIE bit. The MSB of the character sent by transmitter should be equal to 1. In Run mode with Mute mode inactive (for example, end-of-block detection in ModBus protocol): the whole received character (8 bits) is compared to ADD[7:0] value and CMF flag is set on match. An interrupt is generated if the CMIE bit is set. These bits can only be written when the reception is disabled (RE = 0) or when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
USART control register 3
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
24/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFTCFG
rw |
RXFTIE
rw |
RXFTCFG
rw |
TCBGTIE
rw |
TXFTIE
rw |
WUFIE
rw |
WUS
N/A |
SCARCNT
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DEP
rw |
DEM
rw |
DDRE
rw |
OVRDIS
rw |
ONEBIT
rw |
CTSIE
rw |
CTSE
rw |
RTSE
rw |
DMAT
rw |
DMAR
rw |
SCEN
rw |
NACK
rw |
HDSEL
rw |
IRLP
rw |
IREN
rw |
EIE
rw |
Bit 0: Error interrupt enable Error Interrupt Enable Bit is required to enable interrupt generation in case of a framing error, overrun error noise flag or SPI slave underrun error (FE=1 or ORE=1 or NE=1or UDR = 1 in the USART_ISR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An interrupt is generated when FE=1 or ORE=1 or NF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 1: IrDA mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: IrDA disabled
1: Enabled: IrDA enabled
Bit 2: IrDA low-power This bit is used for selecting between normal and low-power IrDA modes This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal mode
1: LowPower: Low-power mode
Bit 3: Half-duplex selection Selection of Single-wire Half-duplex mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: NotSelected: Half duplex mode is not selected
1: Selected: Half duplex mode is selected
Bit 4: Smartcard NACK enable This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: NACK transmission in case of parity error is disabled
1: Enabled: NACK transmission during parity error is enabled
Bit 5: Smartcard mode enable This bit is used for enabling Smartcard mode. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Smartcard Mode disabled
1: Enabled: Smartcard Mode enabled
Bit 6: DMA enable receiver This bit is set/reset by software.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DMA mode is disabled for reception
1: Enabled: DMA mode is enabled for reception
Bit 7: DMA enable transmitter This bit is set/reset by software.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DMA mode is disabled for transmission
1: Enabled: DMA mode is enabled for transmission
Bit 8: RTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: RTS hardware flow control disabled
1: Enabled: RTS output enabled, data is only requested when there is space in the receive buffer
Bit 9: CTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0) Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CTS hardware flow control disabled
1: Enabled: CTS mode enabled, data is only transmitted when the CTS input is asserted
Bit 10: CTS interrupt enable Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An interrupt is generated whenever CTSIF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 11: One sample bit method enable This bit enables the user to select the sample method. When the one sample bit method is selected the noise detection flag (NE) is disabled. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Sample3: Three sample bit method
1: Sample1: One sample bit method
Bit 12: Overrun Disable This bit is used to disable the receive overrun detection. the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the USART_RDR register. When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFIFO is bypassed and data are written directly in USART_RDR register. Even when FIFO management is enabled, the RXNE flag is to be used. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: This control bit enables checking the communication flow w/o reading the data.
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Overrun Error Flag, ORE, is set when received data is not read before receiving new data
1: Disabled: Overrun functionality is disabled. If new data is received while the RXNE flag is still set the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the RDR register
Bit 13: DMA Disable on Reception Error This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: The reception errors are: parity error, framing error or noise error..
Allowed values:
0: NotDisabled: DMA is not disabled in case of reception error
1: Disabled: DMA is disabled following a reception error
Bit 14: Driver enable mode This bit enables the user to activate the external transceiver control, through the DE signal. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DE function is disabled
1: Enabled: The DE signal is output on the RTS pin
Bit 15: Driver enable polarity selection This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: High: DE signal is active high
1: Low: DE signal is active low
Bits 17-19: Smartcard auto-retry count This bitfield specifies the number of retries for transmission and reception in Smartcard mode. In Transmission mode, it specifies the number of automatic retransmission retries, before generating a transmission error (FE bit set). In Reception mode, it specifies the number or erroneous reception trials, before generating a reception error (RXNE/RXFNE and PE bits set). This bitfield must be programmed only when the USART is disabled (UE=0). When the USART is enabled (UE=1), this bitfield may only be written to 0x0, in order to stop retransmission. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bits 20-21: Wakeup from low-power mode interrupt flag selection This bitfield specifies the event which activates the WUF (Wakeup from low-power mode flag). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
0: Address: WUF active on address match
2: Start: WuF active on Start bit detection
3: RXNE: WUF active on RXNE
Bit 22: Wakeup from low-power mode interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: WUFIE must be set before entering in low-power mode. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An USART interrupt is generated whenever WUF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 23: TXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when Transmit FIFO reaches the threshold programmed in TXFTCFG
Bit 24: Transmission Complete before guard time, interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated whenever TCBGT=1 in the USART_ISR register
Bits 25-27: Receive FIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.
Allowed values:
0: Depth_1_8: RXFIFO reaches 1/8 of its depth
1: Depth_1_4: RXFIFO reaches 1/4 of its depth
2: Depth_1_2: RXFIFO reaches 1/2 of its depth
3: Depth_3_4: RXFIFO reaches 3/4 of its depth
4: Depth_7_8: RXFIFO reaches 7/8 of its depth
5: Full: RXFIFO becomes full
Bit 28: RXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when Receive FIFO reaches the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG
Bits 29-31: TXFIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.
Allowed values:
0: Depth_1_8: TXFIFO reaches 1/8 of its depth
1: Depth_1_4: TXFIFO reaches 1/4 of its depth
2: Depth_1_2: TXFIFO reaches 1/2 of its depth
3: Depth_3_4: TXFIFO reaches 3/4 of its depth
4: Depth_7_8: TXFIFO reaches 7/8 of its depth
5: Empty: TXFIFO becomes empty
USART baud rate register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRR
rw |
USART guard time and prescaler register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Prescaler value PSC[7:0] = IrDA Normal and Low-power baud rate This bitfield is used for programming the prescaler for dividing the USART source clock to achieve the low-power frequency: The source clock is divided by the value given in the register (8 significant bits): ... PSC[4:0]: Prescaler value This bitfield is used for programming the prescaler for dividing the USART source clock to provide the Smartcard clock. The value given in the register (5 significant bits) is multiplied by 2 to give the division factor of the source clock frequency: ... This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: Bits [7:5] must be kept cleared if Smartcard mode is used. This bitfield is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’ when the Smartcard and IrDA modes are not supported. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bits 8-15: Guard time value This bitfield is used to program the Guard time value in terms of number of baud clock periods. This is used in Smartcard mode. The Transmission Complete flag is set after this guard time value. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
USART receiver timeout register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BLEN
rw |
RTO
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RTO
rw |
Bits 0-23: Receiver timeout value This bitfield gives the Receiver timeout value in terms of number of bit duration. In Standard mode, the RTOF flag is set if, after the last received character, no new start bit is detected for more than the RTO value. In Smartcard mode, this value is used to implement the CWT and BWT. See Smartcard chapter for more details. In the standard, the CWT/BWT measurement is done starting from the start bit of the last received character. Note: This value must only be programmed once per received character..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffff
Bits 24-31: Block Length This bitfield gives the Block length in Smartcard T=1 Reception. Its value equals the number of information characters + the length of the Epilogue Field (1-LEC/2-CRC) - 1. Examples: BLEN = 0 -> 0 information characters + LEC BLEN = 1 -> 0 information characters + CRC BLEN = 255 -> 254 information characters + CRC (total 256 characters)) In Smartcard mode, the Block length counter is reset when TXE=0 (TXFE = 0 in case FIFO mode is enabled). This bitfield can be used also in other modes. In this case, the Block length counter is reset when RE=0 (receiver disabled) and/or when the EOBCF bit is written to 1. Note: This value can be programmed after the start of the block reception (using the data from the LEN character in the Prologue Field). It must be programmed only once per received block..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
USART request register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: auto baud rate request Writing 1 to this bit resets the ABRF and ABRE flags in the USART_ISR and requests an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Request: resets the ABRF flag in the USART_ISR and request an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame
Bit 1: Send break request Writing 1 to this bit sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available. Note: When the application needs to send the break character following all previously inserted data, including the ones not yet transmitted, the software should wait for the TXE flag assertion before setting the SBKRQ bit..
Allowed values:
1: Break: sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available
Bit 2: Mute mode request Writing 1 to this bit puts the USART in Mute mode and resets the RWU flag..
Allowed values:
1: Mute: Puts the USART in mute mode and sets the RWU flag
Bit 3: Receive data flush request Writing 1 to this bit empties the entire receive FIFO i.e. clears the bit RXFNE. This enables to discard the received data without reading them, and avoid an overrun condition..
Allowed values:
1: Discard: clears the RXNE flag. This allows to discard the received data without reading it, and avoid an overrun condition
Bit 4: Transmit data flush request When FIFO mode is disabled, writing ‘1’ to this bit sets the TXE flag. This enables to discard the transmit data. This bit must be used only in Smartcard mode, when data have not been sent due to errors (NACK) and the FE flag is active in the USART_ISR register. If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. When FIFO is enabled, TXFRQ bit is set to flush the whole FIFO. This sets the TXFE flag (Transmit FIFO empty, bit 23 in the USART_ISR register). Flushing the Transmit FIFO is supported in both UART and Smartcard modes. Note: In FIFO mode, the TXFNF flag is reset during the flush request until TxFIFO is empty in order to ensure that no data are written in the data register..
Allowed values:
1: Discard: Set the TXE flags. This allows to discard the transmit data
USART interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x000000C0, access: Unspecified
28/28 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFT
r |
RXFT
r |
TCBGT
r |
RXFF
r |
TXFE
r |
REACK
r |
TEACK
r |
WUF
r |
RWU
r |
SBKF
r |
CMF
r |
BUSY
r |
||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ABRF
r |
ABRE
r |
UDR
r |
EOBF
r |
RTOF
r |
CTS
r |
CTSIF
r |
LBDF
r |
TXFNF
r |
TC
r |
RXFNE
r |
IDLE
r |
ORE
r |
NE
r |
FE
r |
PE
r |
Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in Reception mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NFCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXFNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 2317). This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXFF = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE=1 or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE=1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXFNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). If Mute mode is enabled (MME=1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWU=0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU=1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty RXFNE bit is set by hardware when the RXFIFO is not empty, meaning that data can be read from the USART_RDR register. Every read operation from the USART_RDR frees a location in the RXFIFO. RXFNE is cleared when the RXFIFO is empty. The RXFNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE=1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. The TC flag behaves as follows: When TDN = 0, the TC flag is set when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXE/TXFE is set. When TDN is equal to the number of data in the TXFIFO, the TC flag is set when TXFIFO is empty and TDN is reached. When TDN is greater than the number of data in the TXFIFO, TC remains cleared until the TXFIFO is filled again to reach the programmed number of data to be transferred. When TDN is less than the number of data in the TXFIFO, TC is set when TDN is reached even if the TXFIFO is not empty. An interrupt is generated if TCIE=1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is cleared by software by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by writing to the USART_TDR register..
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full TXFNF is set by hardware when TXFIFO is not full meaning that data can be written in the USART_TDR. Every write operation to the USART_TDR places the data in the TXFIFO. This flag remains set until the TXFIFO is full. When the TXFIFO is full, this flag is cleared indicating that data can not be written into the USART_TDR. An interrupt is generated if the TXFNFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: The TXFNF is kept reset during the flush request until TXFIFO is empty. After sending the flush request (by setting TXFRQ bit), the flag TXFNF should be checked prior to writing in TXFIFO (TXFNF and TXFE is set at the same time). This bit is used during single buffer transmission..
Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the nCTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE=1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the nCTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIE=1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example T=1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if EOBIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In Slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXFNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXFNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABRE=1) (ABRE, RXFNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..
Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE=1in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..
Bit 19: Receiver wakeup from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wakeup/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wakeup on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wakeup event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE=1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE=0, followed by TE=1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE=0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 23: TXFIFO Empty This bit is set by hardware when TXFIFO is Empty. When the TXFIFO contains at least one data, this flag is cleared. The TXFE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the bit TXFRQ (bit 4) in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if the TXFEIE bit =1 (bit 30) in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 24: RXFIFO Full This bit is set by hardware when the number of received data corresponds to RXFIFO size + 1 (RXFIFO full + 1 data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag This bit is set when the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted correctly out of the shift register. It is set by hardware in Smartcard mode, if the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and if the smartcard did not send back any NACK. An interrupt is generated if TCBGTIE=1 in the USART_CR3 register. This bit is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCBGTCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. If the USART supports the Smartcard mode and the Smartcard mode is enabled, the TCBGT reset value is ‘1’. Refer to on page 2297..
Allowed values:
0: NotCompleted: Transmission not completed
1: Completed: Transmission has completed
Bit 26: RXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG in USART_CR3 register is reached. This means that there are (RXFTCFG - 1) data in the Receive FIFO and one data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFTIE bit =1 (bit 27) in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When the RXFTCFG threshold is configured to ‘101’, RXFT flag is set if 16 data are available i.e. 15 data in the RXFIFO and 1 data in the USART_RDR. Consequently, the 17th received data does not cause an overrun error. The overrun error occurs after receiving the 18th data..
Bit 27: TXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the TXFIFO reaches the threshold programmed in TXFTCFG of USART_CR3 register i.e. the TXFIFO contains TXFTCFG empty locations. An interrupt is generated if the TXFTIE bit =1 (bit 31) in the USART_CR3 register..
USART interrupt flag clear register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WUCF
w |
CMCF
w |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
UDRCF
w |
EOBCF
w |
RTOCF
w |
CTSCF
w |
LBDCF
w |
TCBGTCF
w |
TCCF
w |
TXFECF
w |
IDLECF
w |
ORECF
w |
NECF
w |
FECF
w |
PECF
w |
Bit 0: Parity error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the PE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the PE flag in the ISR register
Bit 1: Framing error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the FE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the FE flag in the ISR register
Bit 2: Noise detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the NE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the NF flag in the ISR register
Bit 3: Overrun error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ORE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the ORE flag in the ISR register
Bit 4: Idle line detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the IDLE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the IDLE flag in the ISR register
Bit 5: TXFIFO empty clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TXFE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear the TXFE flag in the ISR register
Bit 6: Transmission complete clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TC flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the TC flag in the ISR register
Bit 7: Transmission complete before Guard time clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TCBGT flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear the TCBGT flag in the ISR register
Bit 8: LIN break detection clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the LBDF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the LBDF flag in the ISR register
Bit 9: CTS clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CTSIF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the CTSIF flag in the ISR register
Bit 11: Receiver timeout clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the RTOF flag in the ISR register
Bit 12: End of block clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EOBF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the EOBF flag in the ISR register
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the UDRF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear the UDR flag in the ISR register
Bit 17: Character match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMF flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the CMF flag in the ISR register
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the WUF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the WUF flag in the ISR register
USART receive data register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RDR
r |
Bits 0-8: Receive data value Contains the received data character. The RDR register provides the parallel interface between the input shift register and the internal bus (see ). When receiving with the parity enabled, the value read in the MSB bit is the received parity bit..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1ff
USART transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDR
rw |
Bits 0-8: Transmit data value Contains the data character to be transmitted. The USART_TDR register provides the parallel interface between the internal bus and the output shift register (see ). When transmitting with the parity enabled (PCE bit set to 1 in the USART_CR1 register), the value written in the MSB (bit 7 or bit 8 depending on the data length) has no effect because it is replaced by the parity. Note: This register must be written only when TXE/TXFNF=1..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1ff
USART prescaler register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRESCALER
rw |
Bits 0-3: Clock prescaler The USART input clock can be divided by a prescaler factor: Remaining combinations: Reserved Note: When PRESCALER is programmed with a value different of the allowed ones, programmed prescaler value is equal to ‘1011’ i.e. input clock divided by 256..
Allowed values:
0: Div1: Input clock divided by 1
1: Div2: Input clock divided by 2
2: Div4: Input clock divided by 4
3: Div6: Input clock divided by 6
4: Div8: Input clock divided by 8
5: Div10: Input clock divided by 10
6: Div12: Input clock divided by 12
7: Div16: Input clock divided by 16
8: Div32: Input clock divided by 32
9: Div64: Input clock divided by 64
10: Div128: Input clock divided by 128
11: Div256: Input clock divided by 256
0x40004400: Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver transmitter
124/124 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | GTPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | RTOR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | RQR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | RDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | TDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | PRESC |
USART control register 1 [alternate]
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
24/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXFFIE
rw |
TXFEIE
rw |
FIFOEN
rw |
M1
rw |
EOBIE
rw |
RTOIE
rw |
DEAT
rw |
DEDT
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OVER8
rw |
CMIE
rw |
MME
rw |
M0
rw |
WAKE
rw |
PCE
rw |
PS
rw |
PEIE
rw |
TXEIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
RXNEIE
rw |
IDLEIE
rw |
TE
rw |
RE
rw |
UESM
rw |
UE
rw |
Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the SCLK is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: UART is disabled
1: Enabled: UART is enabled
Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode, and clear it when exiting low-power mode..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: USART not able to wake up the MCU from Stop mode
1: Enabled: USART able to wake up the MCU from Stop mode
Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Receiver is disabled
1: Enabled: Receiver is enabled
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit (‘0’ followed by ‘1’) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to ‘1’. To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Transmitter is disabled
1: Enabled: Transmitter is enabled
Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever IDLE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever ORE=1 or RXNE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever TC=1 in the ISR register
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever TXE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever PE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Even: Even parity
1: Odd: Odd parity
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M=1; 8th bit if M=0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Parity control disabled
1: Enabled: Parity control enabled
Bit 11: Receiver wakeup method This bit determines the USART wakeup method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Idle: Idle line
1: Address: Address mask
Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1)description). This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Bit8: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, n stop bits
1: Bit9: 1 start bit, 9 data bits, n stop bits
Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit enables the USART Mute mode function. When set, the USART can switch between active and Mute mode, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Receiver in active mode permanently
1: Enabled: Receiver can switch between mute mode and active mode
Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated when the CMF bit is set in the ISR register
Bit 15: Oversampling mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: In LIN, IrDA and Smartcard modes, this bit must be kept cleared..
Allowed values:
0: Oversampling16: Oversampling by 16
1: Oversampling8: Oversampling by 8
Bits 16-20: Driver Enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bits 21-25: Driver Enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bit 26: Receiver timeout interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An USART interrupt is generated when the RTOF bit is set in the ISR register
Bit 27: End of Block interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: A USART interrupt is generated when the EOBF flag is set in the ISR register
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = ‘00’: 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = ‘01’: 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = ‘10’: 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Allowed values:
0: M0: Use M0 to set the data bits
1: Bit7: 1 start bit, 7 data bits, n stop bits
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI Master/Slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: FIFO mode is disabled
1: Enabled: FIFO mode is enabled
Bit 30: TXFIFO empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when TXFE = 1 in the USART_ISR register
Bit 31: RXFIFO Full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when RXFF = 1 in the USART_ISR register
USART control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
20/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADD
rw |
RTOEN
rw |
ABRMOD
rw |
ABREN
rw |
MSBFIRST
rw |
DATAINV
rw |
TXINV
rw |
RXINV
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SWAP
rw |
LINEN
rw |
STOP
rw |
CLKEN
rw |
CPOL
rw |
CPHA
rw |
LBCL
rw |
LBDIE
rw |
LBDL
rw |
ADDM7
rw |
DIS_NSS
rw |
SLVEN
rw |
Bit 0: Synchronous Slave mode enable When the SLVEN bit is set, the Synchronous slave mode is enabled. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Slave mode disabled
1: Enabled: Slave mode enabled
Bit 3: When the DIS_NSS bit is set, the NSS pin input is ignored. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: SPI slave selection depends on NSS input pin
1: Enabled: SPI slave is always selected and NSS input pin is ignored
Bit 4: 7-bit Address Detection/4-bit Address Detection This bit is for selection between 4-bit address detection or 7-bit address detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0) Note: In 7-bit and 9-bit data modes, the address detection is done on 6-bit and 8-bit address (ADD[5:0] and ADD[7:0]) respectively..
Allowed values:
0: Bit4: 4-bit address detection
1: Bit7: 7-bit address detection
Bit 5: LIN break detection length This bit is for selection between 11 bit or 10 bit break detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Bit10: 10-bit break detection
1: Bit11: 11-bit break detection
Bit 6: LIN break detection interrupt enable Break interrupt mask (break detection using break delimiter). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An interrupt is generated whenever LBDF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 8: Last bit clock pulse This bit is used to select whether the clock pulse associated with the last data bit transmitted (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in Synchronous mode. The last bit is the 7th or 8th or 9th data bit transmitted depending on the 7 or 8 or 9 bit format selected by the M bit in the USART_CR1 register. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: NotOutput: The clock pulse of the last data bit is not output to the CK pin
1: Output: The clock pulse of the last data bit is output to the CK pin
Bit 9: Clock phase This bit is used to select the phase of the clock output on the SCLK pin in Synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPOL bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship (see and ) This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: First: The first clock transition is the first data capture edge
1: Second: The second clock transition is the first data capture edge
Bit 10: Clock polarity This bit enables the user to select the polarity of the clock output on the SCLK pin in Synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPHA bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Steady low value on CK pin outside transmission window
1: High: Steady high value on CK pin outside transmission window
Bit 11: Clock enable This bit enables the user to enable the SCLK pin. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If neither Synchronous mode nor Smartcard mode is supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to . In Smartcard mode, in order to provide correctly the SCLK clock to the smartcard, the steps below must be respected: UE = 0 SCEN = 1 GTPR configuration CLKEN= 1 UE = 1.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CK pin disabled
1: Enabled: CK pin enabled
Bits 12-13: stop bits These bits are used for programming the stop bits. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Stop1: 1 stop bit
1: Stop0p5: 0.5 stop bit
2: Stop2: 2 stop bit
3: Stop1p5: 1.5 stop bit
Bit 14: LIN mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. The LIN mode enables the capability to send LIN synchronous breaks (13 low bits) using the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR1 register, and to detect LIN Sync breaks. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: LIN mode disabled
1: Enabled: LIN mode enabled
Bit 15: Swap TX/RX pins This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Standard: TX/RX pins are used as defined in standard pinout
1: Swapped: The TX and RX pins functions are swapped
Bit 16: RX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the RX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Standard: RX pin signal works using the standard logic levels
1: Inverted: RX pin signal values are inverted
Bit 17: TX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the TX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Standard: TX pin signal works using the standard logic levels
1: Inverted: TX pin signal values are inverted
Bit 18: Binary data inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Positive: Logical data from the data register are send/received in positive/direct logic
1: Negative: Logical data from the data register are send/received in negative/inverse logic
Bit 19: Most significant bit first This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: LSB: data is transmitted/received with data bit 0 first, following the start bit
1: MSB: data is transmitted/received with MSB (bit 7/8/9) first, following the start bit
Bit 20: Auto baud rate enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Auto baud rate detection is disabled
1: Enabled: Auto baud rate detection is enabled
Bits 21-22: Auto baud rate mode These bits are set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when ABREN = 0 or the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If DATAINV=1 and/or MSBFIRST=1 the patterns must be the same on the line, for example 0xAA for MSBFIRST) If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Start: Measurement of the start bit is used to detect the baud rate
1: Edge: Falling edge to falling edge measurement
2: Frame7F: 0x7F frame detection
3: Frame55: 0x55 frame detection
Bit 23: Receiver timeout enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When this feature is enabled, the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register is set if the RX line is idle (no reception) for the duration programmed in the RTOR (receiver timeout register). Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Receiver timeout feature disabled
1: Enabled: Receiver timeout feature enabled
Bits 24-31: Address of the USART node These bits give the address of the USART node in Mute mode or a character code to be recognized in low-power or Run mode: In Mute mode: they are used in multiprocessor communication to wakeup from Mute mode with 4-bit/7-bit address mark detection. The MSB of the character sent by the transmitter should be equal to 1. In 4-bit address mark detection, only ADD[3:0] bits are used. In low-power mode: they are used for wake up from low-power mode on character match. When WUS[1:0] is programmed to 0b00 (WUF active on address match), the wakeup from low-power mode is performed when the received character corresponds to the character programmed through ADD[6:0] or ADD[3:0] bitfield (depending on ADDM7 bit), and WUF interrupt is enabled by setting WUFIE bit. The MSB of the character sent by transmitter should be equal to 1. In Run mode with Mute mode inactive (for example, end-of-block detection in ModBus protocol): the whole received character (8 bits) is compared to ADD[7:0] value and CMF flag is set on match. An interrupt is generated if the CMIE bit is set. These bits can only be written when the reception is disabled (RE = 0) or when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
USART control register 3
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
24/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFTCFG
rw |
RXFTIE
rw |
RXFTCFG
rw |
TCBGTIE
rw |
TXFTIE
rw |
WUFIE
rw |
WUS
N/A |
SCARCNT
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DEP
rw |
DEM
rw |
DDRE
rw |
OVRDIS
rw |
ONEBIT
rw |
CTSIE
rw |
CTSE
rw |
RTSE
rw |
DMAT
rw |
DMAR
rw |
SCEN
rw |
NACK
rw |
HDSEL
rw |
IRLP
rw |
IREN
rw |
EIE
rw |
Bit 0: Error interrupt enable Error Interrupt Enable Bit is required to enable interrupt generation in case of a framing error, overrun error noise flag or SPI slave underrun error (FE=1 or ORE=1 or NE=1or UDR = 1 in the USART_ISR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An interrupt is generated when FE=1 or ORE=1 or NF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 1: IrDA mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: IrDA disabled
1: Enabled: IrDA enabled
Bit 2: IrDA low-power This bit is used for selecting between normal and low-power IrDA modes This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal mode
1: LowPower: Low-power mode
Bit 3: Half-duplex selection Selection of Single-wire Half-duplex mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: NotSelected: Half duplex mode is not selected
1: Selected: Half duplex mode is selected
Bit 4: Smartcard NACK enable This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: NACK transmission in case of parity error is disabled
1: Enabled: NACK transmission during parity error is enabled
Bit 5: Smartcard mode enable This bit is used for enabling Smartcard mode. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Smartcard Mode disabled
1: Enabled: Smartcard Mode enabled
Bit 6: DMA enable receiver This bit is set/reset by software.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DMA mode is disabled for reception
1: Enabled: DMA mode is enabled for reception
Bit 7: DMA enable transmitter This bit is set/reset by software.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DMA mode is disabled for transmission
1: Enabled: DMA mode is enabled for transmission
Bit 8: RTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: RTS hardware flow control disabled
1: Enabled: RTS output enabled, data is only requested when there is space in the receive buffer
Bit 9: CTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0) Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CTS hardware flow control disabled
1: Enabled: CTS mode enabled, data is only transmitted when the CTS input is asserted
Bit 10: CTS interrupt enable Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An interrupt is generated whenever CTSIF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 11: One sample bit method enable This bit enables the user to select the sample method. When the one sample bit method is selected the noise detection flag (NE) is disabled. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Sample3: Three sample bit method
1: Sample1: One sample bit method
Bit 12: Overrun Disable This bit is used to disable the receive overrun detection. the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the USART_RDR register. When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFIFO is bypassed and data are written directly in USART_RDR register. Even when FIFO management is enabled, the RXNE flag is to be used. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: This control bit enables checking the communication flow w/o reading the data.
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Overrun Error Flag, ORE, is set when received data is not read before receiving new data
1: Disabled: Overrun functionality is disabled. If new data is received while the RXNE flag is still set the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the RDR register
Bit 13: DMA Disable on Reception Error This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: The reception errors are: parity error, framing error or noise error..
Allowed values:
0: NotDisabled: DMA is not disabled in case of reception error
1: Disabled: DMA is disabled following a reception error
Bit 14: Driver enable mode This bit enables the user to activate the external transceiver control, through the DE signal. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DE function is disabled
1: Enabled: The DE signal is output on the RTS pin
Bit 15: Driver enable polarity selection This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: High: DE signal is active high
1: Low: DE signal is active low
Bits 17-19: Smartcard auto-retry count This bitfield specifies the number of retries for transmission and reception in Smartcard mode. In Transmission mode, it specifies the number of automatic retransmission retries, before generating a transmission error (FE bit set). In Reception mode, it specifies the number or erroneous reception trials, before generating a reception error (RXNE/RXFNE and PE bits set). This bitfield must be programmed only when the USART is disabled (UE=0). When the USART is enabled (UE=1), this bitfield may only be written to 0x0, in order to stop retransmission. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bits 20-21: Wakeup from low-power mode interrupt flag selection This bitfield specifies the event which activates the WUF (Wakeup from low-power mode flag). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
0: Address: WUF active on address match
2: Start: WuF active on Start bit detection
3: RXNE: WUF active on RXNE
Bit 22: Wakeup from low-power mode interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: WUFIE must be set before entering in low-power mode. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An USART interrupt is generated whenever WUF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 23: TXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when Transmit FIFO reaches the threshold programmed in TXFTCFG
Bit 24: Transmission Complete before guard time, interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated whenever TCBGT=1 in the USART_ISR register
Bits 25-27: Receive FIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.
Allowed values:
0: Depth_1_8: RXFIFO reaches 1/8 of its depth
1: Depth_1_4: RXFIFO reaches 1/4 of its depth
2: Depth_1_2: RXFIFO reaches 1/2 of its depth
3: Depth_3_4: RXFIFO reaches 3/4 of its depth
4: Depth_7_8: RXFIFO reaches 7/8 of its depth
5: Full: RXFIFO becomes full
Bit 28: RXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when Receive FIFO reaches the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG
Bits 29-31: TXFIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.
Allowed values:
0: Depth_1_8: TXFIFO reaches 1/8 of its depth
1: Depth_1_4: TXFIFO reaches 1/4 of its depth
2: Depth_1_2: TXFIFO reaches 1/2 of its depth
3: Depth_3_4: TXFIFO reaches 3/4 of its depth
4: Depth_7_8: TXFIFO reaches 7/8 of its depth
5: Empty: TXFIFO becomes empty
USART baud rate register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRR
rw |
USART guard time and prescaler register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Prescaler value PSC[7:0] = IrDA Normal and Low-power baud rate This bitfield is used for programming the prescaler for dividing the USART source clock to achieve the low-power frequency: The source clock is divided by the value given in the register (8 significant bits): ... PSC[4:0]: Prescaler value This bitfield is used for programming the prescaler for dividing the USART source clock to provide the Smartcard clock. The value given in the register (5 significant bits) is multiplied by 2 to give the division factor of the source clock frequency: ... This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: Bits [7:5] must be kept cleared if Smartcard mode is used. This bitfield is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’ when the Smartcard and IrDA modes are not supported. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bits 8-15: Guard time value This bitfield is used to program the Guard time value in terms of number of baud clock periods. This is used in Smartcard mode. The Transmission Complete flag is set after this guard time value. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
USART receiver timeout register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BLEN
rw |
RTO
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RTO
rw |
Bits 0-23: Receiver timeout value This bitfield gives the Receiver timeout value in terms of number of bit duration. In Standard mode, the RTOF flag is set if, after the last received character, no new start bit is detected for more than the RTO value. In Smartcard mode, this value is used to implement the CWT and BWT. See Smartcard chapter for more details. In the standard, the CWT/BWT measurement is done starting from the start bit of the last received character. Note: This value must only be programmed once per received character..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffff
Bits 24-31: Block Length This bitfield gives the Block length in Smartcard T=1 Reception. Its value equals the number of information characters + the length of the Epilogue Field (1-LEC/2-CRC) - 1. Examples: BLEN = 0 -> 0 information characters + LEC BLEN = 1 -> 0 information characters + CRC BLEN = 255 -> 254 information characters + CRC (total 256 characters)) In Smartcard mode, the Block length counter is reset when TXE=0 (TXFE = 0 in case FIFO mode is enabled). This bitfield can be used also in other modes. In this case, the Block length counter is reset when RE=0 (receiver disabled) and/or when the EOBCF bit is written to 1. Note: This value can be programmed after the start of the block reception (using the data from the LEN character in the Prologue Field). It must be programmed only once per received block..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
USART request register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: auto baud rate request Writing 1 to this bit resets the ABRF and ABRE flags in the USART_ISR and requests an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Request: resets the ABRF flag in the USART_ISR and request an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame
Bit 1: Send break request Writing 1 to this bit sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available. Note: When the application needs to send the break character following all previously inserted data, including the ones not yet transmitted, the software should wait for the TXE flag assertion before setting the SBKRQ bit..
Allowed values:
1: Break: sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available
Bit 2: Mute mode request Writing 1 to this bit puts the USART in Mute mode and resets the RWU flag..
Allowed values:
1: Mute: Puts the USART in mute mode and sets the RWU flag
Bit 3: Receive data flush request Writing 1 to this bit empties the entire receive FIFO i.e. clears the bit RXFNE. This enables to discard the received data without reading them, and avoid an overrun condition..
Allowed values:
1: Discard: clears the RXNE flag. This allows to discard the received data without reading it, and avoid an overrun condition
Bit 4: Transmit data flush request When FIFO mode is disabled, writing ‘1’ to this bit sets the TXE flag. This enables to discard the transmit data. This bit must be used only in Smartcard mode, when data have not been sent due to errors (NACK) and the FE flag is active in the USART_ISR register. If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. When FIFO is enabled, TXFRQ bit is set to flush the whole FIFO. This sets the TXFE flag (Transmit FIFO empty, bit 23 in the USART_ISR register). Flushing the Transmit FIFO is supported in both UART and Smartcard modes. Note: In FIFO mode, the TXFNF flag is reset during the flush request until TxFIFO is empty in order to ensure that no data are written in the data register..
Allowed values:
1: Discard: Set the TXE flags. This allows to discard the transmit data
USART interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x000000C0, access: Unspecified
28/28 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFT
r |
RXFT
r |
TCBGT
r |
RXFF
r |
TXFE
r |
REACK
r |
TEACK
r |
WUF
r |
RWU
r |
SBKF
r |
CMF
r |
BUSY
r |
||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ABRF
r |
ABRE
r |
UDR
r |
EOBF
r |
RTOF
r |
CTS
r |
CTSIF
r |
LBDF
r |
TXFNF
r |
TC
r |
RXFNE
r |
IDLE
r |
ORE
r |
NE
r |
FE
r |
PE
r |
Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in Reception mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NFCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXFNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 2317). This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXFF = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE=1 or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE=1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXFNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). If Mute mode is enabled (MME=1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWU=0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU=1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty RXFNE bit is set by hardware when the RXFIFO is not empty, meaning that data can be read from the USART_RDR register. Every read operation from the USART_RDR frees a location in the RXFIFO. RXFNE is cleared when the RXFIFO is empty. The RXFNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE=1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. The TC flag behaves as follows: When TDN = 0, the TC flag is set when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXE/TXFE is set. When TDN is equal to the number of data in the TXFIFO, the TC flag is set when TXFIFO is empty and TDN is reached. When TDN is greater than the number of data in the TXFIFO, TC remains cleared until the TXFIFO is filled again to reach the programmed number of data to be transferred. When TDN is less than the number of data in the TXFIFO, TC is set when TDN is reached even if the TXFIFO is not empty. An interrupt is generated if TCIE=1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is cleared by software by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by writing to the USART_TDR register..
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full TXFNF is set by hardware when TXFIFO is not full meaning that data can be written in the USART_TDR. Every write operation to the USART_TDR places the data in the TXFIFO. This flag remains set until the TXFIFO is full. When the TXFIFO is full, this flag is cleared indicating that data can not be written into the USART_TDR. An interrupt is generated if the TXFNFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: The TXFNF is kept reset during the flush request until TXFIFO is empty. After sending the flush request (by setting TXFRQ bit), the flag TXFNF should be checked prior to writing in TXFIFO (TXFNF and TXFE is set at the same time). This bit is used during single buffer transmission..
Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the nCTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE=1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the nCTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIE=1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example T=1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if EOBIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In Slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXFNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXFNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABRE=1) (ABRE, RXFNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..
Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE=1in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..
Bit 19: Receiver wakeup from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wakeup/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wakeup on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wakeup event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE=1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE=0, followed by TE=1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE=0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 23: TXFIFO Empty This bit is set by hardware when TXFIFO is Empty. When the TXFIFO contains at least one data, this flag is cleared. The TXFE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the bit TXFRQ (bit 4) in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if the TXFEIE bit =1 (bit 30) in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 24: RXFIFO Full This bit is set by hardware when the number of received data corresponds to RXFIFO size + 1 (RXFIFO full + 1 data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag This bit is set when the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted correctly out of the shift register. It is set by hardware in Smartcard mode, if the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and if the smartcard did not send back any NACK. An interrupt is generated if TCBGTIE=1 in the USART_CR3 register. This bit is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCBGTCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. If the USART supports the Smartcard mode and the Smartcard mode is enabled, the TCBGT reset value is ‘1’. Refer to on page 2297..
Allowed values:
0: NotCompleted: Transmission not completed
1: Completed: Transmission has completed
Bit 26: RXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG in USART_CR3 register is reached. This means that there are (RXFTCFG - 1) data in the Receive FIFO and one data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFTIE bit =1 (bit 27) in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When the RXFTCFG threshold is configured to ‘101’, RXFT flag is set if 16 data are available i.e. 15 data in the RXFIFO and 1 data in the USART_RDR. Consequently, the 17th received data does not cause an overrun error. The overrun error occurs after receiving the 18th data..
Bit 27: TXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the TXFIFO reaches the threshold programmed in TXFTCFG of USART_CR3 register i.e. the TXFIFO contains TXFTCFG empty locations. An interrupt is generated if the TXFTIE bit =1 (bit 31) in the USART_CR3 register..
USART interrupt flag clear register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WUCF
w |
CMCF
w |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
UDRCF
w |
EOBCF
w |
RTOCF
w |
CTSCF
w |
LBDCF
w |
TCBGTCF
w |
TCCF
w |
TXFECF
w |
IDLECF
w |
ORECF
w |
NECF
w |
FECF
w |
PECF
w |
Bit 0: Parity error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the PE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the PE flag in the ISR register
Bit 1: Framing error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the FE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the FE flag in the ISR register
Bit 2: Noise detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the NE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the NF flag in the ISR register
Bit 3: Overrun error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ORE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the ORE flag in the ISR register
Bit 4: Idle line detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the IDLE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the IDLE flag in the ISR register
Bit 5: TXFIFO empty clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TXFE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear the TXFE flag in the ISR register
Bit 6: Transmission complete clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TC flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the TC flag in the ISR register
Bit 7: Transmission complete before Guard time clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TCBGT flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear the TCBGT flag in the ISR register
Bit 8: LIN break detection clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the LBDF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the LBDF flag in the ISR register
Bit 9: CTS clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CTSIF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the CTSIF flag in the ISR register
Bit 11: Receiver timeout clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the RTOF flag in the ISR register
Bit 12: End of block clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EOBF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the EOBF flag in the ISR register
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the UDRF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear the UDR flag in the ISR register
Bit 17: Character match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMF flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the CMF flag in the ISR register
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the WUF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the WUF flag in the ISR register
USART receive data register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RDR
r |
Bits 0-8: Receive data value Contains the received data character. The RDR register provides the parallel interface between the input shift register and the internal bus (see ). When receiving with the parity enabled, the value read in the MSB bit is the received parity bit..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1ff
USART transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDR
rw |
Bits 0-8: Transmit data value Contains the data character to be transmitted. The USART_TDR register provides the parallel interface between the internal bus and the output shift register (see ). When transmitting with the parity enabled (PCE bit set to 1 in the USART_CR1 register), the value written in the MSB (bit 7 or bit 8 depending on the data length) has no effect because it is replaced by the parity. Note: This register must be written only when TXE/TXFNF=1..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1ff
USART prescaler register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRESCALER
rw |
Bits 0-3: Clock prescaler The USART input clock can be divided by a prescaler factor: Remaining combinations: Reserved Note: When PRESCALER is programmed with a value different of the allowed ones, programmed prescaler value is equal to ‘1011’ i.e. input clock divided by 256..
Allowed values:
0: Div1: Input clock divided by 1
1: Div2: Input clock divided by 2
2: Div4: Input clock divided by 4
3: Div6: Input clock divided by 6
4: Div8: Input clock divided by 8
5: Div10: Input clock divided by 10
6: Div12: Input clock divided by 12
7: Div16: Input clock divided by 16
8: Div32: Input clock divided by 32
9: Div64: Input clock divided by 64
10: Div128: Input clock divided by 128
11: Div256: Input clock divided by 256
0x40004800: Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver transmitter
124/124 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CR2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CR3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | BRR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | GTPR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | RTOR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | RQR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | ISR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x20 | ICR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x24 | RDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x28 | TDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x2c | PRESC |
USART control register 1 [alternate]
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
24/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RXFFIE
rw |
TXFEIE
rw |
FIFOEN
rw |
M1
rw |
EOBIE
rw |
RTOIE
rw |
DEAT
rw |
DEDT
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
OVER8
rw |
CMIE
rw |
MME
rw |
M0
rw |
WAKE
rw |
PCE
rw |
PS
rw |
PEIE
rw |
TXEIE
rw |
TCIE
rw |
RXNEIE
rw |
IDLEIE
rw |
TE
rw |
RE
rw |
UESM
rw |
UE
rw |
Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the SCLK is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: UART is disabled
1: Enabled: UART is enabled
Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode, and clear it when exiting low-power mode..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: USART not able to wake up the MCU from Stop mode
1: Enabled: USART able to wake up the MCU from Stop mode
Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Receiver is disabled
1: Enabled: Receiver is enabled
Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit (‘0’ followed by ‘1’) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to ‘1’. To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Transmitter is disabled
1: Enabled: Transmitter is enabled
Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever IDLE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever ORE=1 or RXNE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever TC=1 in the ISR register
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever TXE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated whenever PE=1 in the ISR register
Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Even: Even parity
1: Odd: Odd parity
Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M=1; 8th bit if M=0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Parity control disabled
1: Enabled: Parity control enabled
Bit 11: Receiver wakeup method This bit determines the USART wakeup method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Idle: Idle line
1: Address: Address mask
Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1)description). This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Bit8: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, n stop bits
1: Bit9: 1 start bit, 9 data bits, n stop bits
Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit enables the USART Mute mode function. When set, the USART can switch between active and Mute mode, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Receiver in active mode permanently
1: Enabled: Receiver can switch between mute mode and active mode
Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is disabled
1: Enabled: Interrupt is generated when the CMF bit is set in the ISR register
Bit 15: Oversampling mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: In LIN, IrDA and Smartcard modes, this bit must be kept cleared..
Allowed values:
0: Oversampling16: Oversampling by 16
1: Oversampling8: Oversampling by 8
Bits 16-20: Driver Enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bits 21-25: Driver Enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1f
Bit 26: Receiver timeout interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An USART interrupt is generated when the RTOF bit is set in the ISR register
Bit 27: End of Block interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: A USART interrupt is generated when the EOBF flag is set in the ISR register
Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = ‘00’: 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = ‘01’: 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = ‘10’: 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..
Allowed values:
0: M0: Use M0 to set the data bits
1: Bit7: 1 start bit, 7 data bits, n stop bits
Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI Master/Slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: FIFO mode is disabled
1: Enabled: FIFO mode is enabled
Bit 30: TXFIFO empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when TXFE = 1 in the USART_ISR register
Bit 31: RXFIFO Full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when RXFF = 1 in the USART_ISR register
USART control register 2
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
20/20 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ADD
rw |
RTOEN
rw |
ABRMOD
rw |
ABREN
rw |
MSBFIRST
rw |
DATAINV
rw |
TXINV
rw |
RXINV
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
SWAP
rw |
LINEN
rw |
STOP
rw |
CLKEN
rw |
CPOL
rw |
CPHA
rw |
LBCL
rw |
LBDIE
rw |
LBDL
rw |
ADDM7
rw |
DIS_NSS
rw |
SLVEN
rw |
Bit 0: Synchronous Slave mode enable When the SLVEN bit is set, the Synchronous slave mode is enabled. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Slave mode disabled
1: Enabled: Slave mode enabled
Bit 3: When the DIS_NSS bit is set, the NSS pin input is ignored. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: SPI slave selection depends on NSS input pin
1: Enabled: SPI slave is always selected and NSS input pin is ignored
Bit 4: 7-bit Address Detection/4-bit Address Detection This bit is for selection between 4-bit address detection or 7-bit address detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0) Note: In 7-bit and 9-bit data modes, the address detection is done on 6-bit and 8-bit address (ADD[5:0] and ADD[7:0]) respectively..
Allowed values:
0: Bit4: 4-bit address detection
1: Bit7: 7-bit address detection
Bit 5: LIN break detection length This bit is for selection between 11 bit or 10 bit break detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Bit10: 10-bit break detection
1: Bit11: 11-bit break detection
Bit 6: LIN break detection interrupt enable Break interrupt mask (break detection using break delimiter). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An interrupt is generated whenever LBDF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 8: Last bit clock pulse This bit is used to select whether the clock pulse associated with the last data bit transmitted (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in Synchronous mode. The last bit is the 7th or 8th or 9th data bit transmitted depending on the 7 or 8 or 9 bit format selected by the M bit in the USART_CR1 register. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: NotOutput: The clock pulse of the last data bit is not output to the CK pin
1: Output: The clock pulse of the last data bit is output to the CK pin
Bit 9: Clock phase This bit is used to select the phase of the clock output on the SCLK pin in Synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPOL bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship (see and ) This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: First: The first clock transition is the first data capture edge
1: Second: The second clock transition is the first data capture edge
Bit 10: Clock polarity This bit enables the user to select the polarity of the clock output on the SCLK pin in Synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPHA bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Low: Steady low value on CK pin outside transmission window
1: High: Steady high value on CK pin outside transmission window
Bit 11: Clock enable This bit enables the user to enable the SCLK pin. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If neither Synchronous mode nor Smartcard mode is supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to . In Smartcard mode, in order to provide correctly the SCLK clock to the smartcard, the steps below must be respected: UE = 0 SCEN = 1 GTPR configuration CLKEN= 1 UE = 1.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CK pin disabled
1: Enabled: CK pin enabled
Bits 12-13: stop bits These bits are used for programming the stop bits. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Stop1: 1 stop bit
1: Stop0p5: 0.5 stop bit
2: Stop2: 2 stop bit
3: Stop1p5: 1.5 stop bit
Bit 14: LIN mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. The LIN mode enables the capability to send LIN synchronous breaks (13 low bits) using the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR1 register, and to detect LIN Sync breaks. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: LIN mode disabled
1: Enabled: LIN mode enabled
Bit 15: Swap TX/RX pins This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Standard: TX/RX pins are used as defined in standard pinout
1: Swapped: The TX and RX pins functions are swapped
Bit 16: RX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the RX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Standard: RX pin signal works using the standard logic levels
1: Inverted: RX pin signal values are inverted
Bit 17: TX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the TX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Standard: TX pin signal works using the standard logic levels
1: Inverted: TX pin signal values are inverted
Bit 18: Binary data inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Positive: Logical data from the data register are send/received in positive/direct logic
1: Negative: Logical data from the data register are send/received in negative/inverse logic
Bit 19: Most significant bit first This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: LSB: data is transmitted/received with data bit 0 first, following the start bit
1: MSB: data is transmitted/received with MSB (bit 7/8/9) first, following the start bit
Bit 20: Auto baud rate enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Auto baud rate detection is disabled
1: Enabled: Auto baud rate detection is enabled
Bits 21-22: Auto baud rate mode These bits are set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when ABREN = 0 or the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If DATAINV=1 and/or MSBFIRST=1 the patterns must be the same on the line, for example 0xAA for MSBFIRST) If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Start: Measurement of the start bit is used to detect the baud rate
1: Edge: Falling edge to falling edge measurement
2: Frame7F: 0x7F frame detection
3: Frame55: 0x55 frame detection
Bit 23: Receiver timeout enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When this feature is enabled, the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register is set if the RX line is idle (no reception) for the duration programmed in the RTOR (receiver timeout register). Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Receiver timeout feature disabled
1: Enabled: Receiver timeout feature enabled
Bits 24-31: Address of the USART node These bits give the address of the USART node in Mute mode or a character code to be recognized in low-power or Run mode: In Mute mode: they are used in multiprocessor communication to wakeup from Mute mode with 4-bit/7-bit address mark detection. The MSB of the character sent by the transmitter should be equal to 1. In 4-bit address mark detection, only ADD[3:0] bits are used. In low-power mode: they are used for wake up from low-power mode on character match. When WUS[1:0] is programmed to 0b00 (WUF active on address match), the wakeup from low-power mode is performed when the received character corresponds to the character programmed through ADD[6:0] or ADD[3:0] bitfield (depending on ADDM7 bit), and WUF interrupt is enabled by setting WUFIE bit. The MSB of the character sent by transmitter should be equal to 1. In Run mode with Mute mode inactive (for example, end-of-block detection in ModBus protocol): the whole received character (8 bits) is compared to ADD[7:0] value and CMF flag is set on match. An interrupt is generated if the CMIE bit is set. These bits can only be written when the reception is disabled (RE = 0) or when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
USART control register 3
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
24/24 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFTCFG
rw |
RXFTIE
rw |
RXFTCFG
rw |
TCBGTIE
rw |
TXFTIE
rw |
WUFIE
rw |
WUS
N/A |
SCARCNT
rw |
||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
DEP
rw |
DEM
rw |
DDRE
rw |
OVRDIS
rw |
ONEBIT
rw |
CTSIE
rw |
CTSE
rw |
RTSE
rw |
DMAT
rw |
DMAR
rw |
SCEN
rw |
NACK
rw |
HDSEL
rw |
IRLP
rw |
IREN
rw |
EIE
rw |
Bit 0: Error interrupt enable Error Interrupt Enable Bit is required to enable interrupt generation in case of a framing error, overrun error noise flag or SPI slave underrun error (FE=1 or ORE=1 or NE=1or UDR = 1 in the USART_ISR register)..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An interrupt is generated when FE=1 or ORE=1 or NF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 1: IrDA mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: IrDA disabled
1: Enabled: IrDA enabled
Bit 2: IrDA low-power This bit is used for selecting between normal and low-power IrDA modes This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Normal: Normal mode
1: LowPower: Low-power mode
Bit 3: Half-duplex selection Selection of Single-wire Half-duplex mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: NotSelected: Half duplex mode is not selected
1: Selected: Half duplex mode is selected
Bit 4: Smartcard NACK enable This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: NACK transmission in case of parity error is disabled
1: Enabled: NACK transmission during parity error is enabled
Bit 5: Smartcard mode enable This bit is used for enabling Smartcard mode. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Smartcard Mode disabled
1: Enabled: Smartcard Mode enabled
Bit 6: DMA enable receiver This bit is set/reset by software.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DMA mode is disabled for reception
1: Enabled: DMA mode is enabled for reception
Bit 7: DMA enable transmitter This bit is set/reset by software.
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DMA mode is disabled for transmission
1: Enabled: DMA mode is enabled for transmission
Bit 8: RTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: RTS hardware flow control disabled
1: Enabled: RTS output enabled, data is only requested when there is space in the receive buffer
Bit 9: CTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0) Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: CTS hardware flow control disabled
1: Enabled: CTS mode enabled, data is only transmitted when the CTS input is asserted
Bit 10: CTS interrupt enable Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An interrupt is generated whenever CTSIF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 11: One sample bit method enable This bit enables the user to select the sample method. When the one sample bit method is selected the noise detection flag (NE) is disabled. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0)..
Allowed values:
0: Sample3: Three sample bit method
1: Sample1: One sample bit method
Bit 12: Overrun Disable This bit is used to disable the receive overrun detection. the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the USART_RDR register. When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFIFO is bypassed and data are written directly in USART_RDR register. Even when FIFO management is enabled, the RXNE flag is to be used. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: This control bit enables checking the communication flow w/o reading the data.
Allowed values:
0: Enabled: Overrun Error Flag, ORE, is set when received data is not read before receiving new data
1: Disabled: Overrun functionality is disabled. If new data is received while the RXNE flag is still set the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the RDR register
Bit 13: DMA Disable on Reception Error This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: The reception errors are: parity error, framing error or noise error..
Allowed values:
0: NotDisabled: DMA is not disabled in case of reception error
1: Disabled: DMA is disabled following a reception error
Bit 14: Driver enable mode This bit enables the user to activate the external transceiver control, through the DE signal. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: DE function is disabled
1: Enabled: The DE signal is output on the RTS pin
Bit 15: Driver enable polarity selection This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: High: DE signal is active high
1: Low: DE signal is active low
Bits 17-19: Smartcard auto-retry count This bitfield specifies the number of retries for transmission and reception in Smartcard mode. In Transmission mode, it specifies the number of automatic retransmission retries, before generating a transmission error (FE bit set). In Reception mode, it specifies the number or erroneous reception trials, before generating a reception error (RXNE/RXFNE and PE bits set). This bitfield must be programmed only when the USART is disabled (UE=0). When the USART is enabled (UE=1), this bitfield may only be written to 0x0, in order to stop retransmission. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7
Bits 20-21: Wakeup from low-power mode interrupt flag selection This bitfield specifies the event which activates the WUF (Wakeup from low-power mode flag). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
0: Address: WUF active on address match
2: Start: WuF active on Start bit detection
3: RXNE: WUF active on RXNE
Bit 22: Wakeup from low-power mode interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: WUFIE must be set before entering in low-power mode. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt is inhibited
1: Enabled: An USART interrupt is generated whenever WUF=1 in the ISR register
Bit 23: TXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when Transmit FIFO reaches the threshold programmed in TXFTCFG
Bit 24: Transmission Complete before guard time, interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated whenever TCBGT=1 in the USART_ISR register
Bits 25-27: Receive FIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.
Allowed values:
0: Depth_1_8: RXFIFO reaches 1/8 of its depth
1: Depth_1_4: RXFIFO reaches 1/4 of its depth
2: Depth_1_2: RXFIFO reaches 1/2 of its depth
3: Depth_3_4: RXFIFO reaches 3/4 of its depth
4: Depth_7_8: RXFIFO reaches 7/8 of its depth
5: Full: RXFIFO becomes full
Bit 28: RXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Interrupt inhibited
1: Enabled: USART interrupt generated when Receive FIFO reaches the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG
Bits 29-31: TXFIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.
Allowed values:
0: Depth_1_8: TXFIFO reaches 1/8 of its depth
1: Depth_1_4: TXFIFO reaches 1/4 of its depth
2: Depth_1_2: TXFIFO reaches 1/2 of its depth
3: Depth_3_4: TXFIFO reaches 3/4 of its depth
4: Depth_7_8: TXFIFO reaches 7/8 of its depth
5: Empty: TXFIFO becomes empty
USART baud rate register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BRR
rw |
USART guard time and prescaler register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-7: Prescaler value PSC[7:0] = IrDA Normal and Low-power baud rate This bitfield is used for programming the prescaler for dividing the USART source clock to achieve the low-power frequency: The source clock is divided by the value given in the register (8 significant bits): ... PSC[4:0]: Prescaler value This bitfield is used for programming the prescaler for dividing the USART source clock to provide the Smartcard clock. The value given in the register (5 significant bits) is multiplied by 2 to give the division factor of the source clock frequency: ... This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: Bits [7:5] must be kept cleared if Smartcard mode is used. This bitfield is reserved and forced by hardware to ‘0’ when the Smartcard and IrDA modes are not supported. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
Bits 8-15: Guard time value This bitfield is used to program the Guard time value in terms of number of baud clock periods. This is used in Smartcard mode. The Transmission Complete flag is set after this guard time value. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
USART receiver timeout register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
BLEN
rw |
RTO
rw |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
RTO
rw |
Bits 0-23: Receiver timeout value This bitfield gives the Receiver timeout value in terms of number of bit duration. In Standard mode, the RTOF flag is set if, after the last received character, no new start bit is detected for more than the RTO value. In Smartcard mode, this value is used to implement the CWT and BWT. See Smartcard chapter for more details. In the standard, the CWT/BWT measurement is done starting from the start bit of the last received character. Note: This value must only be programmed once per received character..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xffffff
Bits 24-31: Block Length This bitfield gives the Block length in Smartcard T=1 Reception. Its value equals the number of information characters + the length of the Epilogue Field (1-LEC/2-CRC) - 1. Examples: BLEN = 0 -> 0 information characters + LEC BLEN = 1 -> 0 information characters + CRC BLEN = 255 -> 254 information characters + CRC (total 256 characters)) In Smartcard mode, the Block length counter is reset when TXE=0 (TXFE = 0 in case FIFO mode is enabled). This bitfield can be used also in other modes. In this case, the Block length counter is reset when RE=0 (receiver disabled) and/or when the EOBCF bit is written to 1. Note: This value can be programmed after the start of the block reception (using the data from the LEN character in the Prologue Field). It must be programmed only once per received block..
Allowed values: 0x0-0xff
USART request register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
Bit 0: auto baud rate request Writing 1 to this bit resets the ABRF and ABRE flags in the USART_ISR and requests an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Request: resets the ABRF flag in the USART_ISR and request an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame
Bit 1: Send break request Writing 1 to this bit sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available. Note: When the application needs to send the break character following all previously inserted data, including the ones not yet transmitted, the software should wait for the TXE flag assertion before setting the SBKRQ bit..
Allowed values:
1: Break: sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available
Bit 2: Mute mode request Writing 1 to this bit puts the USART in Mute mode and resets the RWU flag..
Allowed values:
1: Mute: Puts the USART in mute mode and sets the RWU flag
Bit 3: Receive data flush request Writing 1 to this bit empties the entire receive FIFO i.e. clears the bit RXFNE. This enables to discard the received data without reading them, and avoid an overrun condition..
Allowed values:
1: Discard: clears the RXNE flag. This allows to discard the received data without reading it, and avoid an overrun condition
Bit 4: Transmit data flush request When FIFO mode is disabled, writing ‘1’ to this bit sets the TXE flag. This enables to discard the transmit data. This bit must be used only in Smartcard mode, when data have not been sent due to errors (NACK) and the FE flag is active in the USART_ISR register. If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. When FIFO is enabled, TXFRQ bit is set to flush the whole FIFO. This sets the TXFE flag (Transmit FIFO empty, bit 23 in the USART_ISR register). Flushing the Transmit FIFO is supported in both UART and Smartcard modes. Note: In FIFO mode, the TXFNF flag is reset during the flush request until TxFIFO is empty in order to ensure that no data are written in the data register..
Allowed values:
1: Discard: Set the TXE flags. This allows to discard the transmit data
USART interrupt and status register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x000000C0, access: Unspecified
28/28 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TXFT
r |
RXFT
r |
TCBGT
r |
RXFF
r |
TXFE
r |
REACK
r |
TEACK
r |
WUF
r |
RWU
r |
SBKF
r |
CMF
r |
BUSY
r |
||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
ABRF
r |
ABRE
r |
UDR
r |
EOBF
r |
RTOF
r |
CTS
r |
CTSIF
r |
LBDF
r |
TXFNF
r |
TC
r |
RXFNE
r |
IDLE
r |
ORE
r |
NE
r |
FE
r |
PE
r |
Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in Reception mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NFCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXFNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 2317). This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..
Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXFF = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE=1 or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..
Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE=1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXFNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). If Mute mode is enabled (MME=1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWU=0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU=1, IDLE is not set..
Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty RXFNE bit is set by hardware when the RXFIFO is not empty, meaning that data can be read from the USART_RDR register. Every read operation from the USART_RDR frees a location in the RXFIFO. RXFNE is cleared when the RXFIFO is empty. The RXFNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE=1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. The TC flag behaves as follows: When TDN = 0, the TC flag is set when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXE/TXFE is set. When TDN is equal to the number of data in the TXFIFO, the TC flag is set when TXFIFO is empty and TDN is reached. When TDN is greater than the number of data in the TXFIFO, TC remains cleared until the TXFIFO is filled again to reach the programmed number of data to be transferred. When TDN is less than the number of data in the TXFIFO, TC is set when TDN is reached even if the TXFIFO is not empty. An interrupt is generated if TCIE=1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is cleared by software by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by writing to the USART_TDR register..
Bit 7: TXFIFO not full TXFNF is set by hardware when TXFIFO is not full meaning that data can be written in the USART_TDR. Every write operation to the USART_TDR places the data in the TXFIFO. This flag remains set until the TXFIFO is full. When the TXFIFO is full, this flag is cleared indicating that data can not be written into the USART_TDR. An interrupt is generated if the TXFNFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: The TXFNF is kept reset during the flush request until TXFIFO is empty. After sending the flush request (by setting TXFRQ bit), the flag TXFNF should be checked prior to writing in TXFIFO (TXFNF and TXFE is set at the same time). This bit is used during single buffer transmission..
Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the nCTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE=1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the nCTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIE=1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example T=1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if EOBIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In Slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXFNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXFNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABRE=1) (ABRE, RXFNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..
Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..
Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE=1in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..
Bit 19: Receiver wakeup from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wakeup/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wakeup on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wakeup event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE=1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE=0, followed by TE=1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE=0 minimum period..
Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Bit 23: TXFIFO Empty This bit is set by hardware when TXFIFO is Empty. When the TXFIFO contains at least one data, this flag is cleared. The TXFE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the bit TXFRQ (bit 4) in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if the TXFEIE bit =1 (bit 30) in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 24: RXFIFO Full This bit is set by hardware when the number of received data corresponds to RXFIFO size + 1 (RXFIFO full + 1 data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register..
Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag This bit is set when the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted correctly out of the shift register. It is set by hardware in Smartcard mode, if the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and if the smartcard did not send back any NACK. An interrupt is generated if TCBGTIE=1 in the USART_CR3 register. This bit is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCBGTCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. If the USART supports the Smartcard mode and the Smartcard mode is enabled, the TCBGT reset value is ‘1’. Refer to on page 2297..
Allowed values:
0: NotCompleted: Transmission not completed
1: Completed: Transmission has completed
Bit 26: RXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG in USART_CR3 register is reached. This means that there are (RXFTCFG - 1) data in the Receive FIFO and one data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFTIE bit =1 (bit 27) in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When the RXFTCFG threshold is configured to ‘101’, RXFT flag is set if 16 data are available i.e. 15 data in the RXFIFO and 1 data in the USART_RDR. Consequently, the 17th received data does not cause an overrun error. The overrun error occurs after receiving the 18th data..
Bit 27: TXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the TXFIFO reaches the threshold programmed in TXFTCFG of USART_CR3 register i.e. the TXFIFO contains TXFTCFG empty locations. An interrupt is generated if the TXFTIE bit =1 (bit 31) in the USART_CR3 register..
USART interrupt flag clear register
Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
15/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
WUCF
w |
CMCF
w |
||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
UDRCF
w |
EOBCF
w |
RTOCF
w |
CTSCF
w |
LBDCF
w |
TCBGTCF
w |
TCCF
w |
TXFECF
w |
IDLECF
w |
ORECF
w |
NECF
w |
FECF
w |
PECF
w |
Bit 0: Parity error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the PE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the PE flag in the ISR register
Bit 1: Framing error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the FE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the FE flag in the ISR register
Bit 2: Noise detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the NE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the NF flag in the ISR register
Bit 3: Overrun error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ORE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the ORE flag in the ISR register
Bit 4: Idle line detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the IDLE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the IDLE flag in the ISR register
Bit 5: TXFIFO empty clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TXFE flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear the TXFE flag in the ISR register
Bit 6: Transmission complete clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TC flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the TC flag in the ISR register
Bit 7: Transmission complete before Guard time clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TCBGT flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear the TCBGT flag in the ISR register
Bit 8: LIN break detection clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the LBDF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the LBDF flag in the ISR register
Bit 9: CTS clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CTSIF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the CTSIF flag in the ISR register
Bit 11: Receiver timeout clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the RTOF flag in the ISR register
Bit 12: End of block clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EOBF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to ..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the EOBF flag in the ISR register
Bit 13: SPI slave underrun clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the UDRF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to.
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clear the UDR flag in the ISR register
Bit 17: Character match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMF flag in the USART_ISR register..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the CMF flag in the ISR register
Bit 20: Wakeup from low-power mode clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the WUF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wakeup from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to page 2297..
Allowed values:
1: Clear: Clears the WUF flag in the ISR register
USART receive data register
Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
RDR
r |
Bits 0-8: Receive data value Contains the received data character. The RDR register provides the parallel interface between the input shift register and the internal bus (see ). When receiving with the parity enabled, the value read in the MSB bit is the received parity bit..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1ff
USART transmit data register
Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
TDR
rw |
Bits 0-8: Transmit data value Contains the data character to be transmitted. The USART_TDR register provides the parallel interface between the internal bus and the output shift register (see ). When transmitting with the parity enabled (PCE bit set to 1 in the USART_CR1 register), the value written in the MSB (bit 7 or bit 8 depending on the data length) has no effect because it is replaced by the parity. Note: This register must be written only when TXE/TXFNF=1..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x1ff
USART prescaler register
Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PRESCALER
rw |
Bits 0-3: Clock prescaler The USART input clock can be divided by a prescaler factor: Remaining combinations: Reserved Note: When PRESCALER is programmed with a value different of the allowed ones, programmed prescaler value is equal to ‘1011’ i.e. input clock divided by 256..
Allowed values:
0: Div1: Input clock divided by 1
1: Div2: Input clock divided by 2
2: Div4: Input clock divided by 4
3: Div6: Input clock divided by 6
4: Div8: Input clock divided by 8
5: Div10: Input clock divided by 10
6: Div12: Input clock divided by 12
7: Div16: Input clock divided by 16
8: Div32: Input clock divided by 32
9: Div64: Input clock divided by 64
10: Div128: Input clock divided by 128
11: Div256: Input clock divided by 256
0x40016000: USB full speed
25/189 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CHEP[0]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CHEP[1]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | CHEP[2]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0xc | CHEP[3]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x10 | CHEP[4]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x14 | CHEP[5]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x18 | CHEP[6]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x1c | CHEP[7]R | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x40 | CNTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x44 | ISTR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x48 | FNR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4c | DADDR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x54 | LPMCSR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x58 | BCDR |
USB endpoint/channel 0 register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers Device mode These bits contain the information about the endpoint status, listed in . These bits can be toggled by the software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATTX bits to NAK, when a correct transfer has occurred (VTTX = 1) corresponding to a IN or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this channel/endpoint. It then waits for the software to prepare the next set of data to be transmitted. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which controls the status based on buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can only be “VALID” or “DISABLED”. Therefore, the hardware cannot change the status of the channel/endpoint/channel after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATTX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous channel/endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode The STATTX bits contain the information about the channel status. Refer to for the full descriptions (“Host mode” descriptions). Whereas in Device mode, these bits contain the status that are given out on the following transaction, in Host mode they capture the status last received from the device. If a NAK is received, STATTX contains the value indicating NAK..
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint. If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode) If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to ). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered ‘STALL’ instead of ‘ACK’. This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Reception status encoding on page 2492. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only “VALID” or “DISABLED”, so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application should not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device) or acknowledged by device (in host). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint – host with HUB only Host mode This bit is set by the software to send an LS transaction to the corresponding endpoint..
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 1 register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers Device mode These bits contain the information about the endpoint status, listed in . These bits can be toggled by the software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATTX bits to NAK, when a correct transfer has occurred (VTTX = 1) corresponding to a IN or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this channel/endpoint. It then waits for the software to prepare the next set of data to be transmitted. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which controls the status based on buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can only be “VALID” or “DISABLED”. Therefore, the hardware cannot change the status of the channel/endpoint/channel after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATTX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous channel/endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode The STATTX bits contain the information about the channel status. Refer to for the full descriptions (“Host mode” descriptions). Whereas in Device mode, these bits contain the status that are given out on the following transaction, in Host mode they capture the status last received from the device. If a NAK is received, STATTX contains the value indicating NAK..
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint. If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode) If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to ). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered ‘STALL’ instead of ‘ACK’. This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Reception status encoding on page 2492. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only “VALID” or “DISABLED”, so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application should not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device) or acknowledged by device (in host). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint – host with HUB only Host mode This bit is set by the software to send an LS transaction to the corresponding endpoint..
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 2 register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers Device mode These bits contain the information about the endpoint status, listed in . These bits can be toggled by the software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATTX bits to NAK, when a correct transfer has occurred (VTTX = 1) corresponding to a IN or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this channel/endpoint. It then waits for the software to prepare the next set of data to be transmitted. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which controls the status based on buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can only be “VALID” or “DISABLED”. Therefore, the hardware cannot change the status of the channel/endpoint/channel after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATTX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous channel/endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode The STATTX bits contain the information about the channel status. Refer to for the full descriptions (“Host mode” descriptions). Whereas in Device mode, these bits contain the status that are given out on the following transaction, in Host mode they capture the status last received from the device. If a NAK is received, STATTX contains the value indicating NAK..
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint. If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode) If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to ). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered ‘STALL’ instead of ‘ACK’. This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Reception status encoding on page 2492. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only “VALID” or “DISABLED”, so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application should not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device) or acknowledged by device (in host). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint – host with HUB only Host mode This bit is set by the software to send an LS transaction to the corresponding endpoint..
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 3 register
Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers Device mode These bits contain the information about the endpoint status, listed in . These bits can be toggled by the software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATTX bits to NAK, when a correct transfer has occurred (VTTX = 1) corresponding to a IN or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this channel/endpoint. It then waits for the software to prepare the next set of data to be transmitted. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which controls the status based on buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can only be “VALID” or “DISABLED”. Therefore, the hardware cannot change the status of the channel/endpoint/channel after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATTX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous channel/endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode The STATTX bits contain the information about the channel status. Refer to for the full descriptions (“Host mode” descriptions). Whereas in Device mode, these bits contain the status that are given out on the following transaction, in Host mode they capture the status last received from the device. If a NAK is received, STATTX contains the value indicating NAK..
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint. If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode) If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to ). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered ‘STALL’ instead of ‘ACK’. This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Reception status encoding on page 2492. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only “VALID” or “DISABLED”, so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application should not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device) or acknowledged by device (in host). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint – host with HUB only Host mode This bit is set by the software to send an LS transaction to the corresponding endpoint..
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 4 register
Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers Device mode These bits contain the information about the endpoint status, listed in . These bits can be toggled by the software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATTX bits to NAK, when a correct transfer has occurred (VTTX = 1) corresponding to a IN or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this channel/endpoint. It then waits for the software to prepare the next set of data to be transmitted. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which controls the status based on buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can only be “VALID” or “DISABLED”. Therefore, the hardware cannot change the status of the channel/endpoint/channel after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATTX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous channel/endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode The STATTX bits contain the information about the channel status. Refer to for the full descriptions (“Host mode” descriptions). Whereas in Device mode, these bits contain the status that are given out on the following transaction, in Host mode they capture the status last received from the device. If a NAK is received, STATTX contains the value indicating NAK..
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint. If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode) If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to ). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered ‘STALL’ instead of ‘ACK’. This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Reception status encoding on page 2492. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only “VALID” or “DISABLED”, so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application should not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device) or acknowledged by device (in host). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint – host with HUB only Host mode This bit is set by the software to send an LS transaction to the corresponding endpoint..
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 5 register
Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers Device mode These bits contain the information about the endpoint status, listed in . These bits can be toggled by the software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATTX bits to NAK, when a correct transfer has occurred (VTTX = 1) corresponding to a IN or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this channel/endpoint. It then waits for the software to prepare the next set of data to be transmitted. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which controls the status based on buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can only be “VALID” or “DISABLED”. Therefore, the hardware cannot change the status of the channel/endpoint/channel after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATTX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous channel/endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode The STATTX bits contain the information about the channel status. Refer to for the full descriptions (“Host mode” descriptions). Whereas in Device mode, these bits contain the status that are given out on the following transaction, in Host mode they capture the status last received from the device. If a NAK is received, STATTX contains the value indicating NAK..
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint. If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode) If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to ). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered ‘STALL’ instead of ‘ACK’. This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Reception status encoding on page 2492. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only “VALID” or “DISABLED”, so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application should not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device) or acknowledged by device (in host). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint – host with HUB only Host mode This bit is set by the software to send an LS transaction to the corresponding endpoint..
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 6 register
Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers Device mode These bits contain the information about the endpoint status, listed in . These bits can be toggled by the software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATTX bits to NAK, when a correct transfer has occurred (VTTX = 1) corresponding to a IN or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this channel/endpoint. It then waits for the software to prepare the next set of data to be transmitted. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which controls the status based on buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can only be “VALID” or “DISABLED”. Therefore, the hardware cannot change the status of the channel/endpoint/channel after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATTX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous channel/endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode The STATTX bits contain the information about the channel status. Refer to for the full descriptions (“Host mode” descriptions). Whereas in Device mode, these bits contain the status that are given out on the following transaction, in Host mode they capture the status last received from the device. If a NAK is received, STATTX contains the value indicating NAK..
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint. If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode) If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to ). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered ‘STALL’ instead of ‘ACK’. This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Reception status encoding on page 2492. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only “VALID” or “DISABLED”, so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application should not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device) or acknowledged by device (in host). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint – host with HUB only Host mode This bit is set by the software to send an LS transaction to the corresponding endpoint..
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
USB endpoint/channel 7 register
Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/17 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
THREE_ERR_RX
rw |
THREE_ERR_TX
rw |
ERR_RX
rw |
ERR_TX
rw |
LS_EP
rw |
NAK
rw |
DEVADDR
rw |
|||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
VTRX
rw |
DTOGRX
w |
STATRX
w |
SETUP
r |
UTYPE
rw |
EPKIND
rw |
VTTX
rw |
DTOGTX
w |
STATTX
w |
EA
rw |
Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..
Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers Device mode These bits contain the information about the endpoint status, listed in . These bits can be toggled by the software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATTX bits to NAK, when a correct transfer has occurred (VTTX = 1) corresponding to a IN or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this channel/endpoint. It then waits for the software to prepare the next set of data to be transmitted. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which controls the status based on buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can only be “VALID” or “DISABLED”. Therefore, the hardware cannot change the status of the channel/endpoint/channel after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATTX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous channel/endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode The STATTX bits contain the information about the channel status. Refer to for the full descriptions (“Host mode” descriptions). Whereas in Device mode, these bits contain the status that are given out on the following transaction, in Host mode they capture the status last received from the device. If a NAK is received, STATTX contains the value indicating NAK..
Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint. If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode) If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to ). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..
Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..
Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered ‘STALL’ instead of ‘ACK’. This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..
Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in transfers in Device mode.
Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..
Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Reception status encoding on page 2492. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only “VALID” or “DISABLED”, so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to ‘STALL’ or ‘NAK’ for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application should not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..
Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device) or acknowledged by device (in host). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..
Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application should read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..
Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..
Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..
Bit 24: Low speed endpoint – host with HUB only Host mode This bit is set by the software to send an LS transaction to the corresponding endpoint..
Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..
Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.
Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000003, access: Unspecified
1/18 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
HOST
rw |
DDISCM
rw |
THR512M
rw |
|||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CTRM
rw |
PMAOVRM
rw |
ERRM
rw |
WKUPM
rw |
SUSPM
rw |
RST_DCONM
rw |
SOFM
rw |
ESOFM
rw |
L1REQM
rw |
L1RES
rw |
L2RES
rw |
SUSPEN
rw |
SUSPRDY
r |
PDWN
rw |
USBRST
rw |
Bit 0: USB Reset Software can set this bit to reset the USB core, exactly as it happens when receiving a RESET signaling on the USB.The USB peripheral, in response to a RESET, resets its internal protocol state machine. Reception and transmission are disabled until the RST_DCON bit is cleared. All configuration registers do not reset: the microcontroller must explicitly clear these registers (this is to ensure that the RST_DCON interrupt can be safely delivered, and any transaction immediately followed by a RESET can be completed). The function address and endpoint registers are reset by an USB reset event. Software sets this bit to drive USB reset state on the bus and initialize the device. USB reset terminates as soon as this bit is cleared by software..
Bit 1: Power down This bit is used to completely switch off all USB-related analog parts if it is required to completely disable the USB peripheral for any reason. When this bit is set, the USB peripheral is disconnected from the transceivers and it cannot be used..
Bit 2: Suspend state effective This bit is set by hardware as soon as the suspend state entered through the SUSPEN control gets internally effective. In this state USB activity is suspended, USB clock is gated, transceiver is set in low power mode by disabling the differential receiver. Only asynchronous wakeup logic and single ended receiver is kept alive to detect remote wakeup or resume events. Software must poll this bit to confirm it to be set before any STOP mode entry. This bit is cleared by hardware simultaneously to the WAKEUP flag being set..
Bit 3: Suspend state enable Software can set this bit when the SUSP interrupt is received, which is issued when no traffic is received by the USB peripheral for 3 ms. Software can also set this bit when the L1REQ interrupt is received with positive acknowledge sent. As soon as the suspend state is propagated internally all device activity is stopped, USB clock is gated, USB transceiver is set into low power mode and the SUSPRDY bit is set by hardware. In the case that device application wants to pursue more aggressive power saving by stopping the USB clock source and by moving the microcontroller to stop mode, as in the case of bus powered device application, it must first wait few cycles to see the SUSPRDY = 1 acknowledge the suspend request. This bit is cleared by hardware simultaneous with the WAKEUP flag set. Software can set this bit when host application has nothing scheduled for the next frames and wants to enter long term power saving. When set, it stops immediately SOF generation and any other host activity, gates the USB clock and sets the transceiver in low power mode. If any USB transaction is on-going at the time SUSPEN is set, suspend is entered at the end of the current transaction. As soon as suspend state is propagated internally and gets effective the SUSPRDY bit is set. In the case that host application wants to pursue more aggressive power saving by stopping the USB clock source and by moving the micro-controller to STOP mode, it must first wait few cycles to see SUSPRDY=1 acknowledge to the suspend request. This bit is cleared by hardware simultaneous with the WAKEUP flag set..
Bit 4: L2 remote wakeup / resume driver Device mode The microcontroller can set this bit to send remote wake-up signaling to the host. It must be activated, according to USB specifications, for no less than 1 ms and no more than 15 ms after which the host PC is ready to drive the resume sequence up to its end. Host mode Software sets this bit to send resume signaling to the device. Software clears this bit to send end of resume to device and restart SOF generation. In the context of remote wake up, this bit is to be set following the WAKEUP interrupt..
Bit 5: L1 remote wakeup / resume driver Device mode Software sets this bit to send a LPM L1 50 μs remote wakeup signaling to the host. After the signaling ends, this bit is cleared by hardware..
Bit 7: LPM L1 state request interrupt mask.
Bit 8: Expected start of frame interrupt mask.
Bit 9: Start of frame interrupt mask.
Bit 10: USB reset request (Device mode) or device connect/disconnect (Host mode) interrupt mask.
Bit 11: Suspend mode interrupt mask.
Bit 12: Wakeup interrupt mask.
Bit 13: Error interrupt mask.
Bit 14: Packet memory area over / underrun interrupt mask.
Bit 15: Correct transfer interrupt mask.
Bit 16: 512 byte threshold interrupt mask.
Bit 17: Device disconnection mask Host mode.
Bit 31: HOST mode HOST bit selects betweens host or device USB mode of operation. It must be set before enabling the USB peripheral by the function enable bit..
USB interrupt status register
Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/15 fields covered.
31 | 30 | 29 | 28 | 27 | 26 | 25 | 24 | 23 | 22 | 21 | 20 | 19 | 18 | 17 | 16 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
LS_DCON
r |
DCON_STAT
r |
DDISC
rw |
THR512
rw |
||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
CTR
r |
PMAOVR
rw |
ERR
rw |
WKUP
rw |
SUSP
rw |
RST_DCON
rw |
SOF
rw |
ESOF
rw |
L1REQ
rw |
DIR
r |
IDN
r |
Bits 0-3: Device Endpoint / host channel identification number These bits are written by the hardware according to the host channel or device endpoint number, which generated the interrupt request. If several endpoint/channel transactions are pending, the hardware writes the identification number related to the endpoint/channel having the highest priority defined in the following way: two levels are defined, in order of priority: isochronous and double-buffered bulk channels/endpoints are considered first and then the others are examined. If more than one endpoint/channel from the same set is requesting an interrupt, the IDN bits in USB_ISTR register are assigned according to the lowest requesting register, CHEP0R having the highest priority followed by CHEP1R and so on. The application software can assign a register to each endpoint/channel according to this priority scheme, so as to order the concurring endpoint/channel requests in a suitable way. These bits are read only..
Bit 4: Direction of transaction This bit is written by the hardware according to the direction of the successful transaction, which generated the interrupt request. If DIR bit = 0, VTTX bit is set in the USB_CHEPnR register related to the interrupting endpoint. The interrupting transaction is of IN type (data transmitted by the USB peripheral to the host PC). If DIR bit = 1, VTRX bit or both VTTX/VTRX are set in the USB_CHEPnR register related to the interrupting endpoint. The interrupting transaction is of OUT type (data received by the USB peripheral from the host PC) or two pending transactions are waiting to be processed. This information can be used by the application software to access the USB_CHEPnR bits related to the triggering transaction since it represents the direction having the interrupt pending. This bit is read-only..
Bit 7: LPM L1 state request Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when LPM command to enter the L1 state is successfully received and acknowledged. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 8: Expected start of frame Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an SOF packet is expected but not received. The host sends an SOF packet each 1 ms, but if the device does not receive it properly, the suspend timer issues this interrupt. If three consecutive ESOF interrupts are generated (for example three SOF packets are lost) without any traffic occurring in between, a SUSP interrupt is generated. This bit is set even when the missing SOF packets occur while the suspend timer is not yet locked. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 9: Start of frame This bit signals the beginning of a new USB frame and it is set when a SOF packet arrives through the USB bus. The interrupt service routine may monitor the SOF events to have a 1 ms synchronization event to the USB host and to safely read the USB_FNR register which is updated at the SOF packet reception (this could be useful for isochronous applications). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 10: USB reset request (Device mode) or device connect/disconnect (Host mode) Device mode This bit is set by hardware when an USB reset is released by the host and the bus returns to idle. USB reset state is internally detected after the sampling of 60 consecutive SE0 cycles. Host mode This bit is set by hardware when device connection or device disconnection is detected. Device connection is signaled after J state is sampled for 22 cycles consecutively from unconnected state. Device disconnection is signaled after SE0 state is seen for 22 bit times consecutively from connected state..
Bit 11: Suspend mode request Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when no traffic has been received for 3 ms, indicating a suspend mode request from the USB bus. The suspend condition check is enabled immediately after any USB reset and it is disabled by the hardware when the suspend mode is active (SUSPEN=1) until the end of resume sequence. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 12: Wakeup This bit is set to 1 by the hardware when, during suspend mode, activity is detected that wakes up the USB peripheral. This event asynchronously clears the SUSPRDY bit in the CTLR register and activates the USB_WAKEUP line, which can be used to notify the rest of the device (for example wakeup unit) about the start of the resume process. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 13: Error This flag is set whenever one of the errors listed below has occurred: NANS: No ANSwer. The timeout for a host response has expired. CRC: Cyclic redundancy check error. One of the received CRCs, either in the token or in the data, was wrong. BST: Bit stuffing error. A bit stuffing error was detected anywhere in the PID, data, and/or CRC. FVIO: Framing format violation. A non-standard frame was received (EOP not in the right place, wrong token sequence, etc.). The USB software can usually ignore errors, since the USB peripheral and the PC host manage retransmission in case of errors in a fully transparent way. This interrupt can be useful during the software development phase, or to monitor the quality of transmission over the USB bus, to flag possible problems to the user (for example loose connector, too noisy environment, broken conductor in the USB cable and so on). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 14: Packet memory area over / underrun This bit is set if the microcontroller has not been able to respond in time to an USB memory request. The USB peripheral handles this event in the following way: During reception an ACK handshake packet is not sent, during transmission a bit-stuff error is forced on the transmitted stream; in both cases the host retries the transaction. The PMAOVR interrupt should never occur during normal operations. Since the failed transaction is retried by the host, the application software has the chance to speed-up device operations during this interrupt handling, to be ready for the next transaction retry; however this does not happen during isochronous transfers (no isochronous transaction is anyway retried) leading to a loss of data in this case. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 15: Completed transfer in host mode This bit is set by the hardware to indicate that an endpoint/channel has successfully completed a transaction; using DIR and IDN bits software can determine which endpoint/channel requested the interrupt. This bit is read-only..
Bit 16: 512 byte threshold interrupt This bit is set to 1 by the hardware when 512 bytes have been transmitted or received during isochronous transfers. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect. Note that no information is available to indicate the associated channel/endpoint, however in practice only one ISO endpoint/channel with such large packets can be supported, so that channel..
Bit 17: Device connection Host mode This bit is set when a device connection is detected. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..
Bit 29: Device connection status Host mode: This bit contains information about device connection status. It is set by hardware when a LS/FS device is attached to the host while it is reset when the device is disconnected..
Bit 30: Low speed device connected Host mode: This bit is set by hardware when an LS device connection is detected. Device connection is signaled after LS J-state is sampled for 22 consecutive cycles of the USB clock (48 MHz) from the unconnected state..
USB frame number register
Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
5/5 fields covered.
Bits 0-10: Frame number This bit field contains the 11-bits frame number contained in the last received SOF packet. The frame number is incremented for every frame sent by the host and it is useful for isochronous transfers. This bit field is updated on the generation of an SOF interrupt..
Bits 11-12: Lost SOF Device mode These bits are written by the hardware when an ESOF interrupt is generated, counting the number of consecutive SOF packets lost. At the reception of an SOF packet, these bits are cleared..
Bit 13: Locked Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when at least two consecutive SOF packets have been received after the end of an USB reset condition or after the end of an USB resume sequence. Once locked, the frame timer remains in this state until an USB reset or USB suspend event occurs..
Bit 14: Receive data - line status This bit can be used to observe the status of received data minus upstream port data line. It can be used during end-of-suspend routines to help determining the wakeup event..
Bit 15: Receive data + line status This bit can be used to observe the status of received data plus upstream port data line. It can be used during end-of-suspend routines to help determining the wakeup event..
USB_DADDR
Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
0/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-6: Device address Device mode These bits contain the USB function address assigned by the host PC during the enumeration process. Both this field and the endpoint/channel address (EA) field in the associated USB_CHEPnR register must match with the information contained in a USB token in order to handle a transaction to the required endpoint. Host mode These bits contain the address transmitted with the LPM transaction.
Bit 7: Enable function This bit is set by the software to enable the USB Device. The address of this device is contained in the following ADD[6:0] bits. If this bit is at 0 no transactions are handled, irrespective of the settings of USB_CHEPnR registers..
USB_LPMCSR
Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
2/4 fields covered.
Bit 0: LPM support enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to enable the LPM support within the USB Device. If this bit is at 0 no LPM transactions are handled..
Bit 1: LPM token acknowledge enable Device mode: The NYET/ACK is returned only on a successful LPM transaction: No errors in both the EXT token and the LPM token (else ERROR) A valid bLinkState = 0001B (L1) is received (else STALL).
Bit 3: bRemoteWake value Device mode This bit contains the bRemoteWake value received with last ACKed LPM Token.
Bits 4-7: BESL value Device mode These bits contain the BESL value received with last ACKed LPM Token.
USB_BCDR
Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
4/9 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DPPU_DPD
rw |
PS2DET
r |
SDET
r |
PDET
r |
DCDET
r |
SDEN
rw |
PDEN
rw |
DCDEN
rw |
BCDEN
rw |
Bit 0: Battery charging detector (BCD) enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to enable the BCD support within the USB Device. When enabled, the USB PHY is fully controlled by BCD and cannot be used for normal communication. Once the BCD discovery is finished, the BCD should be placed in OFF mode by clearing this bit to 0 in order to allow the normal USB operation..
Bit 1: Data contact detection (DCD) mode enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to put the BCD into DCD mode. Only one detection mode (DCD, PD, SD or OFF) should be selected to work correctly..
Bit 2: Primary detection (PD) mode enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to put the BCD into PD mode. Only one detection mode (DCD, PD, SD or OFF) should be selected to work correctly..
Bit 3: Secondary detection (SD) mode enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to put the BCD into SD mode. Only one detection mode (DCD, PD, SD or OFF) should be selected to work correctly..
Bit 4: Data contact detection (DCD) status Device mode This bit gives the result of DCD..
Bit 5: Primary detection (PD) status Device mode This bit gives the result of PD..
Bit 6: Secondary detection (SD) status Device mode This bit gives the result of SD..
Bit 7: DM pull-up detection status Device mode This bit is active only during PD and gives the result of comparison between DM voltage level and VLGC threshold. In normal situation, the DM level should be below this threshold. If it is above, it means that the DM is externally pulled high. This can be caused by connection to a PS2 port (which pulls-up both DP and DM lines) or to some proprietary charger not following the BCD specification..
Bit 15: DP pull-up / DPDM pull-down Device mode This bit is set by software to enable the embedded pull-up on DP line. Clearing it to 0 can be used to signal disconnect to the host when needed by the user software. Host mode This bit is set by software to enable the embedded pull-down on DP and DM lines..
0x40002c00: System window watchdog
6/6 fields covered.
Offset | Name | 31 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
0x0 | CR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x4 | CFR | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0x8 | SR |
WWDG control register
Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x0000007F, access: Unspecified
2/2 fields covered.
Bits 0-6: 7-bit counter (MSB to LSB) These bits contain the value of the watchdog counter, decremented every (4096 x 2WDGTB[2:0]) PCLK cycles. A reset is produced when it is decremented from 0x40 to 0x3F (T6 becomes cleared)..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
Bit 7: Activation bit This bit is set by software and only cleared by hardware after a reset. When WDGA = 1, the watchdog can generate a reset..
Allowed values:
0: Disabled: Watchdog disabled
1: Enabled: Watchdog enabled
WWDG configuration register
Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x0000007F, access: Unspecified
3/3 fields covered.
Bits 0-6: 7-bit window value These bits contain the window value to be compared with the down-counter..
Allowed values: 0x0-0x7f
Bit 9: Early wakeup interrupt When set, an interrupt occurs whenever the counter reaches the value 0x40. This interrupt is only cleared by hardware after a reset..
Allowed values:
1: Enable: interrupt occurs whenever the counter reaches the value 0x40
Bits 11-13: Timer base The timebase of the prescaler can be modified as follows:.
Allowed values:
0: Div1: Counter clock (PCLK1 div 4096) div 1
1: Div2: Counter clock (PCLK1 div 4096) div 2
2: Div4: Counter clock (PCLK1 div 4096) div 4
3: Div8: Counter clock (PCLK1 div 4096) div 8
4: Div16: Counter clock (PCLK1 div 4096) div 16
5: Div32: Counter clock (PCLK1 div 4096) div 32
6: Div64: Counter clock (PCLK1 div 4096) div 64
7: Div128: Counter clock (PCLK1 div 4096) div 128
WWDG status register
Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: Unspecified
1/1 fields covered.
15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
EWIF
rw |
Bit 0: Early wakeup interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the counter has reached the value 0x40. It must be cleared by software by writing ‘0’. Writing ‘1’ has no effect. This bit is also set if the interrupt is not enabled..
Allowed values:
0: Finished: The EWI Interrupt Service Routine has been serviced
1: Pending: The EWI Interrupt Service Routine has been triggered